Document Evd6YGe8NeG8KeNDyGgD5a64n

IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS CUYAHOGA COUNTY, OHIO IOLA E. BERRY, INDIVIDUALLY, AND AS PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE HEIRS AND ESTATE OF LUTHER AUGUSTINE BERRY, DECEASED Plaintiff vs. A-BEST PRODUCTS COMPANY, ET AL. Defendants CASE NO. 429667 JUDGE HARRY A. HANNA DEFENDANT. F.B. WRIGHT COMPANY'S RESPONSES TO PLAINTIFF'S REQUESTS FOR PRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS PROPOUNDED TO F.B. WRIGHT COMPANY Defendant, F.B. Wright Company hereby answers the Plaintiffs Requests for Production of Documents in accordance with Ohio Civil Rule 34. PRELIMINARY STATEMENT AND GENERAL OBJECTIONS F.B. Wright Company, at all times relevant hereto, has been a distributor of industrial rubber and plastics products. It has never been a manufacturer of any product and therefore objects to any interrogatory that implies or suggests that this Defendant manufactured any asbestos or asbestos-containing product, which it did not. Defendant objects to the "Instructions" and "Definitions" segments of Plaintiffs First Request for Production of Documents to Each Named Defendant to the extent that either seeks to impart on this answering Defendant any requirements or obligations beyond those which are required under the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure or to the extent they define terms other than as those terms are commonly understood or defined under Ohio Law. Because F.B. Wright Company did not distribute any asbestos-containing product after 1979, Defendant objects to any Request for Production which seeks the discovery of, or otherwise implies, information relevant to customers and/or distributees beyond the applicable time of Defendant's sales. Defendant further objects to Plaintiffs' First Request for Production of Documents to Each Named Defendant to the extent they seek any information regarding sales to entities other than the Plaintiffs' employers as those employers are identified on Exhibit "A", attached to Plaintiffs' discovery requests. F.B. Wright Company reserves its right to amend these responses in the event new and/or more accurate information becomes available. Defendant, F.B. Wright Company further objects to Plaintiffs' First Request for Production of Documents to Each Named Defendant to the extent they seek information which is protected by the Attorney/Client privilege, the Attorney Work Product Doctrine, or as trial preparation material, as well as to the extent they seek the opinions of expert witnesses which are beyond the scope of discovery within this stage of the Court's Case Management Plans. Defendant F.B. Wright Company incorporates this Preliminary Statement and General Objections into each and every interrogatory answer, below, without repeating and restating them individually. Without waiving any of these objections, and subject thereto, Defendant, F.B. Wright Company hereby responds to the Plaintiffs' First Request for Production of Documents to Each Named Defendant, as follows. 2 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO, 1 Please produce a true and correct copy of each photograph or picture of each asbestos-containing product that Defendant has ever mined, manufactured, sold, marketed, installed, and/or distributed. RESPONSE: Defendant, F.B. Wright Company has no photographs or pictures of any asbestos-containing product it distributed. F.B. Wright Company has never mined, manufactured or installed any asbestos-containing product. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 2: Please produce a true and correct copy of each document which reflects sales of those asbestos-containing products listed in response to Interrogatory No. 5 to any of the job sites listed on Exhibit A, attached hereto. RESPONSE: Upon information and belief, Defendant F.B. Wright Company did not make any sales of any asbestos-containing products to any of the job sites listed on Exhibit A and therefore the response to this request is not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 3: Please produce a true and correct copy of each document which reflects sales of Defendant's asbestos-containing products to companies that may have distributed, packaged, labeled, and/or sold Defendant's asbestos-containing products. RESPONSE: Objection. This request suggests facts not in evidence and is otherwise misleading and ambiguous. Notwithstanding this objection, and not waiving it, the answer to this Request is none. 3 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 4: Please produce a true and correct copy of each record and/or contract which reflects the sales of Defendant's asbestos-containing products to any of the job sites listed on Exhibit A, attached hereto. RESPONSE: See response to Request for Production No. 2. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 5: Please produce a true and correct copy of each record and/or contract which reflects the sales of Defendant's asbestos-containing products to distributors and marketers who may have called on any of the job sites listed on Exhibit A, attached hereto. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company knows of no sales of any asbestoscontaining products to distributors or marketers who may have called on any of the job sites on Exhibit A, and therefore the response to this Request is not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 6: Please produce a true and correct copy of each contract and/or work order that reflects contracts for Defendant to have asbestos-containing products installed or removed at any of the job sites listed on Exhibit A, attached hereto. RESPONSE: None; not applicable. 4 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 7: Please produce a true and correct copy of each work order and contract that reflects contract business between Defendant and any of the job sites listed on Exhibit A, attached hereto, for the application of asbestos-containing products. RESPONSE: None; not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 8: Please produce a true and correct copy of each document relating to the design and preparation of the asbestos-containing products listed in Defendant's answer to Interrogatory No. 5. RESPONSE: Not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 9: For each product listed in response to Interrogatory No. 5, please produce a copy of all tests that were conducted to determine any potential health hazards involved in its use or exposure (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 18 previously propounded to Defendant in this litigation). RESPONSE: Not applicable. j 5 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 10: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents relating to the testing of any product which Defendant listed in response to Interrogatory No. 5 (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 19 previously propounded to Defendant in this litigation). RESPONSE: Not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 11: Please produce a true and correct copy of all tests which Defendant conducted and/or has in its possession to determine potential health hazards involved in the use of or exposure to asbestos products listed in response to Interrogatory No. 5 (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 21 previously propounded to Defendant in this litigation). RESPONSE. Not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO, 12: Please produce a true and correct copy of all studies which Defendant conducted or caused to be conducted concerning the effects of the inhalation of asbestos dust and/or fibers in workers or other persons using, working with and/or around, installing and/or applying any of the asbestos products mined, manufactured, sold, distributed, marketed, installed and/or relabelled for distribution by Defendant or Defendant's predecessor (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 22 previously propounded to Defendant in this litigation). 6 RESPONSE: Objection. This Request is vague, ambiguous and misleading to the extent that it implies that the F.B. Wright Company was a manufacturer or installer of any asbestos-containing product, or that it had a predecessor, neither of which is correct. Notwithstanding this objection, however, and not intending to waive it, the response to this request for production is not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 13: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents relating to any studies made or caused to be made by Defendant, to determine whether the asbestos-containing products mined, manufactured, sold, marketed, installed or distributed by Defendant or Defendant's predecessor would be hazardous to people (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 23 previously propounded to Defendant in this litigation). RESPONSE: See response to Request for Production No. 12. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 14: Please produce a true and correct copy of all tests in the field which Defendant conducted or caused to be conducted to determine the nature and extent of asbestos dust and/or fiber exposure to insulators, applicators, fellow employees or other workers removing and/or tearing out asbestos-containing products (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 24 previously propounded to Defendant in this litigation). RESPONSE: Not applicable. 7 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 15: Please produce a true and correct copy of each test which Defendant conducted or caused to be conducted regarding the quantity, quality, or threshold limit value of asbestos dust, fibers, and/or particles to which workers were exposed while using, working with and/or around, installing and/or applying Defendant's asbestos-containing products (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 3 1 previously propounded to Defendant in this litigation). RESPONSE: Not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 16: For each product listed in response to Interrogatory No. 5, please produce a true and correct copy of all promotional orsales material including, but not limited to, brochures, pamphlets, catalogs, packaging, or other written materials of any kind or character. RESPONSE: See documents produced herewith labeled FBW 001 - FBW 306. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 17: Please produce a true and correct copy of all warnings, cautions, caveats or directions concerning the possible health effects of the products listed in response to Interrogatory No. 5 (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 41 previously propounded to Defendant). RESPONSE: Objection. Defendant is unaware of the existence of any documents responsive to this request. 8 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 18: Please produce a true and correct copy of all written materials prepared by Defendant or Defendant's predecessors or any of Defendant's subsidiaries indicating how the products listed in response to Interrogatory No. 5 should be used or maintained by the ultimate user (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 43 previously propounded to Defendant). RESPONSE: Objection. This Request is misleading in that it implies Defendant prepared such written materials which is incorrect. No such written materials were prepared by Defendant F.B. Wright Company. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 19: Please produce a true and correct copy of all notices received by Defendant prior to 1968 that any person was claiming injury or had sustained an abnormal x-ray reading as a result of using asbestos-containing products mined, manufactured, sold, marketed, installed, or distributed by Defendant (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 48 previously propounded to Defendant). RESPONSE:- Objection. This request is ambiguous and misleading in that it implies that Defendant did receive notices prior to 1968 of personal injuries claimed from the use of asbestos-containing products distributed by F.B. Wright Company. Upon information and belief, no such notice was ever received prior to 1968. The request is further misleading in its characterization that Defendant F.B. Wright Company manufactured or installed any asbestos-containing products, which itdid not. Notwithstanding this objection, and intending to waive them, the response to this request for production is unknown. 9 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 20; Please produce a true and correct copy of statements from all people with knowledge of relevant facts to this lawsuit. RESPONSE: Objection. Attorney work product doctrine. Notwithstanding this objection, however, and not intending to waive it, the answer to this interrogatory is none. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 21: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents which mention, allude or refer to tests performed on breathing devices to prevent the inhalation of asbestos dust and/or fibers (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 52 previously propounded to Defendant). RESPONSE: Not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 22: Please produce a true and correct copy of all reports by experts that Defendant may call upon at the trial of this case (this Request for Production relates to Plaintiffs Interrogatory No. 5 3 previously propounded to Defendant). RESPONSE: Undecided. This response will be timely supplemented in accordance with the Court's Case Management Plans. 10 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 23: Please produce a true and correct copy of all policies of insurance under which any person carrying on an insurance business may be liable to satisfy part or all of a judgment which may be entered in the action or to indemnify or reimburse for payments made to satisfy the judgment. RESPONSE: Plaintiffs counsel is requested to contact Defendants' counsel with respect to a response to this request for production. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO, 24: Please produce a true and correct copy of all notices received by Defendant prior to 1968 that any person was claiming an injury or had sustained an abnormal x-ray reading as a result of using asbestos-containing products, regardless of the manufacturer or seller of the products. RESPONSE: Objection. See response to Request for Production No. 19. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 25: Please-produce a true and correct copy of all documents, correspondence or communications pertaining to all marketing, sales, negotiations, delivery or distribution of all of your asbestos-containing or industrial insulation products to all Defendants to this lawsuit other than the answering Defendant. RESPONSE: Objection. This request is misleading in that it implies Defendant might have such documents or that it marketed, sold, negotiated, delivered or distributed asbestos-containing or industrial insulation products to all Defendants in this lawsuit, which it did not. Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. 11 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 26: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents memorializing or referring, relating or pertaining to communications or correspondence among and/or between your officers, director, agents, representatives, employees or consultants and any employer, purchaser or user of your asbestos-containing products, its officers, directors, agents, representatives, employees or consultants which in any way relates, refers or pertains to asbestos, asbestos-containing products, pneumoconiosis, asbestos-related illness, injury or disease, dust or workplace health or safety. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 27: Please produce a true and correct copy of all annual reports of Defendant to employees or stock holders for the years 1960 through 1969 and for the past five years. RESPONSE: Objection. This request for production seeks discovery of information which is neither relevant nor admissible nor reasonably calculated to lead to the discovery of relevant or admissible evidence. Furthermore, it seeks proprietary and confidential information regarding this privately-held corporation and is overly broad and over-reaching. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 28: Please produce the originals or true and correct copies of all safety or health manuals, pamphlets or brochures issued by Defendant between 1930 and the present and any documents relating to whom said manuals were issued. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company did not issue any, and therefore has no documents responsive to this request. 12 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 29: Please produce a true and correct copy of all safe workplace practices manuals, pamphlets or brochures issued by Defendant from 1900 through the present. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has not issued any, and therefore has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 30: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents referring, relating or pertaining to the Industrial Health Foundation or the Industrial Hygiene Foundation in the custody, possession or control of Defendant. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 31: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents referring, relating or pertaining to the Trudeau Institute and Saranac Lake Laboratory in the custody, possession or control of Defendant. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 32: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents referring, relating or pertaining to the Quebec Asbestos Mining Association (QAMA) in the custody, possession or control of Defendant. 13 RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 33: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents referring, relating or pertaining to the National Insulation Manufacturers Association (NIMA) in the custody, possession or control of Defendant. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 34: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents referring, relating or pertaining to the Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association (TUvIA) in the custody, possession or control of Defendant. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 35: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents relating to any conferences, symposia, or meetings attended by any of your officers, physicians, agents, servants, employees or consultants which in any way considered, discussed, reviewed or made recommendations concerning asbestos-related illness, injury or disease; pneumoconiosis; occupational lung disease; dust; industrial hygiene; and/or worker or workplace health or safety. 14 RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request and did not attend any such meetings as suggested by this Request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 36: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents to and/or from Defendant and any person, organization, institution, laboratory, foundation, corporation, entity, board or consultants which refer, relate or pertain to air quality studies, dust counts or dust studies, alleged maximum allowable concentrations (NIAC), alleged threshold limit values (TLV) or protection of your employees or any other employees or persons from actual or alleged hazards associated with asbestos exposure. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 37: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents to and/or from Defendant and any person, organization, institution, laboratory, foundation, corporation, entity, board or consultants which refer, relate or pertain to air quality studies, dust counts or dust studies, alleged maximum allowable concentrations (MAC), alleged threshold limit values (TLV) or protection of your employees or any other employees or persons. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. 15 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 38: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents to and/or from Defendant involving any physician, industrial hygienist or public health specialist which in any way relates, refers or pertains to asbestos-related injury, illness or disease, pneumoconiosis, occupational lung disease, dust, industrial hygiene or worker or workplace health or safety. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 39: Please produce a true and correct copy of all photographs, pictures, prints or any visual depiction at any time generated showing workers or any person or persons installing, applying, removing or in any manner handling or utilizing an asbestos-containing product at any time manufactured, sold or distributed by Defendant. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 40: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents pertaining to the acquisition, purchase or sale by Defendant of any asbestos-containing product manufacturing facility or asbestos-containing product or product line. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. 16 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 41: Please produce a true and correct copy of all documents pertaining to the acquisition, purchase or sale by Defendant of any asbestos-containing product from any other Defendant in this case or to any other Defendant in this case. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 42: For each and every affirmative defense asserted in Defendant's Answerto Plaintiffs Complaint, the cross-claims or counter-claims of any party against Defendant, produce each and every document which will be offered to prove each and every affirmative defense. For each and every allegation of Defendant in cross-claim(s) asserted by - 7 Defendant in this litigation, produce each and every document which will be offered to prove each and every allegation in Defendant's cross-claim(s). RESPONSE: Undecided. Defendant F.B. Wright Company will supplement this response on a timely basis in accordance with the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure and this Court's Case Management Plans. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 43: Please produce a true and correct copy of every transcript of testimony of each witness Defendant intends to call at trial. RESPONSE: Undetermined. Defendant F.B. Wright Company will supplementthis response on a timely basis in accordance with the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure and this Court's Case Management Plans. 17 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 44: Please produce a true and correct copy of each and every medical record in the custody, possession or control of Defendant relating to Plaintiffs in this case other than those medical records produced by Plaintiffs and provided to Defendants in this case. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 45: Please produce a true and correct copy of each and every document or other tangible item upon which Defendant will rely for impeachment or rebuttal purposes in the trial of this matter. RESPONSE: Undecided. This response will be timely supplemented according to the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure and this Court's Case Management Plans. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO, 46: Please produce a true and correct copy of each and every document, recording or other tangible item that constitutes in whole or in part a statement by Plaintiffs or a statement by any of Plaintiffs witnesses in this matter. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company is unaware of any statements made by Plaintiff or Plaintiffs witnesses other than the depositions which have been taken and of which the Plaintiff's counsel are aware. 18 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 47: Please produce a true and correct copy of each and every photograph, videotape recording or other tangible item that is a photographic representation of Plaintiffs in this matter. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 48: Please produce a true and correct copy of all work records or other tangible items relating to Plaintiffs or their employers. RESPONSE: Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 49: Please produce a true and correct copy of every transcript, affidavit or sworn statement by each and every witness called by Defendant in any litigation related to insurance that may cover the claims in this case. RESPONSE: Objection. This request for production seeks discovery of information which is neither relevant nor admissible nor reasonably calculated to lead to the discovery of relevant or admissible evidence. Notwithstanding this objection, and not intending to waive it, Defendant F.B. Wright Company has no documents responsive to this request. 19 REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 50: For each document for which any privilege is asserted, produce an index containing the following information: a. Author of document; b. Position, title or affiliation of author; c. Date of document; d. Each recipient of the document e. The position, title or affiliation of each recipient of the document; f. The subject matter of the document with sufficient specificity to determine the matters discussed therein; and g. The privilege(s) asserted. RESPONSE: Objection. See Response to Request for Production No. 27. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 51: If Defendant claims that the documents are too voluminous to produce as requested, provide the following: a. The numerical amount of documents responsive to requests herein; b. The method of storage of documents responsive to requests herein; c. The method of organization of documents responsive to requests herein; d. The location of documents responsive to requests herein; e. Whether there is an index or indices, lists, inventories, or other such information for records responsive to requests herein; f. If there is an index, indices, lists, inventories or other such information for records responsive to requests herein, whether such index, indices, lists, inventories or other such information for records responsive herein is printed, or electronically stored, (i.e. listed in a computer, imaged, part of a database, etc.). g. If the index, indices, lists, inventories or other such information for records responsive to requests herein, whether such index, indices, lists, inventories or other such information for records responsive herein is electronically stored, (i.e. listed in a computer, imaged, part of a database, etc.), the method of such storage and software used to create and/or maintain said an index, indices, lists, inventories or other such information for records responsive to requests herein, whether such index, indices, lists, inventories or other such information for records responsive herein. 20 RESPONSE: Not applicable. REQUEST FOR PRODUCTION NO. 52 If any answer to requests herein is subject to an ongoing investigation or continuing discovery, provide the following information: a. The person or persons responsible for the ongoing investigation or continuing discovery; b. The means or methods used or being used for the ongoing investigation or continuing discovery; c. The beginning date of such ongoing investigation or continuing discovery. RESPONSE: Objection. Attorney work product doctrine. Notwithstanding this objection, however, and not intending to waive it, Plaintiff's counsel are aware that discovery is ongoing in each of the cases, upon the completion of which these responses will be timely supplemented, if and where applicable. As to objections: .____/O__. ____ rL /hjl \,C( -( UTxL-- Samuel R. Martillotta (#0006473) Mansour, Gavin, Gerlack & Manos Co., LPA 55 Public Square, Suite 2150 Cleveland, OH 44113-1994 (216) 523-1500 Counsel for Defendant F.B. Wright Company 21 CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE The original of the foregoing Responses to Plaintiffs Requests for Production of Documents Propounded to F.B. Wright Company was served upon Ladd R. Gibke, Esq., Co-counsel for Plaintiff, at Baron & Budd, 3102 Oak Lawn Avenue, Suite 1100, Dallas, TX 75219; and upon Susan L. Bozorth, Esq., Co-counsel for Plaintiff, at Baron & Budd, 30 Overbrook Boulevard, Suite F, Monroe, OH 45050, by U.S. Ordinary Mail this clI day of July, 2002. - . / < <__ ^ / <_/.. tx.L. - Samuel R. Martillotta 22 Jfable of contents Garlock Industrial Catalog General Soft Packing Products Style Number Index.............................................................. This Is Garlock...................................................................... Garlock Materials vs. Various Media Under Typical Conditions .......................................................... 1 2-3 4-5 Types of Soft Packing........................................... Graphite Filament Packing................................... Possible Causes of Soft Packing Failures............. Compression Packing Maintenance Tips......... ......... ......... "*'* ** ** * Soft Packing Style No's.- " ` * ** Packing Recommendations Description, fluids 6- temperatures for the Following Equipment for which they are recommended ...................... ^ Accumulators & Intensifies ............................................... Compressors ... 6 Ordering Information ... sizes available & approximate weight and feet per box Reciprocating ................................................................... Rotary ................................................................................ 6 6 Hydraulic-Pneumatic Products Crystallizers ......................................................................... Cylinders... Hydraulic ........................................................................... Pneumatic ......................................................................... Die Casting Machines .......................................................... Digesters, Pulp Mill .............................................................. Distillation Columns ............................................................ Expansion Joints, Slip Type ................................................ Filters, Rotary ....................................................................... 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 CHEVRON Packing Fobric and Rubber............................................................ Homogeneous.................................................................... Leather ......................... .................................................. TFE and Asbestos ................................................. All TFE ....................................................................... * ^ Cups... Flat Bottom for Piston Application................................ * * U-Cups... For light duty piston & rod applications.........................B-u Grinders, Wood Pulp............................................................ 8 Flange Packing...................................................................... M Heat Exchangers, Floating Head.......................................... 9 Style No's., description, fluids & temperatures for Homogenizers ....................................................................... 9 which they are recommended........... ............................. M Mixers & Agitators................................................................ Presses... Baling ................................................................................. Extrusion 6- Forging........................................................... Hydraulic ........................................................................... Pumps... Centrifugal ......................................................................... Reciprocating .................................................................... Rotary ..................................................................... 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 Mechanical Seals MECHANIPAK "HR" & "PK" Seals ............................ CHEMISEAL & MECHANIPAK "75".............................. Environmental Controls ...................................................... Mechanical Seals Maintenance Tips.................................. ** V w ** Miscellaneous Garlock Maintenance Products Soot Blowers ......................................................................... Steam Engines ...................................................................... Steam Hammers ... .................................:......................... Stern Tubes ........................................................................... Turbines, Hydraulic ............................................................. Valves... Bronze & Cast Iron............................................................. Forged & Cast Steel........................................................... Stainless & Special Alloys................................................ 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 510 Enamel Paint................................................................... ** |pc. 5_2_0 Reducer ...............................................................................|.J.{ TFE All-Purpose Lube.......................................................... Dry Graphite Lube............................................................... Chain Drive Lube ................................................. .............. Wire Rope and Gear Lube.................................................... Cutting Oil............................................................................ Silicone Lubricant ...................................................... ^ Silicone Mold Release.......................................................... Gaskets & Gasketing Choosing The Right Gasket Material................. Designing Your Gasket Correctly ......................... Anti-Stick Compressed Asbestos Sheet................ Homogeneous Rubber Sheet................................... Cloth Inserted Rubber Sheet................................. Woven Asbestos Cloth, Tape & Gaskets ............. Vegetable Fiber Sheet............................................ Solid TFE Gaskets and TFE Sheet........................ TFE Envelope Gaskets.......................................... GYLON Gaskets................................................... GUARDIAN Spiral Wound Gaskets................... 14-17 18-19 20-21 22-23 24 25 26 27 28-29 30 31-32 Moly-Sa High Temp Lube................................ Belt Dressing............................... Anti-Rust and Demoisturant___ Degreaser ................................... Vinyl Protective Coating............. Penetrating Oil ............................ LUBALL Packing Lubricant----Tapping Compound .................... Lubricating Compound #2......... Gasketing Compound 101-S....... PLASTI-PAKTM Twisted Packing PLASTI-THREAD Seal Tape .. Pipe Thread Compound............. w t: *4 ae C~` #3 *: i: Expansion Joints and Pipe Connectors Elastomeric Expansion Joints............................... Rubber Pipe Connectors ....................................... GUARDIAN "200" FEP-Lined Expansion Joints & Pipe Connectors .................................................. ------ Tninls & Couplings............................... 33 34 ....... 35 Flexible Packing Hooks----- FBW-002 Engineering Data RStPeMam/FTPMabCleo..n..v..e..r.s..i.o..n....T...a..b...l.e................................................ t* * 35 Fahrenheit * Centrigrade Conversion Table...................... r 0r0d!'C,* r Caflock '"= Copyright teas Gariock Inc. AH r 1 Style number index Style No. Product PageNo. 2 Lubricating Compound................................................. 32 19 Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet ...................................... 24 2Z Homogeneous Rubber Sheet......................................... 22 31 Regular Braid Packing................................................. 39 75 MECHANIPAK Seals .................................................. 32 90 Regular Braid Packing ................................................ 39 91 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet........................................ 22 100 Regular Braid Packing ...............................................37-39 101-S Gasketing Compound .................................................... 02 116 Penetrating Oil............................................................... 62 117-B Braid-over-Braid Packing ............................................. 39 117-TTwisted Packing............................................................. 39 127 Graphite Coated Braided Jacket Packing...................... 39 150 Rolled Packing ............................................................... 39 200 Expansion Joints & Pipe Connectors ........................... 35 233 Braid-over-Braid Packing............................................. 39 234 Regular Braid Packing................................................ 39 237 Regular Braid Packing .................................................. 39 262 Laminated Packing ....................................................... 40 333 Laminated Packing ....................................................... 40 353 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet......................................... 22 432 CHEVRON Packing.................................................... 55 433 CHEVRON Packing .................................................... 55 510 Enamel Paint................................................................... 60 520 Reducer .......................................................................... 60 532 CHEVRON Packing ...................................................... 55 540 U-Cups ..................... 55 555 GUARDIAN Spiral Wound Gaskets........................... 31 604 Man Hole & Hand Hole Gaskets................................... 25 605 Woven Asbestos Cloth................................................. 25 612 Folded Gasketing Tape................................................... 25 619 Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet ........................................ 24 631 Twisted Packing ........................................................... 40 633 Twisted Packing ........................................................... 40 635 Twisted Packing ........................................................... 40 644 Regular Braid Packing................................................... 40 660 Vegetable Fiber Sheet..................................................... 26 681 Vegetable-Fiber Sheet..................................................... 26 711 Laminated Packing ........................................................ 40 730 LATTICE BRAID Packing.......................................... 40 731 LATTICE BRAID Packing ............................................. 40 733 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................. 40 734 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................. 41 735 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................. 41 736 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................. 41 737 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................. 41 740 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................. 41 745 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................. 41 751 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................. 41 813 Cups & "U" Packing....................................................... 55 900 Compressed Asbestos Sheet.......................................... 21 908 Plastallic Packing ......................................................... 41 909 Plastallic Packing ................................................. 41 5005 Braid-over-core Packing ..................................................41 5501 Die-Formed Rings .......................................................... 42 " ----------1 larltpt Packing.............................. 42 Style No. Product Page No. 5780 LATTICE BRAID Packing.......................................... 42 5862 LATTICE BRAID Packing.......................................... 42 5876 LATTICE BRAID Packing.......................................... 42 5862 LATTICE BRAID Packing.......................................... 42 5884 LATTICE BRAID Packing.......................................... 42 5888 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................ 42 5889 LATTICE BRAID Packing........................................... 42 5898 LATTICE BRAID Packing.......................................... 42 6023 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet...................................... 23 7021 Compressed Asbestos Sheet....................................... 21 7130 Laminated Packing ...................................................... 42 7131 U-Cups ......................................................................... 55 7228 Compressed Asbestos Sheet....................................... 21 7350 FLEXO-MATIC Rubber Pipe Connectors............... 34 7271 Cups & "U" Packing................................................... 55 7450 FLEXO-MATIC Rubber Pipe Connectors................... 34 7450 FLEXO-MATIC Rubber Pipe Connectors................... 34 7705 Compressed Asbestos Sheet....................................... 21 7797 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet....................................... 23 7815 CHEVRON Packing & Cups....................................... 55 7619 Compressed Asbestos Sheet....................................... 21 7857 CHEVRON Packing..................................................... 55 7904 CHEVRON Packing..................................................... 55 7966 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet....................................... 23 7992 Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet............................. 24 8048 CHEVRON Packing..................................................... 55 8051 CHEVRON Packing...................................................... 55 8138 U-Cups ......................................................................... 55 8312 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet....................................... 23 8452 CHEVRON. Cups, "U" Packing.................................... 55 8452 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet....................................... 23 8459 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet....................................... 23 8495 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet........................................ 23 8571 Steel & Asbestos Filler for CHEM1SEAL TFE-jacketed Gaskets............................ 29 8619 Cups & "U" Packing..................................................... 55 8639 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet.......................................... 23 8660 Cups & "U" Packings..................................................... 55 8748 Compressed Asbestos Sheet........................................ 21 8764 CHEMISEAL Solid TFE Pipe FlangeGaskets................ 27 B764 TFE Sheet....................................................................... 27 8764 CHEMISEAL TFE-jacketed Gaskets..............................28 8764 CHEVRON, Cups, "U" Packings................................... 55 8798 Cloth-inserted Rubber Sheet.........................................24 9026 Asbestos Filler for CHEMISEAL TFE-jacketed Gaskets........................... 29 9057 Compressed Asbestos Sheet......................................... 21 9122 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet......................................... 23 9186 Plastallic Packing ......................................................... 42 9186 CHEVRON Packing & Cups........................................... 55 9205 Cloth-inserted Rubber Sheet......................................... 24 9210 CHEVRON, Cups, "U" Packings.................................... 55 9500 Compressed Asbestos Sheet......................................... 21 9511 "U" Cups ........................................................................ 55 35404 GYLON Gaskets Material (Chemical Service}......... 30 35444 GYLON' Gasket Material (Hydrofluoric Acid Service) 30 FBW-003 5 This chart indicates the genera) suitability of basic materials com* selection of packings, the mechanical properties of the packing itself monly used in packings and gaskets against various media and is usually are of greater importance. Packings rarely are fully exposed intended only for the general information of the packing user. Obvi to the gas or liquid and, therefore, do not necessarily react in the ously the subject of the interaction of packing materials with the same degree as indicated for the base material. For these reasons several liquids listed is too complex to be covered adequately in a packings or gaskets should not be accepted or rejected for any ( few words. Although chemical considerations are important in the application solely on the basis of chemical consideration. GRAPHITE yarn Satisfactory to 650F, Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. VITON* and FLUOREL*' Satrsfactorybut Hardens above 500*F. I PHENOLIC 1 RESINS Reinforcing fiber usually establishes limits. Limited depending on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory up to 225 *F. Satisfactory but hardens above 500'F. Not recommended in steam above 300s F. Satisfactory except for effect on rein forcing fibers. Satisfactory. TFE FLUORO CARBON Satisfactory but softens above 500CF. WHITE ASBESTOS Satisfactory. Satisfactory but softens above 500*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. BLUE COTTON, FLAX, ASBESTOS VISCOSE RAYON PAPER Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfactory but weakens and embrittles above 200*F. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200F. Satisfactory but weakens above 200F. LEATHER Satisfactory from cryogenics to -}-200F. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory but weakens above 200F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but decomposes above 300'F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory unless solutions are strong and above200*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory if free from acid-soluble fillers. Satisfactory. If used, reinforcing fibers should be acid resistant. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfactory but weakens above 20O6F. Satisfactory but weakens above 200F. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. - Satisfactory. Satisfactory it free Satisfactory. If Satisfactory. Not Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Limited depending from acid-soluble used, reinforcing recommended. on conditions. fillers. fibers should be acid resistant. Satisfactory. Satisfactory if free from acid-soluble fillers. Satisfactory. If used, reinforcing fibers should be acid resistant. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. limited depending On conditions. Satisfactory* Satisfactory if free from acid-soluble fillers. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended above 1Q0*F for concentrations above 25%. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Limited depending on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but deteriorates above 300'F, Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakans above 200*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200F. Not recommendec Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommendec FBW-004 Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Limited depending On conditions. Satisfactory. Limited deoendrng on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200-F. Satisfactory but loses waxes, shri and hardens. Satisfactory but loses waxes, shr and hardens. Satisfactory but loses waxes, shr and hardens. Satisfactory but loses waxes, shr and hardens. Satisfactory but becomes porous hardens above 200`F. Packing recommendations by equipment he recommendations shown here should only be considered as tentative until you have checked them out with all of the service conditions which exist in your particular application. When you take the basic factors which surround any application (fluid, tem perature, pressure, speed, and type of motion) and add to them the age and condition of equipment, you can see that the variables are such as to make a concrete recommendation, based only on type of equipment and fluid involved, very difficult. For most applications, we have made more than packing recommendation. The first choice is the ^ which, in our opinion, will give the ultimate serv'^ under the most severe conditions. But other cond* tions, which only you can know, may make anotherecommendation preferable. For example, your equi-' ment may be operating at temperatures well belov, those normally associated with the application. Reciprocating Compressor Centrifugal Compressor Hydraulic Cylinder . ACIDS ALKALIES GASESi OILS SOLVENTS --V ;] MILD CORROSIVE MILD CORROSIVE AIR & DRV INDUSTRIAL GASES BROMINE, CHLORINE OXYGEN PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ETC.) ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, ETC.) STEAM WATER & SALT SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHERE NON-CONTAMINATION REQUIRED EQUIPMENT ACCUMULATORS & INTENSIFIERS COMPRESSORS, RECIPROCATING CENTRIFUGAL 1 ! ! j 1 432 7904 1 1 5876 740 433 5862 1 1 532 *8764 *8764 432 5888 5898 631 5889 i 5780 100 5889 5888 1 631 j 5862 5898 5780 j CRYSTALLIZERS 100 *100 100 100 5B89 ! 5889 1 5889 5889 5862 5884 5862 ! 58B4 COMMENTS: 432 j 5876 i[ 740 CHEYTIOW* _________ i ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ __-- j 100 5883 El** ** 'P"` i 5862 j 5889 5876 5862 FBW-005 / We suggest you use these pages as a starting point. Choose a style number and cross check it for other variables, plus a description of the product, on the Packing Description Pages. For those numbers printed in black, this information is contained on pages 39-42; for those printed in red, refer to page 55. If no recommendation is shown, it only means that those fluids are not normally associated with the par ticular equipment. Garlock, of course, stands ready to make a recommendation upon receipt of full service condition information. We recognize that many Garlock packings not shown have worked well in these applications for many years. However, this catalog is designed on the assumption that the user comes to it with a problem and in search of a solution. Packings shown here are those which have solved many similar problems. Air Cylinder Die Casting Machine Washing Digester ADDS " ALKALIES GASE! OILS . .SOLVENTS 1 M ILD CORROSIVE M IL D CORROSIVE AIR & DRV INDUSTRIAL GASES BROMINE, CHLORINE OXYGEN PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ETC.) ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, ETC.) STEAM WATER & SALT SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHERE NON-CONTAMINATION REQUIRED EQUIPMENT CYLINDERS HYDRAULIC PISTON CUPS AND ROD CHEVRON 1 CYLINDERS PNEUMATIC PISTON CUPS AND ROD CHEVRON 8764 8452 7131 8452 432 DIE CASTING MACHINES i DIGESTERS CONTINUOUS AND 100 100 100 100 LIQUOR PUMPS USED WITH BOTH BATCH AND CON 5889 5889 5889 5885 TINUOUS SYSTEMS. 5862 5884 5884 5884 432 8452 7271 BITAN'S Leather 433 7904 8764 9188 432 7904 433 432 7904 433 COMMENTS: 540 8619 i 432 J Exwpt in strong o*14ij*rj FBW-006 H M IL D CORROSIVE M IL D CORROSIVE AIR & DRY INDUSTRIAL GASES BROMINE, CHLORINE OXYGEN PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ETC.) ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, ETC.) STEAM :------------------------------------------------- WATER & SALT SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHERE N O N C O N T A M IN A T IO N REQUIRED l....... .. ................ ACIDS ALKALIES i GASE! OILS SOLVENTS c QUIPMENT COMMENTS: DISTILLATION OLUMNS-- TRAY OR BELL & SPIGOT JOINTS iXPANSION JOINTS SLIP TYPE ILTERS-- ROTARY GRINDERS--PULP 5005 5889 5555 5005 5889 5862 5876 731 5888 5884 736 100 | '100 5852 5876 5889 5884 1 1 PISTON ROBERTS 5005 | 5005 5889 5889 5555 5862 5876 731 5888 5884 736 100 j 100 5862 5889 5876 ! 5884 5862 5876 127 100 5862 5876 5888 5889 5B98 5780 1 ! 1 5005 5889 5555 127 5862 5876 100 5862 5876 5005 5889 5555 127 5862 5876 100 5862 5876 5005 5889 5555 5005 5889 5555 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 100 | 100 5862 5876 5862 5876 i ! 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 100 5862 1 5862 5876 5876 1 5888 5862 5B76 5889 5862 5876 * Lite* > ** 1 QXlt 432 ! 745 740 7131 1 BITAN _ 1 Cups 100 c _______ i 5862 FBW-007 737 9 Heal Exchanger . ACIDS ALKALIES : ^ GASES OiLS ..; { SOLVENTS , MILD CORROSIVE MILD CORROSIVE AIR & DRY INDUSTRIAL GASES BROMINE. CHLORINE OXYGEN PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ETC.) ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, ETC.) STEAM WATER & SALT SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHERE NON-CONTAMINATION REQUIRED EQUIPMENT HEAT EXCHANGERS FLOATING HEAD TYPE 5862 5876 731 5888 5884 736 5862 5888 5876 j1 5884 731 736 5862 5876 731 HOMOGENIZERS COMMENTS: 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 5888 5862 737 8051 MIXERS, AGITATORS 100 *100 100 5885 5862 5889 5884 5889 5862 100 5885 5884 100 5862 5875 5889 5688 5898 5780 100 100 100 5889 5862 5889 5862 5889 5862 100 100 ' 100 5869 5852 5889 5862 5885 5862 5889 5862 5876 'Except in strong oxidirers PRESSES BALING i 7904 7904 BITAN BITAN Leather Leather 432 433 7904 BITAN Leather 432 BITAN Leather will give best service if rams are scored. FBW-008 10 iPacking recommendations by equipment Extrusion Press Centrifugal Pump ........... ACIDS JULKAUES GASE!s OILS SOLVENTS ".,, M ILD CORROSIVE M ILD CORROSIVE AIR & DRY INDUSTRIAL GASES BROMINE, CHLORINE OXYGEN PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ETC.) ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, ETC.) STEAM WATER & SALT SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHERE NON-CONTAMINATION REQUIRED 1 _ --------------------------------------------- EQUIPMENT PRESSES EXTRUSION & FORGING HYDRAULIC PUMPS CENTRIFUGAL RECIPROCATING RODS & PLUNGER PISTONS COMMENTS; a Mr* ***?* 1 1 7271 1 7904 7904 11 532 , 7904 tpphcstia* ,,R.K. b * ****'* _ fLirf 1 1 432 433 432 top ri*t 9** topped __ 1 79D4 7904 7904 432 433 432 _______ 100 *100 5862 733 i 5889 5884 7904 7904 5862 5888 5876 : 5884 100 100 5862 737 5889 5884 7504 5862 5876 7904 5688 5884 i 100 5862 733 5889 5B86 5898 5780 i ii 11 100 5862 733 432 5862 5876 100 5889 5862 433 5888 5862 100 100 5889 5862 5889 5852 7904 I 7904 5888 5B68 5862 5862 100 5B62 730 532 5888 5862 100 5862 733 432 5888 5862 8136 Cup*. or *262 R.H. 813 540 Cups or *262 R.H. 540 Cups or *262 5B89 5862 737 8051 5888 5862 Da*' ~------------- 261 or ?** * Fr* BmWa /-0A0Ai9A Reciprocating Pump Rotary Pump Power House M ILD CORROSIVE M ILD CORROSIVE AIR & DRY INDUSTRIAL OXYGEN PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, 1 ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, STEAM WATER & SA SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHE NON-CONTA8 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT ACIDS ;V ALKALIES ' ,GASES UVJ> z ! <| o i OILS . SOLVENTS i PUMPS ROTARY POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT 100 5862 733 *100 58B9 5884 100 5862 737 100 5889 5884 100 5862 733 5889 5888 5898 5780 100 5862 733 100 5889 5862 100 5889 5862 100 5889 5862 Z O P 5 COMMENTS: 1 100 5862 733 5889 5862 737 Exeapt in strong oxidutrs SOOT BLOWERS INSULATED FEED UNINSULATED FEED *8534 XV 5501 5862 5501 127 735 *8534 XV 5501 5862 i 5501 127 735 'A cirbon*grsphita filled TF FBW-010 ajgking recommendations by equipment r arine Products Steam Engine EQUIPMENT STEAM ENGINES ACIDS ALKALIES CASES u) crt U(0J o< 2UJ sxo > tOn coucr Q -j 5 OO) CC cOoe oE sa ? uzT =acED STEAM HAMMERS STERN TUBES TURBINES HYDRAULIC OILS SOLVENTS c s3 Otr oV) z>(/-) o & O c o"o uj p ios lO 1< < z 5 < hlZ CC 7 <co UJ 5 aW55>oP-wS* > Z UX togs jssOSizueOl' COMMENTS: 7904 532 635 7904 532 150 MARINEPAK 5876 31 5862 730 745 c FBW-011 Forged Valve Casi Steel Valve Stainless Valve Sleam Hammer Hydraulic Turbme Bronze Valve Cast Iron Valve ACIDS /'!. ALKALIES GASES OILS SOLVENTS - v/- MILD CORROSIVE MILD CORROSIVE AIR & DRY INDUSTRIAL GASES BROMINE, CHLORINE OXYGEN PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ETC.) ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, ETC.) STEAM WATER & SALT -- --SO-L-U--TI--O-N--S-------------FLUIDS WHERE NON-CONTAMINATION REQUIRED EQUIPMENT VALVES BRONZE & CAST IRON FORGED & CAST STEEL 5862 5876 731 5862 5876 127 COMMENTS: 127 5862 5876 5888 7130 5898 5898 5780 127 633 5862 127 633 5862 1 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 i 127 127 635 5862 5862 233 5888 5862 5876 i 5888 7130 5898 127 327 127 127 127 127 ; 633 633 908 908 635 635 908 908 5862 5862 908 908 STAINLESS & SPECIAL ALLOYS 1 *8764 5888 5862 *676-1 5888 5884 '8764 5888 5862 *8764 5888 5884 *8764 5888 5862 *8764 j *8764 5888 | 5888 7130 j 5780 *8764 5888 5862 *8764 ! *8764 5888 , 5888 5862 5862 *8764 : 5888 5862 5888 i *8764 5888 5862 CHEVRON FBW-012 loosing the right gasket material 4 r ery gasket material available to industry has certain nerent limitations that tend to restrict each mateil's range of applications. However, many of these Stations may be partially or wholly eliminated by v'eral methods, including use of reinforcing inserts, mbining with other materials, varying construction, by the type of joint the material must seal. though mechanical factors are important to the de in of the complete joint, primary selection of a gast material is greatly influenced by two factors: ;mperature of fluid or gas contained ature of fluid or gas contained ?mperature ith very few exceptions, a material should never be :ed at temperatures higher than those recommended r its group. amperature ranges for rubber are: Natural--up to >0F; SBR, Nitrile and Neoprene--up to 250 F; .ts^^up to 450F; Silicone--up to 500 F. egerable fiber sheet with glue-glycerine bond has a mperature range up to 250 F with synthetic rubber and up to 300 F. oven asbestos cloth is effective up to 600 F; comessed asbestos up to 700 F. ubber used in most cloth-inserted sheets usually atermines the material's temperature range. owever, you should never select or reject a gasket aterial solely on the preceding information as this is ;erely a general guide. To be sure, consult your near;t Garlock representative for more specific recom\endations. luid contained iy using the resisJance chart on pages 15, 16 and 17, ou can easily ascertain a material's reaction to a speific medium, and thereby determine its suitability in arvice. Four values appear throughout this chart. They re: G for good; F or fair; D for depends on conditions; nd U for unsuitable. With the exception of symbol D, 11 values are self-explanatory. Where D is indicated, nd no other material is suitable for your specific aplit^^n, contact vour Garlock representative. He'll .lacS^ielp you determine the material's suitability. although the above values are of extreme importance, .'arious other factors should also be given due coniideration as they directly influence the fluid conained and its effect on the gasket material. TM--Du Pont Co. Concentration of the corrosive agent can have a de cided effect upon the gasket material selection Full strength solutions are not necessarily more corr'osiv than those of dilute proportions. The reverse is ofte-i true. ' | Purity of corrosive agent or the absence of contaminating compounds is another factor involved. Ex ample: dissolved oxygen in otherwise chemically pure water may cause rapid'oxidation of high temperature steam generating equipment. Temperature of corrosive agent, in addition to temperature effect on mechanical properties, will also in fluence the rate of corrosive attack. , Location of gasket can often influence its chemical resistance. For example, a gasket either in a partially filled line or one at or above the solution level may be more subject to attack than those below the surface. Construction of gasket material decidedly affects its chemical" resistance. It is generally poor economy to use an inferior material that can cause frequent gasket replacements. This ultimately results in extremely high maintenance costs. However, if it is necessary that a joint be opened frequently, a less expensive, less resistant material may be quite satisfactory. 'Where a joint is seldom opened, the most resistant material, regardless of cost, is usually the most economical Ln the long run. Also, if a slight swelling of the gasket occurs due to reaction to fluid, the overall effect may be a more posi tive seal. Conversely, materials that shrink and dry out usually cause early gasket failure. Other factors that may influence material selection are internal pressures, operating cycle and vibration. A highly resilient material and proper design is essentuwhere sudden variations in operating conditions occur frequently. Bolt relaxation, caused by thermal expansion *pk* creep, is sometimes an important consideration, pansion and contraction of line or gasket and sive bending movements on the flange may also selection of gasket material and construction. To summarize... if these considerations are all into account and properly evaluated and a sU^ari gasket material is selected from the resistance the choice, in most cases, can be narrow'ed to a ^ ? number. Final choice, then, can usually be ma e basis of relative cost, availability or persona a- ence. j j FBW-013 15 RESISTANCE RATINGS HOMOGENEOUS RUBBER CLOTH INSERTED RUBBER (GASKETING) ASBESTOS WOVEN COMPRESSED VEGETABLE FIBER 6--Good F=Fair D=Depends on conditions U=Unsuitable n. -- c i fis 7Z to 5 *1 f 9 *o Si n > v~ 5e 2 uf -- <u J3 C --<L> a iz o j*tf *4) f* *0 = ^ CC Acetic Acid: .......................... Crude F D D F D U F DUU DFFGG DGGG UUU Pure F D U F U U FFUU DFFGF DF FG UUU Vapors F D U F U U DFDU DFFGG F GGG UUU 150 psi, 400"= F. U U U U u U UUUU D UUG U U D DD UUU Acetic Anhydride DDUDDU D DD D DUUGU G GGG UUU Acetone .............. FUU F FU FFUF FUFGU U F GG GUD Acetylene.......... GGGGGG GGGG GGGGG G G GG GGG Air .................. GG G G G G GGGG GGGGG G G GG GGG Ammonia Gas.......................... cold G G G G G G G GG U GGGGG G G GG F GG hot D D D D G G 0GDU GF F GF G G G G. U U U Ammonium hydroxide .................... DDD D GG D GD U GG D G G G GGG UGG Ammonium phosphate.- ... Monobasic G G G G G D GGGU GGGGG G GGG UFF Dibasic G G G G G D GGGU GGGGG G G GG UF F Tribasic G G G G G D GGGU GGGGG G GGG UFF Amyl Acetate .................................... F U U U U U UUUU UDFGD D D DD GFF Amyl Alcohol .................................... G G G G F G GFGG FGGGG G G GG UFF Aniline, aniline oil............................ U U U U U U UUDU UD U G D D F DU GFF Asphalt ............................................ U F F U U F UUFU UFUGF G GUU FGG Beer.................................................. G G G G G G GGGG GGG G G G G GG UGG Beet sugar liquors............................ G G G G G G GGGG GGGGG G G GG UGG Benzene, benzol ................................ U If U U U G U UU U UUUGU F U UU GFD Benzene, petroleum ether naphtha .. U U D U U G U 11 U U UUUGU F U UU GGF Black sulphate liquor........................ G G G G F F G FG G FGGGG GGGG UGG Blast Furnace Gas ............................ D D D D D G D GD D DDDGD G G GG DFD Bromine ............................................ U U U U U U U UUU UUUGU FFFF UUU Butane........................ 1................... DG G D U G UDF U DGFGG GGFF DGD Butyl acetate ................ ................... FUUUUU UUUU UUUGU D D DD UFF Butyl alcohol, butanol...................... G G G G F G GFGG F GGG G G GGG UFF Cane sugar liquors............................ GGGGGG GGGG GGGGG G GGG UGG Carbon dioxide............................ dry DDD DD D D GD D GDGGD GGGG UFF wet D D D D D D D GD D GGGGD G D DG UFF Carbon bisulphide ............................ UUU U U G U UUU UUUGU DU UU FDD Carbon monoxide, hot........................ D D D D G G D G0 D GDDGD GGGG UDD Carbon tetrachloride........................ UUU UUG U UUU UUUGU G U UU FFD Castor oil.......................................... UGG U D G UDGU DGGGG G G GG GGG Chinawood oil, tungoil .................... UFG U UG U UFU UFUGF G F DU FGG Chlorine...................................... dry UUUU UG UUUU UUUGU F FFF UUU wet U U U U U U UUUU UUUGU F F FF UUU Chlorinated solvents ........................ UUUU UD U UU U UUUGU F F UU uFD Chloroacetic acid.............................. FFFFUU F UF F U UU G U D D DF uUU Chlorosulphonic acid........................ UDU UUU UUU U UUUGU D D DF uUU Chromic acid.................................... UUU U UD U UU U UUUGU D DDF uUU Citric acid........................................ GGGG GG G GGG GGGGG G GGG uFF Coke oven gas .................................. DDD D D G D G0 D DDDGD G G GG DFD Copper chloride................................ DFF F DF D DDF GGGGG G G GG UDD Copper sulfate.................................. GGGGG G GGG F GGGGG G G GG UGG Corn oil............................................ Cotton seed oil.................................. * Creosote .............................. coal t3r UFGU UG UFGU UG UDDU UG U UFU UUFU U UU U UFUGU UFUGF UFUGF G G DD GGDD G D UU GGG FGD DDD I wood Cresols, cresylic acid........................ UDDUUG UUD U UG U UU U U UU U UFUGF UUUGU G F DU FDUU DDD DUU CD Ll Dowtherm A...................................... UUUU UD U UU U UFUGF F FUU UU U 'Dowtherm E...................................... UUU UUD U UU U UF UG F F F UU UUU 7M --DOW CHEMICAL CO. It: RESISTANCE RATINGS HOMOGENEOUS RUBBER CLOTH INSERTED RUBBER (GASKETING) WOVEN COMPRESSED VEGETABLE FIBER J Neoprene Nitrile Silicone Vlton SBR with cotton Insert Silicone with fiberglass insert Neoprene with cotton Insert SBR with brass wire insert White with Silicone binder White with Neoprene binder While with Natural binder Blue with TFE impregnation Blue with Neoprene binder White with Nitrile binder White with Neoprene binder White with SBR binder Blue with SBR binder G--Good F=Fair D=Depends on conditions U=Unsuitable Ethers ............................ Ethyl acetate ................. Ethyl chloride .............. Ethylene glycol.............. Formaldehyde .............. Formic acid................... Freon 12 ....................... Fuel Oil .......................... Furfural .......................... Gasoline.......................... Gelatin............................ refined Glucose .......................... Glue ................................ ^Glycerin, glycerol.......... *reen sulphate liquor .. Hydrobromic acid......... Hydrochloric acid......... ___<150* F. >150" F. Hydrocyanic acid .......... Hydrofluoric acid.......... cold <65% Hydrofluorsilicic acid . . Hydrogen gas ................. >65% hot <65% >65% cold hot Hydrogen sulphide.......... ... dry, cold hot wet, cold Kerosene ........................ Lacquers ....................... Lacquer solvents .......... Lactic acid ..................... hot ............ cold Linseed oil..................... Lubricating oils............ hot ............ sour Magnesium hydroxide . refined Methyl alcohol, methanol Methyl chloride............ Milk ................................. ^Mineral oils..................... atural gas ..................... Citric acid........................ ......... crude diluted concentrated Nitrobenzene ................... Oleic acid ........................ Oleum spirits................... Oxalic acid ..................... TM--OU PONT COMPANY 0 s <Q cn CD V) DuDuuu uuUuuu uuUuuD GGGGF G G DGG U U GFGGD U UGDD U G U FGU U G U UUUUU U FGU U G U FGU U G GGGGGG G G GGG G G GGGF G G GGG F G G GGGD G U 'D 0 D U U F GF F D U U D UU U U FFFFFF D GDDDG U UUU U D UUUUUG UUUUU0 GF FF UD F GGG G G F GGG G G D GGG F G D0DD0G DFFF F G 0DD 0 D G UFGU U G U UUUU U U UUU U U DGGGG G 0D0DGG U FGUU G U FGU U G U F GUU G GGGGGG GGGGGG UUUUUU GGGGG G U FGU DG DGGD UG UUUUU U UUUUDU U UUUU U U UDU U U DF GDD G UFGUDG GF GG D G Tu u u uuu u uuu u GFG G GU D D FD D D DUGU UUF U UU U U UU F U UUF U GGGG GGG G GFGG GF G G GD G G DDD U UDU U U0U U FF F D UDU U UU U U uU U U U U UU UuU U GGG G DDDD DDGD 0D0D DD0D DDD D UUFU UUU U UUU U GGG G 0GD D UUF U UUF U UUF U GGG D GGG G UU U U GGG U UDF U FDGF UUU U UDU U UUU U UUU U DDF D UU U U FDDD u uuG F U uuGU u uuGU F GGGG U FGGF D DGGD UGUGG U F UGF UUUGU U F UGF U F UGF GGGGG G GGGG F GGGG F GGGG D GGG G 0UUGU DFFGF 0DDGD GFFGF D 0UG D U 0UGD UUUGD U UUGD U UUG D GGFGG .D G F G G 0 GD G G DD0GD D DDG D D0DGD U F UG F U UUG U U UU G U GGDGG GDDGF UFUGF uU F U G F UF GF GGGGG GGGGG UDDGU GGGGG DF UGF DGFGG UUUG U DUUGU U UU G U U UUG U DGDGF UUUG0 FFFFF F0Du D0 Du F F Uu GGGG G G GG GGGG GGUU GGDU F F UU GG UU GG UU GG GG GG GG GGGG GGGG GGGG FF FF GGGG FFFF GGGF DF FF FFF F DF DF UD UF U0UF GGGG GG GG GG G G GG G G GG GG GGGG GGDU D0 D 0 DD 0D GG G G GG GG GF0D GGDU GG D U GG G G GG GG DD DD GG GG GF FF GG F F UUUU DDDD UU UU DF U U GGF F DDDD G G G _G____ UU U U F U F D F D G 0 D G D F G G G G U G G G U U U D F U G 17 Natural Neoprene Nitrile Silicone Viton SBR with cotton insert Silicone with fiberglass Insert Neoprene with cotton Insert SBR with brass wire insert White with Silicone binder White with Neoprene binder White with Natural binder Blue with TFE Impregnation Blue with Neoprene binder White with Nitrile binder White with Neoprene binder White with SBR binder Blue with SBR binder Nitrile binder SBR and Nitrile binder | RESISTANCE RATINGS HOMOGENEOUS RUBBER CLOTH INSERTED RUBBER (GASKETING) ASBESTOS WOVEN COMPRESSED VEGETABLE FIBER I * G--Good F=Fair D=Depends on conditions U=Unsuitable (X cs to Oxygen........................................... C0|d Ozone ....................... <500= f. Palmitic Acid.................. Petroleum oils......... crude, <500' F. >500' F. Phosphoric acid......................... crude Pure, <45% >45%, cold hot Potassium hydroxide ... Producer gas.................................... .. Propane .................................................. Sewage............................................. .. Soap solutions....................................... Sodium hydroxide ... ......................... Sodium hypochlorite.............................. Sodium silicate .................................... Soybean oil ........................................... Stannic chloride.................................... Steam.................................... <500' F. 500-10001 F. Stearic acid ........................................... Sulphur .................................. .. ........... Sulphur chloride ......................... .. Sulphur dioxide, dry ........................... Sulphur trioxide, dry........................... Sulphuric acid................ <10% cold hot 10-75%, cold hot 75-95%, cold hot fuming Sulphurous acid .................................... Tannic acid ........................................... Tar........................................................... Tartaric acid ......................................... Toluene .................................................. Trichloroethylene....................... .. Turpentine .............................................. Vinegar .................................................. Water, acid mine, containing oxidizing salt no oxidizing salt Water............fresh 'tap. boiler, etc.) Distilled, lab. grade return condensate Water, seawater ................................... Whiskey and wines................................ Zinc chloride . ................................. Zinc Sulphate ......................................... 0 D DDF F u UUUDD DGDDGG DF GDDG UF GUDG UUUUUD DF F DDD DF F DDG DF FD0D D DDDDD D DGDD U D DD 0DG DGGDUG D FGDDG D F GDGG D D G DD U PFF rG0 G G G GGG U GGUD G DFFFDD U UDDUG UUUUUD D F G 0D G 0 FF FGD UDDUU0 F F FFFG D DD DDG G G GGG G F FFF UG DDD0D D UUUUUD DDDDUD UUU UUD UUUUUD F FFF 0D FFFFDF U DG U F G G GG GG G UU F UUG u UUUU G u UG uU G F GGGGG GGGG0G GGGGF G G G GGGG GGGGGG GGGGGG GGGGGG GGGGGG DFFFDF GGGGFG uFUu uDUu DGFD DD FD U0DU UUUU UDUU UDUU UDUU UD U U DD D D DGDD U0F U DDF D FGFG DDDD DGD0 GGGG UDG U GDGG UU U D UUUU D0 FD DGF F UUDU DGDD D0DD UGUU UUUU U U' U U UUUU UUUU UUU U UUUU U0UU F DF F UF D U G GG G UUUU UUUU UUUU GGGD DDDD 0FDD GGGG GGGG GGG G GGGG GGG G DDGD GFGD F u- u G U DuuG U GFDGF DGDG F DGUGG U UUD U DFDGF DF0GF DFDGF DDDGD DDFG F D DDGD DGFGG D FDG F GFDGF DDFGF GFFGF G GG G G DGUGG D GGG G UFGGF U U D u' U DG0G F G FDGF UDUGD GFDGF DFDGF GGFGG UFFGF DDDGD UDDGD U UUG D UUUGU UUUGU D GGG G D GGG G FGUGG G GGGG U UUGU U UU G U U UUGU G GG G G D G GGG F GGGG G GGG G GGGGG G GGGG .G G G G G G GG G G D GG G G F GGGG U u uu U u uu D D DD GGFF GGDU DDUU GGGG GGGG GGGG FFFF G0Ff GGGG GDFF GGDD GGGG GDF F GGGG GGGG GGDU GGGG GFGU DUDU GG F F GGGF FFFF GGDD GGDD G G GG GGGG DDDF DDDD UUUD UUUD U UUU GGGG GGGG G G D D GGGG G F DD F DDD GDDD GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG X> c o >s ao s o uuu uuu uFF FFF DDD UUU UFF UDD UDD UDD UUU UFD DGD UDD UFF UUU UFF UGG GGG UGG UUU UUU FFF UF F DDD UDD UDD UUU UUU UUU UUU UUu UUu UUu UUu UFD DFF UFF GFD F DD FFF UGG UF F UF F U GG UGG U GG UGG UGG UDD UGG FBW-016 Designing your gasket correctly ideally, the designer should adapt flange construction to the existing gasket design. However, this is usually impossible as joint features are, in most cases, already fixed and cannot be changed as easily as the gasket. But, regardless of whether you are designing flange to gasket or gasket to flange, the design principles are identical.. . only the approach is different. In order to achieve satisfactory gasket design and, consequently, prolonged trouble-free service from your gaskets, the following design information should be followed care fully. Gasket yield stress--"y" factor If a tight seal is to be effected, gasket material must be compressed sufficiently and flow into imperfections of the contact faces ... filling all voids between mating flanges. If this flow doesn't take place a seal can't be effected without using gasket pastes or compounds. "y" factor is the amount of force, expressed in p.s.i., that must be applied to the gasket contact area causing this essential flow, "y" factor is wholly independent of internal pressure. It is the minimum amount of ress needed if a gasket is to seal at all.. .even at very w pressures. For example, soft rubber requires so little stress that it is considered self-yielding. Therefore, rubber of less than 75 durometer has a "y" value of 0 p.s.i. Most gasket materials and designs require relatively high initial stress if gasket is to seal properly. Once high initial stress is effected, however, gasket load may be sharply reduced without loss of efficiency. If such loss does occur, it is normally caused by bolt expansion, creep and relaxation. Gasket factor--"m" factor There are three forces that largely determine the "m" factor (see fig. 1). They are: 1. Bolt load--the force that squeezes the gasket into the face voids to form seal. 2. Hydrostatic end forceforce that tends to separate flanges when internal pres sure is applied. 3. Internal pressure--pres sure that acts on the por- n of the gasket exposed the pressure side of the joint. Tends to blow gasket out of joint. "m" or gasket factor is the ratio of residual unit stress (bolt load minus hydrostatic end force) on gasket (p.s.i.) to internal pressure of the system, "m" factor usually remains constant throughout a wide range of pressure for a given gasket material and construction. A gasket factor of 3.0, for example, would indicate that the residual stress of the gasket must be a mini mum of three times the system's internal pressure if a proper seal is to be maintained. Two basic steps Step 1. First, designer must determine total force avail able: (a) to yield the gasket, and (b) to maintain a tight seal under service conditions. This force, usually sup plied by bolts, will depend on the size and number of bolts in the flange and on the maximum allowable bolt stress. In turn, the maximum bolt stress will depend on the bolt material and operating temperature. Once this is obtained, total available bolt force can easily be determined by multiplying total bolt area by allowable stress. Step 2. Next, an approximation of gasket dimensions should be ascertained. For some confined-joint fac ings, recess face dimensions limit gasket dimensions. On a full-face joint, a full-face gasket may be provided, reducing flange distortion. On other facings, consider able leeway is available. It is possible, then, to find "y" and "m" factors at the service pressure by deter mining the bolt force available and by having worked out a rough approximation of the gasket dimensions. By pairing these findings with a previous selection of materials, based on the recommendation chart and operating conditions, the proper gasket may be se lected from a table of gasket factors and yield stresses (Tables 1 and 2). Bolt load formulas The initial bolt load required to seat a gasket suffi ciently should be: Wm2=3.14 b GY. The required operating bolt load should be at least sufficient, under maximum operating conditions, resist the hydrostatic end force and, in addition, 0 maintain a compression load on the gasket that ex perience has shown is sufficient, under maximum op erating conditions, to resist the hydrostatic end o ^ and, in addition, to maintain a compression la the gasket that experience has shown is sufficien assure a tight joint: Wm!=0.785 G2P + (2b X 3.14 GMP) the When determining number of bolts needed, use greater of the two values Wmi or Wm2 FBW 017 J. 9 Nomenclature for the two formulas are: Wm] =required bolt load for maximum operating conditions in lbs. Wm2=required initial bolt load without internal pressure in lbs. G=outside diameter of gasket contact face less 2b. P=niaximum allowable working pressure in p.s.i. [ EFFECTIVE GASKET WIDTH--b (Table 1) FACING LIMITS GASKET SEATING WIDTH b 1--N--j . .... b0= N 2 T --, MM 'W////M',a itw//////, 1 |--N--! b0=WI, (WN ma,,j mmmmmmk 51* ioi X mmmmm bo = 3N 8 b=effective gasket seating width in inches (see Table 1) Note: b=b0 when b0 is equal to or less than V" b=~}/b} when b0 is greater than lU" 2 2b=effective gasket pressure width in inches m=gasket factor (see Table 2) y=gasket seating load in p.s.i. (see Table 2) Note: This data applies only when the gasket is contained entirely within the inner edges of the bolt holes. GASKET FACTORS (Table 2) MATERIAL "in" Rubber Below 75 durometer.......................................................... 75 or higher durometer.................................................... 0.50 1.00 Rubber with cotton fabric insert......................................... Asbestos with a suitable binder for operating conditions: Vi" thickness..................................................... "............ Va" thickness...................... -........................................... Vit" thickness.................................................................... 1.25 2.00 2.75 3.50 Vegetable fiber...................................................................... 1.75 ly# o 200 400 1600 3700 6500 1100 COMMON FAULTS IN GASKET DESIGN SUGGESTED REMEDIES WHY FAULTY "SUGGESTED REMEDY Bolt holes close to edge ]----- ------------- , Causes breakage in stripping and assembling Projection or "ear" Notch instead of hole Very small bolt holes or noncircular openings Require hand picking... easy to miss Avoid hole sizes under 3/32-inch diameter. If small hole is for locating or indexing, change to notch Tear-away parts with open slots at attached edges Slots require hand picking, costly dies and die maintenance Simple perforation Thin walls, delicate cross section in relation to over-all size High scrap loss; stretching or distortion in shipment or use. Restricts choice to high tensile strength materials Have the gasket in mind during early design stages Metalworking tolerances applied to gasket thickness, diameters, length, width, etc. Transference of fillets, radii, etc., from mating metal parts to gasket cT Large gaskets made in sections with beveled joints cna Results in perfectly usable parts being rejected at incoming inspection. Requires time and correspondence to reach agreement on practical limits. Increases cost of parts and tooling. Delays deliveries Unless part is molded, such features mean extra operations and higher cost Extra operations to skive. Extra operations to glue. Difficult to obtain smooth, even joints without steps or transverse grooves Copyright The Penton Publishing Co., reproduced with permission Most gasket materials are compressible. Many are affected by humidity changes. Try standard or commercial tolerances before concluding that special accuracy is required Most gasket stocks will conform to mating parts without preshaping. Be sure radii, chamiers, etc., are functional, not merely copied from metal members Die-cut dovetail joint m ...I FBW-018 Anti-stick compressed asbestos sheet Garlock's anti-stick releasing agent is blended into the surface of all compressed asbestos sheet, eliminat ing the need for graphited sheet. Garlock Compressed Asbestos styles are made of either white or blue asbestos and several binders, in cluding SBR, Neoprene or Nitrile. The asbestos and elastomeric binder are bonded under pressure and vul canized into a homogeneous sheet. All compressed sheet styles are ideal in applications employing rigid flanges with adequate bolting capac ity. Garlock Compressed Asbestos sheet materials are excellent on such heavy-duty bolted and threaded joints as water and steam pipe fittings and manifold connections. All styles are tough and durable with sufficient com pressibility to provide a properly gasketed joint, but are resistant to plastic flow ordinarily encountered under heavy bolt loads. Generally, white asbestos styles are suitable for serv ice against hot oil, hot gases or steam. Blue asbestos sheet seals against hot or cold mineral acids, either alone or in conjunction with oils or organic solvents. For more specific recommendations on all Garlock Compressed Asbestos styles see the Resistance Rat ings Chart beginning on page 15. For technical infor mation on each sheet, see the data on page 21. *asy method for ordering ompressed asbestos sheet packing Now you can convert ordering data for Garlock com pressed asbestos sheet packing into simple nine digit numbers ... thus allowing further use of data process ing equipment both for order entry and disbursements. To determine the correct nine-digit number, take the following steps: 1. First, make sure, by checking the following page, that the style number'is available in the thickness you wish. 2. Use five digit number for the sheet style you wish to buy. 3. Follow this with the four digit number for the sheet size and thickness you wish. 4. In front of the resulting nine digit number, indicate the number of pounds or sheets you wish to buy. Example: 2000# of Style 900 in 1/16" x 60 x 60 sheets would read ... 2000# 31038-0521 50 sheets of 7705 in Vs" x 60 x 120 sheets ... 50 sheets 31064-0607 yle No. 900 7021 7228 7705 Ordering No. [31038-j [31042-] (31052-) (31064-) Style No. 8748 7819 9057 9500 Ordering No. (31114-) (31595-1 (31571-) (31657-) SHEET SIZE AND THICKNESS NUMBER Sheet Hiickness _ > Sheet Size, i/64" 1/32". 1/16" 3/32" 1/B", 3/16" 1/f 40 x 40" -0429 -0471 -0512 -0554 -0596 -0680 -07W 40 x 60" 0431 0473 0514 0556 0598 0682 0766 40 X 80" 0432 0474 0515 0557 0599 0683 0767 40x120" 50 x 50" 50 X 75" 50 X 150" 60 X 60" 60 x 80" 0433 0475 0516 0558 0600 0684 0766 1702 1723 1704 1727 1706 1731 1708 ; 1710 i[ 1735 1739 1714 1747 1827 1755 1724 1728 1732 1736 1740 1748 1756 0438 0480 0521 0563 0605 0689 0773 0439 0481 0522 0564 0606 0690 0774 60X120" ------------------------1 75 x 75" 75 x150" 80 x 80" 80 X 120" 120x 120" 150 x 150" 0440 1761 1762 0441 0442 0443 17g7 0482 1765 1766 0483 0484 0485 1799 0523 1769 1770 0524 0525 0526 1801 0565 1773 1774 0566 0567 0568 1803 0607 1777 1778 0608 0609 0610 1805 0691 1785 1793 ! 1786 1794 0692 0776 0693 0777 0694 077* 1813 1809 errMill , 21 % aTE" 900 7021 7228 7705 8748 7819 9057 9500 Material Tensile strength: With grain Across grain Average White chrysotile asbestos with SBR binder White chrysotile asbestos with SBR binder White chrysotile asbestos with neoprene binder Blue crocidolite asbestos with acid resisting SBR binder White chrysotile asbestos with nitrile binder White chrysotile asbestos with SBR binder White chrysotile asbestos with chloroprene binder White chrysotile asbestos with SBR binder 6000 p.s.i 3000 p.s.i. 4500 p.s.i. 8000 p.s.i. 3600 p.s.i. 5800 p.s.i. 5500 p.s.i. 3000 p.s.i. 4250 p.s.i. 5000 p.s.i. 2000 p.s.i. 3500 p.s.i. 8500 p.s.i. 4500 p.s.i. 6500 p.s.i. 5000 p.s.i. 2600 p.s.i. 3800 p.s.i. 9000 p.s.i. 4600 p.s.i. 6800 p.s.i. 7500 p.s.i. 3500 p.s.i. 5500 p.s.i. Compressibility, under 5000 p.s.i. load Recovery 12 5% 40% min. 12 5% 40% min. 12 5% 40% min. 20 5% 40% min. 12 5% 40% min. 12 5% 40% min. 12 5% 40% min. 12 5% 40% min. Oil resistance after 5 hrs. in: ASTM #3 oil @ 300 F. Thick ness increase Tensile loss Fuel resistance, after 5 hrs. in: ASTM Ref. Fuel B @ R.T. Thick ness increase Weight increase 30% 50% 25% 20% Flexibility Bends 180s around rod (diameter 8X thicker than sheet) without cracking 40% 50% 20% 25% Bends 180 around rod (diameter 8X thicker than sheet) without cracking 20% 40% 15% 15% Bends 180 around rod (diameter 12X thicker than sheet) without cracking 25% 50% Bends 180' around rod (diameter 8X thicker than sheet) without cracking 3% 10% 5% 15% Bends 180" around rod (diameter 12X thicker than sheet) without cracking 26.5% 56% 20% 20% Bends 180 around rod (diameter 12X thicker than sheet) without cracking 15% 25% 17% 15% Bends 180* around rod (diameter 12X thicker than sheet) without cracking 63% 76% 26% 22% Bends 180 around rod (diameter 12X thicker than sheet) without cracking Density (per cubic inch) '.93 oz. Thicknesses Vu & At %available (inches) y. v* Sheet sizes (inches) 40x40 40x60 .90 oz. Xi X2 Xi %2 YtXi'A 40x80 40x120 .91 oz. .83 oz. .85 oz. .97 oz. 1.0 oz. .98 oz. Xt Xl Xi 'A % % & A X* Xi Xt % 'A Vu % % % _V_b_X_i__^__ yu & yt % yu X2 y<. & K *6 1 A %6 'A The following sizes are available in all style numbers 50x50 50x75 50x150 60x60 60x80 60x120 75x75 75x150 80x80 80x120 120x120 150x150 Tolerances on thicknesses (inches) Meets specifications X* +.005 --.002 X* CT .0015 X: :005 X. .006 X: -008 V. .010 X. 'A -015 X. -f.005 --.002 5u CT .0015 Xi ".005 X. .006 Xa -008 y, =.oio X. & 'A .015 X, +.005 --.002 Xi CT .0015 X: -005 X. -006 X; =.008 V. =.010 Xi .005 Xi .006 & .008 '/. .015 ASTM-D-1170-68T Grade P-1161A. MIL-G-12803A Grade P-1161A HH-P-46C ASTM-D-1170-62T Grade P-1161A MIL-G-I2803A Grade P-1161A MIL-A-17472B UL Approval MIL-A-7021B Cl. I ASTM-D-1170 62T Grade P-1151-A AMS-3232H X, +.005 --.002 Xi .005 Xi .006 Xj -008 'A .oio X. +.005 --.002 X< CT + .0015 X, -*-.005 X. .006 X, .008 y. .oio X. & 'A .015 Xi +.005 --.002 At CT +0015 Xj +.005 Xi +006 Xi 4-.008 'A .010 Xi & X .015 'At +.005 --.002 At CT .0015 Xi -005 X* .006 X: .008 V% .010 Xi &'A .015 ASTM-D.1170-62T Grade P-1161A MII-G-12803A Grade 1141A AMS-3232H ASTM-D-1170-62T Grade P-1161A ASTM-D-1170-62T Grade P-1151A SAE J90A Grade P-1151A ASTM-D-U70-62T Grade P-1161B SAE J90A Grade P-U61B How branded Style numbers 900, 7021, 7228 and 7705 are branded with Garlock name and style number thru 60". Over 60" std. is unbranded unless otherwise specified. Garlock name only thru 60". Over 60" std. is unbranded unless otherwise specified Unbranded fbw-o; 22 Garlock homogeneous rubber sheet sbr natural neoprene nitrile Garlock offers a wide range of natural and syn thetic rubbers, all having certain basic character istics that allow the gasket designer infinite design possibilities. Rubber is incompressible--It can easily be de formed, depending upon durometer and cross sec tion, but can never be reduced in volume. Rubber is extensible--This feature is extremely valuable when a gasket must be assembled over a projection or shoulder with the idea of having it "snap tight" within a groove. Rubber is one of the few materials capable of withstanding such treat ment. Rubber is highly impermeable--This feature ap plies when describing rubber's ability to serve as a tight barrier against the passage of gases or fluids. Rubber is elastic--As a result, relatively little flange pressure is required to effect intimate con tact with the face of the rubber gasket. Also, this elasticity allows a rubber gasket to move with flange surfaces without disrupting the seal. Generally, rubber's unique properties are best util ized in applications where controlled deformation is desirable. Other materials--such as viton and silicone are also available on request. Easy order method for homogeneous rubber sheeting Now you can convert ordering data for homogenous rubber sheet into nine-digit code numbers . . . thus allowing further use of data processing equipment for order entry and disbursements. It can be used for all standard widths. 1. First, check to make sure the style number is avail able in the thickness you wish. . 2. Use five digit number for the sheet style you wish to buy. 3. Follow this with the four digit number for the sheet thickness you wish. 4. In front of the resulting nine digit number, indicate the number of standard rolls you wish to buy. (For 1/32", a standard roll is 100#, for 1/16" and up, a standard roll is 200 pounds.) Example: 2000# of l/8 Style No. 353 would read: 10 rolls 31016-0118. (2000# of 31016-0118 would also, of course, be acceptable.) Style No. 22 91 353 6023 (31003-) (31006-) (31016-) (31041-) 7797 7966 8312 8639 (31072-) (31082-) (31090-) (3110S-) 9122 8495 8459 8452 (31560-) (31100-) (3109B-) (31096-) Thickness 1/32" 1/16" (-0095) (-0102) 3/32" 1/8" (-0110) (-0118) 3/16" 1/4" (-0133) (-0149) Homogeneous Rubber Sheet Material 91 SBR 22 SBR 353 SBR Hardness (Shore A) 60 5 80 5 80 + 5 Tensile strength (Min.) 1500 p.s.i. 1000 p.s.i. 1200 p.s.i. Elongation (Min.) 400% 250% 150% Compression set ASTM method B 25% deflection 22 hrs./158* F. 25% max. 22 hrs./158* F. 60% max. 22 hrs./158' F. 40% max. Weight (ibs.-approi.) Xi-3-3# sq. yd. sq. yd. X6-4-4# sq- yd. Maximum volume change after immersion in: ASTM #1 oil, 70 hrs/212F. ASTM #3 oil, 70 hrs/212*F. Thicknesses available (inches) Xr X. X: A % A and greater X: Xs X: A % V* and greater X:X, X, A % X and greater Width available (inches) Standard--36 Special--42 Standard--36 Special--42 Standard-36 Special--42 Size of rolls available (approx.) )&"-100 lbs. and over, 200 lbs. X/-100 lbs. X," and over, 200 lbs. X,"-100 lbs. V." and over, 200 lbs. Finishes available Standard--cloth Special--smooth Thru cloth finish Over y,", smooth finish Thru y,~, cloth finish Over y,~. smooth fmish Tolerances on thicknesses (inches) Meets specifications: X: -012 Xr&X:-16 A .020 X, -012 Xe&Xr^-O16 A -020 Xi&X*-031 Xj -012 A -20 ASTM.D-735SAZ J 14 Grade R-615 8. FI, F2 ASTM-D-2000SAE J 200 2AA615A13F17 HH-G-156-C Class C ASTM-D-1330 Grades 1 & 2 ASTM-D-73SSAE J I4 Grade g-41 astm-d-m*SAEJ200 1AAS10 How branded Garlock name and styJe n0` ----- FBW-021 23 | 6023 8312 Natural Rubber Neoprene 7986 Neoprene 8639 7797 Neoprene Neoprene 9122 Nitrile 8495 Nitrile 8459 Nitrile 8452 Nitrile 35 5 50 5 60 5 70 5 80 5 60 5 70 5 80 5 90 5 3000 p.s.i. 1500 p.s.i. 1800 p.s.i. 1900 p.s.i. 1500 p.s.i. 2000 p.s.i. 2600 p.s.i. 2100 p.s.i. 1900 p.s.i. 600% 375% 250% 275% 125% 600% 450% 300% 225% 22 hrs./150" F. 70 hrs./212` F. 70 hrs./212* F. 70 hrs./212' F. 70 hrs./212" F. 22 hrs./212'F 25% max. 35% max. 35% max. 65% max. 75% max. 20% max. 22 hrs./212'F 40% max. 22 hrs./212-F 25% max. 22 hrs./212'F 45% max. V-2.8# sq. yd. V-3-8# sq. yd. Xr-t-O* sq. yd. X4-4.2# sq. yd. X+-4-3# sq. yd. Xs-3.45# sq. yd. X.-3.5# sq- yd. X,,-3.8# sq- yd. K.-3-9# sq. yd. --7 to 0% --4 to +3% Oto +10% -7 to 0% -10 to -)-5% -10 to +5% --5 to +5% -10 to +5% Xt X: V. Xt 'A and greater +60 to +90% +50 to +80% + 40 to +70% +45 to +60% Oto +25% Oto +35% + 16 to +35% Oto +25% Xt % Vt Xt Vt and greater Xt X: X Xt 'A and greater X, Xt % 'A Xt 34 and greater %XiXtXi 'A 'A and greater X6 % Xt 'A and greater X* 'A Xt 'A and greater Xt 'A Xt 'A and greater Xt 'A Xt 'A and greater Standard--36 Standard--36 Standard--36 Special--42 Standard--36 Special--42 Standard--36 Special--42 Standard--36 Special--44 Standard--36 Special--44 Standard--36 Special--44 Standard--36 Special--44 200 lbs. Smooth 200 lbs. Smooth 200 lbs. Smooth Ks'-lOO lbs. Xt," & over, 200 lbs. %"-100 lbs. Xt" over, 200 lbs. 200 lbs. over 3+15 ft. lengths 200 lbs. over 3+15 ft. lengths 200 lbs. over 3+15 ft. lengths 200 lbs. over 3+15 ft. lengths Xj" & Xt" cloth Xf&Xt" doth Smooth over Xt~ smooth over XC smooth Smooth Smooth Smooth X,&%i.016 yt .020 Xt&'A i-31 X4&%.016 y% .020 Xt i Ji 031 K,&%.012 y, .020 Xt&'A -031 Xj.012 X4&&.016 yt .020 -031 Xa .012 K,i&.016 y, .020 Xt&'A .031 Jf4&% .016 y, .020 Xt&'A -031 Xt&X, -016 y, .020 Xt&'A -03i K4&%.016 Vt .020 Xt&'A -03i Xt&X7 .016 y, .020 Xt&'A -- -631 HH-G-156C Class A ASTM-D-735$AE J 14 Grade SC515 B. El. E3. FI ASTM-D-2000SAE J 200 2BC515A14 B14E14E34F17 ASTM-D-735SAE J 14 Grade SC612 B. 1. E3. FI ASTM-0-2000SAEJ200 3BC610A14 B14E14E34F17 ASTM.O-735SAE J 14 Grade SC720 El. E3 ASTM-0*2000SAEJ200 5BC720A14 E14E34 ASTM-D-735SAE J 14 Grade SCS15 El. E3 ASTM-D-2000SAE J 200 48C815A14 E14E34 ! ASTM-D-735SAE J 14 Grade SB 720A MIL-D-3377Typel ASTM-D-735SAE J 14 Grade SB320 El MIL-0-3377 FBW-02 Garlock name and style no. X. X Vi--Garlock name and style no. Others--Garlock name only Garlocl name only Xt x %--Oarlock name and style no. Others-Garlock name only Cloth inserted rubber sheet for gasketing or diaphragm service # In the manufacture of rubber diaphragm sheet, Garlock utilizes the elasticity and extensibility features of rubber and the tough construction of a fabric insert. The result: a sturdy diaphragm sheet that has an ex tremely high burst strength and, yet, has the flexibility so vital in diaphragm service. Each Garlock diaphragm style is specially com pounded, using various combinations of rubbers and fabric inserts, to meet specific sets of service condi tions. For example, Garlock offers for normal service, where temperatures are low, SBR or neoprene rubbers with either cotton sheeting, hose duck or tire duck inserts. Nylon insert is combined with neoprene where higher pressure and temperature diaphragm service is en countered. When selecting diaphragm sheet material, extreme care should be exercised. Such factors as pressures, fluids, required stroke, and life expectancy deserve careful consideration. Detailed information provided in the chart below can give you valuable assistance in this selection process. However, we suggest that before you make your final choice of diaphragm sheet, you contact your nearest Garlock sales representative. He will gladly help you in determining a diaphragm material's suitability for your particular needs. ' Cloth-Inserted b Rubber Material ! Hardness (Shore A) Burst Test across 2" diameter opening Number of plies Weight (lbs. per square yard) Thicknesses available (inches) Width available (inches) i ^Finish available P--------------------------- Tolerances on thicknesses How branded 19 :.r:r 619 7992 ; 8798 9205 SBR rubber with 5 02. cotton sheeting in to" thickness as fabric insert, 12 02. cotton chafer in all others 80 SBR rubber with 17 02. tire duck fabric insert Neoprene with 17 oz. tire duck fabric insert Neoprene with 13 oz. nylon fabric insert Nitrile with 4.5 oz nylon fabric insert 50 270 p.s.i.g. iy,"-l ply) 50 270 p.s.i.g. [yt"~1 ply) 50 50 1000 p.s.i.g. ('A"-l ply) 350 p.s.i. (to' r to'-l Pl7` 11 Xi Hi-1 Pty y,-2 ply Xt-3 ply X-4 ply to"- 2.1 5.8 3^"--11.4 4.1 Vi"- 7.6 >7-15.2 to. to. to. to to. ki to Hi & 'A-1 ply Hi-2 ply 'A-3 ply Hi"- 3-4 'A"- 6.8 kT-13.5 Hi'- 5-1 %'-10.1 to. to. to to. M Xi Hi & '/.-i piy Ht-2 ply 'A-3 ply Xi"- 3-6 to- 7-5 'A"~14.8 Hi - 6-6 %*-"> Hi. Hi. 'A. Hi. X Xi Hi & x-i p'y Hi-2 ply 'A-3 ply Xi"- 3.7 7.6 >7-14.9 Hi"- 5.8 *7-11-4 Xi. Hi.'A-Hi.'A to & to-1 P* to"-2-06 *7-4-I3 to Xi 44 44 44 44 44 Smooth Hi- X* Hi = 012 y, =-oi6 Hi. 'A =-031 Smooth to. to = 012 y, =-oi6 Hi. 'A = 031 Smooth Smooth Hi. Hi --012 'A =-016 Hi. 'A =-031 Xi. % =-012 'A .016 j Hi. 'A -m Garlock name and style no. Smooth________ to =-016 to = -013 FBW Easy ordering method for cloth-inserted rubber sheet Now you can convert ordering data for cloth-inserted rubber sheet into nine-digit code numbers . .. thus al lowing further use of data processing equipment for order entry and disbursements. 1. First, check the chart on page 24 to make sure the style number is available in the thickness you wish. 2. Use five digit number for the sheet style you wish to buy. 3. Follow this with the four digit number for the sheet thickness you wish. 4. In front of the resulting nine digit number, indicate the number or standard rolls you wish to buy. (For l/32" a standard roll is 100#, for 1/16" and up, a standard roll is 200 pounds.) Example: 1000# of 1/8" Style No. 8798 would read 5 rolls 311190270. (1000# of 31119-0270 would also, of course, be accept able.) Style No. 19 619 7992 8798 9205 Ordering No. (31002-) (31026-) (31180-) (31119-) (31136-) Style No. 1/32" 1/16" 3/32" 1/8" 3/16" 1/4" Ordering No. (-0247) (-0254) (-0261) (-0270) (-0285) (-0301) Woven asbestos gasketing cloth style 605 Garlock 605 is woven from white asbestos yarn which has been reinforced with brass wire. It is impregnated with a high temperature-resistant natural rubber ce ment. Garlock 605 was specially designed for use against steam, gases and aqueous solutions other than strong mineral acids. Easy ordering method for woven asbestos gasketing cloth style 605. Now you can order style 605 Gasketing Cloth by nine digit code number... thus allowing further use of data processing equipment for order entry and disburse ments. 1. The five digit code number for all 605 cloth is 31018. 2. Follow this number with the four digit number for the thickness desired. 3/64" 1/16" 1/8" (-0327) (-0330) (-0346) 3/16" 1/4" (-0361) (-0377) 3. In front of the resulting nine digit number, indicate the number of rolls or pounds desired. 3/64" thickness comes in 100# rolls and 1/16" and up comes in 200# rolls. How to order style 604 gaskets. See current price pages for sizes of manhole and hand hole gaskets. How to order style 612 folded tape. This tape is available in a large variety of widths and thicknesses. See current price pages for ordering in formation. Asbestos Cloth with brass wire insertion, impregnated with a high temperature resistant rubber cement Thicknesses available (inches) y % v, % 'a Width available (inches) Size of rolls i 48 j | yu~ ioo ibs. %t" and up 200 Ibs. Also available in folded gasket form under style 604 and folded tape under style 612 ------------------------ FBW-024 Vegetable fiber sheet ^fclock furnishes high-quality Vegetable Fiber sheets compounded with a glue-glycerine binder. Garlock 660 is made of a combination of vegetable fiber, cork and glue-glycerine. It is suitable against oils, solvents, aromatic and non-aromatic fuels up to 250 F. Garlock 660 is a highly compressible sheet... especially useful where lightweight sheet metal flanges are involved. Garlock 681 is a vegetable fiber sheet with a glueglycerine binder. It is suitable against the same media as 660. Easy ordering method for vegetable fiber sheet Now you can convert ordering data for vegetable fiber sheet into nine digit code numbers . . . thus allowing further use of data processing equipment for order entry and disbursements. The code numbers can be used for both standard rolls and standard sheets. ndard rolls: Thicknesses .006" thru .021".........100 lineal yards 1/32" & 3/64"........... 50 lineal yards 1/16" thru 1/8" .... 25 lineal yards Standard sheets: 3/16" & 1/4".......................... 36" x 36" 1. First check to make sure the style number you wish is available in the thickness you wish. 2. Use five digit number for the sheet style you wish to buy. 3. Follow this with the four digit number for the sheet thickness you wish. 4. In front of the resulting nine digit number indi cate the number of standard rolls or sheets you wish to buy. Example: 5 rolls of 1/16" Style 660 would read 5 rolls 310290102. Style No. Ordering No. 660 (31029-j (31035-) Style No. Ordering No. .006" (-0077) .010" (-0084) 1/64" (-0087) .021" 1/32" 3/64" 1/16" 3/32" 1/8" 3/16" 1/4" (-0091) (-0095) (-0099) (-0102) (-0110) (-0118) (-0133) (-0149) Vegetable Fiber Sheet - '. Material Tensile strength (minimum) Compressibility under 1000 p.s.i. load Recovery Oil Resistance after 22 hours in: ASTM #3 oil at 70--85' F. Thickness increase Weight increase Fuel Resistance after 22 hours in: Fuel B at 70---85" F. Thickness increase Weight increase Water Absorption after 22 hours in: Distilled water at 70'-85` F. Thickness increase Weight increase i Thicknesses available (inches) Widths available (inches) Tolerances on Thicknesses Meets Specifications How Branded 660 Vegetable fiber and cork granules with glue-glycerine binder 1000 p.s.i. 681 1 Vegetabler fiber with glue-glycerine binder 2000 p.s.i. 40%--55% 40% (minimum) 25%--40% 40% (minimum) 5% (maximum) 30% (maximum) 5% (maximum) 15% (maximum) 5% (maximum) 30% (maximum) 5% (maximum! 15% (maximum) 30% (maximum) 100% (maximum) .010 yu .021 X, He Xx A X Standard 36" Special 48" in following thicknesses Ai X* Xr /. Xs A ' .010 At .0035" .021 Xr Xc -005" X -008" X2 & greater .016" ASTM-0-1170-62T Grade P-3415-A SAEJ90 Grade P-3415-A 30% (maximum! 90% (maximum) .006 .010 X, -07* % %l X. x. A Xs A Standard 36' .oio & i-IIC3Le- .021 YaK'** X, .08' x, i greater astm-d-uto-^ Grade P-3313-8 SAEJ90 Grade P-331-- Garlock name and style number^^ mi a r A O Garlock CHEMISEAL solid TFE pipe flange gaskets Corrosion-resistant non-contaminating wide tempera ture range (-450 F. to + 500 F.) Garlock gaskets of solid 8764 TFE fluorocarbon resin are used throughout industry wherever resistance to chemical attack or product non-contamination are im portant considerations. Generally, solid TFE fluoro carbon gaskets: (1) are serviceable against any mate rial except molten alkali metals and fluorine under pressure--eliminating change of gaskets to suit medi um; (2) have outstanding non-adhesive properties eliminating gasket sticking where joints are opened frequently. Solid TFE Chemiseal gaskets are available in either ring, full face, or special-shaped forms. Style 8764 TFE gaskets for standard pipe flanges are now "skin-packed" for added cleanliness, protection from damage and for convenience in storage. 1/16" thick gaskets are put up ten per pack and Vs" thick are offered five per pack. Standard Sizes Garlock 8764 Pipe Flange Ring Gaskets--Class 150 Pound Flange CO PIPE SIZE OLD STANDARD " 'I ;? ' USA, STANDARD* : (inches) ./ -fJ>. ao. ' D.D. 1 i 2 SA 1% i y* VA 3 1% VA iy. 334 1% 2 2 4'A 234 234 234 *A VA 3 3' 534 3'A 3'A 3'A 634 4 Non-Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges USA 816.21--1951. 2A 3 334 434 434 534 634 PIPE SIZE 3 `oib'sT/iHDMni . (inches) '' lii: ; O.O. . 4 ;4 55 634 734 6 6 834 8 8 11 10 10 1334 12 12 m 1 USA STANDARD*' - I.O. ' OJ>. : . 434 634 5% 734 654 854 834 11 1034 133-4 1234 1634 NOTE; USA standard size will be shipped unless "old standard" is specified on order. Garlock 8764 TFE sheet Garlock 8764 TFE Sheet, per United States Department of Commerce Standard CS-239-63 Grade B, is available for cutting gaskets in your plant to fill emergency needs for either standard or non-standard flanged joints. TFE Sheet is available in three standard sheet sizes: 24 in. x 24 in., 36 in. x 36 in. and 48 in. x 48 in. and twelve standard thicknesses shown in chart below. Standard sheet size tolerances are -r.250 in. --.000 in. BW-026 48 in % 48 in. sheets available in these thicknesses per United States Department of Commerce Standard CS-239-63 Grade C. (Thicknesses greater than 1 in., per United States Department of Commerce Standard CS-239-63 Grade B available in standard sheet sires on special order. arlock CHEMISEAL jacketed gaskets i^nemical-resistant piping and equipment. iemiseal Jacketed Gaskets are now "skin-packed" to ep them clean, sanitary and perfectly flat for perfect aling ability whenever you are ready to use them. arlock gaskets with 8764 TFE jackets (often called velopes) are ideal for applications where corrosion, ntamination or other undesirable effects must be mbated . . . also where gasketing must be resilient id highly deformable. Good examples are glass-lined ping and such processing equipment as reactors, ittles, condensers, heat exchangers and columns. glass-lined steel piping, bolting pressures must not too heavy. Thus, the gasket filler material must be refully selected. From the several Garlock filler aterials you can choose the one with exactly the right Tormability to assure a tight lasting seal on any spefic application. a processing equipment, where corrosion and conmination cannot be tolerated, the TFE jacket gives mplete resistance to both conditions . . . reduces .emical permeability to the base minimum--virtually '.minating mechanical failure. iasic jacket designs lit envelope jackets it envelope jackets are basically ring gaskets .040 in. ick, split from outside diameter to about 1/16 in. om inside diameter. Bearing surface is determined ' filler dimensions as jacket requires clearance be/een filler I.D. and jacket I.D. Gasket outside diamer nests within bolt circle. Inside diameter is approxlate nominal I.D. of pipe. Available for standard USA anges in pipe sizes from 1 in. through 12 in. Maximum .D. 24 in. mu filled envelope jackets illed envelope jackets are made from TFE cylinder ock. Jacket is machined from its O.D. to within 1/32 .^U.D., leaving shields of approximately .020 in. bottom. Flat I.D. of jacket fits flush with pipe D. Gasket O.D. nests within bolt circle. Standard zes from 1 in. through 12 in. Maximum O.D. 24 in. f ft C FBW-027 29 Formed shield jackets with exclusive butt welded construction Formed shield jackets are necessary for diameters over 12 in. and such irregular openings as tank heads and man-holes. Over-all thicknesses range from 3/16 in. to 3/s in. Patented Garlock Butt Welded Construc tion eliminates any "lump" at the seam and allows: (1) uniform bolting around entire flange surface for tight, leakproof seal; (2) much less bolt loading for a good seal, as compared with lap joint construction. Double jacket design Double jacket design. Two jackets are overlapped to protect O.D. as well as l.D. They can be either slit en velope, milled envelope or formed shield types. Espe cially recommended for vacuum service where outside atmosphere is corrosive enough to attack filler mate rial. Minimum standard l.D. is 12 in. Under special con ditions smaller sizes can be made. For glass lined steel flanged piping and equipment Garlock 9026 filler. Made of compressed asbestos be tween two layers of felted blue asbestos. Service: For pressures under 300 psi on larger diameter openings. Garlock 8571 filler. Made of corrugated steel between two layers of felted blue asbestos. Service: For high pressures (300 psi and over). Its use in nominal sizes up to 12 in. for low or high pressure service is recom mended due to its ability to seal at lower bolt loads than 9026 Filler. Interchangeable for any glass-lined flanged openings, these fillers are recommended because their resiliency and deformability make possible minimum bolt load ing. This, in turn, accommodates the fragile character istics of the glass lining. Other than glass-lined steel, these fillers should be used only where excessive flange surface irregularity is present. For vacuum serv ice, double jacketed gaskets are recommended, with either of the above fillers completely shielded. Sarlock GYLON gaskets 'esigned specifically for chemical service. Ivlon gasket materials are made by an unique Garlock rocess that permits the restructuring of fluorocarbon >artic]es to meet specific requirements of gasket apilications. The recoverability, compressibility, stress elaxation and cold flow characteristics of Gylon gasets exceed those of all known gasket materials with imilar chemical resistance. Gylon gaskets are recomlended for all liquids except molten alkali metals and ertain active fluorine compounds. Additionally, a pecial style Gylon gasket material has been developed .pecifically for hydrofluoric acid service. benefits of GYLON Gaskets. iarlock's improved fluorocarbon materials offer all he chemical resistance features of TFE with almost lone of the problems. For example, Gylon gaskets iave excellent pressure resistance with virtually no reep or cold flow. The compression set characteristics re unusually low and the recovery characteristics are xcellent. Since Gylon gasket material is stable over a vide temperature range, there are no leakage problems luring extremely hot or cold process cycles. All the leMfekts of Gylon gaskets combine to offer an imrWB fluorocarbon material that will provide better ervice and seal longer than any other known gasket laterial of comparable chemical resistance. jYLON Gasket Specifications. Chemical resistance of TFE Special material for hydrofluoric acid service Pressure to 500 psi Temperature from cryogenic to 500 F General Chemical Gasketing (color-coded Fawn] meets FDA specifications. (Tests Based On Water) Jses of GYLON Gasket Material. Iylon gaskets should be considered for chemical aptlications where stress relaxation is a problem. The ow compression set characteristics and excellent re.o^ry features of Gylon gaskets make them ideal for pumps, tank cars, pipe flanges, filters, strainrs^lixing equipment and all processing equipment equiring chemical resistant gaskets. Gylon gaskets iave solved many problems in the chemical, petrothemical and refining, and pulp and paper industries vhere acids, sulfanol, organic phosphates, soda ash, Style 35404 (color-coded Fawn) for chemical service Style 35444 (color-coded Black) for hydrofluoric acid service filtrates, etc. have been troublesome. Consult your Garlock representative for a recommendation to help you solve your tough gasketing problems. Ordering information. To help you order the correct Gylon gaskets for your particular requirement, refer to the following chart 35104 35144 35404 35444 35904 35944 Fawn Black Fawn Black Fawn Black General Chemical Hydrofluoric Acid General Chemical Hydrofluoric Acid General Chemical Hydrofluoric Acid Sheet ____ ! Sheet ____ Standard GaskH_--1 Standard Gaski^ 'S^Tcaskc^, SpecialJ^i---' 31 Garlock style 555 Type CR GUARDIAN gaskets Semi-metallic gaskets combining all the advantages of spiral-wound design and an integral gauge ring for sealing high pressures, high temperatures, in raised face, plain face and lapped joints. Garlock Type CR Guardian Spiral-Wound Gaskets are manufactured under the most rigid engineering speci fications and quality control standards in the industry. Gaskets are packaged at the factory in heavy duty cor rugated boxes for protection and easy identification. Factory packaging of spiral-wound gaskets keeps gas kets looking new and free from contamination, elimi nates separation of gasket and ring components, facili tates storing until used and assures selection of the right gasket for the right joint to make a safe seal. Garlock Type CR Guardian Spiral-Wound Gaskets are made of alternating plies of preformed, "V" shaped, spring-like metals and asbestos or other fillers. Gas ket density, i.e. the relationship of the engineered "V" design of the preformed metal to the selected filler, is varied according to the bolting of the joint asembly to maintain gasket resiliency and to control gasket compressibility. Type 304 stainless steel and white asbestos are the standard materials used in the sealing component. The gauge ring, stamped with identifying information, is cold rolled steel, plated to resist atmos pheric corrosion. The ring O.D. equals the bolt circle less the diameter of one bolt, making it easy to center the gasket assembly in the joint. The sealing component is .175 in. nominal thickness and the gauge ring is Vs in. nominal thickness. The un usual resiliency and rebound characteristics of the gasket permit it to adjust to varying conditions of loading, internal pressure and temperature changes. Optimum compression, without overstressing the bolts, is achieved when flange faces are brought dowm to the gauge ring, compressing the gasket to a .125 in..135 in. thickness. Garlock Type CR Guardian Spiral-Wound Gaskets are available for immediate delivery, in standard mate rials, from Garlock warehouses for USA standard flanged fittings [USA B16.5] to and including 2500 lb. series. Standard dimensions are in accordance with A.P.I. Standard 601 Specification. Type CR gaskets are also available in accordance with current Military Specifications. Other Metals and Fillers Garlock Type CR Guardian Spiral-Wound Gaskets for all pipe sizes and pressure series are available in com binations of metals and fillers other than Type 304 stainless steel and white asbestos. Other available metals and alloys are: plated low carbon steel, Monel*, nickel, Inconel*, Hastelloy Bt, phosphor bronze and stainless steel Types 309S, 316L and 347. Compressed asbestos sheet with various types of binders as fillers are also available. Blue African asbestos, TFE and TFE-suspensoid-treated asbestos are recommended as fillers for chemical and process applications requiring a high degree of resistance to corrosion. How to Order To order standard gaskets, give part number from chart on next page, nominal pipe size, pressure series and material specifications. Cast Iron Flanges To order for cast iron plain flanges USA Standard Class 125, give part number listed in 150 psi column and for USA Standard Class 250, give part number listed in 300 psi column. Note; BoJting-up procedures prescribed by maintenance engineering should be followed in all cases to avoid damage to cast iron flanges. FBW-030 Specials Garlock Type CR Guardian Spiral-Wound Gaskets can be designed and manufactured for special applications using other than standard fittings. When ordering, give complete details of joint design. Use the Guardian Spiral-Wound Gasket Inquiry Data Sheet for this pur pose. Copies of the form are available from your Garlock sales representative. 'International Nickel On ir*>i.m..k. 32 * Other Types Garlock Guardian Spiral-Wound Gaskets are available for all USA recessed joints in nominal pipe sizes 'h in. --24 in. and all pressure series to 2500 psi. Ask your Garlock sales representative for information describ ing Type RM for large male and female joints, Type RL for large tongue and groove joints, and Type RS for small tongue and groove joints. Garlock Guardian Spiral-Wound Gaskets for man holes and handholes are available for practically all standard makes of high pressure boilers and equip ment. Dimensions and material specifications are out lined in current literature under Types BM and BR for boiler man-holes and BH for handholes and tubecaps. Type CR1 Guardian Gaskets, basically, are Type CR Gaskets with the addition of a stainless steel or carbon steel inner ring. Outer ring and sealing element mate rials, rings, and element thicknesses, and optimum compression are identical. The addition of inner ring serves three functions: First, it fills flange recess to keep pipe line fluids away from gasket... prevents gasket movement under extremely high bolt loads . . . and minimizes turbulence. This triple action protects gasket from contamination by corrosive fluids. Second, inner ring supplements outer ring as a compression gauge. Third, the inner ring adds the benefits of a grooved flange. Does it without the expense of grooving a flange to obtain the safety of a wholly-contained gasket. Ask for our seporoie cotolog AD-J/6*3 for complete specifications. GUARDIAN gasket dimensions and part numbers ....... ` iso 1 mrs.1 Nomine! Pipe Size {inches} O.D. finches} 1.0. (Inches) Nominal Ring O.D. (inches) Pert No. 1 Nominel Ring I.D. | O.D. (inches) (inches) Pert No. *!4 JS *y, VA %y4 l ;<* \ V/t VA 2 V, v/2 2ZA 2 3V. 2'A ` V/, 3 I 4% 3y2 5Vi 4 5 v. *4y. 6y, 57 6 8Vi 8 loy. 10 12 y2 12 Wi 14 16 16 18X 18 20ii 20 22X 24 2? y, % i llA 1% 2x 3>; 4 4Ve 5 5X* 5`Xi 7X. 9K llfte 13 y. 14V4 16^ 18% 20% 24X IX IX 214 2 s/, 3 3y. *y. AX 5K 6 yt 6X 7 VA 8X 11 13 y, 16y, 17X 20*4 2iy, 23 x 28X CR02002 CR01005 CR01007 CR01010 CR01022 CR01015 CR01020 CR01025 CR01030 CR01035 CR01040 CR01045 CR01050 CR01060 CR01080 CR02100 CR01120 CR01140 CR01160 CR01180 CR01200 CR01240 X IX X 2'/. 1 2X IX 2X 1% 3X 1% 3X 2X AX 3'/. 5'/. 4 S'/. AX ex 5 7'i 5X. 7X 5% 8X 7X. 9X 9X. 12X m>. 1AX 13V, /. 1AX 19'/. 16X 21% 18% 23X 20% 25X 2AX 30X CR03D02 CR03005 CR03007 CR03010 CR03012 CR03015 CR03020 CR03025 CR03030 CR03035 CR03040 CR03045 CR03050 CR03060 CR03080 CRQ3100 CRQ3120 CR03140 CR03160 CR03180 CR03200 CR03240 Not covered in API Standard 601 Specifications. Gasket dimensions ere for USA 816.5 flanges. *00 PSI l.D. (inches) Nominel Ring O.D. (inches) X x 1 iIX 1% 1% 2X IX 2X 2X 2X i 3X 1 3X AX | 3'/. 5X 4 5X 4V, 6X 4X 7 --- 5% 8X 6X 9X 8X 12 10% lA'/, 12 X 16X 14X 19 !! iex 18X 20X 24X 21X 23 X 25X 30X Pert No. CR04002 CR04005 CR04007 CR04010 CR04012 CR04015 CR04020 CR04025 CR04030 CR04035 CR04040 -- CR04050 CR04060 CR04080 CR04100 CR04120 CR04140 CR04160 CR04180 CR04200 CR04240 600 PSI I.D. (inches) Nominal Ring O.D. (inch**) y2 X i IX 1 1% 1% 2X IX 2X 2X 2X ; 3X : 3X AX 3X 5X A 5X 4X 6X AX 7X ---- 5% 9X 6X iox 8X 10% | 12X 1AX 12X 15X 18 19X 16X 22X 18X 20X 2AX 26'/. 2AX 31'/. Pert No. CR06002 CR06005 CR06007 CR06010 CR06012 CR06015 CR06020 CR06025 CR06030 CR0603S CR06040 -- CR06050 CR06060 CR06080 CR06100 CR06120 CR06140 CR06160 CR06180 CR06200 CR06240 Nomine) Pipe Size (Inches) **xx 1 IiXx 2 v/% 3 4 5 6 8 1120 14 16 18 20 ?A (inches) O.D. HS ixIX. 2X 2X 3X 3X AX SX 7ex iox 12X 1AX 16 18X y203A 22 27 I.D. (inches) iX IX IX. IX 2X 2X 3X AX 5% 6X By, 10% 12 X 1AX 16'/. 18'/. 2014 24V$ Nominal Ring O.D. (inches) 2X 2X 3X 3X 3X SX 6X 6X 8'/. 9X 11X 1AX 17X 19X 20X 2252yX. 27 X 33 Pert No. CR09005 CR09007 CR09010 CR09012 CR09015 CR09020 CR09025 CR09030 CR09040 CR09050 CR09060 CR09080 CR09100 CR09120 CR09140 CR09160 CR09180 CR09200 CR09240 I.D. (Inches) iX IX IK. IX 2X. 2X 3X AX 5% SX 8X 10s/, 12X 1AX 16X 18X 20 'A 2 AX Mot covered m API Stsndsrd 601 Specifications. Gasket dimensions are for USA 826.5 Menses. Nominal Ring O.D. (Inches) 2X 2X 3X 3X 3X SX 6X 6>i 8X 10 HX 13X 17 X 20X 22X 2S'/. 27X 29X 35V, Pert No. CR15005 CR15007 CR15010 CR15012 CR15015 CR15020 CR15025 CR15030 CR15040 CR15050 CR15060 CR15080 CR15100 CR15120 CR1S140 CRI5160 CR15180 CR15200 CR15240 l.D. (Inches) iX IX IX. 1'/. 2X. 2X 3X AX 5X 6X 8X ioy, 12 y4 -- --- -- -- Nominal Ring O.D. (Inches) 2X 3 3X A'/. AX 5X 6X 7X 9X 11 12'/j 15X 18X 2\y, -- - -- -- Pert No. CR2S005 CR25007 CR25010 CR25012 CR25015 CR25020 CR25025 CR25030 CR250A0 CR25050 CR2506D CR2S080 . ------ - FRW-0' 33 Garlock engineered elastomeric expansion joints For industrial piping systems, power stations, ships, pollution control & chemical plants. Advantages of Garlock expansion joints Garlock expansion joints are available in three basic designs to meet specific operating conditions: 1. Rubber-and-fabric expansion joints 2. GuardianTM "200" FEP*-lined rubber-and-fabric expan sion joints 3. All-TFEt expansion joints and flexible couplings The natural and synthetic materials selected for their quality and physical characteristics offer many advan tages over metallic expansion joints: Bonded Rectangular Reinforcing Rings with more surface area in contact with body rubber offer higher pressure ratings and safety factors than conventional rings. 1. Less force to flex 2. Greater resistance to shock 3. Simultaneous axial and lateral deflection 4. No fatigue failure with age 5. Less space required 6. Lighter weight 7. Easier installation 8. No maintenance necessary 9. Lower initial cost .10 No stress corrosion No Gaskets--Elastomeric joints are supplied with fullface flanges of vulcanized rubber and fabric integrated with the tube, making gaskets unnecessary. The large sealing surface of the joint equalizes uneven surfaces of the pipe flange to provide a tight seal. Resist Exposure--Hypalon cover paint is specially compounded to provide optimum resistance against aging and exposure to weather or oil. It also improves the fire resistance of the joint. I Capabilities of rubber joints Construction features of rubber joints One-Piece Construction--A leakproof lining extends through the bore and forms the outside surface of the flanges. Natural or synthetic rubber compounds are Temperatures to 400 F. Pressures to 200 PSI or vacuum to 30" Hg. Elongation to V2", compression to iVs" (even more for multiple arch joints). available to meet requirements of nearly all applica Standard pipe sizes SU" through 78" (larger sizes on tions to assure trouble-free performance. inquiry). Longer Service--Longer life at higher pressure results from an exclusive design feature: "double-protection" construction. Bonded rectangular metal rings and the extra plies integrated with the arch reduce expansion joint failure. FEP-Fluorinated Ethelene Propylene Copolymer tTFE-Tetrafluoroethylene Styles and types for all applications: Concentric spool types and tapered spool types will solve most pipe movement problems. Write for our complete catalog of standard, rectangular, U-type, Navy, and special ex pansion joints. Ask for our separate brochure AD-Z48-9R for complete specifi cations and standard sizes. Garlock expansion joints compensate for these types of movement 34 iarlock FLEXO-MATIC rubber pipe connectors esigned lo absorb noise and vibration in air-condioning, heating and industrial piping systems. C Construction features of rubber connectors -arlock Flexo-Matic Rubber Connectors are comosed of three basic elements: the tube, the body or arcass and the cover. The construction features of ach are as follows: . The Tube--A protective, leakproof lining made of a ynthetic rubber which may vary depending on the ervice. Garlock's standard tube is specially comounded to resist the hot and cold water found in air onditioning and heating systems. The seamless tube .xtends through the bore to the outer edge of the lange. Its purpose is to eliminate the possibility of the luid being handled from penetrating the carcass and weakening the fabric. 1. The Body or Carcass--Consists of fabric and rubber, :einforced with metal. \^^bric Reinforcement--Cotton duck, Dacron* or jther suitable fabrics impregnated with an elastomer are wrapped and plied to provide the flexibility and support required between the tube and cover. B. Metal Reinforcement--Helical-wound, steel rein forcement wire is firmly embedded in the carcass to provide resistance to both vacuum and pressure. Extra strength is provided in the critical flange corner area to provide positive flange sealing at 150 psi for Styles 7250 and 7450 or 250 psi in the case of Style 7350. 3. The Cover--A homogeneous layer of synthetic rub ber to protect the carcass from corrosive attack or mechanical damage, the rugged cover withstands age ing and weathering for a long, trouble-free life. 4. Flanges--Garlock Rubber Connectors are furnished with USA Standard 125/150 lb. or 250 lb. drilling. Navy or other special drilling and beaded flanges are also available on request. 5. Steel Retaining Rings--Installed directly against the inner face of each flange, they provide a metal surface wflB equally distributes the bolt pressure around the fla^e. The bolts cannot damage the flange and yet sufficient pressure can be applied to effect a seal with out using gaskets. Retaining rings are normally fur nished with a corrosion-resistant coating: galvanized or stainless steel retaining rings are also available on request. Trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours. Inc. Advantages of Garlock rubber connectors Eliminates noise at its source . . . Garlock FlexoMatic rubber connectors are designed to absorb equipment noise before it is transmitted through piping systems. Reduces vibration and lengthens equipment life be cause high frequency vibrations are virtually elimi nated. Expansion, contraction, misalignment all compen sated for with Flexo-Matic connectors. Absorbs water hammer, vibrations of the fluid itself, by the Garlock Flexo-Matic design. No electrolytic action since there is no metal-tometal contact between connectors and metal pipe. Temperatures to 400 F... pressure to 250 psi. Standard pipe sizes from 2" through 12". Style 7250 for standard service. Full face flanged construction rated for a maximum operating pres sure of 150 PSI and 180 F operating temperature. Standard drilling is 125/150 lb. USA with 250 lb. drilling also available. The beaded-type flange can also be supplied for pressure service under 100 PSi. Style 7450 for high temperature service. This hightemperature Flexo-Matic connector is rated for a maximum operating pressure of 150 PSI, and 250' F continuous operating temperature. Otherwise, the same as Style 7250, it is constructed of heat resistant Dacron and chlorobutyl. Style 7350 for high-pressure and high-temperatore service. This high-pressure and high-temperatun* Flexo-Matic connector is rated for sendee to 250 PSI operating pressure. Standard construction permits service to 250 F. C for complete sp*'/- Ask for our separate brochure AD-265-9 cations and standard sizes. FBW-033 35 Garlock GUARDIANTM "200" expansion joints and pipe connectors % FEPt possesses unusual characteristics of corrosion resistance, thermal stability and non-stick surface, making this fluorocarbon ideally suited for expansion joints and pipe connectors. Guardian "200" FEP-lined rubber joints and pipe connectors are frequently adopted by designers, archi tects and installers as standard equipment in piping systems conveying water, steam, gas, sludge, slurries and petroleum. Their greatest use, however, is in the chemical and pulp and paper industries where their ability to resist corrosive attack at normal or elevated temperatures and pressures is unmatched. Guardian "200" joints and pipe connectors, a Garlock specialty, provide chemical resistance against almost all corrosive fluids and gases. The lining is seamless and extends through the bore to the outer edge of both flanges. These products are manufactured using a Garlock proprietary process that results in a homo geneous, durable FEP lining integrally fused to the body. The result is far superior to conventionally at tached liners, since the FEP cannot separate from the body in service. The result is an expansion joint or pipe connector com bining the best features of FEP fluorocarbons--chemi cal resistance, anti-stick properties, thermal stability, and resistance to age cracking--with the best features of elastomeric expansion joints and connectors--good noise and vibration dampening, high flexibility, high pressure ratings and standard fac'e-to-face dimensions. Temperature ratings as high as 400 F. are possible with FEP, depenmng on construction of the elastom eric portion of the product. Guardian "200" joints are available in single-arch con struction in standard sizes from 2" through 30" nomi nal pipe diameter. Joints without arches are available in the same sizes. Guardian "200" pipe connectors are available in pipe sizes 2" through 12", lengths to 18". Ask for separate brochures AD-248-9R and AD-265-9 for com plete specifications and standard sizes. tFEP--Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene Copolymer Garlock TFE expansion joints & couplings Garlock all-TFE expansion joints and couplings are designed for use in air conditioning, heating, and chemical piping systems, providing excellent service as pump connectors, noise isolators, vibration dampeners, and compensators for expansion, contraction and misalignment. Manufactured of corrosion resistant TFE. Non-aging even at temperatures to 400 F. Fatigue-proof even with axial movements of almost 2". Standard pipe sizes l" thru 12". Complete assembly includes cadmium-plated ductile iron flanges, polyethylene covered tie rods and gaskets to assure positive sealing. Ask for our separate brochure AD-248-9T for complete specifications andstandard sizes. RRienignsforcing < FBW-034 36 ck soft packings LATTICE BRAID Packing, diagonally braided for greater strength and longer life. This packing is braided inside as well as outside. Each strand passes diagonally through the body of the packing at an angle of approxi mately 45. This makes a completely unified structure. Every braided strand contributes to the strength of the entire packing. Lattice Braid packing has no single braid or outer cover to wear through. Lattice braid ing holds together when worn far beyond the limits of ordinary packings. Lattice braiding also makes the packing much more flexible, and thus there is less stress when it is formed into rings. f* Regular Braid (also called Square, Plaited or Flax Braid). Each strand passes over and under strands running in the opposite direction. Cross sections are square. These packings are especially suited for high speed rotary service, particularly at low pressures. Braid-Over Braid (also known as Multiple or Round Braid). This packing is built up to required size by braiding one or more covers around a center core of braided, twisted or homogeneous materials. Recom mended for slow speed and high pressure dynamic applications, valve stems and expansion joints. Especially good for valves where out-of square cross sections are desired. Twisted. Yarns or metallic strands are twisted around each other to obtain desired size. One packing size can be used for various size stuffing boxes. Because strands are easily undone, you can twist the desired size by using only the number of strands you need. This is primarily a general utility or emergency type of packing where packing space is small. < Laminated Construction, where either duck and rubber or asbestos and rubber are laminated into slab form and then fabricated into coils, spirals or rings. All styles are laminated flat except Garlock 711, which is laminated diagonally. Rolled Construction, made from rubber impregnated fabric rolled eii around itself or a special rubber core or strip. Packings with a ru center are designed to offer the added resiliency desirable in application* with a great deal of side movement. entiftPlastallic packings are soft and readily formable. Every style is s^(jerJ> cally compounded with pure asbestos, special lubricants and ^ and graphite or mica. Some styles contain soft bearing raeta.Is. ^ particularly suited to sealing gases. Plastallic packings are av> coiiii noc coil, spiral, formed rings, and in bulk-packaged cans. rDVV-UoO 37 Garlock treated graphite filament packing When Garfite "100" graphite filament packing* was introduced a few years ago, it completely revolution ized industry's concepts about what a soft packing could do. Graphite filament has a high temperature tolerance ... 650CF in an oxidizing atmosphere, 1200F in steam and higher in neutral atmospheres. It is inert to all chemical attack except hot fuming sulfuric acid, nitric acid, dichromates, liquid oxygen or other strong oxidizers. More important, it has high thermal conduc tivity and low thermal expansion. High thermal con ductivity means that frictional heat generated at the packing/shaft sleeve interface is readily transferred to the outside of the stuffing box at a greater rate than with any other non-metallic packing. Thus the packing can be compressed tighter against the shaft sleeve re sulting in lower leakage rates. Low thermal expansion means that the packing will continue to seal effectively even though the temperature of the application fluc tuates over a large range. Garfite "100" is graphite filament yarns in square braid construction with TFE suspensoid as additional lubrication, offering the permanent lubricity of graph ite instead of added temporary lubricants. This per manent lubricity, combined with high thermal con ductivity, low thermal expansion, and chemical re sistance, make Garfite "100" the packing answer for the most difficult applications. U.S. Patent 3,403,595 Garfite "100" being installed in a centrifugal pump. GARFITE "100" packing is solving problems... in centrifugal pumps 92% Sulfuric acid with heavy slurry. Garfite "100" installed in Durco pump, 2'/i" SS shaft, 1750 RPM handling 92% sulfuric acid with heavy slurry. Tem perature 50C at 90-100 psi. Packing treated with Key stone #9 lube before installation, still running after 5 months. Previous maximum life, TFE packing 40 days, mechanical seal 3 months. in reciprocating pumps Gasoline and propane. The pressures here were 1200 psi and temperatures of 120F. Garfite "100" packing replaced a TFE impregnated asbestos packing which had been leaking so badly that the operator had in stalled a sump under the packing gland with the pump connected back into the suction side of the triplex pump. Garfite "100" packing was installed and has been running with a minimum leakage rate for over five months! in mixers Maleic anhyride and steam. Garfite "100" replaced conventional packing in stuffing boxes of a mixer han dling maleic anhydride and steam. Shafts are 316 SS 4%" diameter, 80 RPM. Temperature in the mixer 375F, pressure 50 psi. Conventional packing failed after only 10 days. Garfite "100" still running without leakage four months after installation. FBW-036 in valves Kerosene vapors. Garfite "100" packing was installed on butterfly valves where TFE impregnated asbestos and even all-TFE packings had been tried. The other packings would extrude, char and flow from the stuff ing box giving intolerable leakage. Temperatures were to 550. Garfite "100" packing performed for over one year of continuous service with continuous movement to the customer's complete satisfaction. oo Possible causes of soft packing failure Many times causes of packing failure are not readily apparent. How ever, careful examination of the used packing will often indicate th factors causing this failure. Listed below are some examples of howcertain clues can pinpoint these underlying causes. 1. Ifoneormoreringsaremissingfrom these!--Look for excessive shaft clearance allowing extrusion of rings into the system. (As a result of this condition, packing may get trapped in other equipment or con taminate the fluid being handled.) 2. If packings tend to sheet-out or extrude between rod or shaft and gland follower--Look for too great a clearance between rod or shaft and gland follower. Use of an anti-extrusion ring may be necessary if pressure is high or if clearances cannot be reduced. 3. If packing radial thickness appears less than nominal in one or more places--Look for an undersize shaft, badly worn bearings, causing shaft whip or rod or plunger wobble. 4. If packing radial thickness directly beneath the rod, shaft or plunger is excessively reduced or early leakage occurs at top of rod or shaft-- Look for misalignment of center lines of shaft or rod and stuffing box bore. 5. If outside diameter of packing is worn--Look for loose ring or rings rotating with shaft due to insufficient gland load. 6. If one or more rings have "bulges" in the faces--Look for adjacent rings cut too short, causing packing under pressure to be forced into the spaces at the joints. 7. If bottom rings are in fair condition yet rings next to gland followers are prematurely deformed--Look for improperly installed packings and use of excessive gland pressure. 8. If specific packing problem is difficult to determine--Give equal at tention to I.D. & O.D. leakage, and check for a rough stuffing box bore. f1 < Compression packing maintenance tips. 1. Always try to have a spare set of packing in stock, particularly for key pieces of equipment. But don't overstock. Store in a cool, clean place. 2. If a long stuffing box creates excessive heat, use a spacer in the bot tom of the box to reduce the number of rings in the set. (See sketcn-J 3. In typical compression packing installation, most of the sealingA*1 the stuffing box is done by the ring next to the gland. Note where * wear usually occurs in the drawing at left. Be sure to compress packing ring by ring to assure maximum sealing efficiency. 4. Clean the stuffing box thoroughly after removing old packing- Al*0 thoroughly clean and polish the rod or shaft. 5. Over-tightening is usually the greatest single cause of packin? failure. . J0 6. Lubricate packings rings with Luball packing lubricant Pn0 assembly. short 7. When a packing set fails unexpectedly or after unusual ^ ^ service life, save it for the manufacturer to examine. It can about operating conditions and about possible causes of fai u FBW-037 39 Garlock soft packing description and service condition reference table ACID ALKA LIES GASES OI1S SOL VENTS MOTION UJ > STYLE Q _j i UJ > oCO ouccr 6 fdc Z o) l; < ao 32 u u z oUJ >- Xo UJ OJ XE XWL t Z < 2o K is Ze swo5 I9k. U1UJ IE ft! 5. tn< 2 u X 3U.Oi < 2 z0 }< o o a XL 2 UJ to UJ > <> CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS COMMENTS 31 O o o o 220 Regular braid, square, flax with No. 2 longfiber flax roving. 90 o oo 220 Regular braid. Square cross-section No. 1 longest-fiber flax roving, free from tow and short fibers, impregnated with modified marine and petroleum waxes and graphite lubricant. A relatively firm packing. For less severe service, specify Style 90-S (soft) or Style 90-VS (very soft). 100 650t GARFITE "100"--Regular braid. Square cross section. Graphite filament yam. lubricated with TFE suspensoid. 'Except strong oxidizers tl200F in steam 117-B oo 500 Braid-over-braid. Round cross-section. Long- fiber white asbestos yarn with mineral-fat lubricant. Graphited throughout. 117-T oo 500 Twisted. Round cross-section. Long-fiber white'asbestos yarn with mineral-fat lubri cant. Graphited throughout. 127 1200 Braided jacket. Square cross-section. Homo "Line geneous core of white asbestos. Braided Temperature o jacket of 90% Grade AAA asbestos. Inconeli wire inserted. Surface treated with Elasto {International meric material and graphite. Corrosion in Nickel Company hibitor. Also available without wire. Trademark. 150 233 4 234 o o o o oo oo 500 o 500 o Fabric jacket around a core of accordion- folded rubber-impregnated asbestos cloth, o combined with resilient rubber strip. Square cross-section. Specially woven Garlock asbes tos cloth, rubber impregnated (except outside surface). Externally treated with modified glycerol lubricant and graphite. Braid-over-braid. Square cross section. Long- o fiber white asbestos yarn, impregnated with mineral fat lubricant. Graphited throughout. Available with wire, if specified. Regular braid. Square cross-section. White asbestos yarn, impregnated with mineral fat lubricant, graphited throughout. Available un lubricated but surface graphited when spe cified. co CoO CQ U_ 237 oo 220 o Regular braid. Square cross-section. Long- fiber white asbestos yam. lubricated with soap and glycerol compound and graphited throughout. Garlock soft packing description and service condition reference table ACIP GASES OILS iISIts MOTION CORROSIVE | CORROSIVE 1 AIR & DRY IN D U S. | BROMINE, CHLOR. | OXYGEN | PETROLEUM | SYNTHETICS ] A LIP H A T IC (GAS., ETC.) | WATER & SALT SOLU. | FLUIDS WHERE NON* 1 CONTAM . REQUIRED | RECIPROCATING | ROTARY ] HELICAL (VALVE STEM) a 0 -J i1 262 o o 333 o o 631 633 635 o 1 1 i 644 o i 711 o o 730 o o o o o o i o o o o w z ui a o 5so 2 s c < tn b9 . CL 2 UJ H >< < 2 *. o o o o oo o 220 O oo 220 o o o o o o oo 1 i oooo 1 oo 500 o o o 1000 o o o 1500 o o o o oo 500 o o o o J 220 !! o o o o o! 500 o o CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS COMMENTS A laminated special white hydraulic packing of fine cotton fabric plies, treated with natur* al rubber compound. No graphite, no lubri* cant. Regular cure for most applications. Rockhard for some high pressure hot water, oil and solvent services. 'Rockhard version onty. A laminate consisting of plies of closely woven heavyweight cotton duck, treated with special Garlock SBR rubber compound. Graphited and mineral oil lubricated. Has rubber top and bottom covers. Twisted. Square cross*section. Lubricated and graphited lead foil twisted around an asbestos core. A highly resilient packing. Twisted. Rectangular cross-section. Lubri cated and graphited aluminum foil, twisted around an asbestos core. Twisted. Square cross-section. Lubricated, graphited copper foil, twisted around an. as bestos core. Twisting forms crevices in foil to hold high-temperature oil and provide auxili ary lubricant. Regular braid. Square cross-section. Longfiber white asbestos yarn and strands of soft lead twisted together and braided. Thorough ly mineral-fat lubricated. Graphite coated sur face. Heavyweight cotton duck plies, treated with special Garlock SBR rubber compound. Lami nated diagonally. Top and bottom covers o rubber and fabric. Graphited and mineral ot lubricated. Long-fiber asbestos yam, lubricated and graphited throughout. Relatively firm pacKing. ooo 733 o o o Long-fiber asbestos yarn. Controlled lubrica lo oo 500 o o o tion and graphited throughout. Contains excess lubrication. i o oi Oj 500 o o 1 Long-fiber asbestos yam, lubrieatcd graphited throughout. Available unlubric and ungraphited; or, with mica finish in p F B W -039 < 41 Garlock soft packing description and service condition reference table 734 735 736 737 740 745 751 908 909 5005 oZStt uBiO5 UiUi I5CC. o. Z of 5joZ x < Z 350 500 500 500 220 220 220 600 500 500 CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS COMMENTS Long'-fiber asbestos yarn lubricated with gas* oiine-resistant compound and graphited throughout. Available dry, ungraphited or with mica finish. Copper wire inserted long-fiber asbestos yarn. Controlled lubrication and graphited throughout. Available dry, ungraphited or with mica finish. African blue asbestos yarn, lubricated and graphited throughout. Also available with mica finish. Long*fiber asbestos yarn, lubricated and graphited throughout. Available unlubricated and ungraphited: or with mica finish in place of graphite. Relatively soft packing. Highest grade, long-fiber flax roving. Lubri cated. Not graphited. Available unlubricated or with surface coating of graphite. Relatively soft packing. Highest grade, long-fiber flax roving with waterproof hydrauiic lubricant containing graphite. Also surface graphited. High grade cotton yarn. Lubricated and graphited. Also available dry. o od- A non-metaliic. dry graphited packing. Asbes tos fibers and graphite, bonded together with a water-resistant, oil-resistant binder. Special corrosive inhibiting agent. CQ Li- A dry. graphited plastic packing of asbestos fibers, lead particles and graphite bonded with a water-and-oil-resistant binder. Has cor rosion inhibiting agent. Specially treated and impregnated TF fiber yam braided as a jacket around a core of a plastic combination of TFE powder with syn thetic hydrocarbon binder. Specially developed for use as acid tray and bell and spigot joint packing on columns and towers. 42 ck soft packing description and service condition reference table a Garlock recommendation is desired, please elude the following information with your request: . If possible, send a blueprint or sketch of stuffing box and jrrounding equipment, . Submit information about condition of equipment. (Surice finishes, runout, etc.) . Normal operating hours: whether intermittent or conmuous; rpm or cycles per minute, and length of stroke, l. Medium that will come in contact with packing (be .pecific as possible ... is pumpage cl; an or dirty ... is it abrasive ... is it hydrochloric acid, propane gas, etc) 5. Temperature of medium. 6. Pressure encountered at the bottom of the stuffing box 7. Dimensions: (a) Rod or shaft diameter(s); (b) Bore of stuffing box(es); (c) Inside depth of stuffing box(es); (rfi Bevels (if any). 8. Lantern ring location, when applicable. 9. Advise if pump has a cooling jacket. 10. State problem or reason for new recommendation re quest. ( ACID ***' GASES OILS ^NTS' : MOTION CORROSIVE | CORROSIVE | AIR & DRY IN D U S. | OXYGEN | PETROLEUM | SYNTHETICS | ARO M ATIC (B E N ., ETC.) ] STEAM 1 FLUIDS WHERE NON- 1 CO NTAM . REQUIRED | RECIPROCATING | ROTARY | HELICAL (VALVE STEM) STYLE 2 I a 5 O x u u z s o K CD d 3o-J to <A < -hJ- s< to V P *0 < X KUJ & D z <* ao . a 2 u X < 2 5501 oO o O o o o 1200* o o 5555 o o O o O i oo o o o1 500 i oOo j 5780 iO 1 1 500 o O o 5862 o o o o o o o o o o 500 o o o 5876 5882 5884 5888 5889 ooo | ooooo 1 o o o o o1 1 i o o o o oi O ! i oooooo o o o o o o o 500 o o o oooo o ooo o i o O] o o o o o 1 o o o o o| o o 500 o j 500 o oo 1 Oi o 500 o o o 500 Q o o ^898 9-- i io 500 o o o j 7130 o 93 66 1-----1 o o! o c o1 o 1i 1 i o o o| o o o o 150 500 o ooo CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS COMMENTS ^ Each ring has a plastallic core with a braided jacket of AAA asbestos reinforced with In conel** wire, ft provides high strength at high temperature, combined with excellent conformability for good sealing. The rings are individually die Termed for accurate fit and easy installation. Line temperature. Nickel Trademark Braided jacket. Square cross-section. A plaststfic packing with powdered TFE white as bestos core and single braided asbestos yarn jacket. Impregnated with TFE suspensoid. No graphite. African blue asbestos yam with TFE impreg nation. Specially treated for oxygen service. Long-fiber asbestos yam with TFE impregna tion and a white lubricant for easier run-in. Long-fiber asbestos yarn with sintered TFE powder (U.S, Patent 3124032), and a white lubricant for easier run-in. African blue asbestos yarn with sintered TFE powder (U.S. Patent 3124032). and a white lubricant for easier run-in. African blue asbestos yarn with TFE impreg nation and white lubricant for easier run-in. ________ TFE fiber yarn with TFE impregnation a very fine weave. Specially treated and impregnated TFE fiber yarn for improved break-in and high P service. ___________ -- TFE fiber yarn with TFE impregnation--^ very fine weave. Specially treated for oxyg service. _________ _ --- Laminated fabric plied rectangular cross section These ""S*.? higt, Garlock asbestos doth, frietioned with md grade SBR rubber bmder RubberJop^ bottom covers. Treated with bee*^available cant. Surface graphite coated. (Also ava without graphite.) _______ --________________ _ parpoAfCw %Chios'S--- * A plastic packing of TFE {^d'r,c|if5Pan`* and synthetic hydrocarbon binder, t-ou rings have skeleton-braided covers yarn. _________ --- FBW-041 % Garlock soft packing / ordering information Style No. Approx. BoxWt 1 1/16 1/8 3/l 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 7/8 1 31 90 G-100 | 117-B I 5 1C 6'., M6 59 26 73C- 295 MO 19 95 9v. 1 14G 57 26 19 5 700 275 140 95 10 15 10 V, 1 100 63 30.2 21.6 5 500 315 151 108 For yr & Up. Bo* WeiRh* Can Be Specified By Customer. 1 2*0 120 72 30 18 5 600 360 150 90 10 9 V? 10 >4 15 75 150 13 130 16.5 82.5 13 65 52 104 100 21.9 59.5 46 42 36 27 84 72 54 47 37 78 62 46 59 8.7 43.5 7.5 37.5 5.7 28.5 Approximate Feet Per Pound 38 27 22 38 50 4.0 31 24 24 3 24 20 20 2.5 20 117-T 127 1 5 10 1 5 10 12 V. \2x/a 15 220 77 57 26 15 11 385 275 130 75 55 45 35 25 21 110 90 70 50 42 32 30 J0C 41 23 14 10 500 205 115 70 50 100 74 57 43 38 24 45 40 20 150 233 O^A 237 262 333 631 633 * 1 5 10 20V? 11 4 15 1 5 10 11 12 15 1 5 10 12 13 V2 15 20 6 8 e * . 120 60C B4 420 80 400 _________________________________________________ __ _______________________________________________________________ 72 28 18 13 360 140 90 65 130 91 69 54 24 20 67 57 47 47 25 17 12 235 125 85 120 85 64 52 24 20 63 51 45 45 225 114 73 104 78 58 24 20 69 55 40 35 635 1 1 5 10 C.AA 15 19Vj 24 20 25 2711 1 7/ J0UA 5 10 iov; n-o 15 731 2 `5 10 11V. 15 37 17 1B5 85 50 64 44 45 38 15 15 40 30 32 26 25 15.6 10 125 78 100 79 60 50 40 24 51 42 29 19 14 147 95 140 91 69 58 47 24 60 40 20 Sec chart on page 45 f ( t 45 Style No. 5882 CONT. __ ____ 5884 5888 5889 5898 7130 9166 Approx. Box Wt. 12 11 15 20 1 5 10 16 Vr 17`/i 20 1 c 10 16 35 2 5 10 16 17 V, I 5 16 15 * 1/16 1/8 3/16 1/4 70 36 23 350 2 80 115 67 30 335 150 19 95 62 26 305 140 17 85 71 29 355 145 19 95 approximate feet per box 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 39 52 14 10 8 70 50 40 43 38 33 54 47 94 21 9 55 45 32 24 20 15 13 11 22 10 8 50 40 28 24 20 15 12 11 22 11 8 55 40 35 30 24 16 14 12 7/8 24 24 24 24 24 i 20 20 20 20 20 "See chart below. Style No. 1 1/16 1/8 3/16 approximate pounds and feet per box 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 ---n 7/8 i 150 262 333 631 633 635 711 908 909 5501 7130 9166 Coils/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box Spirals/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box Coils/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box Coils/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box Spirals/Box' Feet/Box Pounds/Box Spirals/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box Spirals/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box Spirals/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box Coils/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box Spirals/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box Spira!s/Bo>: Feet/Box Pounds/Box Soirals/Box Feet/Box Pounds/Box 6 75 1.5 4 50 1 6 90 1.5 4 60 1 2 25 2 2 25 .5 6 SO 1.8 4 60 1.25 4 60 1 4 60 1 6 75 2 3 37.5 1 4 60 1.5 6 90 2 3 45 1 1 12.5 1.5 1 12.5 .75 6 90 2.5 3 45 1.25 6 75 4.5 2 25 1.5 4 60 2.5 6 90 4.5 2 30 1.5 1 12.5 1.75 1 12.5 1 1 12.5 1 6 90 3.75 2 30 1.25 1 17 1 1 17 1.25 4 50 4 12.5 3 45 3 4 60 4 1 15 1 1 12.5 3 1 12.5 1.25 1 12. 5 1.5 4 60 3 1 15 .75 4 50 6 1 12.5 1.5 3 45 4.5 4 60 6 3 15 1.5 1 32.5 4 1 12.5 1.5 1 12.5 2 4 60 4 1 15 1 1 17 2 3 17 2.25 4 50 8 1 12.5 2 2 30 4.75 4 60 7 1 15 1.75 1 12.5 6 1 12.5 2 1 12.5 2.5 4 60 5 1 15 1.25 4 50 10 12.5 2.5 2 30 5.25 4 60 8 1 15 2 1 12.5 6.25 1 12.5 2 1 12.5 3.5 4 60 B 2 15 2 1 16 2.5 1 16 3.5 3 37.5 10.5 1 12.5 3.5 2 30 6.5 3 45 7.5 1 15 2.5 3 45 6.75 1 15 2.25 3 37.5 12 1 12.5 4 2 30 8 3 45 10.5 1 15 3.5 1 12.5 9.75 1 12.5 3 1 12.5 4.75 3 45 9 1 15 3 1 16 4 1 16 5.5 2 25 10 1 12.5 5 2 30 10 2 30 9.5 1 15 4.75 2 30 7 1 15 3.5 2 25 12 1 12.5 6 2 30 11.5 2 30 10 1 15 5 1 12.5 7 2 30 9 1 15 4.5 1 15 6 1 15 5 1 12.5 8 1 12.5 8 1 15 8 1 15 6.5 1 15 6.5 1 12.5 10 1 12.5 10 1 15 10 1 15 8.5 1 15 8.5 1 15 6 1 15 6 1 15 6.5 1 15 9.25 1 15 8 1 15 8 1 15 8.75 1 15 11.5 | Soot Blower Packing Sets Including Adapters . . Specify I.D.. O.D., and Set Height This style is ava lable in rings with beveled joints or solid" if so specified. Available from stock in these standard sizes ! i Size Coils/Box Feet/'Box Pounds/Box Round (OX) -- -- 19 or 5r Spools A XX. (X) V% X K* (3-8X) y, x =/. (2X) ---- 3 -- 1 p or 5r Spools -- 11 or 5# Spools 51 13 A AVAILABLE IN BULK IN 1#. 2* OR 5p CANS X." X IK." X y %" Xx 1yK,~."xXyUy" a x v, (3X) 1" SQuare (4X) 2 26 1134 PR \A/_n AA 1 20 1234 46 Garlock CHEVRON packing For rams, plungers and reciprocating rods The packing that adjusts itself to automatically com pensate for pressure changes. Instead of the usual in verted *`V" construction, Chevron packing incorpo rates a flexible arch at the apex of the "V." See dia gram. This allows the packing lips to fluctuate with changing pressures . . . tighten with increasing pres sures . .. yield with diminishing pressures. This friction relieving, pressure compensating action, plus a wide choice of materials put Chevron packings way ahead of ordinary V-types in trouble-free service life. Once you properly adjust the gland, no more ad justments are needed. For the many materials in which this product is avail able . . . and the fluids and temperatures for which each is recommended . . . see the table on page 55. Works efficiently in a shallow stuffing box. The design of Chevron packing permits nesting the rings. Thus you can use more rings in a stuffing box of given depth. A distinct advantage for shallow stuffing boxes . . . especially if pressures are high. Furnished in rings and adapter rings. Garlock Chevron packing is available in ring form . . . usually in com plete sets ... a sufficient number of rings to fill re quired depth ... male and female adapters are required to fit the set to the configuration of the box and gland. See depth tables Pages 48 - 51. f General recommendations for all CHEVRON packings against various pressures This table is for general guidance. Many satisfactory Chevron packing installations can be made with pack ings smaller or larger than sizes indicated ... and with more or less rings than shown. For sealing low pres sures (static, or dynamic] the use of a homogeneous ring is generally recommended. When pressures ex ceed 2000 psi we recommend the use of 261 male and female adapters or some other special hard material in ^adapter form. Sizes from 3/16" I.D. thru 71" I.D. 9/16" O.D. thru 72" O.D. Diameter of Rod 34" to IK" IK" to 2K" 2K" to 5" 5' to 16' **' <* Packing Space 34 X* V* H Pressures up to 1000 psi, use 3 rings, nominal depth of set % %1 l'X. I'V 1000 to 2000 psi, use 4 rings, nominal depth Va 1% lXi of set 2000 to 4000 psi, use 5 rings, nominal depth % 1% IK of set 1*V. 4000 to 6000 psi, use 6 rings, nominal depth of set % 1% Other cross sections are available* m FBW-045 Garlock molded hydraulic and pneumatic packings Special Notes: For ease in determining the nominal stark height of fabric Chevron packings refer to chart below. This chart does not apply to sets containing metal adapters or homogeneous Chevron. NPoamckiinnagl Space "XT V. X. i A. % ;; 'A, X. ! w 'A^ 'S-- Kk =/. 1 :'X* V. 'X. y. 'A. 1 IK. 1'/. lKt 1V. IX. iy. IX. iv. StarCt:HHEtV.RoOf ONne AdHaepitgehrtRoifngs <*C*` RiNS - M + F; .109 .313 .309 .313 .109 .313 .156 .344 .172 .375 .188 .406 .188 | .188 .438 .469 .234 .500 .234 .563 .234 .594 .234 .625 .234 1 .6S6 .281 .719 .28i .783 .328 .844 .328 .906 .375 1.000 .375 3.063 .406 3.325 .406 1.187 .453 1.250 .500 1.313 .500 1.375 .547 1,438 .547 1.500 .594 1.563 .641 1.625 ' | 1 1 1 1 i 1 Total Depth*`H" (Which Indudes "M" Plus "F" Plus Number of CHEVRON Rings as Indicated) IRing 2 Rings3 Rings-4 RingsS Rings ' .422 .531 .641 .750 .422 .531 .643 .750 .422 .531 .641 ! .750 .500 .656 .813 .969 .547 .739 .891 1.063 1 .594 .781 .969 1.156 .625 i .813 1.000 1.188 .656 ! .844 1 1.031 1.239 .734 | .969 | 1.203 1.438 i797 ! 3.031 1.266 1.500 .828 1.063 1.297 3.531 .859 1.094 1.328 1.563 .891 1.125 1.359 1.594 1.000 1.283 1.563 1.844 1.063 1.344 1.625 ! 1.906 1.172 1.500 1.828 l 2.156 3.234 1.563 1.891 2.219 1.375 1.750 2.125 2.500 1.438 1.833 2.188 2.563 1.531 i 1.938 2.344 1.594 2.000 i 2.406 2.750 2.813 2,703 2.156 ! 2.609 3.063 1.813 2.313 ! 2.813 3.313 1.875 2.375 2.875 3.375 1.984 2.531 3.078 3.625 2.047 2.594 3.141 3.688 2.156 2.750 ; 3.344 3.938 2.266 2.906 ' 3.547 4.188 6 Rings .859 .969 .859 .969 .859 i .969 1.125 1.281 1.234 i 2.406 1.344 1.531 1.375 1.563 1.406 1.594 1.672 1.906 1.734 1.969 1.766 2.000 1.797 2.031 1.828 2.063 2.125 2.406 2.188 2.469 2.484 2.813 2.547 2.875 2.875 3.250 2.938 3.313 3.156 1 3.563 3.219 3.625 3.516 i 3.969 3.813 ! 4.313 3.875 4.375 4.172 4.719 4.234 4.781 4.531 5.250 4.828 5.547 Depths as shown normally held to - X4 of inch per inch of stack height. Homogeneous CHEVRON packings to J.I.C. standards FBW-046 Garlock leather vee packings ^or reciprocating, rotating, or oscillating motions Space saving with low overall height per set, leather Vee packings assure long service at either low or high pressures. Sets of leather Vee packings are particularly recommended for non-adjustable glands where close control of overall height must be maintained. With low break-away and running frictions being natural, ac cepted assets of leather, these packings will give you long service life. Vee packings will not fail suddenly, but will gradually allow an increase in leakage as they wear out, giving you ample warning. One typical application of impregnated leather Vee packings is a cylinder assembly as used in hydraulic jacks, presses and hydraulic valve or actuating devices. Standard design dimensions. The following chart lists recommended standard dimensions as adopted by Joint Industries Conference. These standard sizes are recommended for new designs, but are not intended as a restriction to new or old applications. Garlock has many molds available to produce leather Vee packings larger or smaller than those listed. Also available are Vees molded with a 60 included angle instead of the standard 90. These 60 packings have proven more satisfactory in special circum stances where extreme displacement exists in rod and pistons. And, too, where the pressure range varies from high vacuum to high pressure, these non-standard Vees should be considered. Check with your Garlock 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Ik 36 f 38 40 42 44 ! p OD , B Stack heiebt .005 Y " > 8 X 34 .083 Yu X V. .083 Yu x1 .083 Yu X IX .083 Yu X l'A .083 Yu x VA .083 Yu i IX .083 Yu l'A VA .083 Yu l'A VA .083 Yu l'A VA .140 'A IX 2 .140 X IX 2Y .140 'A i x 2'A .140 'A VA 234 .140 X l X 2'A .140 X 2 1 234 .140 X 2X 234 .140 X 2'A \ 234 .140 X 2X 3 .140 X 2X 3X .140 X 2X 334 .156 Yu 234 334 .156 Yu 3 334 .156 Yu 334 4 .156 X, 334 434 .156 X* 'Bas& No. y ro Y- ;; bo 46 334 4X 49 4 4X 50 4X 5X 51 4X 5X 52 434 5X 53 5 5X 54 5'A 6X 55 5X 6X 56 5X 6X 58 6 ----- 7 60 6X 7'A 62 7 8 64 VA 8X 66 8 9 67 8'A 9'A 68 9 10 69 9'A 10'A 70 10 11 71 10X ll'A 72 11 12 74 12 13 76 13 14 78 14 80 15 15 16 Equal to AN 6225 drawing. B (Stack Height) = ! 1 on page 49) B Stack height . J)D5 .156 & .197 X .197 X< .197 X .197 Xt 1 .197 X, .197 X, ' .197 Xi 1 .197 X, .!97 X, ' .197 i X, .197 .197 __&_4 .197 X, J .197 Xi J .197 1 & i .197 K__ j --rr .197 .197 .197 & .197 .197 x*_i .197 X* _| .197 X*___) FBW-047 presentative for information about molds available to produce these special packings. For dimensional information pertaining to the design chart on page 48, see Figure 1 below. Adapters. For long, effective service, adapters are re quired with Vee packings to give proper support to the sealing lips. These support rings can be made of a variety of materials, including metal, leather, fabric and rubber or plastic. Both metal and phenolic plastic adapters offer bearing surface and extrusion resist ance where clearances are excessive, even though they are generally considered too rigid to provide the best support and wear pattern. Leather and fabricated rubber adapters give Vee pack ings the longest service life and eliminate any danger of breaking or splitting at very high pressures. Clear ances between inside cylinder walls and pistons or rams should be held to the following recommended dimensions. Installation. The number of Vee packings used in a set is dependent upon the normal operating pressure. For maximum service life, use the number of Vees shown below. For extra depth use washers or longer adapters, but never more than six Vees in one set. Vee packing sets assembled with either a coil spring or rubber gasket solve adjustment problems and increase packing life. Assembly loading should average 5 to 6 lbs./in. of mean circumference with either of the designs below. How to order. To insure a positive recommendation and fast delivery, enclose the following information with your order. 1. Dimensions A.-O.D. B.-I.D. C. Stack height of set or individual Vee 2. Operating conditions A. Maximum temperature--F. B. Normal pressure--p.s.i. C. Medium--water, oil or air Adapter design c/s X. /\_lt Pressure PSI ... 0 to 500 500 to 5,000 5,000 to 10,000 10.000 and over . Number of Vees per Set 3 4 5 6 Fabricated Rubber Leather Adapter dimensions Va Ha % Hi A _% Clearances I )e 3" and under 3" to 8" 8" to 12" __ 12" to'24" Ka A r % % % .006 .008 .012 .015 Metal .240 .302 .365 .427 .490 .740 Hi % Hi Va Hi % .004 .006 .010 .012 .003 .004 .006 .008 ni Rubber Gasket L_J rtn_ak c Coil Spring --A-- FBW-048 Garlock molded cups For hydraulic and pneumatic pistons. Garlock Molded Cups are available in a variety of types and materials. Each is designed to do its particu lar job best... against air, water, oils, greases, solvents or gases ... at sub-zero cold or +450 F. heat ... at high pressures or low ... for light or heavy hydraulic or pneumatic service. Garlock molded fabric and rubber cups For normal hydraulic service. Garlock Molded Fabric and Rubber Cups are recommended for most regular hydraulic cylinder applications ... at pressures up to 2000 psi. Sizes include cylinder diameters up to 24". For pneumatic and light hydraulic service. Homogene ous rubber molded. In this type of service, where close tolerances and fine finishes are present, Homogeneous Cups are recommended. In most cases, 90 durometer material gives you the best ratio of low friction and minimum wear. TFE Fluorocarbon molded. When sealing against air or gas, adequate lubrication is essential for long-life, positive sealing. Where lubrication is impractical or impossible, consider TFE cups for lasting friction-free service. Both regular TFE or filled TFE cups are avail able to meet your specific needs. How to order Garlock molded cups For geneial applications the cup dimensions shown in table below are recommended: When ordering Garlock Molded Cups, specify: 1. Cylinder diameter (A) 2. Hole diameter (B) 3. Cup height (C) 4. Cup thickness (D) 5. Type of fluid: water, oil, air or other 6. Pressure (psi] (a] Normal operating (b] Maximum (cj Minimum 7. Temperature (a) Normal operating (b) Maximum (c) Minimum . ForCyfinderJ Height bfCup'\ Thickness ofCup '. Minimum" Maximum Minimum Maximum i Below 1" Kt K At A, 1" to 2" V, A A, A 2" to 3" A A Az At 3" to 5" 5" to 8" A A A At 1 A i ' Vn | A 8" and up 1 IX At A 52 Garlock U-cups Garlock homogeneous and TFE flourocarbon U-cups For pneumatic and light hydraulic service. In this type of service, where close tolerances and fine finishes are present, Homogeneous U-Cups are recommended. 70 durometer material gives excellent sensitivity and re sponse to low or varying pressures. There are some 53 sizes available to you (all AN6226 sizes), ranging from Vs"ID to 33/4" OD. When using homogeneous cups against air or gas, adequate lubrication is essential for long life, positive sealing. Pressures. Garlock 9511 U-Cup Packing of 70 Shore durometer hardness is recommended for pressures up to 2000 psi. At higher pressures (above 500 psi), a back-up washer is recommended to support shoulder of the packing and prevent extrusion at the heel. Installation. Garlock Homogeneous U-Cups should be installed on rods having maximum surface finish of 16 micro-inches or less to prevent excessive wear. The gland ring supporting bottom or heel must fit closely o rod (clearance, of course, is dependent upon pres- ures, but should never exceed .003 inches). Internal threads should be offset to prevent damage to packing lips when installed. U-Cups used for air service should be lubricated to prevent excess friction. f C w & i. A h* % Xt A |% A AA .030 .038 .020 .030 .020 Yu 1 .050 % . X Y7 Rt , !1 13 i 1 .008 .015 13 .008 .040 1 .045 .030 .070 ! .050 .032 .093 % 11 .008 .050 i1 1 ! Y, 10 .008 1 .062 1 .054 11 .035 1 425 X. 8 .008 .093 Note: A *= FB'W .050 Garlock BITAN* leather U-cups I For heavy duly service on reciprocating shafts and plungers. With these low-friction Garlock Leather U-Cup Pack ings you can seal against pressures up to 100,000 psi... and seldom have to adjust them after proper installa tion. Their minimum space requirements make them ideal for use on valves, pistons, plungers and rams with limited packing areas. They seal at either inside or outside lips, and can be installed two ways: Outside Packed (See Fig. 1] . . . with packing stationary, while its I.D. lip seals moving element. Examples: rams, re ciprocating rods, valve stems; Inside Packed (See Fig. 2) . . . with packing carried by moving element, while its O.D. lip seals against stationary element. Examples: pistons, plungers. Clearances The chart below shows various size cylinders and the recommended diametral clearances that avoid extru sion nibbling wear. How to order Garlock U-cups To properly meet your requirements when ordering Garlock U-Cups, please include the following informa tion: Homogeneous and Fluorocarbon 1. Diameter of rod, plunger or piston groove and diameter of stuffing box or cylinder 2. Back-up washer and/or support ring material 3. Operating conditions: (a) Maximum temperature--F. (b) Normal pressure--psi (c) Type of fluid--water, oil, air or other Leather 1. Diameter of rod or plunger and diameter of stuffing box or cylinder 2. Filler material--should be installed with spreader springs, fillers, or pedestals 3. Operating conditions: (a) Maximum temperature--F. (b) Normal pressure--psi (c) Type of fluid--water, oil, air or other Fig. 1 : Phiiigeriw;.^ ttc; Pressures PSI Cylinderpiameter Under 500 500to3000 3000&over 3" ano jnder 3" to 8" 8" to 10" 10" to 12" 12" to 16" 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.014 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 Fig. 2 Outside Packed Inside Packed FBW-051 Garlock BITAN1 leather flange packings * or plungers, valve-stems and rotating shafts Garlock Bitan leather flange packings are sometimes called "hat" leathers. Simple in construction and effec tive in service, they withstand pressures up to 100,000 psi. Like cups, Garlock leather flange packings are single lipped. However, instead of sealing against the I.D. of cylinders, they seal against the O.D. of rods, stems or shafts. While many flange packings are used to seal fluid under pressure, others are designed as wipers to seal out dust and foreign matter. In either function this compact packing does a good job with lowest possible friction in the least amount of space. Sizes range from V2" to 5V2" LD. Other sizes available on special order. Installation. Two common methods are illustrated at the right. Top drawing shows an O-ring or garter spring used to maintain contact between the flange packing and rod or shaft. Particularly useful when sealing at low pressures. Bottom drawing shows a leather back-up washer be tween gland ring and flange packing. This acts as a protective heel or shoulder support.. . prevents damfcje to flange packing and distortion by twisting action P the gland ring during the tightening operation. How to order To ensure a positive recommendation and fast delivery please enclose the following information. 1. Dimensions (a) Diameter of rod or plunger (b) Diameter of stuffing box or recess for flange (c) Overall height of flange packing (C) (d) Leather thickness (E) 2. Operating Conditions (a) Maximum temperature--F. (b) Normal pressure--psi (c) Medium--water, oil or air FBW-052 xjsf Garlock molded hydraulic & pneumatic packings STYLE FORM MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION' RECOMMENDED FOR USE AGAINST TEMPERATURE RELATIVE LIMIT F. HARDNESS SPECIALLY RECOMMENDED FOR cup U -P A C K IN G ACIDS WATER ] WATER tN O IL STYLE Z 0 K B 1 O (/) ce hl -J <n o u0 ui 1 fi. 2flj V) Ui 2 < 3 mi z 0) (A zH* IU ->4 o 2 t- ut < < o a. ui U) i Mtn. Max. 432 o 433 o 532 o Cotton Duck and Nitrile Elastomer o ooo -40 250 Firm General Hydraulic Oils, water emulsions Cotton Duck and Butyl Elastomer o oo -40 250 Firm Phosphate ester fire resistant hydraulic fluids Asbestos Cloth and Nitrile Elastomer o ooo -40 300 Firm High temperature general service including steam 540 o Cotton Duck and SBR Elastomer oo -40 250 Rockhard Water Service High Pressure 813 oo Asbestos Cloth and SBR Elastomer ooo -40 300 Firm or Rockhard Steam and hot water 7131 7271 o oo Fine Cotton Duck and Neoprene Elastomer Med. Weight Cotton Duck and Neoprene Elastomer o o o o -40 250 -40 250 Firm Firm Oil & air service, low to medium pressure Oil & air, medium to high pressure 7815 o o 7857 o 7904 o 8048 o 8051 o Natural Rubber with Asbestos Fibers Cotton Duck and SBR Elastomer Asbestos Cloth and TFE Cotton Duck and ` Nitrile Elastomer Cotton Duck and White SBR oo o o o -40 225 Flex Oil. air, water emulsions, medium to high pressure o oo O ooo -40 250 Rockhard All except reactive fluids & cer tain solvents--very high press. 500o D o o o o o o o o cryogenic All except very low pH fluids, Rockhard hi-pressure o ooo -40 250 Firm Oil. water & emulsions, high performance oo -40 250 Firm Mild aqueous solutions where non-discoloring is required. 8136 o 8452 o o o Heavy Weight Cotton Duck o and Neoprene Elastomer Homogeneous Nitrile o o o ooo -40 250 -40 225 Firm Rex Oil and air, high pressure Oil, air & water, low to med. pressure to high with back-up 8619 oo Med. Weight Cotton Duck and SBR Elastomer oo -40 250 Rockhard or Firm Water, high pressure 8660 oo Med. Weight Cotton Duck Buty) & TFE Suspensoid o oo -40 250 Firm Straight Phosphate Esters 8764 o o o Virgin TFE o o o o o o o o o o cryogenic 450 Hard All fluids, medium pressure 9188 o o Homogeneous Butyl o oo -40 250 Flex Straight Phosphate Esters 9210 o o o Polyurethane Elastomer o o ooo -40 200 Firm Oil, air, water & emulsions, medium to high pressure 9511 o Homogeneous Nitrile ooo BITANLeather o o o o o o o -40 225 160 o o cryogenic (200) Ffex Hard Oil. air, water & emulsions, low to medium pressure Most neutral fluids (pH 5-8} to very high pressure Phosphate Ester Fluids: When ordering seals for this family of fluids, specify the specific phosphate fluid by trade name and fluid style or number. FBW-053 Garlock mechanical seals Garlock "HR" seals Garlock "HR" mechanical seals are primarily intended for use on cold water pumps, hot water circulators, and oil pumps. These low cost seals offer the same positive no-leak operation of more expensive seals. These seals incorporate the finest design, material, and workmanship. They will seal any fluid which is not detrimental to their Buna-N rubber or brass metal parts including water, oils, alcohols, mild acids and alkalies, and solvents. Standard construction for W'and s/<" diameter sizes is brass metal parts, stainless steel spring, nitrile rubber parts, plastic seal face and ceramic seat. These seals are intended for applications not exceeding 212F., 75 psi and 3600 rpm. For more severe applications, they are also available with carbon faces- and Viton A rubber parts that ex tend the maximum temperature to 350F. at 100 psi. The 1" diameter size is available with carbon face only and both nitrile (225 F.) and Viton A (350 F.) rubber parts. Ni-Resist* seal seats are available on inquiry only. Viton A rubber parts extend the application of these seals to many solvent applications and mild chemical solutions providing the brass metal parts are compat ible with the fluid. (See chart, page 4, for Garlock ma terials vs. various media under typical conditions.) Garlock "PK" seals Garlock "PK" Mechanipak seals are made in several designs to meet various operating conditions. Tbtv seals are widely used on rotary shafts of various type* of equipment such as centrifugal pumps, agitators tnci mixers, compressors, commercial dishwashers, gear boxes, speed reducers, etc., where pressures do no! exceed 150 psi. Normal applications are hot and cold water, petroleum and mild acid and alkali solutions at speeds to 5000 sfm. Standard construction materials are carbon facn brass metal parts, stainless steel springs, ceramic ur*i* and nitrile (225F.) rubber parts. Ni-Resist and bronx* seal seats, 316 stainless steel metal parts, and Vitor. A (350F.) rubber parts are also standard materials thj' may be ordered when required. Shaft collars for por tioning the seal on the shaft are available as standi-"- items. The Garlock "PK" rotating element is of units***construction. The assembly is protected by the shell that completely encompasses the spring, tv * ^ bellows and seal ring as a unit. Due to the low the Garlock "PK" Seal, complete replacement r* than repair is recommended. Specifications Shaft Size Maximum Temperature Maximum Pressure Maximum Vacuum Maximum RPM Trademark--International Nickel Company 5/8", 3ls", 1" 350F. 100 PSI 25" Hg. 3600 Specifications -rthr* 1- Shaft Size Maximum Temperature Z$c P*' Maximum Pressure Maximum Vacuum 2S~ ft* SCO- Maximum SFM 350-7 for con>pl" Asfc for our separate catalog AD- FBW-054 Garlock CHEMISEAL seals Designed specifically for acid service and also for use in the pharmaceutical and food processing industries, the Chemiseal Series is available in two styles. The "INO" style is a one-piece construction with the seal faces an integral part of the virgin TFE bellows. The "RO" style offers a replaceable carbon seal face that extends the life and permits speeds of 5000 sfm. Both styles are externally mounted, and permit easy visual inspection and maintenance. The materials of construction are chemically inert TFE bellows, 316 stainless steel metal parts, and seal faces of either glass-filled TFE (1000 sfm), carbonfilled TFE (2500 sfm), or carbon/graphite (5000 sfm). These materials, plus uniform face loading and two seal styles in standard pump sizes, make the Garlock Chemiseal Mechanical Seals ideal for chemical appli cations. Since the pumpage contacts only TFE parts of the Chemiseal, and it is externally mounted, cleaning, sterilization, and change of pumping medium are eas ily accomplished. The Chemiseal is ideally suited for pharmaceutical and food processing service. Specifications Shaft Size 7/s" thru 2Vs" Maximum Pressure 450 F. (At Low Pressures) Maximum Pressure 100 PSI at 167F. 75 PSI at 212F. Maximum Vacuum Full Maximum SFM 5000 A sir for our separate catalog AD-364-7 for complete specifications. Garlock MECHANIPAK "75" seals Designed for heavy duty industrial equipment, these seals are engineered for the special requirements of chemical, refining, pharmaceutical and food process ing industries. A complete line of standard seals from 2" through 6" interchanges in most pumps intended for soft packing or mechanical seals. Normal applica tions are pumps, compressors, agitators and mixers. An unbalanced style, mounted internally or externally, gives very satisfactory service up to 150 psi with reduced life at higher pressures. A balanced style, always mounted internally, is recommended for opti mum service over 150 psi, and many industries standardize on balanced Mechanipak "75" for all pres sure above 35 to 50 psi. All seals have carbon faces and multiple spring ar rangement to assure uniform face loading and the longest possible life. Metal parts are available in a va riety of materials to gain chemical compatibility. Standard construction for the rotating unit is 316 stainless steel metal parts and alloy 20 springs. Sec ondary seals include nitrile (225F.) and Viton A (450F.) rubber "O" rings, and TFE-TV rings (500F.) interchangeable with the "O" rings. Plain, clamped, or cooled seal seats are available in Ni-Resist, ceramic, stellite and tungsten carbide. Seal repair service and replacement parts are available through your Garlock representative. ran Specifications Shaft Size Maximum Temperature Maximum Pressure V*" thru 6" 500 F. 250 PSI Unbalanced 750 PSI Balanced Maximum Vacuum Full Maximum SFM 5000 Ask for our separate cataiog AD-210-7 for complete specifications. FBW-055 Environmental controls for mechanical seals Environmental Control is the use of exterior means to assure proper lubrication, cooling and cleanliness of mechanical seal faces. Controls regulate temperature, pressure, rate of flow, filtering systems and source of supply for various liquid or gas media. The apparatus used is not con sidered part of the seal but is part of the pump or other equipment, although environmental control glands are considered an integral part of the seal. Seal Cavity Pipe Connection. Although not generally considered an environmental control, the connection between pump discharge and seal cavity illustrated in figure 1 above has many advantages. It can start cir culation in a dead-ended seal cavity, assist in washing out trapped abrasive particles, and cool the liquid. It can provide a liquid barrier to block entry of pumpage into the seal cavity when used with a throttle bushing. Flush Glands are normally used with an interna] mounted seal only. The plain flush gland permits in jection of a clean liquid stream directly over seal faces, flushing away abrasive particles as illustrated in fig ure 2 above. Hot or cold liquid can also be injected to combat crystallization of the product at seal faces. Liquid injected by a flush gland always enters the product stream. Throttle bushings are used to contr?>: rate of product dilution. Heating or cooling glands can be applied with br-;r intemally and externally mounted seals. Norm*!-j these glands are used to heat or cool the station*-* member of the seal assembly. With them, viscosity of the fluid can be changed as required. They can aiv,be used to correct crystallization and flashing. Lubrication glands are used with both internally externally mounted seals to inject lubrication bctwr*-seal faces. Both dead-ended and recirculating method are used. The recirculating installation will also cc*=- between seal faces. it and drain glands are used with both intent"? i externally mounted seals when leakage preset' extremely hazardous situation. Lethal gases c** ^ :ted and piped to a safe location for dischary* uids can be drained off to a safe area. This tj?* ^ id can also be used with a circulating Jther leakage and more effectively carry it ; use of these special glands and pipe cnnectw* he seal cavity and gland faces will assart rication, cooling, and cleanliness even for t=ao* xblesome mechanical seal applications. fruj ftr,? 59 Maintenance tips for mechanical seals i 1. Mechanical face seals are precision lapped and pol 6. Gland bolts should be taken up a little at a time to ished. Protect these finishes from scratches and dirt insure uniform loading of the gasket and that it is per with reasonable care. Never place seal faces down on pendicular to the shaft. This is particularly important a rough or dirty surface or leave exposed to contam with clamped ceramic seats which may be broken if inated atmosphere. improperly loaded. 2. Carefully inspect shafts, glands and the seal assem bly before seal installation. All worn pump parts should be replaced and a complete new seal installed when necessary. 3. Seals with compression fits on the shaft or in the counterbore should never be assembled dry. The shafts and counterbores, plus the secondary seals, should be lubricated with soap and water, oil, grease, or petroleum jelly prior to seal assembly. 4. Be sure that all set screws, locking bolts, etc., are secure and properly tightened. 5. Seal faces should be lubricated with a light, clean oil or grease just prior to assembly. This serves as a lubricant until the pumpage performs this function. 7. Be certain, in all cases, that the seal is installed using the dimensions and tolerances supplied by the seal manufacturer. Maintaining the proper operating length of the seal assembly is particularly essential for efficient seal performance. 8. Seal start-up requires certain considerations.. .Turn the shaft several times by hand to assure no mechani cal problems. When the equipment is installed in serv ice, it is a good idea to jog start the pump prior to running continuously. Check to be sure that any flush ing, cooling or other lines are open. It is not uncommon for new seals to show slight evidence of leakage. Nor mally, this situation disappears in 20 to 30 minutes. If not, the reason for leakage should be investigated. Mechanical seal accessories Glands. Glands are available in the full range of ma A guide to the correct selection of glands is found terials to achieve material compatibility. Many designs under the discussion of environmental controls. are available to suit existing pumps, and other equip ment. However, it is always best to submit an inquiry data sheet to assure interchangeability for specific equipment. Throttle and restriction bushings. Both throttle bush ings and restriction bushings are available and may be ordered from your Garlock representative. Throttle bushings may be used to control the flow of a pressur >! All type glands such as plain, flush (one port), cool or ized fluid through the seal area into the product stream o quench (two ports), vent and drain (two ports) are and to minimize product dilution. Restriction bushings available. All ports are tapped for piping connections. may be used to prevent leakage along the shaft when a Normally, glands are supplied complete with gaskets vent and drain gland is used with an internal seal. An id or "O" rings although bolts, studs or nuts are not auxiliary stuffing box may also be used for more posi rr. included. tive sealing than the restriction bushing. d* tfj' - ......... - - - FBW-057 !:> Advantages of standardizing on Garlock mechanical seais r.t* be When you specify Garlock as your source for mechan components than any other company in this industry. r ical seals you get the added benefit of our quality So the possibility of delayed seal delivery due to sup control... made possible by the fact that we manu plier shutdowns is reduced and our demands for con facture so many of the seal components at our various sistently high component quality can be enforced. - factories. Our springs are manufactured at our Comeron* ford Spring Division (see page 3), metal stampings are Contact your Garlock representative for a specific >prr manufactured on continuous stamping presses at our recommendation as to which of our mechanical seals to*` main plant in Palmyra, TFE components come from is best for your application. He will also be able to our Plastics Division in Camden, New Jersey. Garlock supply you with literature on our various mechanical manufactures more of its various mechanical seal seals and other Garlock products. 60 Garlock industrial specialties Here is a complete line of handy maintenance items, always useful, backed by Garlock quality. Where ap plicable, aerosol cans and convenient dispenser pack ages make them easy to use. These items are also easy to order. In addition to showing packaging informa tion, we also show the applicable code numbers for each style in each package size. This will allow you further use of data processing equipment for order entry and disbursement. Garlock 510 Enamel prepares, primes and protects in one application in less time, at lower cost. Its special solvents prepare the surface by dissolving oil and moisture that are present. The low viscosity and detergent action of 510 allow penetration to the substrate and filling the pores of rusted areas, just as a primer does. And as it dries, 510 expels the oil and moisture it has absorbed, leaving a hard, firmly bonded protective coating. No thorough degreasing needed. Just wipe off oil, dirt, water, or loose rust with a dry cloth. No priming. Apply 510 Enamel over new, rusty or pre viously painted surfaces. Two coats are best for maxi mum exterior life. Lasts longer. Reports by Lukens Laboratories, Inc., state: "From the results of our test work, it is clearly evident that Garlock 510 possesses the unique proper ty of excellent adhesion to oily metal surfaces. Worth-, of special note is the inherent film hardness and mar resistance of the Garlock even in the presence of a no: mal film-softening agent such as the oil." (Complt-:.report supplied on request.) No waiting. 510 Enamel dries to a hard gloss finUh within 20 minutes. Equipment is ready for immedian use or for a second coat if needed. .. ^ Colors:--- - Green Gray Red Blue Orange Yellow White Black Caterpillar Yellow School Bus Yellow '. 1 Gallon 03002-0004 03002-0009 03002-0001 03002-0005 03002-0052 03002-0063 03002-0008 03002-0007 03002-0083 03002-0233 J ! -........ Code Numbers, f-. , :.v. A ' iff:.-' :SGaflonsr f-w^oJK-VigOt e 03004-0004 03009-0004 I 03004-0009 03009-0009 03004-0001 03009-0001 03004-0005 03009-0005 03004-0052 03009-0052 03004-0063 03004-0008 03009-0063 03009-0008 ! 03004-0007 03009-0007 03004-0083 03009-0083 03004-0233 03009-0233 03005-Of>*4 ; 03005*00''-'" 03005-00': 03005 -OCX:' --- 03005-ooi: ----- 4 03005 03005-00 03005 W* 03009450* ` 03005-c:i: ^ 520 Reducer. Used to thin Garlock 510 Enamel for use in spray equipment. Also used in cleaning painting equipment, and when a first quality lacquer thinner is required. Packaging 1 Gal. Cans 5 Gal. Cans 55 Gal. Drums Code No. 03402-0000 03404-0000 03405-0000 TFE All-purpose Lube is the most universal lubricant in the Garlock line. It is chemically inert and is an effective lubricant from --400CF to + 500F. It has an extremely low coefficient of friction. It is not contam inated by dusty atmospheres and resists virtually all chemicals and solvents. May be used as an anti-stick aSem 9nd is ideaI for ^Plications a-.v. Packaging nC3ntS TM r COn^al- 16 0z- Aerosol Can Dry Graphite Lube is useful where petroleum pnx-f-- *= ^oust e avoided. Will withstand continuous tr--.rc~: ure o 400 F and to 850F, intermittently, dr-*-' on oad demands. It is a handy lubricant for conveyors, springs, hinges, die casting machine* j- or general preassembly lubrication of manv'.ac'v-e equipment. Packaging 16 z Aerosoi Can FBW-058 Chain Drive Lube is specially formulated to reduce wear and increase chain life. It contains a special MOLY So* additive which allows for maximum hold ing power because of its affinity for ferrous metals. Will withstand extremes in temperatures ... will not fly off or break down. Packaging Code No. 16 Oz. Aerosol Can 03310-2671 Wire Rope and Gear Lube is a specially compounded - lubricant designed to penetrate pores of metal. Heat ing is not necessary and black color is a guide to ef fective coverage. Will withstand severe temperature extremes, will not break down after repeated work ings and has excellent rust-preventing qualities. Excel lent outdoor lubricant, highly resistant to weathering. Packaging 16 Oz. Aerosol Can Code No. 03302-2671 Cutting Oil promotes maximum economy for metal cutting. The jet spray localizes this cutting compound exactly on work areas, reducing spillage and run-off. Will cling to curved surfaces. May be used for drilling, cutting, sawing and threading operations on the tough est stainless steels or softer metals such as aluminum. Packaging 14 Oz. Aerosol Can Code No. 03306-2671 Silicone Lubricant is a transparent film lubricant with excellent thermal and oxidation stability. It is non- corrosive and provides unique moisture repellent characteristics in such applications as locks, windows, instruments, latches and doors. Packaging Code No. 16 Oz. Aerosol Can 03305-2671 Silicone Mold Release provides a maximum release effect because of its extremely low surface tension. It is non-corrosive to most common metals even in the presence of oxygen. It cuts rejects, reduces marking, spotting or sticking of parts. Resists breakdown under mechanical shearing or heavy workload. Excellent electrical properties and high volume resistance makes it superior to petroleum products. Packaging 20 Oz. Aerosol Can Code No. 03312-2669 Moly-Sa High Temp Lube is specially formulated from a concentrated dispersion of colloidal molybdenum disulfide. This unique dry lubricant provides unusu ally tight adhesion to practically all materials and is not affected by high pressure or temperatures up to 600CF. It is used typically during assembly and for run-in lubrication of new equipment, as a rubber mold release, as a wire drawing lubricant, and as a general maintenance lubricant. Packaging 16 Oz. Aerosol Can Code No. 03301-2671 *Garlock trademark for moylbdenum disulfide. Belt Dressing increases power efficiency as much as 50 per cent. Will not glaze, collect dirt or dust, and cleans belts of residual build-up. It contains no resin or asphalt and will perform effectively under wet, out door conditions. Use on flat, round or V belts of leather, rubber or fabric. Packaging Code No. 16 Oz. Aerosol Can 03303-2671 Anti-rust and Demoisturant has extremely low surface tension and high capillary action. It forms a continu ous molecular film that spreads evenly and penetrates surface pores. It is compatible with other lubricants. Excellent protection for dies, jigs and fixtures, genera tors, ignition systems and electrical circuits. Packaging Code No. 16 Oz. Aerosol Can 03307-2671 Degreaser quickly turns grease and dirt into a liquid which can be easily flushed away with water. The emulsification that takes place will carry away the contaminants leaving a clean surface. It is used on all types of machinery, tools, engines and small parts that will not effect insulation or paints. Packaging Code No. 16 Oz. Aerosol Can 03309-2671 FBW-059 Gariock industrial specialties Vinyl Protective Coating provides maximum conven ience in protecting precision components in storage or shipping. Once applied the coating may be peeled from the sprayed areas. No solvent is required for re moval. May be applied to castings, dies, lenses or any critical surface of precision components. Additional coats will build up film .to desired thickness. Protects against rust, corrosion and abrasion. Packaging 16 Oz. Aerosol Can Code No. 03300-2671 Penetrating Oil is a special light oil formulated to re lease corroded and rusted parts. Its aerosol jet spray provides fast penetration right at the point of trouble. Ideal for lubrication of tight-fitting parts. Will not harm painted surfaces. Packaging 12 Oz. Aerosol Can Code No. 03171-2946 Luballf is a general stuffing box lubricant with Moly- S2 additive for water, steam and common chemical service from 32 up to 500F. This completely water proof lubricant paste contains no graphite, no soap or fillers to clog orifices. It maintains viscosity through- |out its usable temperature range. It is insoluble in water and will not separate or break down. Packaging 1 Lb. Can 4 Lb. Can TVs Lb. Can 20 Lb. Pail 35 Lb. Pail 70 Lb. Pail Code No. 02006-2671 02006-2675 02006-5853 02006-5856 02006-5857 02006-5858 Tapping Compound is an all-purpose compound for use in drilling and tapping operations. It helps improve production and lowers costs, because it reduces the amount of torque required, permits higher speeds in metal machine operations, reduces tool breakage and work spoilage. Useful wherever there are boring, mill- ing, reaming or lathe turning operations. Packaging Code No. 1 Lb. Can 2 Lb. Can 6 Lb. Can 40 Lb. Can 02004-2671 02004-2673 02004-2677 02004-2681 Lubricating Compound No. 2 is a specialized lubricant for use on rod packings, in stuffing boxes and on mov ing parts of die casting equipment. It has unusual heat resistance and wearing qualities. packaging 20 Oz. Can 5 Lb. Can 10 Lb. Can 25 Lb. Pail 50 Lb. Pail 100 Lb. Pail Code No. 02002-2669 02002-2676 02002-2679 02002-2680 02002-2684 02002-2687 -rasketing Compound No. 101-S is a non-hardenmr naslic compound used as a surface leveler on flang-d oin s and for temporary repair of torn or blown gaicets. Joints on which it is used do not "freeze." and arr .asy to disassemble at any time. Recommended fc-r Jse a* temperatures ranging from below 0 to - 500' f m pipelines or other equipment handling >team, air, oil, gasoline, gas, weak adds or alkahr* 'ackaeine .cr-f ... --' * 11 Oz. Tube 4 Lb. Can 1 Lb. 5 Oz. Caulking Gun Cartridge -'--* FBW-060 Plasti-Pak1'- TFE twisted packing is superior to con ventional fluorocarbon packings for sealing valve stems and flanges. It is made by a special manufactur ing process that twists several ribbons of Garlock Plasti-thread tape into a tough, fibrous TFE cord. This added strength prevents blowouts, provides greater resistance to cold flow and allows compressi bility for a positive seal. It is chemically inert, self- lubricating and unaffected by temperature extremes. It may be used with chemicals, gasoline, acids, steam, solvents, oils, liquid oxygen. Packaging Metal Spool with Plastic Cover (12 rolls per case) x 20" x SO" x 15" x 35" ifc"x 15" Code No. 03163-1320 03163-1350 03163-1515 03163-1535 03163-1715 Plasti-Thread*' TFE tape is the quickest, neatest, clean est way to seal a threaded joint. Plasti-thread is 100% pure fluorocarbon in ribbon form; will seal threaded joints on any pipe including stainless steel, copper, plastic, brass, galvanized metal and aluminum. It is chemically inert and corrosion resistant. Withstands temperature extremes from --400 to -f 500F. New Convenient Self-Dispenser! Now Plasti-thread comes in a convenient self-dispenser designed espe cially for Garlock. The amount of Plasti-thread still available is easy to determine; the non-bulky package is easy to carry with you to your various work sites; and it's always clean and protected. Packaging Vi"x 260" Vi"x 520" Vi"X1296" Vi" x 260" SA" X 520" V<"X1296" Code No. Cardboard Core (50 rolls per case) 03164-1245 03164-1237 03164-1238 03164-1251 03164-1242 03164-1243 Code No. Protective Dispenser 03164-1300 03164-1301 03164-1302 03164-1303 03164-1304 03164-1305 amj mm mm e-. Sk Pipe Thread Compound provides permanently tight, threaded joints in pipelines and other equipment. Ready to apply as it comes from the can. Available in two types: Type A for use against steam, dry gas, water, alcohol, hot or cold heavy oils; Type B for use against gasoline, light oils, kerosene, carbon tetra chloride, benzol and solvents, except alcohol. Packaging 1 Lb. Can 2 Lb. Can 4 Lb. Can 40 Lb. Pail 80 Lb. Pail Code No. Type A 02007-2671 02007-2673 02007-2675 02007-2681 02007-2685 Code No. TypeB 02008-2671 02008-2673 02008-2675 02008-2681 02008-2685 Garlock Flexible Packing Hooks. The flexible shafts of these sturdy, high-grade packing hooks make it much easier to remove old packing from cramped or hard-to-reach areas. The sharp point of the screw tip is easily inserted and anchored in the packing. And, should the tip become damaged, it can be easily un screwed and replaced on the spot. Also, the threaded end of the flexible shaft may be used to remove tapped lanterns, bushings or other removal metal rings. Packaging Code No. The complete set, "D" packaged in a strong metal box, includes: 49027-0001 Two No. 1 Flexible Hooks 7V" long,with screw tip for packing spaces as small as Mo". Screw thread size: 8-32 49027-0002 One Extra Screw Tip for No. 1 hook 49027-0004 Two No. 2 Flexible Hooks 10s/i" long, with screw tip, for packing spaces from Vie" up. Screw thread size: Vi-20 49027-0005 One Extra Screw Tip for No. 2 hook 49027-0006 One No. 4 Solid Curved-End Hook with L-shaped handle 49027-0008 One No. 5 Solid Curved-End Hook with looped handle, '/" shank One No. 6 Solid Curved-End Hook with looped handle. he" shank One Open End Wrench 49027-0012 49027-0009 Extra screw tips for Nos. 1 and 2 may be purchased in sets of five using the above code numbers. FBW-061 Steam table Giuee fituce Press. Temp. Press. Temp. tbs. Dez-F. : Its. Oet-F. 5 228 30 274 6 230 31 275 7 233 32 277 8 235 33 278 9 237 34 279 10 240 35 281 11 242 36 282 12 244 37 283 13 246 38 284 14 248 39 285 15 250 40 287 16 252 41 288 17 254 42 289 18 255 43 290 19 257 44 291 20 259 45 292 21 261 46 293 22 262 47 294 23 264 48 295 24 265 49 297 25 267 50 298 26 268 51 299 27 270 52 300 28 271 53 301 29 273 54 302 fisste Press. Temp. -Its. tej.F. 55 302 56 303 57 304 58 305 59 306 60 307 61 308 62 309 63 310 64 311 65 312 66 312 67 313 68 314 69 315 70 316 71 317 72 317 73 318 74 319 75 320 76 321 77 321 78 322 79 323 Geuge Press. Temp. Us. Deg.T. 80 324 81 324 82 325 83 326 84 327 85 327 86 328 87 329 88 330 89 330 90 331 91 332 92 332 93 333 94 334 95 334 96 335 97 336 98 336 99 337 100 338 102 339 104 340 106 341 108 343 Gauge Press. Temp. Us. Beg.F. 110 344 112 345 114 346 116 348 118 349 120 350 122 351 124 352 126 353 128 354 130 355 132 356 134 357 136 359 138 360 140 361 142 362 144 363 146 364 148 365 150 366 152 367 154 368 156 368 158 369 finte Press. Temp. Us. Beg.F. Gauge Press. Temp. Us. Deg.F. 160 370 210 391 162 371 212 392 164 372 214 393 166 373 216 394 168 374 218 394 170 375 220 395 172 376 222 396 174 377 224 397 176 378 226 397 178 378 228 398 180 379 230 399 182 380 232 400 184 381 234 400 186 382 235 401 188 383 237 401 190 384 239 402 192 384 241 403 194 385 243 403 196 386 245 404 198 387 247 405 200 388 l 249 405 202 388 251 406 204 389 253 407 206 390 255 407 208 391 257 408 6auge Press. Lbs. Temp, teg. F. 259 409 261 409 263 410 265 411 267 411 269 271 273 275 277 412 413 413 414 415 279 415 281 416 283 416 285 417 295 420 305 423 355 437 375 442 385 444 405 449 455 460 510 472 560 481 585 486 RPM/FPM conversion table approximate feet per minute Shaft Vi" %" 1" VA" V/i" 1 Vt" 2" 2Vi" 3" w 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9 10" ._2. ... .;1 300 , sou. 13 j 39 65' 19 58 98 26 78 131 32 98 163 39 118 195 45 137 229 52 157 261 65 196 327 78 235 392 91 275 458 104 314 523 131 393 654 157 471 785 183 549 916 209 628 1047 235 706 1178 261 785 1309 ;itfM ' 'Vi'' BPB ... 1508 : 1750 : 2000 ' 2500 . 3000 131 196 229 262 327 393 196 294 344 392 490 588 262 392 458 524 655 785 327 490 573 654 817 981 393 589 687 785 976 1178 458 687 821 916 1145 1374 524 785 916 1057 1309 1571 655 982 785 1178 1145 1374 1309 1571 1636 1 1962 1963 2355 916 1374 1604 1833 2290 2749 1047 1570 1833 2094 2618 3141 1309 1570 1963 1 2356 2291 2749 2618 3141 3272 3925 3925 4710 1832 2748 3207 3663 4579 5945 2094 3141 3665 4187 5233 2356 3533 4114 4710 5887 2618 3925 4582 5233 3000' :; ` 4000 V ; -4*500 -- 5000 471 524 590 655 707 784 882 980 942 1047 1178 1309 1178 1309 1472 1636 1414 1570 | 1717 1953 1649 1832 2061 2290 1885 2094 2356 2618 2356 2827 3299 3770 4712 5655 2618 3141 3663 4186 5233 6280 2945 3533 4121 4710 5890 7070 3271 3925 4579 5233 6545 7850 J ___________ -- ________ - CRV\J-062 UvJ Fahrenheit and centigrade conversion table A A 0 5 10 IS 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 300 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 375 180 385 190 195 200 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 14S 158 167 176 185 194 203 212 221 230 239 248 257 266 275 284 293 302 311 320 329 338 347 356 365 374 383 392 205 210 215 220 225 23C 235 240 245 250 255 260 265 270 275 280 285 290 295 300 305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 355 360 365 370 375 380 385 390 395 400 401 410 415 428 437 405 410 415 427475 761 605 770 610 77? 615 788 627 7?' 25 4-te iU 484 473 482 *3C 435 i-t-: -US 457 (04 :$ e< (33 (47 63C 35 64 C 645 650 49: 455 500 46.: 509 48.5 518 477 527 475 55 uz (65 665 14 t?0 k: 75 536 545 MS 554 4K 563 573 HOC (*i 90$ MS V.4 K 973 * 937 5*: 505 5S0 510 5*9 5:5 608 520 617 52$ 4: 7C-S 950 ?;c 7*5 964 727' 9 77 72$ 626 63$ 644 653 662 5X 53$ 5*0 545 55C * 1004 It: 3 lt~ 7M 72* ?*C 7*S 671 555 6(0 567 685 565 698 $75 707 57$ ;c>; tfrc IMS jew j j I1 ns m 716 5(0 1C 7t 725 54$ l$ 734 5*7 low 743 59$ 1503 752 ' ICC 5517 -----------------------^ J j; nc j;i 71*\ i| we iTM |! (cu | 1121 1130 1139 1148 1157 805 810 815 20 825 U6 1175 1184 1193 1272 830 835 840 845 850 12!: 1270 1275 1238 174' 855 860 885 870 175 1?$6 1265 1774 1713 129? (AC (85 *90 (9$ 9CC 1301 n:o U:9 1329 111? 1U l$ 1464 n-3 13*7 rn: use UM HW 14?.* 905 910 91$ 927 *?$ 930 9)5 uc W` ** 95'. 9*4 9(1 90S 97$ U.M t*e 1*41 1 wr> 1*54 ! we Mil WT7 j l 1481 1490 1499 1508 1517 1005 1010 1015 1020 1025 1841 1850 1859 1868 1877 1205 1210 1215 1220 1225 2201 2210 2219 2228 2237 1405 1410 1415 1420 1425 2561 2570 2579 2588 2597 1526 1535 1544 1553 1562 1030 1035 1040 1045 1050 1886 1895 1904 1913 1922 1230 1235 1240 1245 1250 2246 2255 2264 2273 2282 1430 1435 1440 1445 1450 2606 2615 2624 2633 2642 1571 1580 1589 1598 1607 1055 1060 1065 1070 1075 1931 1940 1949 1958 1967 1255 1260 1265 1270 1275 2291 2300 2309 2318 2327 1455 1460 1465 1470 1475 2651 2660 2669 2678 2687 1616 1625 1634 1613 1657 1080 1085 1090 1095 1100 1976 1985 1994 20C3 2012 1280 1285 1290 1295 1300 2336 2345 2354 2363 2372 1480 1485 1490 1495 1500 2696 2705 2714 2723 2732 1661 1670 1 ISM 169? J1D5 mo 1115 1120 1125 2021 2030 2039 2048 2057 1305 1310 1315 1320 1325 2381 2390 2399 2408 2417 1505 1510 1515 1520 1525 2741 2750 2759 2768 2777 iW i?:5 1774 1733 1 74? 1SJC 1135 1140 11*5 n$c 2066 2075 2064 2093 21C? 1330 1335 1340 1345 1350 2426 2435 2444 2453 2462 1530 1535 1540 1545 1550 2786 2795 2804 2813 2822 17$: 1 790 IW 1 779 m? 15 5* 1167 116$ 1170 117$ mi r:?c2'.79 2:39 2! 47 1355 1360 1345 1370 137$ 2471 2480 2489 2498 2507 i 15$$ 1560 156$ 1570 157$ 2li 2640 2849 2t54 2867 17* !(C5 U: W?) 1*17 11(C 15*$ t!9C im 213-6 216$ 2:74 23 U r.K 13*7 1M$ !39C UW 1 jo: 2116 15*0 2575 1 154$ 2534 1190 2543 1595 2117 lloc 2976 2*9$ 2(94 29C1 2s:: ! 1_______ i___________________ _________________ CATALOG NO. AO-276 Garlock ^*rrt= 5 * FBW-063 us;; o*.- GMO 100M-1-6S Garlock GUARDIAN*Spiral-Wound Gaskets Type CRI GUARDIAN Gaskets, basically, are Type CR Gaskets with the addition of a stainless steel or carbon steel inner ring. Outer ring and sealing element materials, ring and element thicknesses, and optimum compression are identical. The addition of inner ring serves three functions: First, it fills flange recess to keep pipe line fluids away from gasket . . . prevents gasket movement under extremely high bolt loads ... and minimizes turbulence. This triple action protects gasket from contamination by corrosive fluids. Second, inner ring supplements outer ring as a compression gauge. Third, the inner ring adds the benefits of a grooved flange. Does it without the expense of grooving a flange to obtain the safety of a wholly-contained gasket. When ordering gaskets for USA flanged joints, give type of gasket, nominal pipe size, pressure sizes and material specifications.  for pipe flanges, pressure vessels and process application Type RMI GUARDIAN Gaskets are basically the same as Type RM in materials, female counter bore clearance, nominal thickness and optimum compression. They, too, are available in .175" thickness for special application. The added feature of the Type RMI Gasket is a stainless steel or carbon steel inner ring. This ring functions in the same manner as the inner ring in Type CRI to protect the gasket from contamination. It also converts the female flange into a grooved flange. Provides the safety of a wholly-con tained gasket, without the added cost and labor of grooving the flange. When ordering gaskets in other pressure/temperature ranges, in other thick nesses or larger diameters, see "SPECIAL GUARDIAN GASKETS" Section. and for manholes, handholes, tubecaps Type BM and BR for boiler manholes GUARDIAN Gaskets are available in two types spe cifically designed for use .on standard manhole cover assemblies. Type BM GUARDIAN Gaskets are manu factured in oval, oblong and round shapes to fit manhole cover assemblies of all makes and sizes of boilers. Standard thicknesses are .175" (for use on seating surfaces in satisfactory condition), and .250" (for use on rough, pitted, worn or distorted seating surfaces). 0-499 lbs.-0-999 lbs.--1000 lbs. 1 Above Type Nominal I.D. Dimensions (Inthes) Flange Thickness Width (Inches) (Inches) BM-Oval BM-Oval BM-Oval BM-Oval BR-Oval BM-Oval BM-Oval BM-Oval BM-Oblong BM-Oblong BM-Oval BR-Oval BM-Oval BM-Oval BM-Oval BR-Oval BM-Oblong BM-Round BM-Round 10x15 10x15 10x16 11x15 11x15 11x15 11x15 11x15 11X.X1434 lllnx 15X, 12x16 12x16 12x16 12x16 12x16 12kixl6!4 14x16 14 16X. .175 .250 .250 .250 .250 .175 .175 .175 .250 .250 .250 .250 .175 .175 .175 .250 .175 .175 .175 % % % % % 34 'h. J4 'Hi 'Hi % % 34 34 'Hi 'Hi 34 34 34 NOTE: When ordering gtskats specify type, dimensions, operating pressure, end temperature. Type BR GUARDIAN Gaskets consist of a sealing component and an inside spiral-wound cen tering ring. Available only in oval shape, for use on manhole cover assemblies containing a chamfer be tween shoulder and seating surface. The centering ring locates gasket accurately and eliminates pinch ing from radial displacement. Nominal thickness of sealing component is .250"; centering ring .175". Type BH for handholes and tubecaps Type BH GUARDIAN Gaskets are made in round, oblong, pear, square, oval, and diamond shapes to fit practically any tubecap and handhole assemblies. Standard thickness is .175", designed for cover assemblies having narrow seating surfaces and high bonding loads. Several sizes and shapes are also available in .250" thickness for cover assem blies with broad seating surfaces and low bonding loads. HOW TO ORDER When ordering standard GUARDIAN Gaskets for handhole or tubecap assemblies, give fol lowing information: 1. Quantity 2. Name of equipment manufacturer (see list below) 3. Equipment manufacturer's gasket number 4. Gasket shape (see illustrations below) 5. Inside dimensions 6. Flange width 7. Gasket thickness 8. Type of metal desired 9. Operating pressure 10. Operating temperature FBW-068 STANDARD MATERIALS for Types BM, BR and BH are: Plated low-carbon steel and asbestos--for 0-499 psi, temperatures to 500 F., Type 304 stainless steel and asbestos--for 0-999 psi and 1000 psi and up, temperatures to 850 F. Corrosion-resistant steels, types 316L, 347 or 309S, are recommended for temperatures above 850 F. GUARDIAN GASKETS FIT EQUIPMENT OF THE FOLLOWING BOILER MANUFACTURERS American Engineering Babcock & Wilcox Badenhausen Bros Bucyrus-Erie Casey-Hedges Combustion Engineering Frfoemoor Erie City Hedges-Walsh-Weidner Murray Foster Wheeler Heine Oil City Franklin International Oil Well Supply fiaerv Keeler Pacific Page Superheater Riley Stoker Union Seaboard Vogt Sorincfield Ward CONSTRUCTION GUARDIAN Spiral-Wound Gaskets are manufactured under the most rigid engineering specifications and quality control standards in the industry. They are made of alternating plies of preformed, "V" shaped metals and asbestos or other fillers. This combination provides the resiliency and spring-like action neces sary for automatic adjustment of the gasket to me- chanical compression, internal pressure variations and temperature changes. Each metal edge creates a mi croscopic penetration of the gasket bearing surface. This effects a multiple seal with greater safety at com paratively light bolt loads. Also taken into considera tion, to build up proper resiliency, are original make up, relaxed and maintenance make-up loads. GASKET DENSITY Relationship of engineered "V" design of preformed metal plies to selected filler is varied according to the bolting of joint assembly to maintain gasket resiliency, and control gasket compressibility. Note, in illustra tion, there are more plies of metal and filler in a dense or "hard" gasket than in a less dense or "soft" one ... although the inside and outside gasket dimensions re main the same. MATERIALS Standard GUARDIAN Spiral-Wound Gasket material for the preformed "V" plies is Type 304 stainless steel. Standard filler material is Canadian chrysotile asbes tos, unadulterated with coloring contaminants. Other available metals and alloys are: plated low carbon steel, Monel*, titanium, nickel, Inconel*, Hastelloy B**, phosphor bronze and stainless steel Types 309S, 316L and 347. Other filler materials in clude compressed asbestos with various binders and non-ferrous alloys. Also blue African asbestos, TFE and TFE-suspensoid-treated asbestos, which are recom mended for chemical and process applications re quiring a high degree of resistance to corrosion. International Nickel Company trademark * *Union Carbide Company trademark SPECIFICATIONS GUARDIAN Spiral-Wound Gaskets in standard mate rials are available for immediate delivery from Garlock warehouses for USA standard flanged fittings (U.S.A. B16.5), in nominal pipe sizes V4" to 24" in all pres sure series to 2500 psi. Also available in accordance with current Military Specifications. SPECIAL GUARDIAN Spiral-Wound Gaskets can be designed and manufactured for special applications using other than standard flanged fittings. See infor mation under "Special Guardian Gaskets" below. SPECIAL GUARDIAN- GASKETS Garlock engineers design special gaskets for non standard joints in piping systems and pressure vessels in which spiral-wound construction can be used. Spe cial GUARDIAN Gaskets are used in a wide range of original equipment including aircraft, diesel, gas and rocket engines; boiler feed, centrifugal, condensate, reciprocating and vacuum pumps; gauge and sight glasses; centrifugal and reciprocating compressors; high pressure and soot blowers; hydraulic and molding presses; gas and steam turbines; heat exchangers; high voltage power transformers; all types of valves. Special GUARDIAN Gaskets are available in .0625", .125", .175", .250" and .285" thicknesses, depend ing upon joint design . .. any practical pressure/tem perature combination . . . vacuum to 10,000 psi . . . cryogenic to 1200 F line temperature ... any practical diameter/thickness combination larger than gaskets for nominal 24" pipe size . .. any combination of met als and fillers listed under "MATERIALS" When ordering or making inquiry for special GUARDIAN Gaskets, give complete information on op erating conditions--pressure, temperature and con fined fluid--and joint design and dimensional data. If available, attach rough sketch or engineer's drawing of joint design. FBW-069 1 ,Xr F. B. Wright Company VT^M250 3-' ' SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ,- ij'j'Hi, (' |.J * FBW-072 Technical report Garfite "100" graphite filament packing* contains graphite yarns which are 99% pure. Inherent Lubricity Garfite "100" packing has the natural lubricity of graphite, which gives it exceptional dry run capabilities. Unlike other packings, no grease or oil is added as a lubricant. These are easily and usually squeezed or leached out in service, causing constant reduction in volume, leakage, and eventual dry-out. With Garfite "100," the basic packing material is the lubricant. Low Coefficient of Expansion The coefficient of expansion of Garfite "100" packing is compatible with that of ferrous metals. Therefore, fewer gland adjustments are required. This temperature stability is particularly advantageous where fluctuating temperatures occur. High Heat Conductivity The thermal conductivity of Garfite "100" is greater than that of other conventional soft packings. This means that heat generated at the shaft is rapidly transferred away to the housing, where it is dissipated. Chemical Compatibility Garfite "100" packing is inert to most chemicals. Principal exceptions are strong oxidizing agents, dichromates, fuming nitric acid, and hot fuming sulphuric acid. It remains stable in the atmosphere to 650 F. and in steam to 1200F. Construction Garfite "100" packing contains graphite yarns which are 99% pure. The material can be worn away, but a new and identical sealing surface is presented. The wear characteristics can be compared to the brushes in an electric motor and carbon or graphite bushings; that is, a slow rate of wear but no degradation of the Garfite "100" or its natural lubricity. Garfite "100" packing is available in both cut rings and spools. Popular sizes from Vb" to are available from shelf stock. Special OHM dimensions on inquiry. Benefits The results obtained with Garfite "100" are: greatly extended packing life, lower maintenance costs, less downtime, lower leakage rates (therefore, reduced product loss), less shaft and bearing wear, lower operating temperature, fewer gland adjustments, and greater reliability. Consider that last item especially as you review the following. Consider what Garfite "100" packing might mean to the reliability and salability of your units. l\ S. Patent No. 3403595 f~ l v__ Performance report These are but a few of the many outstanding experiences that industry has reported since Garfite "100" packing has been in use. Nitrogen In the production of polyether, a mixer is used with a V/2" shaft, at 84 rpm, 120C., and 35 psi. Packing is 7 rings of s/b". Nitrogen blanket is used to prevent any leakage of the flammable polyether. Conventional packing had to be adjusted every few days and changed every 2 or 3 weeks, despite regular pressure gun lubrication. Even with this attention, there was constant loss of nitrogen. The loss was enough so that the pressure of the blanket dropped an unsatisfactory amount during the five-day batch period. Garfite "100" graphite filament packing was installed. After a full month, without any external lubrication, there was no detectable loss on the pressure gauge. A second mixer, with 5" shaft running at 125 rpm, has also been converted to Garfite "100" packing. It, too, has been sealed successfully. Ammonia and Steam Working in ammonia and steam, a top-entering mixer's 2'A" shaft runs 100 rpm at 375F., with vessel pressure of 425-450 psi. The sleeve takes seven rings of V2" packing. Conventional packing required an external lubrication system in which a nitrogen bottle pressurized a water bottle feeding the lantern ring. Since nitrogen pressure was controlled by a hand valve, the system was subject to error. Conventional packing had to be changed every month,-and the 316 SS sleeve every two months. The lubrication system was disconnected and Garfite "100" packing installed. No leakage is permitted. When the Garfite "100" packing was inspected after two months, it showed no sign of deterioration, so the same set war reinstalled, with no change in packing performance. And after nine months, the original set was still working fine. Not only was there no wear on the shaft, but it appeared to have been polished by the packing. Five other mixers have since been upgraded with Garfite "100." HoS04-NO-H,, Mixture A 20% H2S04-NO-H2 gas mixture is sealed in a mixer with a 6" shaft running 180 rpm at 200F. coil packing is used. The mixer runs continuously, 7 days a week. Conventional packing lasted 3 months, with several adjustments. The problem area was the frictional heat caused by overtightening the packing to seal a gas. But not with Garfite "100" packing. It has been in service for 6 months, and without additional adjustments. Odor Additive A distinctive odor additive, used to make natural gas leaks detectable, is processed in a mixer with a 1 Va" shaft running 600 rpm (200 sfpm) at 250 F. Packing is 6 rings of Product cannot be contaminated by packing lubricant. No leakage from mixer can be tolerated due to the strong odor of the product.TFE filament packing had to be changed with every batch of product. Garfite "100" packing has been in service for over 2 months. No contamination, no odor. Hydrogenation Batch operations in a hydrogenation process include a 2" shaft mixer combining hydrogen, methanol, and toluene vapors at 2000 psi, 465 F., and 280 rpm. Unit has water-cooled stuffing boxes, and was equipped with two lantern glands for shaft lubrication. Conventional packing was lasting from a few days to a few weeks, at best. One set of packing, made up of two Garlock No. 633 rings with a center ring of Garfite "100." was installed in the bottom of the box. One 134" lantern ring was installed for oil lubrication, followed by another set of two No. 633 rings and eight Garfite "100" rings. Garfite "100" packing sets have already served over nine months, and are still in use. Maleic Anhydride and Steam Maleic anhydride and steam are mixed at 80 rpm on a mixer with 316 SS shafts 43A" in diameter. Operating temperature is 375F. Mixer pressure is 50 psi. In the stuffing boxes, conventional packing failed after only 10 days. Garfite "100" packing was installed in July; still running without leakage, in October. Garfite "100" graphite filament packing ends up in so many mixers and agitators, perhaps it should be there to begin with. For further details on the potential applications in your original equipment, contact your Garlock representative or write to: Garlock Inc., 410 Main Street, Palmyra. N. Y. 14522. Oarlock INC. GARLOCK INC. PALMYRA, NEW YORK 14522 INTERNATIONAL DIVISION. PALMYRA, N Y. GARLOCK OF CANADA LTD. TORONTO. ONT. F. B. Wright Company 9999 Mercier Avenue Dearborn/ Michigan TELEPHONE VI. 3-8250 FBW-074 oarlock Industrial Products Catalog FBW-075 Table of contents General Style Number Index ........................................................ 1 This Is Garlock............................................................. 2-3 Garlock Materials vs. Various Media Under Typical Conditions .....................................................4-5 Packing R ecommendations for the Following Equipment Accumulators &r Intensifiers .............................................6 Compressors . . . Reciprocating................................................................. 6 Rotary ........... 6 Crystallizers ...................................................................... 6 Cylinders . . . Hydraulic ........................................................................7 Pneumatic.......................................................................7 Die Casting Machines ....................................................... 7 Digesters, Pulp Mill .......................................................... 7 Distillation Columns ........................................................ 8 Expansion Joints, Slip Type ............................................. 8 Filters, Rotary ................................................................... 8 Grinders, Wood Pulp ........................................................ 8 Heat Exchangers, Floating Head ......................................8 Homogenizers ..................................................................... 9 Mixers So Agitators .............................................................9 Presses . . . Baling................................. 9 ExtrusionS: Forging ................................................... 10 Hydraulic .......................................................................10 Pumps . . . Centrifugal .................................................................... 10 Reciprocating.... ........... 10 Rotary ............................................................................11 Soot Blowers ................................................................... 11 Steam Engines ................................................................ 12 Steam Hammers ............................................................... 12 Stem Tubes .......... Turbines, Hydraulic ........................ 12 12 Valves . . . Bronze Sc Cast Iron ..................................................... 13 Forged S: Cast Steel .................................................... 13 Stainless &: Special Alloys ........................................ 13 Gaskets & Gasketing Choosing The Right Gasket Material ....................... 14-17 Designing Your Gasket Correctly ............................. 18-19 Anti-Stick Compressed Asbestos Sheet .....................20-21 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet.........................................22-23 Cloth Inserted Rubber Sheet............................................ 24 Woven Asbestos Cloth, Tape & Gaskets........................25 Vegetable Fiber Sheet ..................................................... 26 Solid TFE Gaskets and TFE Sheet .................................27 TFE Envelope Gaskets ..............................................28-29 GYLON Gaskets ..............................................................30 GUARDIAN*-Spiral Wound Gaskets ............................31-32 Garlock is a registered trademark (or packing, gaskets, seals, and other products Garlock* Industrial Catalog Expansion Joints and Pipe Connectors Elastomeric Expansion Joints ................................................ 33 GARFLEXMolded Connectors .............................................. 34 GUARDIAN"200" FEP-Lined Expansion Joints 8: Pipe Connectors....................................................................... ... GYLONMolded All-TFE Expansion Joints & Flexible Couplings .............................................................36-37 Soft Packing Products Types of Soft Packing............................................................... ... Graphite Filament Packing........... ..................................... 39-40 Possible Causes of Soft Packing Failures .........................41 Compression Packing Maintenance Tips ............... 41 Soft Packing Style No's.- Description, fluids & temperatures for which they are recommended....................................42-45 Ordering Information . . . sizes available & approximate weight and feet per box................................................................................... 46-48 Hydraulic Components Products Style No's., description, fluids & temperatures for which they are recommended ............... 49 Homogeneous "U" Cup Packing........................................... 50 GARTHANE"U" Seals .................................................... 51-52 GARTHANE Rod Scrapers ........................................................53 CHEVRON Packing................................................................54-55 Cups ............................................................................................. 56-57 MARBLOCK Wear Rings...........................................................58 Miscellaneous Garlock Maintenance Products TFE All-Purpose Lube ............................................................... 59 Dry Graphite Lube .........................................................................59 Chain Drive Lube...........................................................................59 Wire Rope and Gear Lube...........................................................59 Cutting Oil ...................................................................................... 59 Silicone Lubricant ....................................................................... 59 Silicone Mold Release .................................................................59 Moly-Sa High Temp Lube .......................................................... 59 Belt Dressing ................................................................................ 59 Anti-Rust and Demoisturant...................................................... 59 Degreaser.......................................................................................... 59 Vinyl Protective Coating ....................... 60 Penetrating Oil ............... 60 LUBALL Packing Lubricant...................................................60 Tapping Compound.......................... Lubricating Compound #2............. Gasketing Compound 101-S......... PLAST1-PAK Twisted Packing PLASTI-THREAD Seal Tape......................................... 61/63 Pipe Thread Compound .............................................................61 Flexible Packing Hooks ............................................................. 61 KW1R-TAPE Hand Tool ................................... 62 Engineering Data Steam Table .................................................................................. RPM/FPM Conversion Table ....................................................64 Fahrenheit & Centrigrade Conversion Table................... 65 Carlock Inc. FBW"076 pyrigM 1975 Garlock Inc. 1 Style number index Style No. Product Page No. Style No. Product Page No. 2 Lubricating Compound ......................................................... 60 19 Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet .............................................. 24 22 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet ............................................... 22 3] Regular Braid Packing ........................................................ 42 57 Homogeneous Cups ............................................................... 57 79 Rod Scraper......................................................................49/53 90 Regular Braid Packing ....................................................... 42 91 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet .............................................. 22 G-100 Regular Braid Packing .............................................. 39/42 10I-S Gasketing Compound ............................................................ 60 116 Penetrating Oil ........................................................................ 60 117-B Braid-over-Braid Packing .................................................. 42 117-T Twisted Packing ............................................................ 42 127 Graphite Coated Braided Jacket Packing .................... 42 150 Rolled Packing ....................................................................... 42 G-200 Graphite Filament Packing.......................................40/42 200 Expansion Joints & Pipe Connectors ........................... 35 214 GYLONConcentric Spool-type Coupling .................. 36 215 GYLON Converted Spool-type Expansion Joint ... 36 230 GY'LON Blue Asbestos Packing .................................... 42 233 Braid-over-Braid Packing ................................................. 42 234 Regular Braid Packing ....................................................... 42 237 Regular Braid Packing ......................................................... 42 262 Laminated Packing ............................................................... 43 333 Laminated Packing ............................................................... 43 353 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet................................................ 22 432 CHEVRON Packing ..................................................... 49/54 433 CHEVRON Packing ................................................... 49/54 532 CHEVRON Packing .......................................................49/54 540 U-Cups ................................................................................ 49/57 542 U-Cups ......................................................................................... 57 555 GUARDIAN Spiral Wound Gaskets ............................... 31 604 Man Hole & Hand Hole Gaskets ..................................... 25 605 Woven Asbestos Cloth ....................................................... 25 612 Folded Gasketing Tape ....................................................... 25 619 Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet .............................................. 24 631 Twisted Packing .................................................................... 43 633 Twisted Packing ..................................................................... 43 635 Twisted Packing ..................................................................... 43 644 Regular Braid Packing...........................................................43 660 Vegetable Fiber Sheet ......................................................... 26 681 Vegetable Fiber Sheet ......................................................... 26 711 Laminated Packing ............................................................... 43 730 LATTICE BRAID Packing...............................................43 731 LATTICE BRAID Packing ............................................. 43 733 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................. 43 7 34 LATTICE BRAID Packing ............................................. 44 735 LATTICE BRAID Packing ............................................. 44 737 LATTICE BRAID Packing ............................................... 44 740 LATTICE BRAID Packing ............................................... 44 745 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................... 44 751 LATTICE BRAID Packing ............................................... 44 813 Cups & "L"' Packing ......................................................49/56 900 Compressed Asbestos Sheet.............................................. 21 908 Plasiallic Packing ............................................................... 44 909 Plastallic Packing ............................................................... 44 5005 Braid-over-core Packing ..................................................... 44 5234 Regular Braid Packing ........................................................ 45 5298 Regular Braid Packing ........................................................ 45 5299 Regular Braid Packing ....................................................... 45 5300 Regular Braid Packing ....................................................... 45 5413 Regular Braid Packing ........................................................ 45 5501 5555 5862 5876 5888 5889 5898 6023 7006 7021 7130 7131 7228 7271 7705 7735 7797 7815 7819 7857 7904 7986 7992 8048 8051 8100 8136 8312 8452 8455 8459 8495' 8500 8571 8619 8639 86 56 8748 8752 8764 8764 8764 8764 8798 9003 9026 9057 9122 9166 9188 9205 9210 9220 9511 9659 Die-Formed Rings .................................................................45 TFE Coated, Braided Jacket Packing ........................... 45 LATTICE BRAID Packing ............................................... 45 LATTICE BRAID Packing ................................................ 45 LATTICE BRAID Packing .............................................. 45 LATTICE BRAID Packing............................................ 45 LATTICE BRAID Packing ................................................ 45 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet ...................................... ",___ 23 Compressed Asbestos Sheet .............................................. 21 Compressed Asbestos Sheet .............................................. 21 Laminated Packing................................................................45 U-Cups .......................................................... '................. 49/56 Compressed Asbestos Sheet......................... 21 Cups & "U" Packing .................................................. 49/56 Compressed Asbestos Sheet ............................................. 21 Compressed Asbestos Sheet............................................. 21 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet............................................... 23 CHEVRON Packing .......................................................49/54 Compressed Asbestos Sheet............................................. 21 CHEVRON Packing....................................................... 49/54 CHEVRON Packing ....................................................... 49/54 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet ................ 23 Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet.............................................. 24 CHEVRON Packing ....................................................... 49/54 CHEVRON Packing....................................................... 49/54 GARFLEXMolded Connectors ........................................ 34 Cups .................................................................................49/56 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet ............................................... 23 CHEVRON, Cups ....................................................49/54/57 CHEVRON .............................................................................. 49 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet............................................... 23 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet............................ 23 Homogeneous Cups .............................................................. 57 Steel & Asbestos Filler for CHEMISEAL TFE-jacketed Gaskets ......................... 29 Cups..................................................................................... 49/56 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet............................................... 23 Cups .................................................................................... 49/56 Compressed Asbestos Sheet.............................................. 21 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet............................................... 23 CHEMISEAL Solid TFE Pipe Flange Gaskets .......... 27 TFE Sheet.............................................................................. 27 CHEMISEAL TFE-jacketed Gaskets ............................ 28 CHEVRON, Cups .................................................... 49/54/57 Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet.............................................. 24 Wear Rings ...................................................................... 49/58 Asbestos Filler for CHEMISEAL TFE-jacketed Gaskets .......................... 29 Compressed Asbestos Sheet.............................................. 21 Homogeneous Rubber Sheet............................................... 23 Plastallic Packing ................................................................. ^5 CHEVRON Packing & Cups ............................... 49/54/57 Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet.............................................. 24 CHEVRON, Cups .................................................................. 49 "U" Seals......................................................................... 49/5t "U" Cups......................................................................... 49/50 Homogeneous Cups ............................................................... 57 FBW-077 35402 35404 GYLON Gasket Material (Hydrofluoric Acid Service) ............................................ GYLON Gaskets Material (Chemical Service)....... 5U 30 2 This is Garlock Since 1887, Garlock has supplied its products to, and served industry throughout the world. Our concentrated research and development program, intense quality assurance program, growing facilities, expansion of Authorized Distributor stocking points, and our trained representatives all have but one aim ... to serve you better. The manufacturing facilities of Garlock, Inc. presently include eight domestic plants and four production plants outside of the United States. The Company has over 1,000,000 square feet of floor space devoted to the efficient production and engineering of our many products. 1 Chromex, S.A. produces mechanical packings, gaskets, seals, rubber and plastic products for the European Com* mon Market. The plant is located at Lardy, France. 2 Spring Division of Bristol, Conn, produces extension, compression and torsion springs, wire forms, metal stampings and screw machine products. 3 France Products Div., Philadelphia, Pa. manufactures metal packings, plastic piston rings and rider rings. Principal customers include both the manufacturers and users of engines; compressors; and high pressure, reciprocating power pumps. 4 Garlock Plastic Division in Camden, New Jersey manu facturers plastic packings, components for mechanical packings, gaskets, expansion joints and specialty pro ducts. 5 Garlock of Canada Ltd. produces mechanical packings, gaskets, oil seals, expansion joints, molded rubber goods and specialty products. The plant is located at Toronto. 6 Garlock de Mexico, Mexico City, manufactures a com plete line of mechanical packings--braided soft packings, gaskets, seals and plastic products. 7 The Precision Seal Division of Garlock is located at Gastonia, N.C. This new, 100,000 square-foot plant pro duces oil seals to serve the transportation industry. 8 Garlock Bearing Division markets plastic-based bearings from this modern facility located at Cherry Hill, N,J. 9 Stemco Manufacturing Co., Inc. of Longview, Texas, produces hub seals and heavy duty mufflers for the truck and trailer industry, as well as leather products. 10 The Woodvitfe Rubber Company Ltd, at Ross-on-Wye, England manufactures precision molded rubber products. i The principal manufacturing plant is located at Palmyra, New York. Within the 27 buildinfl complex are a rubber plant, a metal fabrication plant and a textile mill. Products produced here include mechanical packings, seals, gaskets, 3 5 10 FBW-079 4 Gariock Materials vs. various media under typical conditions o o00I trt w < o '(jn 5 O' 2 MEDIUM Air Oxygen Halogens (Chlormt. Bromine, etc.) Other Hot Geses or Dry Steem Water (including ell neutral water*solubla salts. sugar solutions, etc.) Alkaline Solutions Week Acid Solutions (in* eluding Acetie end other organic acids, sulphurous acid end low concentre* tion of sulphuric ecid end hydrochloric) Strong Acids Hydrochloric Acid Sulfuric Acid Oilute up to 50% Concentrated Sulfuric. Acid METALS Satisfactory, except teed melts above 600*F. Satisfactory, except lead melts above $00*F. NATURAL RUBBER Satisfactory but becomes tacky above 200* F. SBR Satisfactory but hardens above 250*F. Limited depending on Limited depending conditions. on conditions. NEOPRENE Satisfactory but hardens end decompoees above Z50*F. Limited depending on conditions. NITRILE Satisfactory but hardens above 250*F. Limited depending on conditions. SILICONE Satisfactory but deterioration accelerated above 500*F. Limited depending on conditions. POLY URETHANE Satisfactory to 200*F. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory if free from water. Otherwise attacked. Hardens on exposed surfaces. Hardens on exposed surfaces. Hardens on exposed surfaces. Satisfactory below melt* inf point. Hot com* pressed H} embrittles steel. Satisfactory but becomes tacky above 200*F. Satisfactory but hardens above 250*F. Satisfactory but hardens end decomposes above 2S0*F. Satisfactory except for iron rusting. Satisfactory but becomes tacky above 200*F. nmn Satisfactory but hardens above 250*F. Satisfactory but hardens above 250*F. Hardens on exposed surfaces. Hardens on exposed surfaces. Satisfactory but hardens above 250*F. Satisfactory but decomposes in steem above 300*F. Satisfactory but hardens above 250*F. Satisfactory but decomposes above 300*F. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory to 200*F. Satisfactory except lead, tin, zinc, aluminum and alloys. Copper, its alloys and stainless irons setisfac* tory: aluminum satis* factory in organic acids only and lead in all but acetic acid. Not recommended except Hastefloy. gold and platinum. Limited, depending on conditions, exposed surfaces becoma tacky. Satisfactory if free from aeid*$olubie fillers. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended except Ouriron. lead, gold and platinum. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory but exposed surfaces swell. Satisfactory but butyl rubber preferred. Satisfactory but exposed surfaces swell. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory if free from acid-soluble fillers. Satisfactory if free from acid-soluble fillers. Satisfactory if free from acid*soluble fillers. Not recommended. < Not recommended. ; Limited depending on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory up to 1S0*F. if free from tcid*soluble filters. limited depending on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Not recommendad. Not recommended. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. : Not recommended. Concentrated Acetic Acid (Glacial) Nitric Acid Aqua Ammonia Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended except Ouriron, gold and platinum. (Stainless Steel in concentrate but not dilute.) Satisfactory except copper and its alloys. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Satisfactory but becomes tacky above 200*F. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory but hardens above 250*F. Hot recommended. Satisfactory but hardens above 250*F. Satisfactory but detarioratas above 300*F. Hoi recommended. Liquid Ammonia (Anhydrous) Liquid Chlorine. Bromine, etc. Satisfactory except copper and its alloys. Satisfactory if completely tree from water. Otherwise attacks all metals. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Hot recommended. Not recommended. Aliphatic (Gasoline, etc.) Satisfactory. Not recommended. | Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory. Limited depending on conditions. Excellent. k-- )if> Aromitic Types (Beruol, Satisfactory etc or chlorinated Types z (Carbontetfa-ehloride. u etc.) OCO Acetone Satisfactory. Alcohol Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Butyl preferred. Satisfactory. Limited depending : an conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. mHBHRm HMBBI (A Satisfactory cxceot high- Not recommended. -i sulphur hot oils attack Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions and 5 cooper, iron end alloys. nature of oil. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Excellent. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Limited depending on conditions. -SrtiiNctwy c*pt ifcohcl. Satisfactory except for some additive type oils. Limited depending on conditions end nature of oil. Stiifetwj. 5 This chart indicates the general suitability of basic materials com monly used in packings and gaskets against various media and is Intended only for the general information of the packing user. Obvi ously the subject of the interaction of packing materials with the several liquids listed is too complex to be covered adequately in a few words. Although chemical considerations are important in the selection of packings, the mechanical properties of the packing itself usually are of greater importance. Packings rarely are fully exposed to the gas or liquid and, therefore, do not necessarily react in the same degree as indicated for the base material. For these reasons packings or gaskets should not be accepted or rejected for any application solely on the basis of chemical consideration. GRAPHITE YARN Setufictory to 650* J- Not recommanded. Not recommended. Satisfactory. VITON* and FLUOREL** Satisfactory but hardens above 500*F. PHENOLIC RESINS Reinforcing fiber usually establishes limits. Limited depending on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory up to 225*F. Satisfactory but hardaniabove 500*F. Not recommended in steam above 300*F. Satisfactory except for effect on rainforcing fibers. Satisfactory. TFE FLUOROCARBON Satisfactory but softens above 500*F. WHITE ASBESTOS Satisfactory. Satisfactory but softens above 500*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. BLUE (COTTON, FLAX* ASBESTOS VISCOSE RAYON PAPER Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfectory but weakens and embrittles above 200*F. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfectory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfeetoryfaut weakens above 200*F. LEATHER Satisfactory from cryogenics to +200 *F. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but decomposes above 300*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory unless solutions are strong and above 200*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory if free from acid-soluble fitters. Satisfactory. If used, reinforcing fibers should be acid resistant. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfactory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfactory but weakans above 200*F. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory it free from acid-soluble fillers. Satisfactory if free from acid-soluble fillers. Satisfactory if free from acid-soluble fillers. Satisfactory. If used, reinforcing fibers should be acid resistant. Satisfactory. If usad. reinforcing fibers should be acid resistant. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory.' Satisfactory. Not recommended above 100*F for concentrations above 25%. Limited depending on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but deteriorates above 300*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommendad. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Not recommendad. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200 *F. Satisfactory but weaktns above 200*F. Satisfactory but weakans above 200*F. Satisfactory. Satiafactory. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Not recommended. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satiafactory. Not recommended. Satisfactory, Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Not recommended. Limited depending on conditions. Satisfactory. Limited depending on conditions. Limited deoendmg oft conditions. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. W*OMT ItAfttHAtl Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory, Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfectory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory bet weakens above 200*F. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfactory. Satisfectory. Satisfactory but weakens above 200*F. Satisfactory but loses waxes, shrinks and hardens. Satisfactory but loaes waxes, shrinks and hardens. Satisfactory but loses waxes, shrinks and hardens. Satisfactory but loses waxes, shrinks and hardens. Setisfactory but becomes porous and hardens above 200*F. FBW -081 6 Packing recommendations by equipment The recommendations shown here should only be considered as tentative until you have checked them out with all of the service conditions which exist in your particular application. When you take the basic factors which surround any application (fluid, tem perature, pressure, speed, and type of motion) and add to them the age and condition of equipment, you can see that the variables are such as to make a concrete recommendation, based only on type of equipment and fluid involved, very difficult. For most applications, we have made more than one packing recommendation. The first choice is the one which, in our opinion, will give the ultimate service under the most severe conditions. But other condi tions, which only you can know, may make another recommendation preferable. For example, your equip ment may be operating at temperatures well below those normally associated with the application. A /: / ' ACIDS ALKAUHS GASES ' . OILS -SOLVENTS ^\ ......... , :f Y. M ILD C O R R O S IV E M ILD C O R R O S IV E AIR & DRY IN D U STR IAL GASES BRO M INE, CHLO RINE OXYGEN PETROLEUM S Y N T H E T IC S AROM ATIC (BEN ZEN E, ETC.) A L IP H A T IC (G ASO LINE, ETC.) STEAM WATER & SALT S O L U T IO N S FLUIDS WHERE NO N-CO NTAM INATIO N R E Q U IR E D EQUIPMENT ACCUMULATORS & INTENSIFIERS COMPRESSORS, RECIPROCATING CENTRIFUGAL 432 . 7904 5876 433 740 5862 532 *8764 "8764 432 5888 5S9S 631 5889 5780 ------------1 100 5889 5898 5888 5780 631 5862 CRYSTALLIZERS [ 100 *100 100 100 5889 5862 5889 5884 5889 5889 5862 ! 5884 1________ FBW-082 432 5876 740 COMMENTS: CHEVRON 100 5889 5862 5889 5862 5876 Exetpt in xtronf oxidiztri 7 We suggest you use these pages as a starting point. Choose a style number and cross check it for other variables, plus a description of the product, on the Packing Description Pages. For those numbers printed in black, this information is contained on pages 39-42; for those printed in gray, refer to page 55. If no recommendation is shown, it only means that those fluids are not normally associated with the par ticular equipment. Garlock, of course, stands ready to make a recommendation upon receipt of full service condition information. We recognize that many Garlock packings not shown have worked well in these applications for many years. However, this catalog is designed on the assumption that the user comes to it with a problem and in search of a solution. Packings shown here are those which have solved many similar problems. Air Cylinder Die Casting Machine Washing Digester 0 ACIDS ALKALIES ^SASES OltS SOLVENTS f= M ILD 1 C O R R O S IV E M ILD C O R R O S IV E AIR & DRY IN D U STR IAL GASES BRO M INE, CHLO RINE OXYGEN PETROLEUM S Y N T H E T IC S AROM ATIC (BEN ZEN E. ETC.) A L IP H A T IC (G ASO LINE, ETC.) STEAM WATER & SALT S O L U T IO N S FLUIDS WHERE n o n t :o n t a m in a t io n R E Q U IR E D EQUIPMENT CYLINDERS HYDRAULIC PISTON CUPS AND ROD CHEVRON CYLINDERS PNEUMATIC PISTON CUPS AND ROD CHEVRON DIE CASTING MACHINES 8764 84 52 7131 8452 432 DIGESTERS CONTINUOUS AND LIQUOR PUMPS USED WITH BOTH BATCH AND CON 100 *100 100 100 5389 5889 5539 5889 TINUOUS SYSTEMS. 5562 5884 5884 5884 432 8452 7271 BITAN L*tthr 433 7904 8764 9188 432 7904 433 540 8619 432 COMMENTS: 432 7904 433 cnv *3 *Exc*Pt in strong exidizarx 8 Packing recommendations by equipment Petrochemical Plants Paper Processing Wood Pulp Grinder ALKALIES r 1 u cn Z Mi w s CE -Oj SOLVENTS da Zo < 1- Ml Z MILD CORROSIVE MILD CORROSIVE AIR & DRY INDUSTRIAL < BROMINE, CH PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ET ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, E STEAM WATER & SAL SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHER NON-CONTAMI REQUIRED EQUIPMENT ZUJ O > X O COMMENTS: DISTILLATION COLUMNS-- TRAY OR BELL & SPIGOT JOINTS EXPANSION JOINTS SLIP TYPE FILTERS-- ROTARY GRINDERS-PULP POCKET ROD 5005 : 5005 5889 5889 5555 5862 5876 731 100 5688 5884 736 MOO 5862 5876 5889 5884 ! PISTON ROBERTS 5005 5889 5555 5862 5876 731 100 5862 5876 5005 5889 5888 5884 736 100 5889 5884 5862 5876 127 100 5888 5889 5862 5876 1 5898 5780 5005 5889 5555 127 5862 5876 100 5862 5876 5005 5889 5555 127 5862 5876 100 5862 5876 5005 5889 5555 127 5862 5876 100 5362 5876 5005 5889 5555 127 5862 5876 100 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 5862 5876 1 127 5862 5876 100 5862 5876 I 5888 5862 5876 5889 5862 5876 "Except in Jtront oxidutrs ; 432 745 740 7131 BITAN i Cups 100 FE3W-I084 5862 737 9 Vacuum Mixer Baling Press Heat Exchanger Homogenizer Side Plate Press ;X; i:; 'v.:'.r acids.' alkaues r 1i .; V) UJ gases 'v"` UzJ QJ 3 oils solvents O2 Z !o i- f-- uz< M ILD C O R R O S IV E M ILO C O R R O S IV E AIR & DRY IN D U S TR IA L GAS BROM INE, CH OXYGEN PETROLEUM S Y N T H E T IC S A R O M A T IC (BEN ZEN E, ET A L IP H A T IC (GASOLINE, E STEAM WATER & SAL S O L U T IO N S FLUIDS WHER N O N -C O N T A M I R E Q U IR E D EQUIPMENT COMMENTS: HEAT EXCHANGERS FLOATING HEAD TYPE 5862 i 5888 5876 5884 731 736 5882 5876 731 5888 5884 736 5862 5876 731 HOMOGENIZERS 5862 5876 327 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 5888 5862 737 S051 MIXERS, AGITATORS 100 *100 100 100 100 5889 5898 100 100 100 100 100 100 5889 Except in xtronf i 5888 5780 5862 oxidizerj 5889 5889 5889 5889 5862 5889 5889 5889 5689 5889 5889 5876 5862 5884 5862 5884 5876 5862 5862 5862 ' 5862 5B52 5862 PRESSES BALING 0 00 01 ii FE 7904 BITAN leather 432 7904 BITAN Leather 433 1 7904 BITAN Leather 432 BITAN Laathar will im beat aernca if rami art xcorad. 10 Packing recommendations by equipment Extrusion Press Centrifugal Pump ---y,:. ACIDS ALKALIES ! | 1 GASE5 " ! teJ CA 1 Z W V) C !S S OILS SOLVENTS *** 6 Z o s UJ z - . M ILD C O R R O S IV E M ILD C O R R O S IV E AIR A DRY IN D U STR IAL C BRO M INE, CH PETROLEUM S Y N T H E T IC S A R O M A T IC (BEN ZEN E, ET A L IP H A T IC (G A S O L IN E , E" STEAM WATER A SAL S O L U T IO N S FLU ID S WHER N O N -C O N T A M I R E Q U IR E D EQUIPMENT PRESSES EXTRUSION & FORGING HYDRAULIC PUMPS CENTRIFUGAL RECIPROCATING RODS & PLUNGER PISTONS Z w O > X o COMMENTS: J l K hifh prttturs 7271 spplicsti'ofl. Ut* : R.H. too 4 bottiKt 7904 7904 532 7904 dptrs ttd bo l (Itnd follow*** I'11* 432 433 432 top rinc food support. ! 100 100 5862 5889 733 ; 5884 ! 100 1 100 1 5862 1 737 5889 5884 100 5862 733 790<* 5862 5876 7904 5888 5884 7904 5862 5876 7904 5888 5884 1 FBW-086 5889 5888 7904 432 7904 433 7904 ! 432 5898 100 100 100 100 100 100 5889 i Excopt in oiidizin 5780 5862 5*62 5889 5889 5889 5862 5862 737 733 5862 5862 5862 730 733 __. 432 433 5862 5888 5876 j 5862 7904 5888 5862 7904 5888 5862 532 5888 5862 432 5888 5862 8051 5888 5862 ________________ 8136 Cuos or *262 R.H. 813 540 Cuds or *262 R.H. 540 Cups or *262 Hint rtrl* *? TM 261 26' ___________ _______ Reciprocating Pump Rotary Pump Power House 1 ACIDS ALKALIES "''V'"Vi * case: OILS SOLVENTS bl uU>l Vi a Z 5 oi I 6 Z o < 1 tii z MILD CORROSIVE MILD CORROSIVE AIR & DRY INDUSTRIAL BROMINE, CH OXYGEN PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ET ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, E STEAM WATER & SAL SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHER NON-CONTAMI REQUIRED EQUIPMENT COMMENTS: PUMPS ROTARY POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT 100 5862 733 100 5889 5884 100 100 5862 737 5889 5884 100 5862 733 5889 5888 5898 5780 100 5862 733 100 5889 5862 100 5889 5862 100 5889 5862 100 5862 733 5889 5862 "Except in itronf fixtdixtrs 737 i 1 J SOOT BLOWERS INSULATED FEED 1 *8534 XV 5501 5862 1 "8534 XV 5501 5862 ! ! A carbcn-fnphit* filled TFE UNINSULATED FEED 5501 127 735 FBW-087 5501 127 1 735 12 Packing recommendations by equipment . ACIDS', ALKALIES EASES OILS solvents - d CORROSIVE 1 MILD CORROSIVE AIR & DRY INDUSTRIAL GASES BROMINE, CHLORINE PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ETC.) ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, ETC.) STEAM WATER & SALT SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHERE NON-CONTAMINATION REQUIRED NHDAXO EQUIPMENT STEAM ENGINES Q Z| STEAM HAMMERS i STERN TUBES TURBINES HYDRAULIC 7904 532 635 7904 j 532 150 WUUNEPAI<0 5376 31 FE3W-(388 1i l 11 1 1 5862 730 745 COMMENTS: 13 Cast Stoat Valve Stainless Valve 7.2* acids''' '.ALK,HUES gases'.. OILS SOLVENTS MILD CORROSIVE MILD CORROSIVE AIR 4 DRY INDUSTRIAL OASES BROMINE, CHLORINE OXYGEN PETROLEUM SYNTHETICS AROMATIC (BENZENE, ETC.) ALIPHATIC (GASOLINE, ETC.) STEAM WATER 4 SALT SOLUTIONS FLUIDS WHERE NON-CONTAMINATION REQUIRED EQUIPMENT VALVES BRONZE 4 CAST IRON COMMENTS: 5862 5876 731 5862 5876 127 127 5862 5876 SM8 7130 5838 5898 5780 127 633 5862 127 633 5362 127 5862 5876 127 5862 5876 127 635 5862 127 5862 233 5888 5862 5876 FORGED 4 CAST STEEL i l FBW-089 5888 7130 5838 127 127 127 127 127 127 633 633 908 906 635 635 308 908 5862 5862 908 | 908 j STAINLESS 4 SPECIAL ALLOYS 8764 8764 8764 8764 8764 8764 8764 8764 8764 8764 8764 5888 5888 5888 5888 5888 5888 5888 5888 5888 5888 5888 5862 5884 5862 5884 1 5862 7130 5780 5862 5862 5862 5862 5888 8764 5888 5862 CHEVRON 14 iChoosing the right gasket material Every gasket material available to industry has certain inherent limitations that tend to restrict each mate rial's range of applications. However, many of these limitations may be partially or wholly eliminated by several methods, including use of reinforcing inserts, combining with other materials, varying construction, or by the type of joint the material must seal. Although mechanical factors are important to the de sign of the complete joint, primary selection of a gas ket material is greatly influenced by two factors: Temperature of fluid or gas contained Nature of fluid or gas contained Temperature With very few exceptions, a material should never be used at temperatures higher than those recommended for its group. Temperature ranges for rubber are: Natural--up to 200 F; SBR, Nitrile and Neoprene--up to 250 F; VriON*--up to 450F; Silicone--up to 500 F. Vegetable fiber sheet with glue-glycerine bond has a temperature range up to 250 F with synthetic rubber bond up to 300 F. Woven asbestos cloth is effective up to 600 F; com pressed asbestos up to 700 F. Rubber used in most cloth-inserted sheets usually determines the material's temperature range. However, you should never select or reject a gasket material solely on the preceding information as this is merely a general guide. To be sure, consult your near est Garlock representative for more specific recom mendations. Fluid contained By using the resistance chart on pages 15, 16 and 17, you can easily ascertain a material's reaction to a spe cific medium, and thereby determine its suitability in service. Four values appear throughout this chart. They are: G for good; F or fair; D for depends on conditions; and U for unsuitable. With the exception of symbol D, all values are self-explanatory. Where D is indicated, and no other material is suitable for your specific ap plication, contact your Garlock representative. He'll gladly help you determine the material's suitability. Although the above values are of extreme importance, various other factors should also be given due con sideration as they directly influence the fluid con- oacket material. Concentration of the corrosive agent can have a de cided effect upon the gasket material selection. Full strength solutions are not necessarily more corrosive than those of dilute proportions. The reverse is often true. Purity of corrosive agent or the absence of contami nating compounds is another factor involved. Ex ample: dissolved oxygen in otherwise chemically pure water may cause rapid oxidation of high temperature steam generating equipment. Temperature of corrosive agent, in addition to tem perature effect on mechanical properties, will also in fluence the rate of corrosive attack. Location of gasket can often influence its chemical resistance. For example, a gasket either in a partially filled line or one at or above the solution level may be more subject to attack than those below the surface. Construction of gasket material decidedly affects its chemical resistance. It is generally poor economy to use an inferior material that can cause frequent gasket replacements. This ultimately results in extremely high maintenance costs. However, if it is necessary that a joint be opened frequently, a less expensive, less resistant material may be quite satisfactory. Where a joint is seldom opened, the most resistant material, regardless of cost, is usually the most economical in the long run. Also, if a slight swelling of the gasket occurs due to reaction to fluid, the overall effect may be a more posi tive seal. Conversely, materials that shrink and dry out usually cause early gasket failure. Other factors that may influence material selection are internal pressures, operating cycle and vibration. A highly resilient material and proper design is essential where sudden variations in operating conditions occur frequently. Bolt relaxation, caused by thermal expansion and creep, is sometimes an important consideration. Ex pansion and contraction of line or gasket and exces sive bending movements on the flange may also limit selection of gasket material and construction. To summarize... if these considerations are all taken into account and properly evaluated and a suitable gasket material is selected from the resistance chart, the choice, in most cases, can be narrowed to a sma number. Final choice, then, can usually be made on the basis of relative cost, availability or personal expert ence. FBW-090 15 RESISTANCE RATINGS HOMOGENEOUS RUBBER CLOTH INSERTEO RUBBER (GASKETING) ASBESTOS WOVEN COMPRESSED VEGETABLE ' FIBER Natural Neoprene Nitrile Silicone Vlton SBR with cotton insert Silicone with fiberglass insert Neoprene with cotton Insert SBR with brass wire insert White with Silicone binder While with Neoprene binder White with Natural binder Blue with TFE impregnation Blue with Neoprene binder White with Nitrile binder White with Neoprene binder White with SBR binder Blue with SBR binder Nitrile binder SBR and Nitrile binder 6=Qood F=Fair D=Depends on conditions U=Unsultable aec V) Acetic Acid: ................... Pure Vapors 150 psi, 400" F. Acetic Anhydride............ Acetone ........................... Acetylene......................... Air .................................... Ammonia Gas................... ............cold hot Ammonium hydroxide .. Ammonium phosphate: .. . Monobasic Dibasic Tribasic Amyl Acetate................... Amyl Alcohol ................... Aniline, aniline oil.......... Asphalt ............................ Beer.................................. Beet sugar liquors.......... Benzene, benzol .............. Benzene, petroleum ether naphtha .. Black sulphate liquor ... Blast Furnace Gas .......... Bromine............................ Butane .............................. .;................ Butyl acetate ................... Butyl alcohol, butanol .. Cane sugar liquors.......... Carbon dioxide ................ ............dry wet Carbon bisulphide.......... Carbon monoxide, hot ... Carbon tetrachloride ... Castor oil......................... Chinawood oil, tungoil . Chlorine............................ wet Chlorinated solvents ... Chloroacetic acid............ Chlorosulphonic acid ... Chromic acid................... Citric acid....................... Coke oven gas ................ Copper chloride.............. Copper sulfate................. Corn oil............................ Cotton seed oil................. Creosote ............................ ... coal tar wood Cresols, cresylic acid Dovrtherm A....................... Dowtherm E....................... *TII-----WOW CMtBICAL CO. F0DF0u F D UF u u F DuF uu UU Uuuu 0D UDD u FUUFFu GGGGGG G G GG G G GGGGGG D 0 0DG G 0 0 0 DG G G G GGG 0 GGGGGD GG G GG0 FuUUuU GG GGF G Uu U UU U UF FUUF GGGGGG GGGGGG UUUUUG UU0UUG GG GGF F D0 DD0 G UuUUUU DGGDUG FU UUUU GG GGF G GGGGGG DDDDDD DD DDDD UU UUUG 0 D DDGG UU UUU G UGGUD G UF GUUG UUUUUG UU uUU U U U UUU0 FF FF U U UD UUU U UUUUU0 GGGGGG D D DD D G DF FF0 F GG GGGG uFGUUG uF GUUG uD DUUG u D DU U G u U0UU G uUUUUD uU UUUD F0 U u FFUu DFDu UU U u 0DD D F FU F G GG G G GG G GGG u 0 GD u 0GD U GGGU GGG U GGG U U UU U GFGG UUD U UUF U GGG G GGGG UUUU UUUU GFG G DGD 0 U UU U U0F U UUUU GFGG GGG G 0GDD DGD D UUU U 0G0 D UUU U U0GU UUFU UUU U UUUU U UU U FUF F UUU U UUU U GGGG 0GD 0 D0D F GGG F U UF U UUF U UUU U U UU U UUU U UUUU UUU U DFFGG D F F GF DF F GG 0UUGU DUUGU FUFGU GGGGG GGGGG GGGGG GF F GF GG D GG GGGGG GGGGG GGGGG UD F GD F G G GG UDUG0 UF UGF GGGGG GGGGG UUUGU UU UGU F GG GG D00GD UU U GU 0GF GG UUUGU FGGGG GGGGG GDGG0 GGGGD UU UGU G00G0 U U UGU DGGGG UFUGF UUUGU UUUGU UuUGU UuUGU UUU GU UuUGU GGGGG DDDGD GGGGG GGGGG UF UGU UFUGF UFUGF UFUGF UUU GU U F UG F UF UGF 1) o _c _o c w u <* 0a o DGGG 0FFG uUu UUu f GGG UD00 uuu uuu GGGG uuu UF GG GuD GGGG GGG GGGG GGG GGGG FGG GGGG UUU GGGG UGG GGGG UFF GGGG UFF GGGG UFF 00DD GFF GGGG UFF 0F0U GF F GGUU F GG GGGG U GG GGGG UGG FUUU GFD FUUU GGF GGGG UGG GGGG 0F0 FFF F UUU GGFF DGD 0000 UFF GGGG UFF GGGG U GG GGGG UFF G00G UFF DUUU FDD GGGG UDD GUUU FFD GGGG GGG GF DU F GG FFFF FFFF UUU UUu FFUU UFD D0DF UUU D00F UUU 000F UUU GGGG GGGG GGGG UFF DF0 UD0 GGGG UGG GGDD GGG GG0D FGD G0UU D0D GF DU 0DD FDU0 0UU FFUu UUU FFUu LI U U FBW-091 16 RESISTANCE RATINGS HOMOGENEOUS RUBBER CLOTH INSERTED RUBBER (GASKETING! C=Cood F=Fair D=Depends on condition! U=Unsultable > mV m as 5. z VOm>S Ethers ............................ DuD u uu Ethyl acetate................. Uu Uu uu Ethyl chloride .............. UuU u uD Ethylene glycol...................... GG GG F G Formaldehyde ................. G0GGUU Formic acid ................................ GFGGDU Freon 12 .......................... U GD D U G Fuel Oil ............................ UFG U U G Furfural .......................... UUU U U U Gasoline............................ ............sour U F GUUG refined UFGUUG Gelatin.............................. GGGGGG Glucose ............................ G G G G GG Glue................................... GGGGFG Glycerin, glycerol............ GGGGFG Green sulphate liquor .. G GG GDG Hydrobromic acid.................. U0DDUU Hydrochloric acid............... ...<150- F. F G F F DU >150' F. UDU UUU Hydrocyanic acid .................. FFFFFF Hydrofluoric acid......... cold <65% 0 G D D0G >65% "hot <65% UUUUUD UUUUuG ' >65% UUU UuD Hydrofluorsilicic acid .. GFF FuD Hydrogen gas ................... FGG GGG hot F G G G G G Hydrogen sulphide.......... ... dry, cold D GG GF G hot D 0 D 0 0 G wet, cold 0FFFFG hot 0 0 0 0 0 G Kerosene ........................ UF G U U G Lacquers .......................... UUUUUU Lacquer solvents ............ UUUUUU Lactic acid ..................... 0GGGGG hot D 0 D D G G Linseed oil........................ UFGUUG Lubricating oils.............. UFGUUG refined UFGUUG Magnesium hydroxide . G G G GG G Methyl alcohol, methanol Methyl chloride............ GGGGGG UUU UUU Milk................................. Mineral oils..................... G G GGG G UFGU0G Natural gas..................... Nitric Kid........................ diluted D GG D U G UUUUUU U UUU0 U concentrated UUUUUU Nitrobenzene ................... UUDUUU Oleic Kid ........................ DF GD0G Oleum spirits................... UFGU0G jOxalic Kid........................ ..................... GF GGD G uuuu uUUu uUuu GFGG GUD D FDDD 0 UGU UUF U UU UU uU F U u U F 'u GGG G GGGG GFGG GFG G GDGG DDDU uDUU UDUU FFFD UDUU UU U U VUU U UU U U UUUU GGGG 0DD D DDG 0 DDDD 0DDD 0000 UUFU UUUU UUUU GGG G DGDD UUFU UUF U UUF U GGGD GGGG UUUU GGG U U0FU FDGF UUU U UD U U UUU U UUUU D0F D UU U U lF 0 0 0 Nitrite Silicone Vlton SBR with cotton Insert Silicone with fiberglass Insert Neoprene with cotton Insert SBR with brass wire insert White with Silicone binder White with Neoprene binder White with Natural binder Blue with Neoprene binder Blue with SBR binder Nitrile binder SBR and Nitrile binder ASBESTOS WOVEN COMPRESSED VECETABU FIBER J _Co mcM V a. E UJ S-I U C eo Z ce ao. _8c 3 DC E E CD c VC * c3 *?t V ZzZ 55 TG03 JO t> C >ua-. M O u uU GF u u V GU u u U GU FGGGG UFGGF D DG GD UG UGG U F UGF UU UGU U F UGF UFUGF GGGGG G G G GG F GGGG F GGGG D G G GG 0 U UGU DF FGF DD D GD GF FGF D 0 U GD U0 U GD U uUGD U U U GD U UU GD GG F GG D G F GG D GD GG 0 D DGD D0 0GD 0 D 0 GD UF UGF UU UGU U U U GU G G D GG G D DGF UF UGF U F UGF UF UGF GGGGG GG GGG U D D GU GG GGG DF UGF DG FGG UU U GU DUUGU U U UGU UU UGU 0GDGF UU U GD F F FFF FDDu 0DDu FFUu GGGG GG GG GGGG GGUU GGD U FFUU GGUU GGU u GGGG G GG G GGGG G GGG GGG G FFFF G GG G FFF F G GG F DFFF FF F F D FD F UDUF UDU F G GG G GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG GGD U DDDD DDDD G GGG GGGG G FD D GG0 U G GD U G GGG G GGG DD00 G GGG GFFF GGF F U U UU 0D0 0 U UuU DFuU GGFF 000D GGGG DF D GFD GFD UGG UGG UUU FD U GGF FFF GGG GGG UGG UGG UGG UGG UFF UUU UUU UUU UUU UUU UUU UUU UUU UUU UF F UUU UF F UDD uFF uD0 GGG GFD GFD UGG UDD GF F GGG GGG UGG UGb 0 0 IUt UGb GGG F Gb U U UII U U iIIl UUU U D nU F F rr UUu Ube c ( FBW-092 17 RESISTANCE RATINGS HOMOGENEOUS RUBBER CLOTH INSERTED RU8BER (GASKETING) ASBESTOS WOVEN COMPRESSED VEGETABLE FIBER Natural Neoprene Nitrile Silicone Vlton SBR with cotton Insert Silicone with fiberglass Insert Neoprene with cotton Insert SBR with brass wire Insert White with Silicone binder White with Neoprene binder White with Natural binder Blue with TFE Impregnation Blue with Neoprene binder White with Nitrile binder White with Neoprene binder Whlle'vrllh S8R binder Blue with SBR binder Glue-glycerine binder Nitrile binder SBR and Nitrile binder G=Good F=Fair D=Depends on conditions U=Uniuitable CD V) Oxygen........................................... cold <500- F. Ozone ..................................................... Palmitic Acid......................................... Petroleum oils......... crude, <500` F. >500" F. Phosphoric acid......................... crude Pure, <45% >45%, coid hot Potassium hydroxide ........................... Producer gas ......................................... Propane .................................................. Sewage ..................................................... Soap solutions....................................... Sodium hydroxide.................................. Sodium hypochlorite.............................. Sodium silicate ..................................... Soybean oil ............................................ Stannic chloride ..................................... Steam..................................... <500' F. 500-1000' F. Stearic acid ............................................ Sulphur .................................................. Sulphur chloride .............. .................... Sulphur dioxide, dry ........................... Sulphur trioxide, dry ............................ Sulphuric acid................ <10% cold hot 10-75%, cold hot 75-95%, cold hot fuming Sulphurous acid ..................................... Tannic acid ............................................ Tar............................................................ Tartaric acid .......................................... Toluene ................................................... Trichloroethylene ................................... Turpentine .............................................. Vinegar ................................................... Water, acid mine, containing oxidizing salt no oxidizing salt Water............fresh (tap, boiler, etc.) Distilled, lab. grade return condensate Water, seawater ................................... Whiskey and wines................................. Zinc chloride.......................................... Zinc Sulphate .......................................... D D DDF F U U UUDD 0GDDGG DF G0DG UF GUDG UU UUUD 0F FDDD DF F00G D F FDDD D 0 DDDD DD GDDU D D DDDG DGGDUG D F G00G DF GDGG D 0G0DU FF F FGD G GGGGG UGGUDG 0F FFDD UUDDUG U U UU UD D F GDDG DF F FG0 U0DUUD FFFFFG DDDDDG GGGGGG F F FF UG DDDDDD UUUUUD 0DDDUD UUUUUD UU UUUD F F F F D0 F F FF DF U D GU FG GG GGGG UU FUUG UUUUUG UU GUUG F GGGGG G G GG D G GG GG FG GGGGGG GGGGG G GGGGGG GGGGGG G G GGG G D F FFDF G G GG F G uF u u uDu u DGF D DDF D UD D U UUUU UDUU UD u U UD u U UDu U 0DD D 0 GD D UDF U DDF D FGF G DDDD DGD D GGG G UDGU GDGG UUU D UUUU DDFD DGF F UUDU D GD D DDD 0 UGUu UUUu UUUu UUUu UUUu UUUu UUUu U0U u F0F F UFDU GGG G UUUU UUUU UUUU G GGD D0D0 DFDD GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG GGGG DDG0 GFGD F UuGu 0 uUGu GF DGF DG0G F D G UGG UUUDU DF0GF DF DGF DF DGF DDDGD 0DFGF DD0GD D GF GG 0FDGF G F DGF D0FGF GF FGF G G GGG 0GUGG DGGGG UFGGF UUDUU DGDGF GFDGF UD UGD GFDGF DF0GF GGFGG UF FGF DDDGD UD D GD UUUGD UUUGU UU UGU 0GGGG DGGGG F G U GG G GG GG UUUGu UUUGU UUUGU GGGGG DGGGG F GGG G GGGGG GGGGG GGGGG G G G GG GGGGG D G GG G F GGGG UuUU Uuu UuUU Uuu DDD D UFF GGF F FFF GGD U D0D DD UU UUU GGGG UFF GGGG UDD GGGG UDD FFFF u DD GDF F uUU GG G G uFD GD F F D GD GGDD UDD GGGG UFF GD F F UUU GG G G UFF GGGG UGG GGDU GGG GGGG U GG GF GU DUDU U UU U Uu GG F F FF F GGGF UFF FF FF DDD GGDD UDD GGD0 GGGG UDD U Uu GGGG U ll U DDDF U UU DDDD UUU UUUD UUU U U U D ,U U U UU UU UUU GGGG uUU GG GG uFD GGD0 DFF GGGG UFF GF DD GFD F0 DD F DD GD D D FFF GG G G UGG GG GG GG G G GG G G GG G G GG G G GG GG GG G G GG GG GG G G UF F UFF UGG UGG UGG UGG U GG U D0 UGG FBW-093 18 esigning your gasket correctly Ideally, the designer should adapt flange construction to the existing gasket design. However, this is usually impossible as joint features are, in most cases, already fixed and cannot be changed as easily as the gasket. But, regardless of whether you are designing flange to gasket or gasket to flange, the design principles are identical... only the approach is different. In order to achieve satisfactory gasket design and, consequently, prolonged trouble-free service from your gaskets, the following design information should be followed care fully. Gasket yield stress--"y" factor If a tight seal is to be effected, gasket material must be compressed sufficiently and flow into imperfections of the contact faces .,. filling all voids between mating flanges. If this flow doesn't take place a seal can't be effected without using gasket pastes or compounds. "y" factor is the amount of force, expressed in p.s.i., that must be applied to the gasket contact area causing this essential flow, "y" factor is wholly independent of internal pressure. It is the minimum amount of stress needed if a gasket is to seal at all.. .even at very low pressures. For example, soft rubber requires so little stress that it is considered self-yielding. Therefore, rubber of less than 75 durometer has a "y" value of 0 p.s.i. Most gasket materials and designs require relatively high initial stress if gasket' is to seal properly. Once high initial stress is effected, however, gasket load may be sharply reduced without loss of efficiency. If such loss does occur, it is normally caused by bolt expansion, creep and relaxation. Gasket factor--"m" factor There are three forces that largely determine the "m" factor (see fig. 1). They are: 1. Bolt load--the force that squeezes the gasket into the face voids to form seal. 2. Hydrostatic end forceforce that tends to separate flanges when internal pres sure is applied. 3. Internal pressure --pres sure that acts on the por tion of the gasket exposed to the pressure side of the joint. Tends to blow gasket out of joint. "m" or gasket factor is the ratio of residual unit stress (bolt load minus hydrostatic end force) on gasket (p.s.i.) to internal pressure of the system, "m" factor usually remains constant throughout a wide range of pressure for a given gasket material and construction. A gasket factor of 3.0, for example, would indicate that the residual stress of the gasket must be a mini mum of three times the system's internal pressure if a proper seal is to be maintained. Two basic steps Step 1. First, designer must determine total force avail able: (a) to yield the gasket, and (b) to maintain a tight seal under service conditions. This force, usually sup plied by bolts, will depend on the size and number of bolts in the flange and on the maximum allowable bolt stress. In turn, the maximum bolt stress will depend on the bolt material and operating temperature. Once this is obtained, total available bolt force can easily be determined by multiplying total bolt area by allowable stress. Step 2. Next, an approximation of gasket dimensions should be ascertained. For some confined-joint fac ings, recess face dimensions limit gasket dimensions. On a full-face joint, a full-face gasket may be provided, reducing flange distortion. On other facings, consider able leeway is available. It is possible, then, to find "y" and "m" factors at the service pressure by deter mining the bolt force available and by having worked out a rough approximation of the gasket dimensions. By pairing these findings with a previous selection of materials, based on the recommendation chart and operating conditions, the proper gasket may be se lected from a table of gasket factors and yield stresses (Tables 1 and 2). Bolt load formulas The initial bolt load required to seat a gasket suffi ciently should be: Wmz=3.14bGY. The required operating bolt load should be at least sufficient, under maximum operating conditions, to resist the hydrostatic end force and, in addition, to maintain a compression load on the gasket that ex perience has shown is sufficient, under maximum op erating conditions, to resist the hydrostatic end force and, in addition, to maintain a compression load on the gasket that experience has shown is sufficient to assure a tight joint: Wmi=0.785G2P + (2b X 3.14 GMP) When determining number of bolts needed, use the greater of the two values Wmj or Wmz. FBW-094 19 Nomenclature for the two formulas are: Wmi=required bolt load for maximum operating conditions in lbs. Wm2=required initial bolt load without internal pressure in lbs. G=outside diameter of gasket contact face less 2b. P=maximum allowable working pressure in p.s.i. EFFECTIVE GASKET WIDTH--b (Table 1) FACING LIMITS GASKET SEATING WIDTH b 777777777^^^^^777777771 b .a2 T H-W-W b ---W--f--T. (--W +---N maximum) 1 77777717|H7-^--^--^N^-^--^--^--^N77777777 tttxjiujuwmft Limit n j innuiu n 11 un 1 iTT7 1 | I b,~TM 15 nrru ti^mfrfTTUnan n b=effective gasket seating width in inches (see Table 1) Note: b=b0 when b0 is equal to or less than iU" b--~|/bo when b0 is greater than 1U" 2b=effective gasket pressure width in inches m=gasket factor (see Table 2) y=gasket seating load in p^s.i. (see Table 2] Ht: This data applies only when the gasket It contained entirely within the inner edges of the bolt holes. GASKET FACTORS (Table 2) MATERIAL Rubber Below 75 durometer...................................................... 050 75 or higher durometer................................................. 1.00 Rubber with cotton fabric insert...................................... Asbestos with a suitable binder for operating conditions: y,~ thickness............................................................... thickness................................................................ '/)?" thickness............................................................... 1.25 2.00 2.75 3.50 Vegetable fiber.................................................................. 1.75 7 0 200 400 1600 3700 6500 noo COMMON FAULTS IN GASKET DESIGN AND SUGGESTED REMEDIES Bolt holes close to edge ---- 1--------- 1 Causes breakage in stripping and assembling Very small bolt holes or noncircular openings Require hand picking ... easy to miss Projection or "ear" ^3 Notch instead of hole Avoid hole sizes under 3/32-inch diameter. If small hole is for locating or indexing, change to notch Tear-away parts with open slots at attached edges Slots require hand picking, costly dies and die maintenance Simple perforation Thin walls, delicate cross section in relation to over-all size High scrap loss; stretching or distortion in shipment or use. Restricts choice to high tensile strength materials Metalworking tolerances applied to gasket thickness, diameters, length, width, etc. -OCZ (--i--2000 Transference of fillets, radii, etc., from mating metal parts to gasket CT Large gaskets made in sections with beveled joints Results in perfectly usable parts being rejected at incoming inspection. Requires time and correspondence to reach agreement on practical limits. Increases cost of parts and tooling. Delays deliveries Unless part is molded, such features mean extra operations and higher cost Extra operations to skive. Extra operations to glue Difficult to obtain smooth, even joints without steps or transverse grooves 1P Copyright The Penton Publishing Co . reproduced permission Have the gasket in mind during early design stages Most gasket materials are compressible. Many are affected by humidity changes. Try standard or commercial tolerances before concluding that special accuracy is required Most gasket stocks will conform to mating parts without preshaping. Be sure radii, chamfers, etc., are functional, not merely copied from metal members Die-cut dovetail joint t . .1 FBW-095 20 Anti-stick compressed asbestos sheet Garlock's anti-stick releasing agent is blended into the surface of all compressed asbestos sheet, eliminat ing the need for graphited sheet. Garlock Compr.essed Asbestos styles are made of either white or blue asbestos and several binders, in cluding SBR, Neoprene or Nitrile. The asbestos and elastomeric binder are bonded under pressure and vul canized into a homogeneous sheet. All compressed sheet styles are ideal in applications employing rigid flanges with adequate bolting capac ity. Garlock Compressed Asbestos sheet materials are excellent on such heavy-duty bolted and threaded joints as water and steam pipe fittings and manifold connections. All styles are tough and durable with sufficient com pressibility to provide a properly gasketed joint, but are resistant to plastic flow ordinarily encountered under heavy bolt loads. Generally, white asbestos styles are suitable for serv ice against hot oil, hot gases or steam. Blue asbestos sheet seals against hot or cold mineral acids, either alone or in conjunction with oils or organic solvents. For more specific recommendations on all Garlock Compressed Asbestos styles see the Resistance Rat ings Chart beginning on page 15. For technical infor mation on each sheet, see the data on page 21. Easy method for ordering compressed asbestos sheet packing Now you can convert ordering data for Garlock com pressed asbestos sheet packing into simple nine digit numbers ... thus allowing further use of data process ing equipment both for order entry and disbursements. To determine the correct nine-digit number, take the following steps: 1. First, make sure, by checking the following page, that the style number is available in the thickness you wish. 2. Use five digit number for the sheet style you wish to buy. 3. Follow this with the four digit number for the sheet size and thickness you wish. 4. In front of the resulting nine digit number, indicate the number of pounds or sheets you wish to buy. Example: 2000# of Style 900 in 1/16" x 60x63 sheets would read . . . 2000# 31038-2521 50 sheets of 7705 in 1/8" x 60x126 sheets . . . 50 sheets 31064-2607 Style No. Ordering No. Style No. Ordering No. 900 (31038-) 8748 (31114-) 7021 7228 7705 (31042-) (31052-) (31064-) 7819 9057 7006 (31595-) (31571 -) (31417-) SHEET SIZE AND THICKNESS NUMBER . - Sheet Thickness. Sheet Size 1/61" 1/32" 1/16" 3/32" 1/B" 3/16" 1/4" 40 x 42" 2429 2471 2512 2554 2596 2680 2764 40 x 63" 2431 2473 2514 2556 2598 268 2 2766 40 X 126" 2433 2475 2516 2558 2600 2684 2768 50 x 50" 1702 1704 1706 j-------------- 1 50 x 75" 1723 1727 1731 1708 1710 1 1735 | 1739 1714 1747 1827 1755 50 x 150" 1724 1728 1732 1736 1740 1748 1756 60 x 63" 2438 2480 i 2521 2563 60 x 126"' 2440 2*j32 2523 2565 ii 75 x 75" 1761 1765 1769 1773 2605 2607 1777 2689 2773 2691 2775 1785 1793 75 x 150" 1762 1766 1770 1774 1778 1786 1794 120 x 126" 2443 2485 2526 2568 2610 2694 2778 150 x 150" 1797 1799 1801 1803 1805 1809 1813 1________ FBW-096 21 I Compressed I Asbestos Material 900/ 7735 7021 7228 7705 8748 7006 & 7819 9057 White chrysotile asbestos with SBR binder White chrysotile asbestos with SBR binder White chrysotile asbestos with neoprene binder --no sulphur Blue crocidolite asbestos with acid resisting SBR binder White chrysotile asbestos with nitrile binder While chrysotile asbestos with SBR binder White chrysotile asbestos with neoprene binder --no sulphur Tensile strength: Across grain 3000 p.s.i. 3600 p.s.i. 3000 p.s.i. 2000 p.s.i. 4000 p.s.i. 2600 p.s.i. 4600 p.s.i. Compressibility, under 5000 p.s.i. toad Recovery 7-17% 40% min. Oil resistance after 5 hrs. in: ASTM #3 oil @ 300* F. Thick ness increase Tensile loss Fuel resistance, after 5 hrs. in: ASTM Ref. Fuel B @ R.T. Thick ness increase Weight increase 30% 50% 25% 20% Flexibility Bends 180* around rod (diameter 8X thicker than sheet) without cracking 7-17% 40% min. 30% 50% 20% 25% Bends 180* around rod (diameter 8X thicker than sheet) without cracking 7-17% 40% min. 20% 35% 15% 20% Bends 180* around rod (diameter 12X thicker than sheet) without cracking 15-25% 40% min. Bends 180* around rod (diameter 8X thicker than sheet) without cracking 7-17% 40% min. 5% 7% 7% 15% Bends 180* around rod (diameter 12X thicker than sheet) without cracking 7-17% 40% min. 30% 45% 25% 25% Bends 180* around rod (diameter 12X thicker than sheet) without cracking 7-17% 40% min. ' 15% 25% 15% 15% Bends 180* around rod (diameter 12X thicker than sheet) without cracking Density (per cubic inch) .93 oz. .90 OZ. .91 oz. .83 oz. .85 oz. .97 oz. 1.0 oz. Thicknesses Hi Hi Hi Hi available (inches) 'A Hi 'A Sheet sizes (inches) 40x42 40x63 Hi Hi Hi Hi V, Hi'A 40x126 Hi Hi Hi Hi V. Hi Hi Hi'A Xi Xl Xi Hi 'A Hi Hi Hi Hi % The following sizes are available in all style numbers 50x50 60x63 75x150 50x75 50x150 60x126 Hi Hi Ht Hi y. 120x126 150x150 Tolerances on thicknesses (inches) Meets specifications 34. +.005 --.002 34. CT .0015 Hi .005 X. .006 34, .008 y. .oio X, & Ji .015 X, +.005 --.002 Xt CT .0015 Kx .005 X. .006 34, .008 Yt .oio X. & Vi .015 X. +.005 --.002 X, CT .0015 X, .005 X. .006 X, .008 Yt .oio X, .005 Xi .006 34, .008 Yt .015 ASTM-D-1170-62T Grade P-1161A. MIL-G-12803A Grade P-1161A MIL-A-7021C Class || HH-P-46C MIL-A-7021C ASTM-D-1170-62T 1 Cl. 1 Grade P-1161A ASTM-D-1170-62T MIL-G42303A P-1151-A Grade P-1161A AMS-3232H MIL-A-17472B UL Approval Xt -f.005 --.002 34, +.005 X* .006 % -008 Yt .oio X, +.005 --.002 34. CT .0015 34, .005 X. .006 & .008 Yt .oio 34, +.005 --.002 34. CT .0015 .005 X. .006 & .008 y% .oio ASTM-D-1170-62T Grade P-1M1A M11-G-12803A Grade 1141A AMS-3232H ASTM-D-U70-62T Grade P-1161A ASTM-D-1170-62T Grade P-1151A SAE J90A Grade P-1151A How branded Style numbers 900, 7021, 7228 and 7705 are branded with Garlock name and style number thru 60". Over 60' std. is unbranded unless otherwise specified. Typical Physical Values Garlock name only thru 60". Over 60" std. Is unbranded unless otherwise specified Unbranded Unbranded FBW-097 22 ^parlock homogeneous rubber sheet sbr natural neoprene nitrile Garlock offers a wide range of natural and syn thetic rubbers, all having certain basic character istics that allow the gasket designer infinite design possibilities. Rubber is incompressible--It can easily be de formed, depending upon durometer and cross sec tion, but can never be reduced in volume. Rubber is extensible--This feature is extremely valuable when a gasket must be assembled over a projection or shoulder with the idea of having it "snap tight" within a groove. Rubber is one of the few materials capable of withstanding such treat ment. Rubber is highly impermeable--This feature ap plies when describing rubber's ability to serve as a tight barrier against the passage of gases or fluids. Rubber is elastic--As a result, relatively little flange pressure is required to effect intimate con tact with the face of the rubber gasket. Also, this elasticity allows a rubber gasket to move with flange surfaces without disrupting the seal. Generally, rubber's unique properties are best util ized in applications where controlled deformation is desirable. Other materials--such as viton and silicone are also available on request. Easy order method for homogeneous rubber sheeting Now you can convert ordering data for homogenous rubber sheet into nine-digit code numbers . . . thus allowing further use of data processing equipment for order entry and disbursements. It can be used for all standard widths. 1. First, check to make sure the style number is avail able in the thickness you wish. 2. Use five digit number for the sheet style you wish to buy. 3. Follow this with the four digit number for the sheet thickness you wish. 4. In front of the resulting nine digit number, indicate the number of standard rolls you wish to buy. (For 1/32", a standard roll is 100#, for l/l6" and up, a standard roll is 200 pounds.) Example: 2000# of l/8 Style No. 353 would read: 10 rolls 31016-0118. (2000# of 31016-0118 would also, of course, be acceptable.) Style No. 22 91 353 6023 (31003-) (31008-) (31016-) (31041-) 7797 7986 8312 8639 (31072-) (31082-) (31090-) (31108-) 9122 8495 8459 8-752 (31560-) (31100-) (31098-) (318S9-] I Homogeneous I Rubber Sheet Meterlal 91 SBR 22 SBR 353 SBR Hardness(Short A) 60 5 1 Tmile streoftk (M'ul) 2000 p.S.i. 80 5 1000 p.s.i. 80 5 1200 p.s.i. dentation (Min.) 400% 250% 150% Cemprtssion set JtSTM method B 25% deflection Wtlfht (lbs.-approx.) i 22 hrs./158* F. 25% max. 22 hrs./I58* F. 60% max. 22 hrs./158* F. 40% max. 1 X.-3-3# i sq. yd. X.-4-7# sq. yd. 56-4-4# sq. yd. Volume chance after immersion in: ASTM #1 oil, 70 hrs/212'F. AST* #3 oil, 70 hrs/21Z'F. Thicknesses available (inches) 56 Xs 36 54 X, 54 nd greater 56 X. 56 54 X* 54 greater 56 Xi Xi V, X, 54 and greater Width available finches) Standard--36 Special--42 Standard--36 Special--42 Standard--36 Special--42 Size of rolls available (approx.) &--100 lbs. Jfj" and over, 200 lbs. J6"-100 lbs. >6" and over, 200 lbs. J&'-IOO lbs. >6" and over, 200 lbs. Finishes available Standard--cloth Special--smooth Thru yt", cloth finish Over smooth finish Thru yt~, cloth finish Over smooth finish Tolerances on thicknesses (Inches) 56 .012 016 y, .020 X. A 54 -031 56 -012 56 & 36 -016 y, .020 X*& 54 -03i 56 -012 J6&J6-016 yt .020 Xi 54 --031 Meets specifications: ASTM-D-735i SAE J 14 Grade R-615 B, FI. F2 ASTM-D-2000SAE J 200 5AA620A13B 13B3W17U4 HH-G-156-C Class C ASTM-D-1330 Grades 1 & 2 ASTM-D-2000 SAE 1 200 2AAB10A13 F17L14 ASTM-D'735* SAE J 14 Grade R-810 ASTM-D-2000SAE J 200 2AA810A13 F17 U4 Thickness 1/32" 1 716" (-0095) (-0102) 3/32" 1/8" (-0110) (-0118) 3/16" 1/4" (-0133) (-0149) How breaded Garlock name end style no. FBW-098 23 6023 8312 Natural Rubber Neoprene 7986 Neoprene 8639 7797 Neoprene Neoprene 9122 Nitrile 8495 Nitrile 8459 Nitrile 8752 CPE-Black 35 5 50 5 60 5 70 5 80 5 60 5 70 5 80 5 70 5 3000 p.s.i. 1500 p.s.i. 2000 p.s.i. 1900 p.s.i. 1500 p.s.i. 2000 p.s.i. 2600 p.s.i. 210Q p.s.i. 1000 p.s.i. 600% 375% 350% 275% 125% 500% 450% 300% 225% 22 hrs./l50* F. 70 hrs./212` F. 70 hrs./212* F. 70 hrs./212* F. 70 hrs./212* F. 22 hrs./212`F 25% max. 35% max. 35% max. 65% max. 75% max. 20% max. 22 hrs./212'F 40% max. 22 hrs./212'F 25% max. 22 hrs./302'F 45% max. X4-2.8* i. yd. X.-3-8# sq. yd. X.-4-0# sq. yd. X.-4-2# sq. yd. Xa-4-3# sq. yd. Xa-3-45# sq. yd. Xa-3-5# sq- yd. Xa-38# sq. yd. Xa-3-9# sq. yd. -7 to 0% -4 to +3% 0 to +10% -7 to 0% -10 to +5% -10 to +5% -5 to +5% -4 to +3% 4-60 to 4-90% +50 to +80% +40 to +70% +45 to +60% Oto +25% Oto +35% + 16 to +35% -60 to -40% X. & X X. X *"d treater X. % A X. A nd treater X. X. A X4 A "d greater X. X. % A X. A >nd greater >6 X* Xi A X* A "d greater Xa A Xa A and greater X. A Xa X and greater X. X Xa X and greater Xa Xi A Standard--36 Standard--36 Standard--36 Special--42 Standard--36 Special--42 Standard--36 Special--42 Standard--36 Special--44 Standard--36 Special-44 Standard--36 Special--44 Standard-36 Special--42 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. &--100 lbs. Xt~ 4 over, 200 lbs. J&--100 lbs. XC 4 over, 200 lbs. 200 lbs. over y-15 ft. lengths 200 lbs. over y-15 ft. lengths 200 lbs. over y-15 ft. lengths 200 lbs. Smooth Smooth Smooth Xj'&Xa" cloth XT 4 Xa" doth Smooth over X" smooth over Xa" smooth Smooth Smooth cloth Xa&Xr*.016 y, .020 K.&K .031 X.&%-016 y, .020 X&X-31 Xi&X:-012 yt .020 Xt^A -031 Xj .012 Xa 4 Xi -016 yt .020 Xa 8 X .031 36 -"12 X44%.016 y, .020 Xa 8 X -831 X,4&.016 y, .020 X.&X -031 Xa 8 Xi -- -18 yt .020 Xa & X --031 X.8X: -016 Xa & X2 -016 y, .020 j y, .020 Xa 4 X -- -831 Xa & X 031 HH-G-156C Class A ASTM-D.735* SAE J 14 ; Grade SC515 8. El. E3. FI A STM-D-2000 - ASTM-0*2000- SAE J 200 SAE J 200 4AA425A13 6BC515A14B14 B33F17L14 1 C12E14E34G21 ASTM-D-735SAE J 14 Grade SC612 B. El. E3. FI ASTM-D-2000SAE J 200 6BC620A14 B14 El 4 ASTM-D-735SAE J 14 Grade SC720 El, E3 ASTM-0-2000SAE J 200 6BC715A14 B14E14E34G21 ASTM-O-735SAE J 14 Grade SCS15 El. E3 ASTM-D-2000SAE J 200 2BEB15A14 E14E34 ASTM-D-2000 SAE J 200 5BG620A14 B14B34E14 E34 ASTM-D-735SAEJ14 Grade SB 720A MIL-D*3377Typel ASTM-D-735SAE 1 14 Grade SB820 El MIL-D-3377 ASTM-D-2000SAE J 200 3BG725B14 E14 ASTM-D-2000SAEJ 200 6BG820A14 B14E14E34 earlock name and style no. FBW-099 Kt * J^-Carlock name and style no. Others--Carlock name only Garlock name only ASTM-D-2000SAEJ200 2CE710A16B15 Unbranded 24 9oth inserted rubber sheet for gasketing or diaphragm service In the manufacture of rubber diaphragm sheet, Garlock utilizes the elasticity and extensibility features of rubber and the tough construction of a fabric insert. The result: a sturdy diaphragm sheet that has an ex tremely high burst strength and, yet, has the flexibility so vital in diaphragm service. Each Garlock diaphragm style is specially com pounded, using various combinations of rubbers and fabric inserts, to meet specific sets of service condi tions. For example, Garlock offers for normal service, where temperatures are -low, SBR or neoprene rubbers with either cotton sheeting, hose duck or tire duck inserts. Nylon insert is combined with neoprene where higher pressure and temperature diaphragm service is en countered. When selecting diaphragm sheet material, extreme care should be exercised. Such factors as pressures, fluids, required stroke, and life expectancy deserve careful consideration. Detailed information provided in the chart below can give you valuable assistance in this selection process. However, we suggest that before you make your final choice of diaphragm sheet, you contact your nearest Garlock sales representative. He will gladly help you in determining a diaphragm material's suitability for your particular needs. Cloth-Inserted Rubber ; -- Material Hardness(Shore A) Burst Test lcross 2" diameter opening Number of plies Weight (lbs. per square yard) Thicknesses available (inches) Width available (inches) Finish available Tolerances on thicknesses 619 \ SBR rubber with 5 oz. cotton sheeting in *j" thickness as fabric insert, 12 oz. cotton chafer in all others SBR rubber with 22 oz. tire duck fabric insert 80 50 7992 8798 Neoprene with 22 oz. tire duck fabric insert i Neoprene with 13 oz. nylon fabric insert 9205 Nitrile with 4.5 OZ. nylon fabric insert 1 50 50 ! 50 270 p.s.i.g. 1 ply) *, *, *,-i piy y,-2 ply *,-3 ply 'A-4 ply K *, * *,-2 ply M-3 ply 1 1 piy *,"- 2-1 *,"- 5.8 *,"-11.4 K."~ 4-1 y,'~ 7.6 ! JT-15.2 *."- 3.4 vr- 6.8 JT-13.5 *,"- 5.1 *,--10.1 *,,*,.*,.*. *,.* y**,. *.. 270 p.s.i.g. (*"-l ply) ; i i 1000 p.sXg.(^-l ply) *. *, & y,-t piy *,-2 ply *-3 ply *, *, & 'A-1 piy *,--2 piy J4-3 ply 350 p.s.i. (*," or *,"-i piy) *,&*,-! piy Hr- 3.6 vr- 7-5 vr-14.8 *,"- 5.6 *..*,.*.*,,* 3.7 y,~- 7-6 vr-14.6 5.8 *,--11-4 *,. *J. 'A. *,. 'A *,"-2.06 *,"-4-13 *,.*, 44 44 44 56 44 Smooth *>*,.*,.012 y, .oi6 *,. 'A -03i Smooth *,. *, .012 A .016 *,. 'A -031 Smooth *,. *> -012 y, .oi6 *,,!4.031 Garlock name nd style no. Smooth K..& -012 % .016 *, A -031 Smooth *, -016 *, -012 frw.i nn 25 Easy ordering method for cloth-inserted rubber sheet 1/32" a standard roll is 100#, for 1/16" and up, a standard roll is 200 pounds.) Now you can convert ordering data for cloth-inserted rubber sheet into nine-digit code numbers ... thus al lowing further use of data processing equipment for order entry and disbursements. 1. First, check the chart on page 24 to make sure the style number is available in the thickness you wish. 2. Use five digit number for the sheet style you wish to buy. 3. Follow this with the four digit number for the sheet thickness you wish. 4. In front of the resulting nine digit number, indicate the number or standard rolls you wish to buy. (For Style No. 19 619 7992 8798 9205 Ordering No. (31002-) (31026-) (31180-) (31119-) (31136-] Thickness* 1/32" 1/16" 3/32" 1/8" 3/16" 1/4" Ordering No. (-0247) (-0254) (-0261) (-0270) (-0285) (-0301) Different for Style 8798 - Please Inquire. Woven asbestos gasketing cloth style 605 Garlock 605 is woven from white asbestos yarn which has been reinforced with brass wire. It is impregnated with a high temperature-resistant natural rubber ce ment. Garlock 605 was specially designed for use against steam, gases and aqueous solutions other than strong mineral acids. Easy ordering method for woven asbestos gasketing cloth style 605. Now you can order style 605 Gasketing Cloth by nine digit code number... thus allowing further use of data processing equipment for order entry and disburse ments. 1. The five digit code number for all 605 cloth is 31018. 2. Follow this number with the four digit number for the thickness desired. 3/64" 1/16" 1/8" 3/16" 1/4" (-0327) (-0330) (-0346) (-0361) (-0377) 3. In front of the resulting nine digit number, indicate the number of rolls or pounds desired. 3/64" thickness comes in 100# rolls and 1/16" and up comes in 200# rolls. How to order style 604 gaskets. See current price pages for sizes of manhole and hand hole gaskets. How to order style 612 folded tape. This tape is available in a large variety of widths and thicknesses. See current price pages for ordering in formation. Woven AsbestosCtoth, - /; Tape and Gaskets - - cnc Asbestos Cloth with brass wire insertion, impregnated with a high temperature resistant rubber cement Thicknesses available (inches) Yu Xi V. Xi 'A Width available (inches) Size frolls <8 X," 100 lbs. and up 200 lbs. Also available in folded gasket form under style 604 and folded tape under style 612 s 1 > gj U. 1 26 Vegetable fiber sheet Garlock furnishes high-quality Vegetable Fiber sheets compounded with a glue-glycerine binder. Garlock 660 is made of a combination of vegetable fiber, cork and glue-glycerine. It is suitable against oils, solvents, aromatic and non-aromatic fuels up to 250 F. Garlock 660 is a highly compressible sheet... especially useful where lightweight sheet metal flanges are involved. Garlock 681 is a vegetable fiber sheet with a glueglycerine binder. It is suitable against the same media as 660. Easy ordering method for vegetable fiber sheet Now you can convert ordering data for vegetable fiber sheet into nine digit code numbers . . . thus allowing further use of data processing equipment for order entry and disbursements. The code numbers can be used for both standard rolls and standard sheets. Thicknesses Standard .006" thru .021"........ 100 lineal yards rolls: 1/32" & 3/64"........... 50 lineal yards 1/16" thru l/8" .... 25 lineal yards Standard sheets: 3/16" & l/4"........................ 36" x 36" 1. First check to make sure the style number you wish is available in the thickness you wish. 2. Use five digit number for the sheet style you wish to buy. 3. Follow this with the four digit number for the sheet thickness you wish. 4. In front of the resulting nine digit number indi cate the number of standard rolls or sheets you wish to buy. Example: 5 rolls of 1/16" Style 660 would read 5 rolls 310290102. Style No. Ordering No. 660 (31029-) 681 (31035-) Style No. Ordering No. .006" (-0077) .010" (-0084) 1/64" (-0087) .021" 1/32" 3/64" 1/16" 3/32" 1/8" 3/16" 1/4" (-0091) (-0095) (-0099) (-0102) (-0110) (-0118) (-0133) (-0149) Vegetable Fiber Sheet Material Tensile strength (minimum) Compressibility under 1000 p.s.i. load Recovery Oil Resistance after 22 hours in: ASTM #3 eil at 70'-85* F. Thickness increase Weight increase Fuel Resistance after 22 hours in: Fuel B it 70J-85* F. Thickness increase Weight increase Water Absorption after 22 hours in: Distilled water at 70*-S5` F. Thickness increase Weight increase Thicknesses available (inches) Widths available (inches) Tolerances on Thicknesses Meets Specifications How Branded ( 660 Vegetable fiber and cork granules with glue-glycerine binder 1000 p.s.i. 681 1 Vegetabler fiber with glue-glycerine binder 2000 p.s.i. 40%--55% 40% (minimum) 25% -40% 40% (minimum) I 5% (maximum) 30% (maximum) 5% (maximum) 15% (maximum) 5% (maximum) 30% (maximum) 5% (maximum) 15% (maximum) 30% (maximum) 100% (maximum) .010 X, .021 % X, Xa Hi y, X. V* Standard 36" Special 48" in following thicknesses XxXtXi 'A X, 'A .010 X, .0035" .021 X, Xt -05" Xa .008" Xj & greater .016" ASTM-M170-62T Grade P-3415-A SAEJ90 Grade P-3415-A 30% (maximum) 90% (maximum) .006 .010 X, .021 Xx Yu Xa % 'A Xa K Standard 36" .010 X, .0035" .021 % Xa-5" Xa .008" x, & greater .016" ASTM-D-1170-62T Grade P-3313-B SAEJ90 Grade P-3313-8 Garlock name and style number c F B W -1 0 2 27 Garlock CHEMISEAL solid TFE pipe flange gaskets Corrosion-resistant non-contaminating wide tempera ture range ( -- 450 F. to + 500 F.) Garlock gaskets of solid 8764 TFE fluorocarbon resin are used throughout industry wherever resistance to chemical attack or product non-contamination are im portant considerations. Generally, solid TFE fluoro carbon gaskets: (1) are serviceable against any mate rial except molten alkali metals and fluorine under pressure--eliminating change of gaskets to suit medi um; (2) have outstanding non-adhesive properties eliminating gasket sticking where joints are opened frequently. Solid TFE Chemiseal gaskets are available in either ring, full face, or special-shaped forms. Style 8764 TFE gaskets for standard pipe flanges are now "skin-packed" for added cleanliness, protection from damage and for convenience in storage. 1/16" thick gaskets are put up ten per pack and Vs" thick are offered five per pack. Standard Sizes Garlock 8764 Pipe Flange Ring Gaskets--Class 150 Pound Flange PIPE SIZE (inzhes). . OLD STJUOUUID `--'Mi.-. t)S STMIOMO- i 1 2% 1*4 1% VA 3 1% VA VA 3% 1% 2 2 ' 4'A 2% 2% 2% 4% 2V, 3 3 5/4 3'A 3'A 3'A 6% 4 Non-Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges USA 816.21--1952. 2V, 3 3V, 4% 4% 5% BA ' upc sizepinches) V. - 4 5 6 8 to 12 OUT STANDARD - 4 BY, 5 VA 6 BA 8 11 10 13% 12 16% ns SMNDium* I.O. OJJ, 4% BY, 5% VA BA BA 11 m 13% 12A 16% OO NOTE: USA standard size will be shipped unless "old standard" is specified on order. Garlock 8764 TFE sheet Garlock 8764 TFE Sheet, per United States Department of Commerce Standard CS-239-63 Grade B, is available for cutting gaskets in your plant to fill emergency needs for either standard or non-standard flanged joints. TFE Sheet is available in three standard sheet sizes: 24 in. x 24 in., 36 in. x 36 in. and 48 in. x 48 in. and twelve standard thicknesses shown in chart below. Standard sheet size tolerances are + .250 in. --.000 in. TiitiH.uIvBa + .015 - .005 0.40 "A, + .015 - .005 0.75 Ai + .020 -.005 1.12 "A + .016 - .008 1.45 A, + .022 - .011 2.17 'A + .030 -.015 2.89 % + .038 - .019 % + .046 - .022 % + .054 -.027 % +.070 - .035 % + .078 - .039 ti + .087 - .043 in. x 46 in. sheets available in these thicknesses per United States Department of Commerce Standard CS-239-63 Grade C. {Thicknesses greater than 1 in., per United States Department of Commerce Standard CS-239-63 Grade B, available in standard sheet sizes on special order. 4.32 5.73 7.16 8.60 10.00 11.45 FBW-103 Johns-Manville Greenwood Plaza Denver, Colorado 80217 Sales Offices in Principal Cities FBW-104 Johns-Manville Ira FBW-105 CUT GASKETS Many customers ask J-M to furnish cut gaskets. Your local J-M Sales Office can suggest the best facility to meet your individual needs. Johns-ManvilleC Provide This catalog presents the latest developments in JohnsManville gasket materials. Additionally, it features sealing materials for special applications... materials which for many years have had the reputation as "standards" in the industry. Machine designers are well aware of the important role gaskets play in their equipment. For this reason, many equipment manufacturers specify J-M gaskets as original standard parts in their units. This helps assure long, effi cient and dependable equipment operation. Users of those units who will be buying relacement parts and are con cerned with getting continued top performance from equipment investments will be interested in this fact. Your local Johns-Manville Packing Distributor or J-M Rep resentative will be glad to discuss any sealing problem with you. They have extensive technical information avail able ... are trained to recommend packing and gasket ma terials best suited to your specific applications. They can offer many helpful suggestions to simplify problems and thus help keep your costs low. The high temperatures and pressures and extreme corro sive conditions that accompany many of today's equip ment requirements and industrial process systems, make C FBW-106 C 2 CJoohpnySri'gMhat r1m9l7le0 Corp. Gasket Materials superior performance. the gasket play an increasingly important role as a medium for confining liquids and gases. Johns-Manville research and development engineers have kept pace with industrial progress. They have produced new and improved sheet and gasketing products to meet these special requirements. To most users, uniformity is the most important considera tion in any sheet packing ... uniformity of composition, resilience, density and resistance to deterioration. With out complete control of these factors, it is impossible to calculate with any degree of accuracy the dependability or length of service of gaskets made from that material. Johns-Manville exercises extreme care during every stage of manufacture to guard the uniformity of the finished sheet. Rigid manufacturing processes are set up and a highly trained quality control group constantly checks production for conformance to those specifications. As a result, all J-M gasket materials provide a high degree of uniformity and dependability under the particular serv ice conditions for which they are recommended. Complete information on Johns-Manville gasket materials and other sealing elements is given on the following pages. pB\j\j407 3 | CONTENT8 ALPHABETICAL LISTING Chempac TFE* Asbestos Compressed Asbestos Styles & Description Specifications Felted Asbestos........... Firewall Fabric............. Material Selection......... F'arting Agent............... Rubber Sheet............... Specifications Rubber Sheet......... TAMP Procedure......... Woven Asbestos Cloth . TFE (Tetrafluoroethylene) PAGE ----- 15 8. 9,10 . .. 6, 7 .... 11 ___ 16 ........5 ......... 8 . 12, 13 ___ 14 ........4 ___ 15 NUMERICAL LISTING STYLE NO. TYPE PAGE 52___ Compressed Asbestos ............... 10 60. .. .Compressed Asbestos...................... 8 61.... Compressed Asbestos...................... 8 70. .. .Compressed Asbestos ...................... 9 70C.. .Compressed Asbestos .......................9 71:.-. .Compressed Asbestos . ..................... 9 76... . Compressed Asbestos .......................9 '78..: .Compressed Asbestos........... ___ JO . Felted Asbestos Sheet___ __ ___ 11 86A.. .Compressed Asbestos Sheet : ..I. 9 88... . Firewall Sheet................. ... ... .;16 - -89. .. . Firewall Sheet . .. ."................. ... :;16 SI .Asbestos TFE*-Sheet........ .... .... 15 195... .Firewall Sheet ..................... is 96.'.. *;100.. .Woven Asbestos Sheet ....... ___ 15 tlOl.. v'Woven Asbestos Sheet........... ___ -15 -:I03C. .Neoprene Rubber Sheet ...... . .12 r.icwc. . Neoprene Rubber Sheet ... ... 12 105.. . Neoprene Diaphragm Sheet ..____ -13 ", 106R. .Neoprene Diaphragm Sheet..., .13 r;107.. .Red Rubber Sheet................ . 12 109. . .Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet. -........ 12 110. . .Black Rubber Sheet.............. -. 111... 1 Neoprene Rubber Sheet .... ........ 12 112.. . Black Oil-Proof Rubber Sheet ........ 12 113.. .Natural Rubber Sheet........ ........ 13 --114C. . Black Rubber Sheet............. ........ 13 115. . .Rubber Diaphragm Sheet ... .........13 126.. . Nitrile Rubber Sheet............. ........ 13 127. . .Nitrile Rubber Sheet............. .........13 219. . .Felted Asbestos Sheet......... .........11 711. . . Plant Fiber, Seigelite............. ........ 11 Specification Compliance Table ................. 1? Metric Conversion Tables ._.......................... 1 Conversion Tables ...................................... 1 How to Use the TAMP Procedure for Selecting Gasket Materials... 1. Determine P x T factor by multiplying operating pressure (P, psi) by operating temperature (T, F). 2. Refer to Table B. Locate P X T factor (column a). If value falls between listed values, use next higher value. 3. Check maximum temperature (column b) to insure basic type of material (column c) will withstand service temperature. If service temperature exceeds listed value, select the material having higher temperature resistance. 4. Refer to application and media (column d) for specific service conditions. Select style number (column e). Other Factors to Consider When Selecting Gaskets By TAMP Method 1. Is material selected readily available; is it in stock? 2. Does customer have a preference for particular type of material? 3. Is price a factor? The question is frequently asked: "What are the im portant points to remember in considering gasket materials so we can avoid costly failure?" Gasket engineering is a complex study, but there are certain simple answers to this commonly asked question. Three factors, or variables, must be considered: The nature of the fluid to be sealed Internal pressure and temperature The available bolt force on the gasket The tables, shown here, chart these variables and suggest material styles which might fill the need. Obviously, the material must be impervious to the action of the confined fluid. Then, bolt force must always exceed the internal pressure and temperature forces that work against gasket closures. And bolt force must be adequate to meet the sealing stress requirements needed to cause a gasket material to flow properly so as to effect the seal. When extreme pressures and temperatures act on the gasket: If internal pressures reach 1200 psi or temperatures ex ceed 850 F, safe practice calls for a sturdy metal gasket that offers the high resiliency needed to follow expanding and contracting movements of flanges. A wide variety of durable, resilient corrosion resistant metallic gaskets for high temperature and high pressure service are described in the J-M Catalog on Metallic Gaskets. r Q Seating Stress Requirements for J-M Sheet Materials For service at low to medium temperature and pressures: As a rule of thumb, if multiplying the operating pressure (psi) by operating temperature (F) results in a product not exceeding 320,000, a gasket of a quality compressed asbestos sheet material can usually be used with complete safety. For service at temperatures approaching 850F: APxT factor of 250,000 should be considered the limit for use of compressed asbestos gaskets. If corrosive fluids are encountered: The best solution to the constant attack of chemicals and solvents is a gasketing material, such as chemically inert J-M Chempac Sheet. J-M Style No. Thickness Inches Casket Seating Stressf Minimum, psi J-M Style Ho. Thickness Inches Sasket Seating Stress Minimum, psi 71 60,61,78 1/64 1/32 1/16 1/8 1/64 1/32 1/16 1/8 76.86A 52 1/64 1/32 1/16 1/8 2250 1500 1200 900 3000 2000 1600 1200 3750 2500 2000 1500 83B 91 100 KMC 107 117 711 1/16 3/32 All 1/32 & up 1/32 & up 2 ply 3 ply 4 ply All fThese minimum seating stresses are based on J*M experience and are minimum values required to flow the material and effect a seal. 1000 1600 2500 175 200 2500 2100 1800 750 FBW-108 A i O The Nature of the Fluid J-M SHEET MATERIAL STYLE NUMBERS Compatible with various MEDIA MEDIA >T MATERIAL Compressed Asbestos Pages 6. 7.8. 9.10 AHpfcitie Aramitic Weak Aeiis Street Aefrfs Weak Stmt Vffftstt* 9*4 Dielectric Hot Freon Hytfrtcartio Hyirietrka* ill Salts art Salts Rasas lasts Stlnats Animal Oils Fail Resistant* on Types 60 76 60 86A so 10 76 10 ii 71 76 78 76 78 78 78 For hig bolt loading, smooth flange s, high pressu e (1200 psi maximu m) and high temperature (8 jO F max mum, except 50 F maximum for Style 76) * 76 76 78 78 Rubber, Vegetable and Soft Asbestos Pages 11,12,13,14,15 Fabric Page 36 Chempac Fabric Page 15 104C 107 104C 127 107 104C 3 B 104C 107 711 107 104C 104C 107 113 For low bolt loading, im perfect flanges, low pressure (200 psi nlaximum, except 250 p<si maximum for style 711 and 20 psi maximum or Style 83B) and medium te mperatur e (300 m iximum, exet*pt 250 F maximt m for Sty le 711 and 40C F maximum for Style 83B). 100 too 100 100 100 For met ium-low bolt 1 lading,rough flanges, mediurn pressure (500 psi m aximum) ant medium tempe ature (100F nlinimum, 450 F maximum).* 11 | 91 91 91 91 91 91 11 11 ' For medium bolt loadin g, smooth flan ges,maximum fl uid resist: nee and lc w swell, met ium pressure (500 psi max mum) and medium temperat ire (550 F ma ximum, except 400 F mai imum for food service .* Maximum figure should be considered for one condition only--not in combination or both. -- O Internal Pressure and Temperature (a) PxT Max. 15,000 40,000 75,000 125,000 250.000 320,000 (b) TEMP. F Max. 300 250 500 400 850 700 (c) BASIC TYPE OF MATERIAL (d) APPLICATION AND MEDIA (e) J-M STYLE NO. Rubber General Service Oil & Petroleum Solvents 107 104C Vegetable Fiber General Service 711 TFE Rubberized Asbestos Cloth Compressed Asbestos Chemical Service General Service Gas, Oil General Service Oils & Petroleum Solvents Strong Acids and Salts Controlled Swell Dielectric Properties 91 100 101 60 78,76 86A 52 71 GLOSSARY OF RUBBER COMPOUND TERMS USED IN THIS BOOK ASTM Reference SBR CR NR IR NBR HR ABR Composition Styrene-butadiene rubbers Chloroprene rubbers isoprene rubber, natural (soprene rubber, synthetic Nitrile-butadiene rubbers Isobutylene-isoprene rubbers Acrylate-butidiene rubbers Former Designation Reference GR-S or Buna S Neoprene Natural rubber Natural Synthetic Buna N or Nitrile rubber Butyl Polyacrylic rubber FBW-109 5 1 Sheets Physical Properties anc MATERIAL COMPOSITION COLOR SPECIAL FEATURE TENSILE STRENGTH Longitudinal Transverse Average COMPRESSIBILITY STYLE eo, ei White Chrysotile Asbestos with SBR binder Style 60 is Slate Gray Style 61 is Egg Shell White Style 60 General Service Conditions Style 61 For Food Service 5500 psi 2500 psi 4000 psi 11% STYLE 70 White Chrysotile Asbestos with SBR binder Slate Gray Hot Oil Resistance Dense, Harder Than 60 4500 psi 2500 psi 3500 psi 8% STYLE C70 White Chrysotile Asbestos with Modified SBR Binder Gray/Black Excellent Hot Oil Resistance 6000 psi 3000 psi 4800 psi 9% RECOVERY 55% 55% 50% LOSS OF TENSILE (#3 OIL) THICKNESS INCREASE (#3 OIL) 55% 35% 55% 25% 30% 20% i V WEIGHT INCREASE (FUEL B) THICKNESS INCREASE (FUEL B) 20% 15% 16% 18% 13% 13% SHEET SI2ES THICKNESSES 40' x 42" 40'x 126" * 50'x 50' * 60'x 63' 60'x126' 75"x 75" 75'x150' 100'x150' 120"x126" 150'x150" *40"x 63" Xa", V, V, Vi", Va" Ha", V, X.", Va" 40" x42" 40"x126" 50"x 50" 60"x 63" 60"x126" 75"x 75" 75"x150" 100"x150" 120"x126" 150"x150" Xa", V, V, %" NOMINAL WEIGHTS IN LBS. PER SQ. YD. SPECIFICATIONS MET ASTM SAE Federal Military Other yu" (1.36 lbs.), x," (2.67 lbs.), X6" (5.35 lbs.), Vt" (10.2 lbs.), %" (15.1 lbs.), Va" (20.0 lbs.) Vu" (1.3 lbs.), (2.6 lbs.), yt" (5.2 lbs.), Vb" (10.0 lbs.), X" (14.8 lbs.), Va" (19.7 lbs.) VW (1.36 lbs.), X," (2.73 lbs.) Xs" (5.45 lbs.), W' (10.5 lbs.)Yi" (19.7 lbs.) D1170-P1161A J90a-Pl161A HH-P-46C MiI-A-17472B MIL-G-12803A UL Guide 143A7 D1170-P1161A J90a-P1161A HH-P-46C Mil-A-17472B MIL-G-12803A UL Guide 143A7 D1170-P1151A J90a-P1161A HH-P-46C MH-A-17472B c '(Denotes sizes normally stocked in thickness up to and including Vi") "Except tor tensile strength loss after immersion. 6 FBW-110 Asbestos Sheets Specification Data* STYLE 71 White Chrysotile Asbestos with specially formulated binder Gray Dielectric properties -A 4700 psi 2300 psi 3500 psi 17% 49% -- -- STYLE 76 White Chrysotile Asbestos with CR Binder Black Will Handle Refrigerants and Hot Oils STYLE 78 White Chrysotile Asbestos with NBR Binder Gray/Black A low compressibility sheet with outstanding tensile properties and excellent for oil solvent service. STYLE 86A Asbestos and specially formulated binder Blue-Gray Acid Resistant 5500 psi 2500 psi 4000 psi 9% 7300 psi 4100 psi 5700 psi 9% 6000 psi 2500 psi 4300 psi 14% 65% 57% 45% 30% 12% -- 20% 6% -- STYLE 52 Asbestos and specially formulated binder Tan Controlled Swell 7000 psi 3000 psi 5000 psi 10% 50% -- 75% -- 13% 10% -- -- -- 18% 8% -- 40% 40" x 42" 40"x 126" * 60"x 63" 60"x 126" 120"x126" 40"x 42" 40"x126" 50"x 50" 60"x 63" 60"x126" 75"x 75" 75"x150" 100"x150" 120"x126" 150"x150" 40'x 42" 40'x 126' 50"x 50' * 60"x 63" 60'x126" 75' x 75" 75'x150" 100"x150" 120"x126' 150"x150" 40"x 42" 40"x126" 50"x 50" 60"x 63" 60"x126" 75"x 75" 75"x150" 100"x150" 120"x126" 150"x150" 40'x 42" 40"x126' 50" x 150" 60'x 63" 60'x 126' 75" x 75" 75"x 150" 100"x150" 120'x 126' 150"x150" Mt", Mi". Mt". Vi", Mt", V4" 4* t rn i Ab i Vs Mt", Mi". Hi", V>" Mt". Mi", Mt". Vi" Mt", Mi", Mt", Vi", Mt", %" (1.0Mt" lbs.), Mi" (2.0 lbs.), Mt" (4.0 lbs.), y8" (8.1 lbs.), Hi" (12.1 lbs.), yA" (16.1 lbs.) Mt" (1.6 lbs.), Ml" (2.9 lbs.), X," (1.4 lbs.), Hr" (2.8 lbs.), Mt" (5.8 lbs.), y8" (11.5 lbs.) Mt" (5.6 lbs.), Vs" (11.2 lbs.) Mi" (2.6 lbs.), Mt (5-3 lbs.), y8" (10.7 lbs.) Mi" (2.8 lbs.) -- D1170-P1151A J90a-P1151A Mil-A-7021 B Class 1'* MIL-G-12803A UL Guide 143A7 AMS 32321 D1170-P1141A JB0a-P1141A MH-G-18498B Mil-G-12803A AMS 3232) Not a "Specification" Sheet, but a functional design FBW-111 (Certification requirements must be stated in order. The values given herein are average typical values obtained in accordance with accepted test methods and should not be used as a basis for specifications. 7 Sheets Johns-Manville This rugged, compressed asbestos material is noted throughout industry for stability and versatility. Now available with parting agent applied to both sides. J-M DU Service Sheet makes sturdy, efficient seals, suitable for al most universal application against a wide range of conditions. Especially recommended for high pressure and high tempera ture use, Service Sheet is effective in general industrial proc esses and in refining and chemical processes. It seals super heated steam, air, gas, water, oil, ammonia, some acids and chemicals, and many other fluids and gases. Tough and dura ble, yet extremely pliable, it seats readily to form a tight seal, and retains its resiliency over a long period of time. Easy to handle and cut. Sendee Sheet is carefully compounded from long-fiber asbestos, SBR synthetic rubber binder, fillers and curatives. It is then calendered and cured under heat and pressure. Possessing exceptional anti-aging characteristics and excellent stability, it does not dry out in storage. J-M 01 Service Sheet contains all the attributes of Style 60, and is suitable for applications where color contamination may be obectionable. J-M Non-Stick Parting Agent-The new non-stick parting agent is a clean surface lubricant coating applied to both sides of a .compressed asbestos sheet. It prevents gaskets cut from our compressed asbestos sheets from sticking to flange faces and permits easy disassembly of the metal parts. J-M Parting Agent consists of a combination of non-stick substances applied to both sides of the sheet by precision equipment. It is regarded by authorities as a significant step forward towards upgrading the quality of sheet packings in the industry. J-M Parting Agent is uniquely effective, but so sparingly ap plied that thickness tolerances are unaffected. The Parting Agent does not interfere with the excellent sealing qualities of J-M sheet packing --nor adversely affect gasket stress relaxation. Users are not required to perform any additional treatment, such as coating with oil, etc. Simply install dry for best performance. FBW-112 8 C Sheets available for sealing those "Problem Areas" J-M /U Asbestos Sheet for critical services where a sheet harder and denser than Style 60 is required. It is similar in construction to No. 60, except for hard ness, density and treatment to improve resistance par ticularly to hot oil. Furnished only in 40"x 63" sheets in 1/64" thickness and up. Slate gray color. Temperatures to 850 F. J-M /Ul -- Similar to styles 60 and 70 but binder modi fied to give superior hot oil resistance than style 70. Style 70C is available in a full range of sheet sizes in thicknesses from Vm" thru Vs". Gray-Black in color. Temperatures to 850 F. J-M II Asbestos Sheet for Electric Service is a high dielec tric strength material. It is particularly efficient in serv ice on heavy-duty transformers, electromagnets and similar applications where a firm but compressible gas ket and voltage isolator combination is needed. This sheet has excellent general gasket characteristics with especially good sealing qualities because of softness. Also has excellent tensile strength properties. Temperatures to 800 F. /bJ-M Asbestos Neoprene-Bonded Sheet is a high tensile strength sheet for both high and low temperatures at low, medium and high pressures. It will handle hot oils, petroleum solvents, refrigerants such as Freon, animal and vegetable oils, carbon tetrachloride, etc. and is used extensively for aircraft applications. Temperatures to 750 F. % oOAJ-M Acid-Resistant Sheet is a compressed asbestos sheet composed of long asbestos fibers combined with a special binder specifically formulated to resist attack by many acids and alkalies found in the chemical industry. J-M Research tests showed the material to be highly resistant to attack after exposure to various concentra tions of acids (nitric, hydrochloric, sulfuric). Temperatures to 850 F. 9 Sheets J FBW-113 Sheets J-M Compressed Asbestos Sheet (continued) Additional Sheet Styles for sealing those "Problem Areas" e J-M 10 Sheet provides improved oil resistance and in creased tensile strength. New Buna-N Blend com pressed Asbestos Sheet Packing is designed for sealing "problem areas" which previously required more costly packings. Style 78 offers higher-than-average resistance to many oils and solvents. It will handle hot oils, petroleum solvents, various refrigerants, animal, vegetable and hydraulic oils, carbon tetrachloride, fuel oils, and is highly suited for aromatic services. J-M 78 is tough and strong, offering tensile strength 2 times greater than many Industry Specifications. It is particularly suitable to operations requiring a sol vent-resistant material, great strength and low stressrelaxation. It offers valuable PREMIUM features, be yond the range of the excellent, versatile J-M Style 60. Available with special J-M Parting Agent on request. J-M 0/ Sheet has controlled high swell characteristics to take advantage of the fluid being sealed and assist in forming a more nearly perfect seal. As the sheet swells it conforms to any irregularity on the surfaces being sealed without degrading in service. This ma terial is unique compared to normal compressed asbestos sheets. GENERAL NOTES The figures given here can be used as a general guide in deter mining whether J-M Service Sheet gaskets might meet particu lar requirements. Actually, Service Sheet has been used effectively at temperatures higher than 850 F under certain conditions. Refer to discussion on Page 4, for added informa tion on correct gasket selection. Temperature vs. Pressure 65 F....................... 2500 psi 250 F....................... 1250 psi 400 F....................... 800 psi 650 F....................... 500 psi 850 F............................ 300psi Compressed Asbestos Sheet Packings usually contain an asbestos fiber content of 65 to 75%, 10 to 20% rubber binders with the remaining percentages consisting of filler material and curatives. FBW-114 io ( < J-M Felted Asbestos Sheet Packing Soft, conformable sheet for severe conditions |he,ted "n7*er J-M L13 Sheet is a felted sheet packing for sealing flanges, and other parallel surfaces on equipment handling hot combustion gases and similar media, where tempera tures may reach 1000 F. Made from long fiber asbestos, J-M 219 is a thoroughly felted asbestos millboard bonded with a special heatresistant, rubberless binder. Formed on a wet machine compressed while wet, then dried properly under pres sure, it is much stronger and more durable than ordi nary felted sheets. It conforms readily, and is easily handled and worked. Natural white color. Temperatures to 100DF, and higher (1500-1800F) in many special applications. Consult with your J-M Engineering Representative. 83BJ-M Acid-Resistant Sheet is a soft, conformable felted material. Used to seal lightly bolted, lowpressure flanges or assemblies, it can handle most acids. It is especially suitable for glass and glasslined equipment. For higher pressures, see Chempac, p. 15. Made of white Chrysotile asbestos, felted together and bonded with an acid-resistant compound. Temperatures to 400F; pressures to 20 psi. Blue-gray color. FELTED ASBESTOS -- Sizes, Approximate Weights and Method of Packaging Style No. Sheet sire, inches 1/32" 1/16" Approximate weight, lbs. per sheet 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" 3/16" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 836 44" x 51" - 4.3 -- 8.6 -- -- - -- -- 219 42" x 48" 2.1 3.9 6.2 12 10.2 12.0 15.7 23.1 30.3 Form of Package NOTE: Weights here are per sheet Sheets furnished in standard carton quantities J-M Plant Fiber Sheet Packing Economical general purpose materials for sealing petroleum products, hot or cold water, 711J-M Seigelite plant fiber sheet is a strong, dense ma terial impregnated with glue glycerine compound for sealing flanges handling gasoline, benzine, oil, greases and hot or cold water. It is also widely used for gas kets on automotive applications such as fuel pumps and oil filters where conditions do not demand the higher quality compressed asbestos materials. Because of Seigelite's solvent resistance, it is preferred to rubber sheets or cloth-inserted rubber materials in many applications. Tough and resilient, it handles well, cuts cleanly, and can be used in minimum thick nesses. Tan color. Temperatures to 250 F. At cold temperatures readily handles pressures to 500 psi. PLANT FIBER --Sizes, Approximate Weights and Method of Packaging Style No. 711 Seigelite Sheet or Roll Size (inches) Rolls 36" wide Sheets 36" x 48" Approximate weight, lbs. per square yartl .010 1/64" .020 1/32" 1/16" .36 .56 .70 1.1 2.15 -- 1/8" 4.40 Form of Package Available in Vs" thickness as 36" x 48" sheets, or in 25 linear yard rolls. FBW-115 Rubber Styles Johns-Manville GENERAL PURPOSE SHEET STYLES 107j m Liberty Red Rubber Sheet is an excellent grade rubber material for general service. It is non-staining and non-marking. It is suitable for medium pressure hydraulic applications such as hot and cold water, air and saturated steam. A relatively light weight material that remains soft and pliable, yet does not extrude in joint1.. J-M 107 Liberty Sheet is made from a special heatresistant SBR rubber compound. Using selected ma terials, it is calendered and vulcanized under careful control to assure uniformity. Has fine cloth imprint finish. J-M 107meets ASTM D-2000.AA805.D-1330Gr.L2. Duromcter hardness, 70-85. Temperature to I80F. 109j m Cloth-Inserted Rubber Sheet is particularly suited for general service against low-pressure cold water and where the additional strength of the cloth-inserted (C.I.) rubber is needed on narrow flanges employing high bolt forces. The clothinserted SBR rubber is specially compounded to retain resiliency and pliability when exposed to cold water conditions. Press vulcanized to a plate finish. Black color. J-M 109 meets ASTM D-2000. AA805.D-1330Gr.2. Duromcter hardness of rubber compound without fabric, 70-85. Temperature to 180F. J-M 110 Black Rubber Sheet is a hard general purpose sheet compounded of blended SBR rubber, and pressed to a smooth finish. It is a standard material intended for medium-pressure hydraulic applica tions such as hot and cold water, air, and saturated steam. J-M 110 meets ASTM D-2000.AA805.D-1330 Gr. 2. Duromcter hardness, 70-S5. Temperature to 180F. NEOPRENE SHEET STYLES 103Cjm Neoprene Sheet is a high-grade sheet packing which resembles J-M 104C, but can be used where softer Neoprene packing is desired for light bolting or rough flanges. Press vulcanized to plate finish. J-M 103C meets ASTM D-2000. 2BC405, A14 and M1L-R-3065C. SC-405. Duromcter hardness, 35-45. Temperature to 250F. 104Cjm Neoprene Sheet is especially well suited for sealing oil, gasoline, and petroleum solvents. Com pounded of CR (Neoprene) rubber that is relatively impermeable to gases, it effectively seals propane, butane, hydrogen, etc. (Neoprene is not recom mended for chlorinated and aromatic solvents such as benzol and carbon tetrachloride.) Physically, J-M KMC has excellent tensile strength. Press vul canized to a plate finish. Black color. J-M 104C meets ASTM D-2000. 3BC605. A14 and MIL-R-3065C. SC-605. Duromcter hardness, 55-65. Temperature to 250F. J-M 1 1 1 Neoprene Sheet is a commercial grade Neo prene sheet with good oil-resisting qualities. Com pounded of CR (Neoprene), it is the same as J-M 112 sheet packing but somewhat softer. J-M 111 meets ASTM D-2000. 2BC505. A14 and MIL-R-3065C. SC-505. Duromcter hardness. 45-55. Temperature to 250 F. 112J-M Black-Oil Proof Rubber Sheet is a long-established oil-resistinc sheet material. Made of a commercial grade CR (Neoprene), it is suitable for services not requiring the exceptional resistance of J-M 104C Neoprene Sheet to oil or gasoline. Press vulcanized to a plate finish. J-M 112 meet- ASTM D-2000. 3BC705. A14 and MII.-R-3065C. SC-705. Duromcter hardness. 65-75. Temperature to 250 F. 12 FBW-116 Rubber Sheet Packing A complete range of materials in natural or synthetic rubber. Rubber Styles! DIAPHRAGM SHEET STYLES 105JM Neoprene Diaphragm Sheet is a high-grade, general purpose, diaphragm material with broad ap plication in oil and gasoline service such as fuel pumps, control valves and similar uses. It contains high quality insertions of square-woven, medium- weight duck to give uniform structural strength over the entire diaphragm area. Press vulcanized to a plate finish. Black color. J-M 105 meets ASTM D-2000. 3BC710, A14, E34 and M1L-R-3065C. SC-710. AIE3. Durometer hardness of rubber compound without fabric. 65-75. Accrape burst ratinp over 2-inch open ing: 1-pltj -- 185 psi. 2-ply -- 285 psi; 3-ply -- 375 psi; 4-ply -- 425 psi. Temperature to 250 F. 106-Rj m Neoprene Diaphragm Sheet is a premium- grade, general-purpose material. Uses doublewoven, nylon cloth insertion to provide great strength and good flexibility. It is recommended for dia phragm service in high-pressure systems. Black color. J-M 106R meets ASTM D-2000. 3BC710, A14, E34 and M1L-R-3065C, SC-710. AIE3. Durometcr hardness of rubber compound without fabric, 55-65. Average burst rating over 2-inch open ing: 1-ply -- 900 psi; 2-ply -- 1400 psi. Temperature to 250 F. 115JM Rubber Diaphragm Sheet is an excellent grade SBR material with a cotton duck insertion. Gives outstanding service on damper regulators, control valves, etc. The SBR rubber compound used in J-M 115 offers maximum resistance to air, water, and steam. Not recommended for oil. The duck insertion is square woven, of medium sensitivity, and supplies the cor rect response and a balanced structural strength over the entire diaphragm area. Press vulcanized to a plate finish. Black color. J-M 115 meets ASTM D-2000, 4AA615. A13. B13 and MIL-R-3065C, RS615. Durometer hardness of rubber compound without fabric, 55-65. Average burst rating over 2-inch open ing: 1-ply -- 150 psi; 2-ply -- 230 psi; 3-ply -- 320 psi; 4-ply -- 350 psi. Temperature to 180 F. SBR and NATURAL RUBBER STYLES J-M 113 Natural Rubber Sheet is a tan, full-floating, pure gum, non-staining rubber which resists most inor ganic salts, ammonia, acids and alkalies. Made of the best quality NR (natural rubber), J-M 113 de forms easily and recovers readily on doors, closures and rough flanges, such as refrigeration applications, marine service, and general industrial gasket. J-M 113 meets ASTM D-2000, 4AA430. A13 and MIL-R-3065C, RN430A. Durometer hardness, 35-45. Temperature to 200 F. 114CJ-M Black Rubber Sheet is an SBR material which can be used in service against mild acid. Also suited for hot and cold water, air, and saturated steam. It is a medium-hard, high-grade rubber with a plate finish. Durometer hardness, 55-65. Temperature to 180F. NITRILE SHEET STYLES 126j-M Nitrile Rubber Sheet is a soft, high-grade sheet packing recommended as gasketing material for solvents and aromatic fuels. NBR (Nitrile, Buna N) is resistant to the effects of sunlight, and has low water absorption characteristics. J-M 126 meeis ASTM D-2000. 5BG415. A14. B14. E34. F19. and MIL-R-3065C. SB415. A. B. E3. F2. M1L-R-15624E. Class 111 and M1L-R-6855C. Class 1. Grade 40. Durometer hardness, 35-45. Temperature to 250 F. 127jm Nitrile .Rubber Sheet is a firm, high-grade NBR (Nitrile, Buna N) sheet similar to J-M 126, but has higher durometer. J-M 127 meeis ASTM D-2000. 5BG615, A14, B14, E34. F19 and M1L-R-3065C, SB615. A, B, E3, F2 and M1L-R-6855C. Class 1. Grade 60. Durometer hardness, 55-65. Temperature to 250 F. FBW-117 13 Rubber Styles J-M Rubber Sheet Packings Style No. Durometer Elastomer DATA and SPECIFICATIONS Temp, t Press. Roll Limits Width Approximate Veights lbs. per sq. yd. fa' Me' Me' y*~ 103C 35-45 Neoprene 250F 150 PSI 36" 50 PSI Steam 2.0 4.0 8.2 12.3 16.4 Specifications Met ASTM Military D-2000 2BC405.A14 SC-406 104C 55-65 Neoprene 250F 200 PSI 36" 50 PSI Steam 2.1 4.2 8.4 12.6 16.8 D-2000 3BC605.A14 105 106R 107 65-75 Neoprene 250F 185 PSI Diaphragm Burst Rating (Duck Insertion) 1-Ply 50" 55-65 70-85 Neoprene 250 "F 900 PSI Diaphragm Burst Rating (Nylon Insert) 1 Ply 56" SBR 180DF 200 PSI 36" 50 PSI Steam (72" special) 2.6 3.8 8.4 13.3 15.2 D-2000 3BC7tO.A14,E34 4.0 8.5 12.0 16.0 0-2000 3BC710.A14.E34 5.2 10.5 15.7 21.0 D-2000 AAB05 D 1330 GR 1 & 2 109 110 111 70-85 70-85 Black Rubber(Duck Insert) 180F 500 PSI 36" (72" special) SBR 180F 200 PSI 36" 50 PSI STEAM 25 3.7 10.0 11.1 14.8 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 45-55 Neoprene 250F 150 PSI 50 PSI Steam 36" - 3.9 8.1 11.7 15.6 D-2000 AA 806 D 1330 GR 2 D-2000 AA 805 D 1330 GR 2 D-2000 2BC505.A14 SC-605 MIL-R-3065C SC-710, AIE3 MIL-R-3065C SC-710 AIE 3 -- -- -- MIL-R-3065C SC-505, 112 65-75 Neoprene 250" F 200 PSI 36" - 4.2 8.5 12.6 16.8 D-2000 3BC705.A14 MIL-R-3065C SC-705, 113 3545 . Natural 200F 150 PSI 36" Rubber 1.5 2.9 5.8 8.7 11.6 D-2000 4AA430.A13 MIL-R-3065C RN430A 114C 55-65 SBR 180F200 PSI 36" - 4.4 7.2 10.8 15.0 -- -- 115 126 55-65 3545 SBR Diaphragm (Duck Insert) 180F150 PSI Burst Rating 1 Ply 54" Nitrile 250F 150 PSI 36" 127 55-65 Nitrile 250F 200 PSI 36" - 3.8 7.8 11.4 15.2 D-2000 4AA615.A13.B13 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 D-2000 5BG415.A14.B14, E34.F19 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 0-2000 5BG615.A14.B14, E34.F19 RS 615 MIL-R-3065C SB41S.A.B, E3.F2 MIL-R-15624E Class IQ M1L-R-6855C Classl Grade 40 MIL-R-3065C MIL-R-6855C Class I Grade 60 NOTES: All Rubber Sheet Materials Are Sold in Roll Form in the Widths Indi cated Above. Roll Sizes Are: Styles 103C. 104C, Ill, 112,113,114C, 115,126. 127-50 yd. rolls - Vn" thick. 100 lb. rolls-%j". V." thick. 27 ft rolls-- 3/is" thick, 40 ft. rolls-- W, 3/a" thick. 20 ft. rolls-- Vj" to 2" thick. Styles 105, 106R, 107,109,110-100 lb. rolls--72" wide. 200 lb. rolls. Thicker sizes are available in many styles and made to order. Consult your J-M Representative. FBW-118 14 J-M Kearsarge Sheet Material Woven Asbestos Asbestos-TFE Rubberized woven asbestos materia! for sealing rough, pitted or warped surfaces. Strong asbestos fabric unsurpassed for service in combustion engines. J-M 100Kearsarge Asbestos Brass Wire Inserted Sheet is a flexible, woven sheet packing for use against steam, water and air. Its adaptable but sturdy construction helps make a tight seal against low, medium or high pressures between rough or warped flanges where other materials do not seal effectively. J-M 100 is made of tightly twisted and woven brass wire inserted asbestos yarns. The material is impreg nated and coated with a heat-resistant SBR rubber compound. White color. It is recommended that flanges using J-M 100 gaskets should be retightened 1-3 hrs. after installation at tem peratures over 100F. Internal pressure during this pe riod should be as low as possible. Temperatures to 450 F; pressures to 500 psi. IUIJ-M Mobilene Sheet is especially recommended for gas, gasoline and diesel engine service. The original "Red and Black" sheet packing Mobilene has, for over 50 years, been unsurpassed for gasketing rough cast flanges such as exhaust manifold flanges, water jacket connections, and some cylinder head applications. It has many applications in marine equipment. Mobilene 101 is a woven, brass-wire inserted asbestos sheet with special red SBR rubber compound impreg nation to withstand temperatures and pressures en countered in services indicated. Heavy graphite coating on one side permits opening a joint without destroying the gasket. Temperatures to 400 F; manifold appl. to 800 F; pres sures to 500 psi. WOVEN ASBESTOS--Sizes, Approximate Weights and Method of Packing Style No. Width of Rolls ioo\ 101 j f48' wide s(3/16' and 1/4' thicknesses (.in 48' x 48' sheets only) Approximate weight, lbs. per square yard 1/32' Nominal Thickness 1/16' 1 1/8' 3/16' 1/4' 4.1 5.8 11.5 17.5 23.0 Form of Package 100 lb. and 250 lb. rolls. One or more rolls per carton. Exception 3/16' and 1/4' sheets crated flat. J-M Chempac Sheet Material resist most solvents, caustics and acids Chempac is the Johns-Manville trade name applied to a range of J-M Asbestos-TFE materials. Each style provides the excellent sealing and heat resistant qualities of asbes tos, plus the immunity of TFE to almost all chemical and solvent action. These high density' sheets are designed for use on conventional metal flanges where strong solvents, caustics and acids must be contained. Chempac Sheet consists of asbestos cloth impregnated with TFE suspensoid and carefully plied. It is free from cracks, flaws or porosity. The finished sheet offers greater mechanical strength than TFE alone and seals effectively at low bolt stresses. It exhibits no cold flow, withstands a wide range of pressures, and the asbestos offers added protection against blow-out. CHEMPAC-Style No 91 J-M 31 Chempac Sheet is a high density, low porosity ma terial primarily for solvent and caustic service but also may be satisfactory in weak or dilute acid conditions. It is made from white asbestos cloth and treated with TFE suspensoid. Excellent for Liquid Oxygen (LOX) and cryogenic services. All white color. Temperatures --320F to 5OOF; pressures to 750 psi. Sheet Size........................... ............. 20" x 20", 40" x 40" Nominal Thickness............ Actual Thickness................. 15 Approximate weight, lbs per sheet Style 91 20" x 20" 40" x 40" 2.39 9.55 FBW-I'I9 Treated Asbestos Cloth Flexible Asbestos Firewall Fabric light, flexible aircraft firewalls that resist flame, vibration and oil -- meet requirements of Aircraft and Missiles. J-M Coated Asbestos Firewall Sheets are widely used on all classifications of civil and military aircraft. Their fire-proofing applications include use as local fire barriers to seal off engine areas; as boots, bellows, or expansion joints; as binding on mating edges of metal parts; and other firewall uses. The materials also adapt to similiar industrial services where a light, flexible flameproof sheet material is required. J-M Firewall Sheets consist of fabric made from Commercial or AA Grade white asbestos yams, plain, or wire-reinforced. The cloth is impregnated and coated on both sides with a flameproof compound. The end product is a non-porous, non-fraying sheet offering exceptional flame resistance despite long ex posure to oils and vibration. Fireproof materials must pass the most severe test, Fire-Resistant materials next, and down through Flame-Resistant to Flash-Resistant materials. Refer ence Civil Aeronautics Manual dated September 19624b.l(g)(l) Fireproof; 4b.1(g) (2) Fire Resist ant; 4b.l (g)(3) Flame Resistant; 4b.l(g)(4) Flash Resistant. J-M 33 Firewall Sheet is made of plain, commercial grade, asbestos cloth without wire insertion. It is impreg nated and coated with a Johns-Manville flameproof compound containing neoprene. Meets MIL-C-7637 Type I requirements. Withstands 2000 F fame for at least 15 minutes; con stant operating temperatures to 250 F. j-M 96 Firewall Sheet is made of commercial grade asbes tos cloth, woven from yam containing brass wire in sertion. It is impregnated and coated with a JohnsManville compound containing neoprene. Meets MILC-7637 Type II requirements. J-M 96 is the basic firewall material developed by Johns-Manville, for the Aviation Industry, to handle the many area fireproofing requirements found on aircraft. Strips and pieces are also used as a flame and fuel-resistant cushion between light metal framework flanges. Withstands 2000 F fame for at least 15 minutes; con stant operating temperatures to 250 F. J-M 03 Firewall Sheet was developed to meet aircraft man ufacturers' requirements for a firewall sheet with the lightest possible weight. Meets FAA fireproof require ments. J-M 89 is made from AA Grade (90-94%) white asbestos cloth, each yam having a fine Inconel wire reinforcement. The cloth is coated and impregnated with the same J-M flameproof compound used in Styles 95 and 96. Withstands 2000 F fame for at least.15 minutes; con stant operating temperatures to 250 F. 88j-m Firewall Sheet meets the need for a sheet with in creased resistance to solvents, hydraulic liquids and other fluids. Meets FAA fireproof requirements. J-M 88 is made from AA Grade (90-94%) white asbestos cloth, each yam having a fine Inconel wire reinforcement. It is then impregnated and coated with a flameproof, fluoro-elastomer compound. Withstands 2000 F fame for at least 15 minutes; con stant operating temperatures to 400 F. il--------------------------------------------------------------------- I For special aircraft and missile requirements, I Johns-Manville furnishes asbestos fabrics treat| ed with Silicone cements and rubbers. TFE, | flameproof aluminum cements and various new j high-temperature sizings. ORDERING INFORMATION: azs. rmtmwnE xbehis smiito. toil OK SHOT SIZES. KCHES apfsox XT., us. res sn. to 3/64" 1/16" 1/8" 3/64" and 1/16" thick-50 yard 95 rolls, 36" wide 96 4.9 10.0 5.1 10.5 89 1 1/8" thick-25 yard rolls, 36" wide 3 88 3Vi FBW-120 16  g: L J-M Gasket Materials SPECIFICATION [M STYLE NO. SPECIFICATION STYLENO ASTM D-2000 (Replaces D735) 4AA430, A13 4AA615, A13, B13 AA805 D1330 GRADE 1 & 2 5BG415, A14,B14, E34,F19 5BG615, A14, B14, E34, FI9 2BC505, A14 3BC710, A14, E34 3BC705, A14 3BC710, A14. E34 D1170 GRADE PI 141A P1151A P1161A P3313B D1330 GRADE 2 113 115 107,109,110 107 126 127 111 106R 112 105 78 76, 70C 60,61,70 711 109.110 SAE J90a GRADE P1141A P1151A P1161A P3313B 78 76, 70C 60,61,70 711 FEDERAL HH-P-46C HH-P-0096F TYPE 1 60, 61. 70, 70c 711 MILITARY MIL-A-7021C CLASS 1 76" MIL-A-17472B 60,61,70,70c MIL-G-12803A 60,61.70 76,711* MIL-G-18498B 78 MIL-R-3065C (MIL-STD-417) CLASS RN430A 113 SB615,A,B,E3,F2 127 SB415,A,B,E3,F2 126 SC-405 103C SC-710, A1E3 105. 106R SC-605 104C MIL-R-6855B CLASS 1 GRADE 40 CLASS II GRADE 60 126 127 MIL-R-15624E CLASS ill 126 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY GUIDE 143A7 OTHER AMS-3232J 60,61,70, 76,711 76,78 Certification requirements must be stated on order. Consult your J-M representative for detailed information. `Doesn't meet all thickness tolerances and fungus resistance test. "Except corrosion requirement. PRODUCT WARRANTY All Products sold are subject to the following warranty: J-M warrants for a period of one year from date of delivery to the original retail purchaser that the Product is free from defects in materials and workmanship. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. IN FACT OR IN LAW, INCLUD ING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR THE WAR RANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. The limit of J-M's liability for failure of its Product to meet the foregoing warranty shall be, at J-M's sole option, repair or replacement of the defective Product and shall exclude any damage covered by mis use or abuse of the Product during installation. IN NO EVENT SHALL J-M BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. The physical properties herein represent typical, average values obtained in accordance with accepted test methods and are subject to normal manufacturing variations. They are supplied as a technical service and are subject to change without notice. Check the Johns-Manville district office to assure current information. -member- FLUID SEALING ASSOCIATION FBW-121 17 Metric Centigrade -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -- 30 --2205 --1150 - 50 105 2105 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 Fahrenheit Centigrade -112.0 - 94.0 - 76.0 - 58.0 - 40.0 - 22.0 - 13.0 - 4.0 + 5.0 14.0 23.0 32.0 41.0 50.0 5689..00 8776..00 95.0 104.0 111232..00 131.0 140.0 149.0 158.0 167.0 80 85 90 19005 111005 111250 125 130 135 140 150 160 170 180 222101290000 230 240 250 260 270 280 F=9/5(C + 32) Fahrenheit 176.0 185.0 194.0 222102231...000 230.0 239.0 248.0 257.0 266.0 275.0 284.0 302.0 320.0 338.0 356.0 374.0 392.0 410.0 428.0 446.0 464.0 482.0 500.0 518.0 536.0 C = 5/9(F --32) Centigrade 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 Fahrenheit 554.0 572.0 590.0 608.0 626.0 644.0 662.0 680.0 69B.0 716.0 734.0 752.0 770.0 788.0 806.0 824.0 842.0 860.0 878.0 896.0 914.0 932.0 950.0 968.0 986.0 11002024..00 INCHES TO MILLIMETERS In. Mil. in. Mil. 2i 25.4 50.8 3 4 17061..26 65 127.0 152.4 87 177.8 203.2 9 228.6 10 254.0 11 279.4 12 . 304.8 13 330.2 14 .355.6 15 381.0 16 406.4 17 431.8 18 457.2 19 482.6 20 508.0 21 533.4 22 558.8 23 584.2 24 609.6 25 635.0 26 660.4 27 685.8 28 711.2 29 736.2 30 762.0 31 787.4 32 812.8 33 838.2 34 863.6 35 889.0 36 914.4 37 939.8 38 965.2 39 990.6 40 1016.0 41 1041.4 42 1066.8 43 1092.2 44 1117.6 45 1143.0 46 1168.4 47 1193,8 48 1219.2 49 1244.6 50 1270.0 51 1295.4 52 1320.8 53 1346.2 54 1371.6 55 1397.0 56 1422.4 57 1447.8 58 1473.2 59 1498.6 60 1524.0 61 1549.4 62 1574.8 63 1600.2 64 1625.6 6665 1651.0 1676.4 6867 1701.8 1727.2 69 1752.6 70 1778.0 71 1803.4 72 1828.8 73 1854.2 74 1879.6 75 1905.0 76 1930.4 77 1955.8 78 1981.2 79 2006.6 80 2032.0 81 2057.4 82 2082.8 83 2108.2 84 2133.6 8685 2159.0 2184.4 8887 2209.8 2235.2 e9 2260.6 90 2286.0 91 2311.4 92 2336.8 93 2362.2 94 2387.6 95 2413.0 96 2438.4 97 2463.8 98 2489.2 10099 2514.6 2540.0 Mil. 12 3 4 56 87 1111029 13 14 15 16 17 18 12221902 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 -MILLIMETERS TO INCHES In. Mil. in. 0.039370 0.078740 0.118110 0.157480 0.196850 0.236220 0.275591 0.314961 0.354331 0.393701 0.433071 0.472441 0.511811 0.551181 0.590551 0.629921 0.669291 0.708661 0.748031 0.787402 0.826772 0.866142 0.905512 0.944882 0.984252 1.023622 1.062992 1.102362 1.141732 1.181102 1.220472 1.259843 1.299213 1.338583 1.377953 1.417323 1.456692 1.496063 1.535433 1.574803 1.614173 1.653543 1.692913 1.732283 1.771654 1.811024 1.850394 1.889764 1.929134 1.968504 51 2.007874 52 2.047244 53 2.086614 54 2.125984 55 2.165354 56 2.204724 57 2.244094 58 2.283465 59 2.322835 60 2.362205 61 2.401575 62 2.440945 63 2.480315 64 2.519685 6665 2.559055 2.598425 6867 2.637795 2.677165 69 2.716536 70 2.755906 71 2.795276 72 2.834646 73 2.874016 74 2.913386 75 2.952756 76 2.992126 77 3.031496 78 3.070866 79 3.110236 80 3.149606 81 3.188976 82 3.228346 83 3.267717 64 3.307087 8685 3.346457 3.385827 8887 3.425197 3.464567 89 3.503937 90 3.543307 91 3.582677 92 3.622047 93 3.661417 94 3.700787 95 3.740157 96 3.779528 97 3.818898 98 3.858268 10099 3.897638 3.937008 18 - NEED INFORMATION ON OTHER J-M PRODUCTS & SYSTEMS? v -Finding out about tham could save you tftiie and money. . Call the naw Johne-Manvllle PRODUCT INFORMATION CENTER ?_ . at (303) 770-1000, Ext 2745. Qlva ua a buzz soonl < SiSl Johns-Manville Greenwood Plaza Denver, Colorado S0217 - Seles Offices In Principal Cities CANADIAN JOHNS-MANVILLE CO., LIMITED 565 LAKESHORE ROAD EAST, MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO JOHNS-MANVILLE INTERNATIONAL CORP., GREENWOOD PLAZA, DENVER, CO. 80217 CABLE: JOHNMANVIL p PK 132A Rev. 9-7c FBW-123 Litho in  Johns-Manville __ 12 packings for pnmps and valves that cover 95% of industry needs FBW-124 Index STYLE NUMBER PAGE CW1 CW2 CGI CF1 CPI CXI CT1 VG1 VT1 VX1 RG1 PG1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 TABLE A STYLE NUMBER CODE EX. ,,C X / Centrifugal Acid Pump Pkg. Service 1 First Recommendation TABLE B APPLICATION OR EQUIPMENT SYMBOLS C--Centrifugal pump V--Valves, Expansion joint R--Reciprocating rods P--Pistons TABLE C SERVICE CLASSIFICATION SYMBOLS Media pH Range G--General T--Caustic P--Pulp and paper F--Food W--Water S--Solvents X--Acids T--Any service above except strong acids pH 0 to 2 4 to 10 10 to 14 4 to 10 4 to 10 6 to 8 4 to 10 0.1 to 2 PRODUCT WARRANTY J-M Products are warranted tree from defects in workmanship and in raw materials of our own manufacture. These products are not guaranteed as to performance under any specific service condition nor tor any specific period of time. Our liability for breach of any Warranty, express or Implied, is limited at our sole option, to refund of the invoice value of our products, or to the replacement thereof F.O.B. our plant or other shipping point, full freight allowed to prior destination. "The physical (or chemical) properties of JohnsManvi!le pump and valve packings represent typical average values obtained in accor. dance with accepted test methods and are subject to normal manu facturing variations. They are supplied as a technical service and are subject to change without notice. Check the Johns-Manville district office to assure current Information." EQUIPMENT MEDIA BEING ^-\SEALED EQUIPMENT (MEDIA SYMBOLS) CENTRIFUGAL RECIPROCATING & EXPANSION JOINTS VALVES PISTONS SIMPLIFIED PACKING SELECTION ACIDS CAUSTICS ! GENERAL PULP & PAPER 1 FOODS 1 COLD ; WATER STERN TUBES j i STEAM i SOLVENTS X T G P F WW G CXI CT1 CGI CPI CF1 CW1 CW2 S CT1 VT1 RG1 VT1 RG1 VX1 VT1 VG1 VG1 VT1 VG1 PG1 PG1 RG1 VG1 VG1 FBW-125 i Johns-Manville Simplified Packing Procedures Twelve styles are all yon need 1. The 12 styles of mechanical packing shown in this catalog will handle 95% of industrial sealing requirements and are designed to avoid duplication of inventories. 2. To back up your distributor and his inventory, J-M maintains over half a million dollars on-the-shelf stock of the items in this book. This assures that all your packing requirements will be met without delay. Selecting the right style of packing First letter indicates type of ecjipment for which packing is designed. (See Table B) Middle letter indicates service or media being sealed for which packing is designed. (See Table C) Last digit indicates our recommendation for the application. Why use second best? Further simplification if desired 1. Styles with "T" as the middle letter (ex CT1) are suitable for any service or media shown in Table C except for aggressive acids with a pH from 0.1 to 2. The following styles could service many industries: a. CT1--Centrifugal pumps b. VG1--Valves FBW-126 2 Johns-Manville Centrifugal Pump Packings r CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS Styles Base Material Impregnation or Lubricant Finish Treatment Temp. Limit RpHange Service CW1 CW2 CGI CF1 CPI CXI CT1 Ramie Flax Asbestos Asbestos Asbestos White Teflon Yarns Asbestos Petroleum base oils & waxes Petroleum base oils, waxes and animal fat Petroleum base wax Non toxic compounds and oils and a special inert grease Petroleum base waxes & oils--no graphite Teflon suspensoid & inert oil Teflon Suspensoid & Low friction Lubricant None None Graphite Mica None None None 200 F. 100'F. 500'F. 300' F. 500" F. 500'F. 500'F. 6 to 8 6 to 8 4 to 10 4 to 9 Cold water Cold water General Service Foods 4 to 10 0 to 14 2 to 13 Pulp and Paper Acid Any service except strong acids pH 0 to 2 MANY CUSTOMERS STANDARDIZE WITH STYLE CT1 as It is compatible with all media except strong acids within the pH range ol 0.1 to 2. Service Classification Symbols G--General T--Caustic P--Pulp and paper F--Food W--Water S--Solvents X--Acids T--Any service above except strong acids pH .1 to 2 FBW-127 3 Johns-Manville Valve Stem Packings VALVES Styles Base Material Impregnation or Lubricant Finish Treatment Temp. Limit Pressure Range Service VG1 Asbestos Jacket Corrosion inhibitor Graphite 1200F Up to General service Inconel wire 5000 psi inserted over plastic core VT1 Asbestos Teflon Suspensoid None 500F 400 psi Chemical service ph 2 to 13 VX1 Teflon Yarn None None 500F 400 psi Acid Service (X) Service Classification Symbols G--General T--Caustic . P--Pulp andpaper F--Food W--Water S--Solvents X--Acids T--Any service above except strong acids pH .1 to 2 FBW-128 4 Johns-Manville Other Applications RECIPROCATING PUMPS Base Styles Material Impregnation or Finish Lubricant Treatment Temp. Limit RG1 Resilient core wrapped with asbestos cloth Vegetable oil Graphite 500F. Service Air, steam, water PISTONS PG1 Neoprene treated None folded asb. cloth and duck. Bonded with neoprene base cement None 350 F. Weak caustics and acids, brine, air, water, petroleum prod. PG1 Pistons RG1 Reciprocating Rods FBW-129 5 i Helpful suggestions on handling packings BOV TO OET THE BEST RESULTS FBOM PACKINGS There are four main factors that influence the life and performance of packings in service. Give careful at tention to all these factors and the most satisfactory service will be assured. Quality of Packing Used--Packing costs far less than the labor and lost production time of re-pack ing. The use of poor quality packing can sometimes result in damage to equipment. The best quality packing is the cheapest. The Right Style for the Service--The recommen dations in this book are based on Johns-Manville's research plus practical field service. For special cases, consult your J-M Packing Distributor or J-M Sales Engineer. Mechanical Condition of Equipment--It pays to use high quality equipment that is properly main tained. If bearings, shafts, sleeves or guides are in bad condition, the result is poor sealing, short pack ing life. Packing Installation and Lubrication--Properly installed and lubricated, packings help equipment operate efficiently. The suggestions below have been found helpful. BOV TO PACK STUFFINO B0ZE8 Pumps and Agitators 1. Remove all old packing from the stuffing box. Clean the box and shaft thoroughly and examine shaft for wear or scoring. Replace shaft or sleeve if wear is excessive. Check bearing by lifting shaft up and down; do not expect the packing to act as a bearing. 2. Use the right size of coil packing, to be sure the packing will fit and can compensate for shaft wear, if any. To determine the correct coil packing size, measure the diameter of the shaft (inside the stuff ing box area if possible) and then measure the in side diameter of the stuffing box itself (to give you the O.D. of the ring). Subtract the I.D. measurement (the shaft diameter) from the O.D. measurement and divide by two. The result is the required size. Except for special precision molded packings, all standard shaft packings are made up in increments of 1/16" from the smallest size available and up. For most applications if the calculated size figures under a 16th of an inch it is generally best to use the next size greater. Thus, if the shaft measures 2-1/2" and the inside of the stuffing box 3-7/16", the size of coil packing to use would be 1 /2" rather than 7/16". 3. Cut packing into rings. Never wind packing into a stuffing box. For pumps and agitators cut rings with a butt (square) joint; it is easier and you can do a better job. The best way to cut packing rings is to cut them on a mandrel the same diameter as the shaft in the stuffing box area. If there is no shaft wear, they can be cut on the shaft itself outside the stuffing box if there is room. Hold the coil packing tightly and firmly on the mandrel but do not stretch it excessive ly. Cut the ring and try it in the stuffing box to make certain that it fills the pack ing space properly with no gap in the joint at the O.D. of the ring. Each successive ring can be cut in the same man ner, or the first ring can be used as a master from which the balance of the rings are cut. If the rings are cut on a flat surface be certain that the side of the master ring, and not the O.D. or I.D. surface is laid on the rings to be cut; this is necessary so that the slight bevel at the ends of the rings be repro duced. Remember that the O.D. circumference of the ring is greater than the I.D. circumference. 4. To cut rings from a packing that is unusually soft or that has a tendency to fray excessively, some mechanics apply a small piece of tape at the point where the cut is to be made, then cut through the tape. If the tape is thin, it can be left right on the ring. 5. Install one ring at a time. Make sure it is clean, and has not picked up any dirt in handling before in stalling it. If clean oil is available it is well to lubricate each ring thoroughly; some mechanics also lubricate the shaft and the inside of the stuffing box. Joints of successive rings should be staggered and be kept at least 90 apart. Each individual ring should be firmly seated with a tamping tooi. When enough rings have been individually seated so the nose of the follower will reach them, the individual tamping should be supplemented by the follower. Never de pend on the follower entirely to seat a set of rings properly--this practice will jam the last rings in stalled but leave the front rings loose in the box. The result is excessive and rapid wear of rear rings; er ratic packing performance; sometimes, twisting and tearing of the front rings because they are loose in the stuffing box. 6. After last ring is installed, take up bolts finger tight. Allow packing to leak freely when starting up a newly packed pump. Excessive leakage during the FBW-130 6 first hour of operation will result in a better packing job over a longer period of time. Take up gradually on the follower as the packing seats until the leak age is about 2 drops per second on a V shaft at 3600 RPM. Allow proportionately more as the shaft size increases. For speeds lower than 3600 RPM, less leakage is permissible. It will take about one working day to break in a set of packing to a point where the leakage is stabilized at a uniform accept able rate. Never try to stop leakage entirely. Start the pump and take up bolts until leakage is decreased to no more than 2 drops per second. Stopping leakage entirely at this point will cause the packing to burn up. 7. If at all possible provide, through a lantern ring, means of lubricating the shaft and packing by sup plying grease, oil, water, or the liquid handled in the pump. Fittings for this purpose are standard on most pumps. 8. If the stuffing box has a lantern ring, make sure the lantern ring, as installed, is slightly behind the lubri cant fitting so it will move under the fitting as fol lower pressure is applied. Replace packing when leakage cannot be controlled by further take-up on the follower. Valves and Expansion Joints The function of a Valve Stem Packing is like a gasket function rather than pump packing, which must both seal and carry lubricant for a turning shaft. Valve Stem Packings must provide a dense structure that will not permit movement of the liquid or gas through the body of the packing itself. The packing under follower pressure must be able to flow sufficiently to seal along the stem and along the stuffing box wall. Maintaining low friction will permit easy movement of the stem. To pack valves: 1. Carefully perform all the operations outlined under steps 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, as given for pumps and agitators. Rings used on valves and ex pansion joints should be cut with a skive joint. In preparing skive cut (45 degree bevel) rings, be sure the first ring is carefully cut and then tested on the shaft. It can then be used as a mas ter for cutting other rings on a flat surface to insure that the additional rings are cut precisely at the correct angle. 2. Bring the follower down on the packing to the point where heavy resistance to wrenching is felt. During this time turn valve stem back and forth to determine ease of turning. Do not wrench down to the point where the stem won't turn. 3. After the valve has been on the line a day or so, even if no leakage exists, the follower should be tightened slightly. If it is leaking at all, tighten the follower until there is no leakage. TROUBLE SH00TIIB PACKIHfi FAILURES Carefully examine packing removed from a stuffing box, as it often gives clues to the condition of the equipment and may be the means of solving pack ing problems. The following clues and possible troubles were found by examining sets of packing which had seen service: Clue: Excessive reductions in the cross-section of the packing directly beneath the rod, shaft or plunger. Possible trouble: Low bearings with shaft or rod rid ing on packing. In service early leakage occurs around the top of the shaft or rod. Clue: Excessive reduction in the thickness of the packing directly over or on either side of rod or shaft. Possible trouble: Rod or plunger out of alignment. In the case of the rod or shaft, the bearings may be badly worn causing whipping of the shaft. Clue: One or more rings missing from set. Possible trouble: Bottom of stuffing box badly worn with packing being extruded into system. Consider able difficulty, such as packing getting into the valves, traps or contaminating the fluid handled may result. Clue: Wear on outside diameter of the packing. Possible trouble: Rings rotating with shaft or loose in the box. Clue: Bulge in the side of one or more rings. Possible trouble: Adjacent rings cut too short causing packing under pressure to be forced into the open space. Clue: Rings next to gland followers badly deformed with bottom rings in fair condition. Possible trouble: Improper installation of packings and excessive gland pressure used. Clue: Packings showing tendency to sheet out or ex trude between rod or shaft and the gland follower. Possible trouble: Excessive pressure or, more likely, too great a clearance between the rod or shaft and the gland follower. Clue: Wearing face of rings dried and charred with rest of packing in good condition. Possible trouble: High temperatures with lack of lu brication. FBW-131 7 How to select packing for media handled Most Packing selections can be made using the Equipment Recommendations given on page 1. However, if the liquid you are handling is corrosive or critical in some other way, then you can choose the exact style by reference to the Chemicals listed on these pages. Listed are hundreds of liquids commonly used in the Process Industries. At the right of each is a symbol indicating Packings con structed of materials which should handle the liquid. Styles designated "T" will also handle conditions designated "G", "C", "P", "S" or "F" to the pressure and temperature assigned to the style. Service Classification Symbols G--General T--Caustic P--Pulp and paper F--Food W--Water S--Solvents X--Acids T--Any service above except strong acids pH- 0 -- 2 CHEMICALSPACKIHflS Acetaldehyde ......................................... .TS Acetate solvents ................................. . ,,..S Acetates, esters & petroleum derivatives .................................................... S Acetic acid .......................................................T Acetic acid, glacial ........... T Acetic acid (hydroxy crude) Acetic anhydride ................ Acetone ............ .................... Acetophenone ...................... Acetyl chloride...................... . .T ..T .T-S .T-S ,..T Acetylene ...........................................................G Acetylene gas ........................... ...G Acetylene with water .....................................G Acetylene gas with water or liauid H. C................... G Acid sludge .................... X-T Acrylonitrile .......................................................S Alcohol, ethyl .............. S-G Alcohol & lub. oil ........................................... S Alcohol methyl ........................... G Aldehyde ...................... T-S Alkanes . ... ,-.................................... T-G Alkyl arylsulphonic acid ................. T Alkyl bernene . ..........................................T-S Alkylate light ......... S Allyl ecelone ........ ...T-S AJIyI amine ....................................................... G Ally! chloride ..................................... G Alpha Picohne ................................ G Alum solution ................................ G Aluminum chloride.......................... G Aluminum hydroxide .................. G Amine: Diethanol amine .............................T-S Amine: Monoethanol amine .......................T-S Amine-fat condensate ...................... S-G Amines ........................................ T-S Ammonia, anhydrous...................................... G Ammonia, aqua ................................................G Ammonia gas .................................................. G Ammonia, liquid .............................................G Ammonia, liquors& oil ...................................G Ammonium Ammonium Ammonium Ammonium Ammonium acid phosphate ..................... G bifluorlde ................................ X-G bicarbonate ...................... ...,G bromide .................................... .G carbonate ....................................G Ammonium Ammonium Ammonium Ammonium Ammonium chloride ............... G fluosilicate .............................. G hydroxide .................................... G nitrate ................... G nitrate, molten .. ... ..................G Ammonium oxalate ........................................ G Ammonium persulphate .................................G Ammonium phosphate, dibasic . .. . G Ammonium phosphate, monobasic............. G Ammonium phosphate, trlbasic ................... G Ammonium sulfate ...........................................G Ammonium sulphite, to boiling .....................G Ammonium thiocyanate ...................................G Ammonium thiocyanide ...................................G Amyl acetate .................................................. T-S Amyl acid phosphate ...................................S-G Amyl alcohol .................................................S-G Amyl chloride ............... S-G Amyl nitrate .................................................. S-G Aniline ............................ ........... ....................... T Aniline dyes .................................................T-G Aniline Hydrochloride .................................... T Antibiotic fermentation broth-- no solvent ............. G Antibiotic fermentation broth-- with solvent ...............................................S Anti-freeze water & alcohols or glycols .......................................................G Antimony trichloride Aqua regia .............. Argon oas ................ Aroclor ...................... Aroclor 1242 ............ ..T ..X ..G T-S ,T-S Aroclor 1240 .................................................. T-S Aroclor 1254 .................................................. T-S Aromatic fuels ...............................................T-S Asphalt-emulsified ...........................................S Barium chloride solution 0-20% ................... G Barium hydroxide ........................................... G Barium nitrate solutions ................................G Barium sulphide ............................................. G Beer ,, ............................................ T Beer and beer mash.......................................... T Beer wort - ... -.............................................T Beet sugar liquors .................................. . ...F 8en2aldehyde ................................................ T-S Benzene (Benzol) ...........................................T-S Benzene & gas mixtures .............................T-S Benzene (petroleum ether) Benzoic acid solution .... Benzonitrile .................... Benzyl alcohol .................. Benzyl chloride ................ .T-S ...G ,..G .S-G .T-S Bichloride of mercury .......................... . ...G Bittern ................................................................. G Black liquor ..................................................... C Black sulphate liquor, to boiling ................. C Blood ................................................................. F Boiler feed water ............................. G Bonderlte solution .......................................S-G Borax solution............................. G Boric acid ..................................................... F-G Boron trichloride .............................................T Boron trifluoride ............................................... T Brine (acid) .......................................................G Brine, calcium chloride................................... G Brine, copper chloride ................................... G Brine, sea water............................................... G Brine, sodium ...................................................G Bromine .............................................................. T Bromobenzene .................................................. T Bunker "C" fuel oil .........................................S Butadiene .......................................................T-S Butane ............................................................ T-S Buttermilk ........................................................... F Butyl acetate .................................................T-S Butyl alcohol .................................................S-G Butyl chloride .................................................T-S Butyl ether .. Butyl sebacate Butylene ........ Butylamine .. Butyric acid .. T-S T-S ..G T-S ..G Butyric acid, to 150F .................................... G Calciun bisulfide ............................................ G Calciu olsulfite .............................................G Calcium carbonate slurry ... .......................... G Calcium chloride ............................................ G Calcium hydroxide............................................. F Calcium hypochlorite ................................... G Calcium phosphate slurry ............................. G Calgon ....................... F Camphene .......................................................... S Candelille wax & varsolmixture ................... G Cane sugar liquors & cane juice ................... F Carbinol .........................................................S-G Carbitot acetate .................................................S Carbolic acid .....................................................T Carbon bisulfide .......................... ,,............. T-S Carbon dioxide (dry) ................................... G Carbon dioxide (wet) .................... G Carbon disulfide ................... T-S Carbon tetrachloride wet........................... T-S Carbon tetrachloride,anhydrous.................. T-S Carbonic acid ................... G Carbon monoxide .............................................G Castor oil ...........................................................G Caustics .............................................................C Cellosolve acetate ........................................... S Chinawood oil ...................................................G Chlorex .............................................................. C Chlorexto! ....................................... -T Chloric acid .......................................................T Chlorinated hydrocarbons ...............................T Chlorinated polypheny! ................................... G Chlorinated toluene ....................................... T-S Chlorinated water ............................................. F Chlorine, anhydrous liquid ............................. T Chlorine (dry) ...................................................T Chlorine (wet) ...................................................T l-Chloro-l-ninopropane ................................... S Chloroacelic acid .........................................T Chlorobenzene ...................................................T Chlorobenzene, toboiling.................................T FBW-132 CHEMICALS/PACEIH8 Glass-Liqnid-Paeking (continued) Chloroethane Chloroform Chloromethy! ether 2-Chloropropane Chlorosullonlc acid ,..T . -S T-S T-S ..T Chlorololuene . , .... . .T-S Chlorotrifluoroethylene .................................T Chrome alum...................................... G Chromic acid ............ -......................... T Citric acid ................................................ ... F Clay slurries ... .G Coca-Coia syrup.................. -.............. F Cocoa butter ........................ F Cocoanut. fatty acid .. . .F Coflee, to boiling ...................................F Copper cyanide .. T-6 Copper nitrate .................... G Copper sulfate (blue vitrol).......................... G Copperas {Greene) .......................................G Core oils........................ G Cottonseed oil . . . .............................. G Creosote .......................................... T Cresol, meta...................................................... S Cresylic acid ................................ S Cuprous ammonia acetate ..........................S Cupric chiorlde .......................................... G Cyanide .......................................... , ...T-S Cyanogen chloride . ....G Cyanohydrin ....................................................... F Cyclohexane . . ..................................S Cyclohexanone ........................ S DOT Solutions (kerosene solvent) ...............S DDT Solutions (toluene solvent)...................S DNC (Oinitrochloro benzene)........................ T De-Butamzer reflux ............................. .S-G De-Ethanizer charge ........ S De-Propanizer reflux ............. S Developer Solution .......................................... T Diacetone ...................................................S-G Dibutyl cellosolve adipate............ ............. S-G Dibutyl phthalate........................ S Dibutyl sebacate ...............................................S Dlchlorobutane ............................................. -T-S Dichloroethane ................................ S Dichloroethyi ether ...................................... T-S Dichlorohexafluorocyclobutane .................. T-S Dichloropropylene.......... ................. S Diehlorotoluene .......................... S Dicyclopentadiene ............................................ S Diesel fuel .. ...............................................S-G Diethanolamine ....................................... ...S-G Diethyl carbitol ...............................................S Diethyl carbonate ................ S Diethyl cellosoive .................... ,,............. ...S Diethylamine .....................................................S Diethylene glycol ............. S-G Dlethylenetnamine ...........................................S Dimeinyl formaldehyde .............................. S-G Dimethyl hydrazine .....................................S-G Dinitrochforo benzene 4 styrene.............. T-S Dinitrochlorobenzehe ........... T-S Dioctyl amine ........ S Dioctyl phthalate ...............................................S Dioxane ...........................................................S-G Diphenyl .............................................................T Dlpheny, chlorinated ...................................... T Disobutyl ketone .......................................... T-S Doctor solutions.................... T Dow Corning silicone fluid ...........................G Dowtherm "A" , ___ ...... ............... ........ T Dowfherm "E"................................................... T Dyewood liquors ............ G Embalming fluid ............................. .......G Ester type plasticizer ............. T Ethane . .................. ,........................................ S Ethanol ........................................................... G Ethanolamine ................................................,..S Ether ................ S Ethyl acetate ..................................... S Ethyl acrylate ... > S Ethyl alcohol ...................................................G Ethyl chloride ...............................................S Ethyl ether.................................. S Ethyl lormate ............................................ S Ethyl mercaptan .............................................. S Ethyl-n-butyraie ........................................... S Ethyl bichloricfe ........ S Ethyl propionate ............ - . ........ -S-G Ethyl sulphate ... S-G Ethylene chloride ........ T-S Ethylene chiorohydrln ...................................S Ethylene dichloride .........................................T Ethylene glycol ............................ G Ethyl pyridine .................. S-G Fatty acids ........................ .. . ... - G Ferric chloride ................................ Ferric nitrate . ................... .. Ferric sulfate .. .. ................... Ferrous sulfate (Green Copperas) . . ........G Ferrous sulphate & lime..................... ........ G Film dope . . ........................... $G Fish oils ....................................................... 5 Formaldehyde or formalin .......... S-G Formic acid ................................................. S-G Freon It ........................................................S-G Freon Freon Freon Freon Freon 12 .................................. S-G 121 ............ ............ S-G 12 and refrigerationoil ....................S-G 22 and refrigerationoil ....................S-G 113 and 114 ....................................S-G Freons-liquids ......... S-G Fruit juices . ......................................... F Fuel oil ... S Furlural ................................................S-G Furan . ...............................................S-G Gallic acid .. ............................................S-G Gas oil ............................................................S Gasoline .................. S Gasoline (aromatic)............... S Gasoline (automotive grades) ........................S Gasoline (bronze) .......................................... S Gasoline (ethyl) .... S Gasoline (100 Octane) ................................. S Gasoline (Hi-test) ....................................... S Gasoline with mercaptan ................ S Gasoline with HjS ... ...................... S Gelatin ...................................................... ..F Ginger ale .. ....................................... .F Glacial acetic acid ... .................................... T Glaubers salt ..................................................G Glue .. .. G Glue (acid) ................... .G Glue sizing ..................................................... G Glucose ............................................................F Glycerine (glycerol) ..................................G-F Grain masfi ..................... Grease .......... Green liquor ............................... Halowax 1000 ....................... Heptane ................................... G-F 6 T G $ Hexachloro acetone ........................................S Hexane ............ S Hexone (mik) ........................*.....................T-S Hollingshead H-2............................................ -G Hydrofluoric acid ........................................... T Hydrobromic acid . ............................ T Hydrocarbons (light) ........................................S Hydrochloric acid ............................................T Hydrocyanic acid , T-S Hydrofluoric acid (anhydrous) ...................... T Hydrofluosilicic acid Hydroformic acid .. Hydrogen Hydrogen cyanide .. Hydrogen fluoride . T-S G *X Hydrogen peroxide ..................................... T-S Hydrogen sulfide ..........................................S Hydrogen sulfide & organic sulfur compounds ........................................S Hydrogen 4 water .......................................... G Hydroquinone.................................................. G Hydroxy--acetic acid ...................................... T Ink , ..............................................................G Insecticides ....................................................G Iodoform ......................................................S-G iodoform ..........................................................S fso-butane.................... ....................................S Iso-butyl methyl ketone .............................. T-S Iso-butylene ......................................................S Iso-pentane ....................................................S Iso-propyl-acetete ............................................S Iso-propyl alcohol ........................................S-G Iso-propyl amine..........................................S-G Iso-propyl ether .............................. ....$ Kerosene ....................................... S Ketchup .............................................................. F Lacquer in kelone solvents........................ T-S Lacquer solvents ..........................................T-S Lacquers, hot ................................................. S Lactic acid ............................. F Lard .... F Latex .. Lead nitrate ................................................ Lime slurries .......................... Lime-sulfur ............................... Lime water (milk oflime) ......................... G G T G G LIndol (tricresol phosphate) .......................... S Linseed oil ..................................................S Liauid cyanide ............................................. T-S Liquid latex & gaseous butadiene.......... T-S Liquor, black ................................................... T Liquor, green...................... ......................... T Liquor, lime ...................... ..........................T Liquor, steep ............ ......... ..........................T Liquor sulphate . .................. .... ...T Liquor, white.......................... ..................T Lithium bromide brine ........................... . . .G Lithium chloride .............................................. G Lubricating oils, hot ......................................S Lye, caustic ....................................... T Lysol ..................................... T-S Magnesium chloride ............................. G Magnesium hydroxide .................................... G Magnesium oxychloride .................................. G Magnesium sulfate (epsom salts) ............G-F Maleic acid ....................................................... T Maleic hydrazide ..........................................T-S Malt beverages ........................................T-F Manganese chloride ......... G Mash .................................................................. T Mayonnaise ......................................................F Meat products .................................................. F Melamine resins ..............................................G Mercaptan .................................................... G Mercuric chloride ....................... G Mercury ........................................... G Mercury salts ........... G Mercunous nitrate .......................................... G Mesityl oxide ............................................... T-S Methanol ........................................................S-G Methyl acetate..............................................S-G Methyl acrylate..............................................S-G Methyl alcohol ............................................ S-G Methial . .... .................................................. T Meth8lly! chloride .....................................T-S Methyl alcohol ................................................ G Methyl bromide ................................................T Methyl cellosolve ..................... S-G Methyl chloride ............................ .....S-G Methyl chloro-silsnes .......................................S Methyl ether ......................................................S Methyl ethyl ketone ........................................T Methyf formate ........................................S-G Methyl iso-butyl ketone ..............................T-S Methyl methacrylate. . ,,............................T-S Methyl propionate ......................... S Methylemide (hot) ............. ..S Methylene chloride ...................................... S-G Milk .................................................................... F Mineral oil..........................................................S Mineral spirits .................................................. S Miscellas ..........................................................T Mixed acids (HN03-*-H*SO*) .........................X Molasses . *............. F Mono ethanolamine (with copper sulphate) . . .. ...................................... S-G Monochloro-benzene........................................ S Mustard ..............................................................F Naptha................ S Naptha, sour or gasoline (trace HaS) ....................................................S Naptha. Vmp ..................................................S Naothalene sulphonic acid ........................ T-S NaDthalene ..................................................S Naothaienic acid, to hot ............................T-S Natural gas ....................................................S Nickel chloride ................................................ G Nickel sulfate....................................................G Nicotine sutfate ................................................ G Nitrating acids .................................................. X Nitric acid ................. X Niter cake (fused) .......................................... G Nitric acid fuming........ ...................................X "'Nitro methane .............. Nitrobenzene ................, Nltroethane .............. . Nitrogen ...................... Nitrogen gas ................ T-S T-S T-S ..S ..G Nitromethane ................ Nitropropane ................ Nitrous acid.................. Oaktte ........ *.................. Oil. air corps hydraulic ..S S ,.T .G T-S Oil, apiezon ......................... S-G Oil. asphalt base.......................................... S-G Oil. Bunker C fuel ...................................... S Oil. Chinawood (lung) ................................ S-G Oil. cocoanut ................................................ S-G Oil, cotton seed....... ,.....................................S Oil, crude (asphaltbase) ........................... S Oil. crude (corrosive) ................. S Oil. crude (paraffinbase) ......... S Oil. crude (sweet) ...................................... S Oil. cutting (soluble) ................... S Oil. Diesel ... .............................................. S Oil, domestic fuel ............................................ S OH. fuel 4 gas.................................................. S Oil, *6 fuel............................. S FBW-133 9 Oil. fuel . ..... Oil. hydraulic Oil, hydraulic (mineral base) Oil. kerosene .................. OH. linseed ... S-G ...S ....sSs Oil. lubricating ,. .. . ,,,........................ S Oil, mineral . .. , ,S Oil. mineral seal . ... .............................. S-G Oil. nut S-G Oil. palm............... S-G Oil, paraffin base ................ ... .. S Oil. peanut ... S-G Oil, quenching ...................................................S Oil, rapeseed................................... ...S-G Oil with refrigerants ..S-G Oil. rich S-G Oil. silicone ........ . ................................ S Oil. soya bean .........................................S-G Oil transformer.............................................. T-S Oil vegelable................. S Oil and Freon (11 & 12)............................T-S Oil and Freon (22) . ............................ T-S Oil and methylene chloride .. . ........ 5-G Oil and sulphur dioxide ........................ .. T-S Oleic acid ................ ............ ...... S-G Olefin (crude) . Oleum Oxalic acid Oxygen Ozone .. .., ...S ...X .T-S ...X ,, G Palmitic acid .................. ................ . .G Paracymene ............................................... ....G Paraflin, hot .................................... . -G Paraffin Wax 60% . ............................ , ...G Paregoric Compound ............................. ....F Pectin liquor....................... F Penicillin , .......... ....... _______ _ . .F Penlachloroethane S Pentachlorophenol ................ S Pentane ...........................................................S Pentasol ......................................................... F Perchlorethylenq .............................................. T Perchlorethylene & filler aid................. T-S Perfume .. ........................................... T-S Perchloric acid ............................................. T-S Perfluorothiethylamine ........ S Peroxide of hydrogen . . G Petroleum ether .............................................T-S Phenol . .............................................. T-S Phenol, formaldehyde mix .........................T-S Phenolic sulphonate ..................... S Phenylacetic acid .................................. -.T Phenylethylmalonic ester ............................... S Phosgene .........................................................T-S Phosphoric acid.......... .. ................ T-S Phosphoric acid, crude ,.. .. ................... T-S Phosphoric anhydride ...............................T-S Phosphorus (liquid) hot ....................... ...T-S Photographic developers...................... T-S Phthalate esters .... ................ ,..,T-S Phthalic anhydride...................................... . ..$ Picric acid ................................................. S Picric acid, molten ....................................... S Pine gum (hot) ............................................. G Pineapple juice ..............................................F Piperidine . ... ,. ., .........................G Plasticizer (liquid dibutyl) .............................S Plating solutions ........................................... -S Polyglycols ..................... G-S Polyvinyl acetates . .................................... S Potash alum.................. G Potassium bitartrate,to boiling ................... G Potassium bromide ........................................... G Potassium bicarbonate ................................... F Potassium carbonate ........................ G Potassium carbonate, to boiling ................. G Potassium chlorate.................. G Potassium cyanide ........ G Potassium dichromate, to boiling................. G Potassium ferricyanide, to boiling ... . G Potassium hydroxide ........................................ C Potassium hypochlorite ................................... G Potassium iodide ..................................... G Potassium nitrate . ................ G Potassium ferrocyanide ............................ G Potassium perfluoro-acetate ................ T Potassium permanganate ........................... G Potassium phosphate .. G Poiassium phosphate, di- or tri-................... G Potassium suilate ............ .. .G Potassium sulfide .................................... --S Producer gas ..........................................- S Propane .... ................................... S Propionaldehyde ....................................... T-S Propionic acid.............................................. S-G Propylene ............... Propylene chloride Propylene dichloride Propylene glycol N-propyl acetate S-G ...S ..S ...F .. .S N-propyl ether .................................................. S N-propyl formate ................................ N*propyl propionate ................................ Propylene glycol .......... F Propylene oxide .............................................. 5 Propylene polymer .......................................S-G Pulp stock ........................................................ P Pyridine ....................................................... Pyroligneous acid .........................................T-S Pyronol ........................................................ Quinine bisulphate Ouinine sulphate Resins, hot Rosins................... Sal ammoniac........ S S G G G Salt cake ...................... T-G .................... S-G Santicizer B-16 .................... Santicizer E-15 .................... Santicizer M-17 . ... .... Santolube 31 .................................................S-G Sea water ....................................... G Sewage ..........................-.....................G Silicone fluid ......... S Silicon tetrachloride .......................................T Silver bromide ..................................................S Silver chloride ........ T Silver nitrate ....................................................G Slop, brewery ................................................. G Slop, distillers ................................................G Sludge Bcid ............................ Soap .......................................... Soda ash (sodium carbonate) Soda, caustic.................. Soap liquor ........................ ,T-S ..T ..G ..T . ,T Sodium acetate ..................................... S Sodium alummate .............................................G Sodium aluminate lime ,.. .......................... G Sodium bicarbonate or baking soda ........ F Sodium bichromate ...................................G Sodium bisulfate Sodium bisulfite Sodium bromide . Sodium carbonate Sodium chloride . T-S .T-S ..G ..G ..G Sodium glutamate ...........................................F Sodium cyanamide ........................... T-S Sodium cyanide ...........................................T-S Sodium dichromate ............................... ...G Sodium dichromate & water ......................... G Sodium Sodium Sodium Sodium Sodium ethylate .............................. -T fluonde ..... ................ .G hydrosulfite ........................................T hydrosulfide ....................................... T hydroxide ........................................... T Sodium Sodium Sodium Sodium Sodium hydroxide (Doctor's Solution) .......T hydroxide over180F ......................... S hypochlorite ......................................G lactate ........................................ *'5 metaphosphate .................................G Sodium nitrate .................................................G Sodium oleate .................................................G Sodium perborate .................... -.....................T Sodium peroxide .........................................T-S Sodium peroxide solution ................. G Sodium phosphate (01) ............................... G Sodium phosphate (mono) ............................. G Sodium phosphate, to boiling ....................... G Sodium phosphate (tri) ................................... G Sodium polysulfide ......................................... G Sodium plumbite ............................................. G Sodium resinate ......................................... ...G Sodium salicylate ............................................. S Sodium silicate ........................................ G Sodium sulfate ................................................. G Sodium sulfide ............... G Sodium sulfite ........... G Sodium tetraborate(Borax) ..............................G Sodium thiosulphate ,,.......................................G Sodium thiosulfateor "Hypo" ........................G Solvasol S Sorbitol ............. S-G Stannic chloride. ... S-G Stannous chloride ................... G Starch slurry ........................................... G Starch, to boiling ...................................- F Steam ............................................... -G Stearic acid ................................................... .G Stearic & cleicacid .........................................G Stoddard Solvent ............................................ S Styrene . S Styrene & dinitrochlorobenzene .................. S Sugar liquors & solutions .............................F Sulfate liquors, kraft.......................................T-P Sullur molten .....................................................T Sulfur chloride ....................................................T Sulfur dioxide (wet) ....................................... T Sulfur dioxide, anhydrous liquid ..................T Sulfur trioxide ....................................................T Sulfuric acid .................................................... X Sulfurous acid ...............................................T-S Sulphite pulp .................................................. P Sulphonated fatty alcohol .........................S-G Sulphonated vegetable oils ........................... G Sulphur (molten) ............................................. G Sulphur chloride ...................... Sulphur dioxide & water vapor Syrup (high sugar) .................. Tallow ......................................... Tannic acid .............................. ...T .T-S ...F P-G ..G Tanning liquors (veg) .......................................G Tar .......................................................................S Tartaric acid ...................................................G Terephthalic acid (water slurry 10% N. acid) ......................................... T-S Tetrachloroethylene .................... T-S Tetrachlorethane ... Sym-tetrechlorethane Tetrahydrofuran Tetraethyl lead ----Thiamin solution ... T-S T-S T-S T-S F-S Titanium tetrachloride ................................ T-S Toluene or toluol ................................... .T-S Tomato juice ..................................................... F Trichloropropane ...............................................S Trlchlorethylene (dry) ........ T-S Trichlorethylene (wet) ......................... ,...T-S Trichloro ethane ........................................ T-S Tricresyl phosphate .........................................S Thiethylamine ...................................................S Trisodium phosphate .......................................G Turpentine .................. Ucon Hydrolubes ........ Urea ............................ Urea & Phenolic resins Urine ............................ . .S ..G ...S S-G ...S Varnish ............................................................... Vegetables, juices .......... F Vegetables, oils ................................................. F Vinegar ...............................................................F Vinyl acetate .....................................................S Vinyl chloride Vinyl chloride gas Vinyl pyridine Vmylldine chloride Vitrol. oil of ........ ..S ..S .T-S . ..T ..X Water (acid, mine, nonoxidizing) ............ T-S Water (acid, mine-oxidizing) ...................... T-S Water (boiler feed) ......................................... .G Water (brackish) ...............................................G Water (chilled air. washing) .......................... G Water (chilled condenser service) ..... ..G Water (cooling tower) .....................................G Water (de-ionized) ...........................................G Water (detergent) .............................................G Water (distilled) ...............................................6 Water (grit, carrying, cool) ...........................G Water (fresh, clean, cool) ............................G Water (soapy) ........ ,........................................ G Water( to boiling) ........................................,.G W8ter (with soluble oil) ............................... G Wax. hot Wax, slurry .. Whey .......... Whiskey . White liquor Wine ........ . White water . Wort Xylene or xylol Zein ................ G G F ,F P . .F . .P .T .T-S ,.G Zeolite, treated water .......................... .....G Zinc chloride ... ............................................ G Zinc cyanide .......................... G Zinc nitrate ...................................................G Zinc sulfate ...................................................G Zinc sulphate (toboiling)................................ G FBW-134 10 FORMS FURRISHED Styles Forms % % Y\ % % % Vi % % % % 1 VA 1% m 2 CW1 and CW2 Colls in Flat boxes Coils per box Feet per box Spools 4444444 3 3 2 150 125 109 93 80 66 60 36 33 19 14 & Xi on 1 lb. spools V* to 1" on 25 or 50 lb. spools 1" and up on 50 lb. spools Lengths per box 8 6 5 4 4 33 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 RG1 (12% Ft. Lengths) Coils Spiral Feet per box Weight per box Lengths per box Feet per box Inside diameter of spiral Weight per box 100 75 62 50 50 37 37 37 25 25 25 25 25 25 4.5 5.4 6.3 6.8 8.8 8.4 10 14 11.6 14.5 20.5 24 27 42 22 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 25 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 1* 1% 1% 1% 2% 2% 4% 4Vi 4% 4% 4.5 4.5 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.3 4.6 5.8 7.2 10.5 11.9 13.6 21.2 PG1 (12 Ft. Lengths) Number length per box Coll Feet per box Feet per box 8654433 322 96 72 60 48 48 36 36 36 24 24 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Spiral Inside diameter of spiral 1% 2 2 2Vz 2Vi 3 4 5 5 5 All Other Styles Spools Up to Vz "--1 lb. spools All sizes--5,10, 25 and 50 lb. spools FBW-135 11 APPROXIMATE VEI6HTS - PODHDS PER 100 FEET SIZES Min. Style Size % % Va %6 % 7/l6 lA /l6 % 3A % Max. 1 Size CGI % 1 3% 41/2 7 10 14 18 21 24 32 46 65 1% CF1 Vs -- 2Va 4 7 91/4 12' 20 26 36 50 60 -- 2 CPI % 1 21/4 41/2 7 10 14 18 21 24 32 46 65 1% CXI Vs 1% 31/2 5'/2 81/2 121/2 16% 21% 27 32% 45 58% 75 -- CT1 V* -- -- 4 y3 7% IO1/4 14 17 21 25 35 56 68 1% VG1 Vs 1 Vz 3% 5 7% 11 14 17 21 24 34 45 55 1 VT1 Vs 1 2 3% 51/2 8 9% 11 17 22 31 40 50 2% VX1 Vs 1% 31/2 6 8% 11 15 18 21 24 30 -- -- 2% RG1 V* -- -- 41/2 7 10 13 17 22 26 37 46 58 2 PG1 % -- -- 41/2 71/2 10 14 18 20 24 36 45 60 1% SIZES Min. Style Size Va % Vz % Va 1 1V4 1% 1% 15/a 1Va Max. 2 Size CW1 Vs 3 6% 12 18 26 47 73 89 106 124 142 186 2 CW2 Vs 3% 7% 12 20 28 48 73 88 102 117 132 160 2 FBW-136 JHEN Time was you had to uncoil packing from spools, measure and cut to fit. The result: loss ol time, less precise fit, and wasted material. NOW J-M r PREFORMED PUMP PACKING! Johns-ManviHe adds a new twist to a reliable oidproduct Pre-formed Pump Packing comes in five standard sizes to pack most pumps. It saves you labor and money. Pre-formed Pump Packing is a more efficient way to do the packing job. FBW-137 : Pre-formed rings .will'hot distort that' critical' cross Section. This prevents keystoning^.; which . causes,bore leakage and excess ?sive^ packingv pressures ion' the, '"shaft which in turn causes bum^outsendshaft grooving. With" "J-M Pre-formed Pump Packing . there is no keystoning' effect. .. THE OLD WAY WITH J-M .. PRE-FORMED PUMP PACKING Style R-CT R-CP PRE-FORMED PUMP KIT DATA STANDARD STYLES Base Material Impregnation or Lubricant Finish Temp. Limit pH Range Service Asbestos Teflon Suspensoid plus lubricant None 500 2 to 13 Any service except strong acids Asbestos Petro base lubricant None 500 4 to 14 Pulp & paper stocks R-CG Asbestos Petro base oil and graphne Graphite 500 4 to 10 General fc &K f Packing Size Max. Shaft Diameter Rings Per Kit No. Kits Approx. Wt. Per Carton Per Carton PRE-FORMED PUMP KIT DATA y. V/. 5 8 1,0 y'ie 2'/U 5 8 1.0 STANDARD KITS % 2% 5 8 3.2 7/l6 2V. 5 8 5.0 F 334 5 8 8.0 i- Fits a wide variety of sizes. J-M Pre-formed Pump Packing is pre-formed and pre-packed ... ready to go when you've a job to do. The old method was sticky and time-consuming. Now Johns-Manville engi neers have come up with a far better way to pack those pumps. If one of our standard rings isn't an exact fit, you can take "just a snip" for a perfect fit and the job is done. FBW-138 Packaged five rings to a kit. Dust-free plastic con tainer is clearly label ed and prevents abra sive materials from contaminating rings. Packing stays clean from factory to pump. PRE FORMED MEANS T EASY INSTALLATION \; m Simply place.ring on .Shaft or > . . . -, mandrel and cut off the slight;ex- ; ~ . y T i - :, jcess at both ends on radiusvAd- -- jstment labor is reduced '.toja' JUSTA "SNIP" (inimum. Prd-forrned! rings saye'.. FOR PERFECTFin Pyoii time and money, and'result .: " ?' in a better seal.. i.;~- REDUCES RUN-IN TIME > Precision formed rings adapt to.. yifie'stuTfing box quickly.; reduc; Jiig 'start-ift> gland adjustment procedures. 14,  Varying stresses * Temperature changes * Minor flange separations * Continuous vibration Uneven mating surfaces Johns-Manville STYLE 913 assure constant, leakproof sealing on pipe flanges FBW-140 F. B. WRIGHT COMPANY 9999 Mercier Avenue, Dearborn, Michigan tciepmonie VI. 3-8250 Johns-Manville SPIROTALLIC GASKETS DESCRIPTION "Spring Action" does just what it says! It provides a re silient seal between metal flanges subject to heat, stress, jolts, vibration, pressure and chemical corrosion. It can be designed to fit many sizes and shapes for a tremendous vari ety of equipment, depending on your requirements. J-M Style 913 is standard in many industries, offers ex cellent service life for standard piping, withstanding wide variations in pressure and temperature, but also gives equal ly good performance in many other closures. It is readily available in a great many Stock Sizes, in a wide variety of pressure and temperature ranges, for convenience and cost saving. For special sizes and uses, your J-M Distributor or Representative will help you select exactly the right gasket for the job. CONSTRUCTION "Spring Action" is built right into every J-M Spirotallic Gasket. Special spring-like metal strips, formed into a "V" shape, are alternately spirally wound with an asbestos filler by a spe cial method to assure a full-surface, leakproof seal. The asbestos does the sealing . . . the "V" shape provides the "spring." This combination of the yield and flow of the metal and soft filler plies compresses to its predetermined thickness under bolting pressure, conforming to surface irregularities and preventing leakage within the limits of its specified pressure and temperature ranges. Solid Compression Ring. The solid metal compression limiting ' and centering ring, around the outside edge, adds to easier, quicker V. installation and to service life. As a simple centering device, it pro- >. vides fast, accurate seating of gasket in the flange. During "bolt- up," it prevents crushing the gasket beyond the predetermined thickness. In operation, it eliminates excess strain on studs. The r cross-section (at right) illustrates how the ring limits over-com- * pression of the "V" shaped metal strip during bolting. In addition f its solid nature resists radial pressure, retaining the spirally-wound : area from pressure blow-out. SOLID COMPRESSION LIMITING RING /. A304 STAINLESS ASBESTOS STEEL FILLER FBW-141 SPECIFICATIONS J-M Style 913 is constructed with gasket thickness of SW nominal (.175" actual); the solid steel compression and limiting ring is Vs" (.125") around the outer edge. Standard material for "V" shaped metal strip is -304 Stainless Steel; standard material for the compression iimiting ring is Carbon Steel. Other materials are available to your spec ifications. ... STANDARD SIZES Johns-Manville SPIROTALUC GASKETS / STYLE 913 (Dimensions based on ASA Raised Face, Lap Joint/VanStone and Flange Fittings . . . meet API Standard 601) J-M Style 913 Spirotallic Gaskets are used for a multitude of industrial applications. As the tables below indicate, stan dard sizes range from j/j" to 24" diameter. Many of the most popular sizes are quickly available for fast, convenient delivery. Pipe Size (inches) 150, 300 lb. 1.0. O.D. </4 % Vi v> %1 1 1V4 % IV* 1 9/16 m 1V4 1 23/32 m 1 31/32 2 2% 2% 3Vs 2% 2% 3% 3% 34 3% 4i/j 45 4 % 5 V2 4% 5Va 5% 61/3 65 GY. 73/16 8 93/16 10 11 5/16 7 8 Vs 10V4 12V2 12 13% 14 14% 16 1644 18 18 11/16 14% 16 ISVs 20% 20 20 11/16 24 24% 22% 27 150 tb. O.D. Guide 3001b. O.D. 1% 1% 2Vs 2% * 1% 2% < 2% 2% 3< 3% 4Vs 4% 3% 3% 4% 5% 5% t 6% 6% * 7 5% 6% * m 7% 7% a% 11 ua l'h 9% 12% UVa 16V. 17% 20Vs 21% * 16% 19% 21 y* 23% 23% 28V* 25% 30V2 400, 600 lb. I.D. O.D. %% % iy. 1 1 9/16 IV* 1% 1 23/32 1 31/32 2% 3Vs 2% 2% 3% 3% 4 4V4 4% 5 5/16 4% 5V* 5% 6% 513/16 5% 1% 1013/16 7 3% 10% 12% 12% 14V* 15V* 18% 14% 16 18V* 20% 20% 24% 22% 27 400 lb. Guide O.D. 600 lb. O.D. m 2% * 2% 2% 1% * 2% * 2% 2% 3V. 3% 4% 5% * 3% 3% 4% 5% 6s% % 7 7% 8% 9% 12 14Vs 65% * % 87% V* 9% 10% * 12% 15% 16% 19 21Vs 23% 251% 30V* 18 19% 22V* * 24Vs * 26% * 31 Vs Pipe Size (inches) % % % 1 IV* 1V2 2 2% 3 3% 4 4% S 68 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Pipe Size (inches) V* % % 1 900 lb. I.D. 0.0. _ % IV* 1 1 9/16 1V< 1% IV* 1 9/16 1% 1% 2 2 5/16 2% 2% 2% 2% 3% 3% 3 3% 3% 4V. 4 4% 41/2 5 5/16 4% 5V* 5% 6V2 65 513/16 7 6% 8 V* a 8% 10% 10 1013/16 12% 12 12% 14 14V* 16 16V* 18 18V* 14% 16 18 V* 20% 20 20V* 24 24 V* 22% 27 900 lb. Guide 0.0. 2% 2% * 3% * 3% 3% * 65% % 6% * 7% 8Vs 9% 9% 4 11% * 14% 17Vs 19% 20% * 22% 25Vs * 2Vh 33 . 1500,2500 lb. 1.0. O.D. __ % IV* 1 1 9/16 1V m 1 9/16 m 2 5/16 2% 2% 2% 3% 3% 3tt 4Vs 4% 5 5/16 4% 5 V* 5% 6% 5% 6% 8% 10% 7 8V* 10% 12% 12% 14V* 16 V* 11V* 14% 16 18 V* 20% 20V* 24V* 22% 27 1500 lb. Guide O.D. _ 2Vt * 2% * 3Vi 3% 3% Hi * 6% 6% 7% 8V* 9% 10 11% * 13% * 17Vs * 20% 22% 25V* 27% 29% 35% 2500 lb. Guide O.D. _ 2% 3* 4 Vs 4% 5% * 6% 7% -- 9 V* -- 11 12% 15 V* 18% 21V4 -- -- -- _ Pipe Si2e (inches) V. Vt % 1 IVh 1% 2 2% 3 Vh 4 4Va 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Indicates Factory Stock in Type 304 Stainless Steel and white Canadian asbestos filler. Compression Limiting Ring is Carbon Steel. J-M Color Code identification for Type 304 Stainless Steel is Yellow. ET Sizes inside shaded areas indicate same size, interchangeable gaskets. No duplicate Stock is required. Other metals, fillers and sizes are available for special services. Consult your J-M Distributor. FBW-142 Johns-Manville SPiROTALUC GASKETS THE CORRECT SEQUENCE OF BOLT TIGHTENING Do not snug-up bolts on first go around. This can tilt flanges out of parallel. If using an impact wrench, set the wrench at about y2 final torque for first go around. Pay particular attention to the hard-to-reach bolts. If initial go around in bolting-up is done correctly in the proper sequence, final go around need not follow any set pattern. All important is that final tightening be uniform with each bolt pulling the same load. This will almost guarantee a trouble-free joint. If not uniform, the joint may leak--particu larly after it has been in hot service. For best joint performance in high-temperature service, remember to hot-tighten the bolts after 24 hours and again a week later. PRODUCT WARRANTY J.M products are warranted free from defects in workmanship and in raw materiais of our own manufacture. These products are not guaranteed as to performance under any specific service condition nor for any specific period of time. Our liability for breach of any Warranty, express or implied, is limited, at our sole option, to refund of the invoice value of our products, or to the replacement thereof F.O.B. our plant or other shipping point, full freight allowed to prior destination. PK-259A 9/68 Johns-Manviiie 22 East 40th Street New York. N.Y. 10016 Sales Offices in Principal Cities m FBW-143 c Lftho in U.S.A JOHNS-MANVILLE ...an Important Advancement in PACKINGS for Pumps F. B. WRIGHT COMPANY 9999 Mercier Avenue, Dearborn, Michigan TELEPHONE VI. 3-8250 FBW-144 LOKLUBE , - is the name applied to a wholly new apl-;i reproach to Vbe'.design .and construction =P~ydfiSOft mechanical packings as used in LOKLUBE RED for HOT WATER SERVICE ranging to 500F Specifically designed for Boiler Feed Pump applications Will also handle cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics PV limit 1,000,000 . if header and follower are used pH range 4-10 No graphite STYLE 1050 R FBW-145 4 NEW STYLES-THEY'RE COLOR CODED! LOKLUBE AMBER for PAPER MILL SERVICES pH range 4-10 LOKLUBE BLUE GRAY for ALUMINUM & STEEL MILL SERVICES Specifically designed for centrifugal pumps, Jordans, refiners and other rotary services in paper mills No graphite content Speeds to 3600 rpm. Temperatures to 500F PV limit 650,000 STYLE 1009 A Heavily treated inside, and exter nally finished with Molydisulphide. This, plus heavy concentration of selected new lubricant, and Interlocked construction creates a packing of special appeal to many primary metal producers Temperatures to 500F pH range 4-10. PV limit 650,000 STYLE 1012 M FBW-146 Convenient Packaging Johns-Manville Loklube Packings are furnished to you in easy-to-measure spools, hand-cut rings or in sets of rings. This means no tangling, waste or soilage problems. One-pound spools are shipped in self-dispenser cartons for on-the-spot packing jobs for your convenience. PRODUCT WARRANTY J-M products are warranted free from defects in work manship and raw materials of our own manufacture. These products are not guaranteed as to performance un der any specific service condition nor for any specific period of time. Our liability for breach of any Warranty, express or implied, is limited, at our sole option, to re fund of the invoice value of our products, or to the re placement thereof F.O,B. our plant or other shipping point, full freight allowed to prior destination. COMPREHENSIVE TECHNICAL DATA ON LOKLUBE PACKINGS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST. LOKLUBEBLACK for PULP MILL SERVICE Exciting New Features Special high temperature lubricants : p. I t.i* Pre-Iubed Asbestos Yarns j p?. Four styles fill many needs New high PVIactors ; ???"' , I:. ;- < Broad pH ranges | fe;:--Sturdy Interlocked construction i ^ - * Pliable, installs cleanly and easily Rich with special new lube and heavily graphited throughout. Plus graphite finish New Loklube process saturates the Interlocked structure in a manner designed to satisfy the preferences of mill superintendents Speeds to 3600 rpm. Temperatures to 500F pH range 4-10. PV limit 650,000 STYLE 1003 G f. fe^^*^eW.etsIan^'adiustments refill r--wMr;5!pf.^afts/sleeves .vgjgS& ^v#^ore1iibnc^trreia1hdd\ 7:-.. 1SSB y--:. -&&M- .Color-coded to aid identification' MB \Har,dtes JteasanilyiHeaaUy e -' &"? rj;-r FBW-148 ? ' *?- k; w n sB&&L:p p". m" i?" ky j A? te' \ J >; rfV lap -rB.r Y ...-j,... * -V ,VU' , -...I' ifi Announcing : ~y. JOHNS-MANVILLE LOKLUBE PACKINGS WITH PRE-LUBR1CATED ASBESTOS YARNS New High Temperature Lubricants New High PV factor--to 650,000 Broad pH range--4 to 10 Extended life cuts expense; improves pump performance MODERATE... NOT PREMIUM PRICES! *J-M TRADEMARK SI YYM 2-'i ;V yyw y;\ FBW-149 -? a , H.'`-Y Johns-IVIanvIlle LOKLUBE* Packings offer unique features and benefits for service in centrifugal and rotary pumps DESCRIPTION Johns-Manville LOKLUBE Packings are designed for general service in a wide range of applications. New im proved ingredients and production methods have been incorporated to increase performance levels and pack ing life, thereby reducing the frequency of gland takeups and repacking. This assures positive, demonstrable savings in packing costs, down-time and labor. J-M LOKLUBE Packings are specifically designed to provide extra efficiency in performing particular operations. ADVANTAGES Moderately priced High-Temperature Lubricants protect against burn-outs LOKLUBE Processt pre-lubricates each strand before braiding to resist fluid wash-out of lubricant Interlocked Construction seals better, lasts longer Easier handling for quicker installation Speeds to 3600 rpm. Temperatures to 500F pH range 4 to 10. PV limit--650,000 FOUR STYLES COLOR-CODED FOR SPECIFIC SERVICES ^ RED LOKLUBE STYLE 1050R y GRAY-BLUE LOKLUBE STYLE 1012M For hot water service such as boiler feed pumps. Handles hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics, etc. PV limit on this Style may be in creased to 1,000,000 by using Header and Follower Rings of J-M 393 Lead or J-M 392 Aluminum. For aluminum, steel and other primary metal plants. Molydisulphide throughout, molydisulphide finish. Handles hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics, etc. ^ AMBER LOKLUBE STYLE 1009A For Paper Mills. Handles hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics, etc. Contains no graphite, will not discolor fluid media. ^ BLACK LOKLUBE STYLE 1003G For Pulp Mills and other services where Graphite is de sirable. Graphited throughout, graphite finish. Handles hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caus tics, etc. tPatent applied for * Johns-Manville Trademark Detailed Data will be found on the following pages. FBW-150 F. B. WRIGHT COMPANY 9999 Mercier Avenue, Dearborn, Michigan TELEPHONE VI. 3-8250 Johns-ManviHe LOKLUBEPackings HIGH-TEMPERATURE LUBRICANTS PROTECT AGAINST BURN-OUTS J-M LOKLUBE lubricants are special-purpose types, de veloped particularly for pump packings. Their perform ance and service life are far superior to lubricants used by the Industry in general service packings. Their un usual heat resistance (up to 500F) insures they remain stable at high temperatures, so that the combination of heat and pressure does not force them out of the packings. Ordinary lubricants, which melt at 160-190F, "ooze" out --either in routine operations, or if the gland has been tightened too much. For instance, when new pack ings are installed, and adequate leakage has been allowed for during the break-in period, another main tenance man often follows and tightens the gland ex cessively to stop the leakage. The temperature rises-- the lubricant melts and is forced out of the packing, which shrinks and fails. J-M LOKLUBE Packings retain their full lubrication and continue their sealing and protective functions even when operating temperatures are higher than normal. This means less friction, longer packing life, fewer re packs and less shaft/sleeve wear. LOKLUBE PROCESS RESISTS FLUID WASH-OUT Johns-Manville has developed an entirely new, different and inventive production method which pre-lubricates each asbestos strand prior to braiding. The lubricant is locked integrally into the structure of the packing, insuring a constant supply of lubricant throughout the life of the packing. Most packings are lubricated by dipping the finished product into the lubricant. In operation, the lubricant washes out, leaving the bare strands to seal the shaft. This leads to overheating, premature packing failure and shaft wear. Long after lubricants in ordinary packings have washed away, J-M LOKLUBE Packings retain their efficiency, preventing overheating and wear on both the shaft and the packing. You save on the costs of the packings, labor, downtime and shaft/sleeve replacement. These identical Rotary Rod Test Units were used to evalu ate packings under conditions which would be encoun tered in actual pump operations... 2" shaft, 2000 rpm, coId water, 40 psi, 100 hrs. The one on the top was equipped with standard packings. Note the amount of lubricant which washed into the drip pan. The unit at the bottom, equipped with J-M LOKLUBE Packings, was run simultaneously under identical conditions. Note the clean drip pan. The lubricant remained inside the packing. Here is graphic proof that J-M LOKLUBE resists fluid washout. J-M LUBRICANTS REMAIN FIRM AT 500F Long-lasting protection of both packing ahd shaft is assured...saving on initial packing costs, labor, down time and preventing shaft/sleeve wear. This safety fac tor allows time to readjust a too-tight gland for normal operation. FBW-151 INTERLOCKED CONSTRUCTION WEARS LONGER, WON'T RAVEL Johns-Manville Interlocked Construction in all LOKLUBE Packings uses only one or two strands in the center to ''lead" the braiding process. This produces a firm, longwearing packing. Lubricant loss remains at a minimum, reducing friction and shaft wear--less adjustment and longer life before repacking. Some packings use multiple single strands of asbestos in the center to build up the required bulk to make the correct size. The result is a weaker, less resilient struc ture which tends to ravel in installation, requires more compression to obtain a seal, and needs more frequent adjustment. It packs down, squeezing out the lubricant, causing faster wear. Packing B J-M LOKLUBE . & This illustrates the difference in the number of center strands used in the same size packings. J-M LOKLUBE employs a minimum number, thereby providing a stronger, longer-wearing packing. WIDE pH RANGE FOR VERSATILE APPLICATIONS IN MANY OPERATIONS J-M LOKLUBE Packings are designed for general serv ice media ranges --pH from 4 to 10. This permits han dling a broad range of fluids--hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics, etc. This versatility allows you to standardize on J-M LOKLUBE Packings and reduce your inventory requirements. Many modern general service pumps are designed to operate under conditions previously impossible without the use of special, costly packings. Johns-Manville de veloped LOKLUBE Packings which withstand these ex treme requirements and still remain in the moderately priced category. To test and prove the efficiency of these new packings, J-M Engineers designed a special PVTest Unit to dupli cate the requirements of these high-performance pumps. Illustrated above is the PVTest Unit which sub jected the packings to a combination of high pressures, speeds and temperatures. Out of these tests came J-M LOKLUBE Packings which perform efficiently under these demanding specifications. Some of these tests reached 1,000,000 PV (pressure times shaft velocity in feet/min) and temperatures of 450F. Specifically, J-M Style 1050R (RED) performs effectively on hot water pumps in the range of 400 psi--450F--3600 rpm on 3" shafts using Header and Follower Rings of J-M 393 Lead or J-M 392 Aluminum. This original and extensive research by J-M Engineers has developed moderately priced packings which meet high-performance requirements for safe, long service life, which promise you substantial savings in packing costs, labor, down-time and plant production. PRODUCT WARRANTY J-M products are warranted free from defects in workmanship and in raw materials of our own manufacture. These products are not guaranteed as to performance under any specific service condition nor for any specific period of time. Our liability for breach of any Warranty, express or implied, is limited, at our sole option, to refund of the invoice value of our products, or to the replacement thereof F.O.B. our plant or other shipping point, full freight allowed to prior destination. FBW-152 Johns-Manvil/e LOKLUBE Packings EASIER TO HANDLE AND INSTALL J-M LOKLUBE Packings are even and smooth. They fit into stuffing boxes without preliminary poundingto size. Easy to cut, easy to pack without forcing or keystoning, they require less compression and less gland take-up to maintain a seal. IMPORTANT: Use normal, good installation practices. Remove all old packing, clean the stuffing box, use the right packing size, cut rings properly, install one ring at a time. Pay particular attention to the following step: After the last ring is installed, take up the bolts fingertight. Start the pump and take up the bolts until the leakage is decreased to an acceptable minimum. Allow packing to leak freely when starting up; allowing gen erous leakage during the first hour of operation results in better break-in. Take up gradually on the bolts until the leakage is tolerable. Never try to stop leakage en tirely. Your J-M Representative will be glad to provide you with complete, detailed Installation Procedures. CONVENIENT PACKAGING Johns-Manville LOKLUBE Packings are furnished to you in easy-to-measure spools and hand-cut rings. This means no tangling, waste or soilage problems. Onepound spools are shipped in self-dispenser cartons for on-the-spot packing jobs for your convenience. Johns-Manville 22 East 40th Street * New York, N.Y. 10016 Sales Offices in Principal Cities FBW-153 '/ Ya ft \ mMM, F. B. Wpgtif bompan] 9999 Mercier Avenue Dearborn, Michigan .TELEPHONE VI. 3-8250 m WM \.*l V \ m i*.--r-r>%r^,-.:..-..._- . - ' v=* - '-------- j*K'* -*5V ' 1 "s:/* v,^y *&%> *-r iifllSiSfc %HNS-M*NylU- #?- . y&*gth gjS3=^ pgW-154 - ---4a4jVi:Rfiw"'- --; - >X' SxsdjsP-- z& g^i---.a33gr I lO-rtl OOlMTtNfl ' ^v: ?Ss..S4-iS?iS3tai ^ i? -.--- -::iv -.KTltis Asbestos (Canadian Chrysofile) is dense as the rock in ,, 40*"stone in their original state, after mechanical treatment.^IKSSS^-. i_ - are light as thistledown." - f.' vr-- - '^*1 S* FBW-155 PRODUCT WARRANTY H Products ere worsted free meterUls of our-own menufeeture. These ^rtioo K> far tetd u to performtnc BfwJf *ny ^ WfctiMfr. nj specific period of Urn*. Our luslliIty nfwd *f tb * sxpress or Implied, n limited, t our sole opUon, to rMM m - voice vtlue of our products, er to the nplicement thenwfF^^ %Z ?iaxr shlpplnr DOW. lull fr.lM elHend to prior **** WHY J-M ASBESTOS TEXTILES IMPROVE SAFETY, REDUCE COSTS Johns-Manville Asbestos Textiles serve in friction-facings and linings for industrial equipment, insulations for electrical wires and cables, paddings for laundry presses, beltings for conveying hot materials, covering for heat insulation and high temperature piping, diaphragms used in electrolytic processes, fire-fighting emergency blankets and protective clothing, fire protection for airplane parts, tin and galvanizing wipers, vacuum bags in cleaning and conveyor systems, mailbags, expansion joints, packings and gaskets, chemical and hot gas filters and many other products. New uses and applications are being discovered and developed constantly. The resistance of asbestos to many chemicals and acids, its proven incombustibility and its flexibility and fineness of fibre are earning for these textiles an ever-widening field of usefulness in product design. With a background of over 75 years experience in the manufacture of Asbestos Textiles .. .the free world's largest asbestos mine... four manufacturing plants with complete facilities for the develop- .ment and fabrication of Asbestos Textiles of every description, Johns-Manville is especially quali fied to help adapt to your needs one or more of the products described in this book." ' ' ;' GRADES OF ASBESTOS !n the asbestos textile industry, the standard grades and percentages of asbestos tn ' the finished product are established by the American Society forTesting Materials (A.TM.) as shown below. - * '. 'Asbestos Content by Weight . - in the Finished Product -75% up to but .obt including-60% ; - V 0% up to bet not including 65% " 7/-VBJ% up to but hot including 90% :y~A90% up to but hot including 95% -95% up to but not including 99% " 99.% up to and including '*100% .;,7:; SERVICE TEMPERATURES* V # dlillllfe' Et-~^?goggy TfS' FBW-156 : Of PLAIN (non-mctjKtc) ASBESTOS TEXTILES jfttr 24-Hour Exposure js.-' - v wv* -J r-- TTo further extend the temperature serviceability range, use wire-inserted ddihs. m J-M ASB5ST0S c Johns-Manville Asbestos Lap is a fire-resistant, untwisted, felted form of carded asbestos fibres, STANDARD CLASSIFICATIONS FOR ASIISTOS TKXTILKS which have been blended with organic fibres (cotton, rayon, etc.). It is furnished in two styles --a single ribbon-like formation of felted asbes tos fibres, and a paralleled assemblage of the first style. Like J-M Asbestos Roving, it is used extensively by the electrical wire and cable industry as an Magnetic Rating A.S.T.M. Spec. D1061-58 Maximum Non-Ferrous Underwriters' Grade...................................................................... 0.75 Grades A and AA......................................................................... 1 Ferrous................................................................................................ .. 3 A.S.T.M. Spec. D2100-T Type H................................................................................................. 0.75 I C 5 p5 S Eb t\ insulation for electrical conductors such as heater cords, fixture wires and cables. Asbestos Type IV.............................................................................................. 2 Type VI ............................................................................................ 4 ~V-. - .iap is applied to the wire in successive, veil-like "rwebs of asbestos, which are continuously Si^^^^israpped around the wire, assuring a uniformly farrows and non-ferrous varieties ora usad according to the oppliealion. Non.ferrous is used ; where the chief insulotion is dependent on asbestos. Ferrous is used where another* insulation element is more predominant. >r:;ihick coverage at -all points. In this application, AsbestosLap, because'of its high ^resistance to the destructive effects of fire and ___ '<;;::>y;-heat,.provides durable and lasting protection. It 4H|^^5cMnpletd.y encloses' the wire or cable and con-.; - SjiS ^^P^gfffributes' to the useful life of the conductor. S^^S^^pfiiis-ManvilleASbestosiLap is'furnished inroll **%2frirm, on paper tubes, in"widths of 3 to .8 slivers. ^S^^K^Cohn^Mahville'Al^totfLap'is available'ihthree -iraudeisihle'most commoifiv.; 3 __ _ Typical Asbestos Lap Roll fBMV-157 J-M ASBESTC f\ \ / Johns-ManviUe Asbestos Roving is a fire-resistant textile product of carded asbestos fibre and an organic fibre (cotton, rayon, etc.)i mechanically rubbed into a soft, bulky, un twisted strand. Johns-Manville produces roving in various degrees of density from a soft, fluffy roving to a firm com pacted one, to meet specific requirements. Soft-rubbed roving gives maximum coverage while hard-rubbed or com pacted roving produces more efficient serving machine operation. . ; Roving is used extensively by the wire industry as electrical ' insulation for electrical conductors such as heat-Tesisting fixture wires, flexible cords or heater cords, cables andnum-.. erous electrical heating elements. Strands of Asbestos Rov-'.{^->!,Vfing are wrapped individually by automatic machinery'.to make a relatively soft, complete wrap over the wire..;..-: ' - /^Asbestos Roving is available..in" two types: .'iPLAlNi. asbestos fibre blended with cotton or other organic fibres, carded and mechanically .-.Tubbed, producing a uniform roving of maxi- ---------- ' *' mum strength; REINFORCED, plain Asbestos'\ REQUmiMINTI TOR YARD* RIR POUND OP STANDARD ASBESTOS ROVINO* y--. *~Xuf Numbar 5-cut S:-;h--4-eut c7-e.it 8-cut ^o-cut 2-cut g*jl4-eut ; -Nominel ..'.500 . -'700 .-.- -.voo- -h-1000.... . - . '-`7200 ' -`. ->J4O0 PtrrmstibU VerMrtitns in Avr09 Yard* P*f P#und 460 lo 540 552 lo &4 644 to 756 736 to 864 128 lo <m 920 lo 1080 1104 lo 1296 '. .. 1288 lo 1512 . Roving -with a core of cotton or other thread r . . ;- for added tensile strength. Also it is classified. iy: '' ; .-aas ferrous ornnon-ferrous. - .'Furnished in-three A.S.T.M. grades--Under- V'-^writers', jATV-and "AA" -- Johns-Many7" ' i-r-Asbestps'Roving meets" practicaHyTahyS - ''^^qairement'.^niie moist:widely,;used i' " .^-Underwriters'. ' -;'*' > EMi: '":ri.SIZES arefi^rutthru multiplied by 100 gives the approximate yatds per pound.,J(Example: 7-cut runs mbout .700 Srds/perlb.) Standard cut numbers with yards - per pound .and. permissible variations .are -.,v,.r.-Jbovrainthetjd)le (left).- -7"'Oit PACKAGING;. .-Cone*:' "Two standard sizes; ' ;hrr;Uarge --KD.-*t base by -.6-3/4" Xong, - ..^v. wound 5-rl/^OJD.at base by 2" O.D. at top by^= ... .5c.*f*iraVerse;.&nail--1-7/8" I.D. at base x 4-1/2" tTSKu ' - long, wound 4" OJD. at base by 2" OX), at top x '.7 7 4-1/4" traverse. Tubes: Paper tubes 3" to 8-1/2" long by 5/8" LD., woimd 2-3/4" to 8" traverse ' by up to 5" O.D. - Tubes and cones of various sizes are supplied 7. to meet individual requirements and woimd with traverse and diameter specified. Hard rvbbed or compacted roving promote! more FBW-158 * -'.A t efficient *erving machine operation. Such a machine \ # f. J-M ASBESTOp I S s js, \L Johns-Manville Asbestos Yam is composed of As bestos Roving which has been mechanically spun or twisted to give it tensile strength. It is furnished Class A--Plain (non-metallic) consists of asbes tos fibre or a~blend of asbestos and -other fibres. r: in a wide range of grades, "cuts" (sizes) and plies, either plain, metallic or reinforced, to meet the qualifications or specifications necessary for any purpose for which it is intended. Yam is used in the manufacture of Asbestos Cloth, Tape, and Tubing; for sewing Asbestos Cloth; as core and wrapping Class B--Metallic is asbestos yam with wire in- -.T-'.' sertion. Wire diameter and metals can .-ijUiv. be varied. Class C--Organic Reinforced is plain asbestos yam with an organic yam insertion. for electrical resistance wires; socking for flexible metal hose; wire wiping in galvanizing plants; for fireproofing electrical cables; and, reinforced with wire, is used for weaving into brake linings and clutch facings and many other products. Grades--Commercial, Underwriters', "AA", "AAA", and "AAAA". "Cuts" (Sizes)--8,10,12,14,16 and 18 cut. . ClassD--Inorganic Reinforced is plain asbestos 'X^SsS'.yam with a non-metallic inorganic yarn insertion. Class E-^-Combination Yams are asbestos yams .^fSgrr '.-^aioristructed of-two brlmore of thejg^jfe " V-:; yams ^described in;:Classes A :thru ^%-fcbestcwyam}lila^ifi^tiohs A thrdugh E .are coh-J; :.-;i3]sj^tent with t-^-2o9oq9 .under re-"^ To determine yds. per lb/ Take cut number.or size/.v-z^^^on i 5% and divide by number of plies. .... ' ;.tr.^?^s:cut,^hum^f':T^H^^dd?.wlieHier).fihe3(arii 4?,,|||j (The yardage per lb. of metallic asbestos yam is less than that of plain-yam of the same "cut" in propor-; tion to the weight of the inserted wire.) Ply--Single or multi-ply. Multi-ply is made up two or more strands basic classes of iHfficateithe^t^he nek^igit indicates th Asbestos Yarn wound on paper tube. Skein V5fg; :'^5-CUt X^soo. -Ik-.O'v -:~-'M25 to 575 .W39 -V'd-eut :~-riQ600 ;;;~:-iSS;510 to'690 7-cut :->700 ^-*4410 756 ,'--1-595 to 805 -8-cut --800 -x". 736 to 864 Ivf-'-680 to 920 9-cut ^10-cut 12-cut ;-900 Si 000 -?'3200 - 828 to 972 . 920 to 1080 1104 to 1296 : 765 to-1035 - --- :r-850to 1150 -- -1020 to 1380 14-cut -.16-cut - yUOO .:-l 600 1288 to 1512 1472 to 1728 ; -1190 to 1610 "1360 to 1840 18-cut '"3800 1656 to 1944 - ~ ; 1530 to 2070 A* pftalbtd In Hm itwt A.S.TJL, >2?9 FBW-159 Yam-Spinning' Frame YARN TERMINOLOGY: Endless Yarn or Knotless--plied yarn in which splices are made without any change in the yam diameter. Ends-Up--refers to the number of strands of yam wound parallel on a tube. Cord Construction--Asbestos Yam with 6 or more plies of single yam. Wire--A wire insertion frequently used is brass .007" or .008" in diameter. Other types of wire used are copper, zinc, stainless steel, Inconel,ietc. Direction of Twist--There are two types of twists,-known as "S"~ ' twist and "Z" twist. A yam or cord is said to have "S" or "Z" * twist if, when held in a vertical position, the spirals in the yam ' conform in direction of slope to the central portion of the letter. Unless otherwise specified, single-ply yams will-be furnished with "Z" twist and multi-ply yams with "S" twist. Treating or Sizing: For special purposes, Asbestos Yams are also coated or impregnated with various compounds to increase tensile strength, lay the fibres, or impart certain qualities of the compound. .These are known as treated or sized yams and are produced to customer specifications. Packaging--Supplied on paper tubes with Universal Winding. Sizes: Paper tubes 3" to 8-1/2" long x 5/8" I.D., wound 2-3/4" to 8" traverse x up to any desired O.D. Tubes of various sizes are supplied to meet individual requirements, and wound with traverse and diameter specified. FBW-160 J-M ASBESTO fi Jr-A1-*1.* ' ' *- V Ilift -A' - < .-V tr-'rf 'fZ* * ^ it.' *f ~ _../< i ^ -> - x-A--*-*,* -A- r x - . r-J tis vi+HJit'.r-./ \y i-t*>/ > ? - ?: . . ; --i/ >* r-tf- c .A ; - ^ru * ^7W * * i* Asbestos Cloth is Asbestos Yam woven into a fabric to form a pliable, mineral textile with high tensile strength and high resistance to heat, flame, chemicals and weather. It is available in a wide range of textures, from light-proof to open weave, in all standard grades with or without wire insertions, and in thicknesses and weights suitable for every pur pose. Made from the longer "spinning fibres" of asbestos, Asbestos Cloth is used in the manufacture of annealing and firg^mgthering blankets, belts for conveying heated objects through ovens and in dryers such as blue print machines, covers for rollers on laundry flat-work ironers, for lami nating cloth in plastic parts, covering heat insulation, curtains for dryers, glass lehrs or weldm^jjMths, shields to protect workmen from fire, all types of safetyclotKing7 electrolytic cells, filter cloths, forge furnace hoods, mill scale fenders, wrapping for sheet glass and conveyor rollers and countless other products. I i ft Federal specifications, particularly those of the United States Navy, re quire pipe insulation above 500 F to be protected by an outside jacket of asbestos cloth. Many maritime, industrial and utility power plant specifications also require asbestos cloth to serve as a permanent protec tion and fireproof jacket over pipe and boiler insulation. Underground and overhead piping, both steam and refrigeration are often protected by a jacket of asbestos cloth. FBW-161 0.75 tb*. per jq. yd .. ' ' - 1.10 Ibj. per tq.:-yd. A- Light Weight AsoWfbs Cloth is particularly suit able in many of these same applications when weight limitations, good "drape" and ability to conform to irregular shapes are major considera /L 1'V r' Ay tions. In the plastics field, the cloth's light weight& and conformability provide a reinforcement ma terial that is compatible with manufacturing operations. This use of Asbestos Cloth results in finished plastic products having great strength and high resistance to heat. Asbestos Cloth of unexcelled quality is assured by Johns-Manville's many years of experience in the manufacture of Asbestos Textiles coupled with their vast research and quality control fa cilities. Details of styles of Johns-Manville As bestos Cloth are given in the tables on pages 10-12. Asbestos Clothing as made by leading Safety Clothing Fabricators provides safety for indus trial workers. Light in weight and remarkably pliable, Asbestos Clothing is a chemically-resist- '"z ant and fire-resistant textile product. It is valuable in providing protection to members of services responsible for fighting and making rescues through fires and extreme heat. S55sl 'iKt A 1225-Alf _ 2AO lbs. p*r iq. yd. Aluminized Asbestos Cloth is designed to com bat heat in radiant form. Made by laminating aluminum foil to an Asbestos Cloth backing, this material is effective in reflecting 90% of all radi ant heat, helps to improve worker efficiency. Asbestos-aluminum laminate retains a great de gree of strength at temperatures up to 1400F, over long periods of time. Used wherever flame and radiant heat must be controlled--as blankets, shields, hoods, covers and curtains--it helps to reduce flame and heat hazards. Refer to Speci fications, page 12, for those cloths which can be aluminized. FBW-162 APPUCATIO J-M ^issf5ro^L0TH following information explains the break-' -blown of the J-M Asbestos Cloth style numbers, *-Mf gb ; and gives other helpful information pertaining "bSj; bb..'to the J-M Asbestos Non-Metallic and Metallic -fjjgZ IJSsiCloth Specifications--listed onthe next two pages. JJ.gr Asbestos Safety Curtain PAofo Courtesy Radio City Music Hall, New York City. Asbestos Safety Curtains made from Asbestos Cloth, provide effective fire-stops and thereby pro tect theater audiences from the damaging effects of back-stage and wing fires. J-M Asbestos Safety Curtains and Blankets are also used to check radi ant heat and hot metal splash, and in mines, buildings, ships, air-conditioning ducts ... in fact, wherever flexible "fire-walls" are needed to reduce the hazards of property damage or loss of life. Johns-Manville Asbestos Safety Curtains and Blankets are custom-made to comply with any municipal regulation. RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS FOR J-M ASBESTOS CLOTH UsesStyle Numbs' Blankets Annealing ................................................... A1225 Fire Smothering...........................................A1225 Belts--Blueprint Machines............................ A 1250; A 1225 Clothing, Safety .............................................A 1225; A 1250 T 1250; Ctvering Insulation--Diesel Exhaust Pipes., A 1225 Curtains Dryers ..........................................................A1225; 11301 Glass Lehrs--Welding................................ A 1225; A 1258 Shields for Workmen, Fire Protection___ A1225; A 1225 ALF Electrolytic Cells .......................................... T 5300; T 5333 Filter Cloths ................................................... T 5333; T 5300 Hoods, Forge Furnaces.................................. A1225; 11301; A 1225 ALF Insulating Covers .......................................... A 1225 ALF Glass Conveying ........................................ A1225 Jackets over Insulation Temp, to 350 F..............................................A 1225 Temp, above 350 F......................................C 5240 Laundry Cloth ................................................. C 4225; A1225 ALF; A2075 Mill Scale Fenders.........................................A 1225 Motion Picture--Portable Booths................. A1225; A 1250 Plastics, reinforced ...................................... A 2165; A1165 A 2225; A 1225 Wrapping Sheet Glass................................................. A 1225; A1250 Conveyor Rollers ...................................... 11301 io EXPLANATION OP CLOTH STYLE NUMBERS .^r-i'Utter Prefix; Denotes weave and type. -']; >,.A^-plain weave Kr/^.; l-rPlain weave, safety cloth riaJifi--plain weave;-MIL (Govt) Specification plain weave, 'glass and asbestos E.-^plain weave, 2 ply SS5^p4nringbone weave- :* ^$=:?i^lain .weave,inass wire inserted yams IMi^Tain weave, iMel.wire "inserted yams BIQ&SKT$ain weave, monel wire inserted yams ^^^^^Wli^ve,'.ii^;.wire' inserted yams";"' * .^ASBESTOSCONTBNTailixSTKMFKRATURE ^ANOBEjtCoirformVtoAETM tpwKlcaUon*) 505^; A 4250; T 2120 ALF Coot*m , aAppros. Service _ Writtit) jSSarcr Temper*turt Umttj'.i-: r.tHJp'.to 400F.'-?^itSi ,'S?tJp to'450F n ..'A-.'; SO%:i$io butnotlncluSng'35% FUp'Jo 550F >dlp"to 600F .'5^gS .'"flip to 750F^11J 39% :cp fo'md 1iiguflin{rM00% V-lip to 900F '--yisSf; fe-jConforms bf-ASTM Standards for Asbestos Textiles ISI^fifelght-iper-souare yard);.Shall.not vary by more .than 7% over or.;v; K?#'Thunder specified weight'; ' :-i.'' " ;^J-' 'Width: Shill not vary by more "than 0.5* over' or under specified Pi-\ -Width. . V ..mil Length: Standard rolls of 50 .yards ami 100 yards plus or minus *; -} ' Caastractai: Number #f warp and filler yams-shell not vary by I ;.I --more than one over or eider count specified. - -x. pg?-;.;'.' Asbestos Caatait Shall come within tbejercerrtiga range specified, ;.v |i. FBW-163 \ i > t: i j. i; /. I i v * ?, V' : o vs, L "<.-. ' t s. v 1 l V ` f J-M ASBESTOS-\ OTK V- L-, v.f i i t NON-METALL1C ASBESTOS CLOTH NEW i-M Style Number OLD J-M Style Number Weight Approx. per sq. yd., lbs. Thickrwsj, Inches vWirp -Ym -filler -,-Vif -Y*m i-. 1 .:.r^r-ln. - ^rthUximiim nt,.wis|' "Width,`-inches Commercial Grade A 1109tt A 1120tt A 1140 A 116511 A 1170tt A 1175tt A. . 1187 A 1200tt A 1225 < '. '-A 1228 -A 1250 '-V--.-A 1258 '.V.SiiH 1250 V-?-':A 1272tt 1400 -rwssrr 1450tt 1485 DE 808 FE 3010 444 < 444A 1067 1067A FE 4914 DE ?t>^6 "DEC 1.09 1.20 1.40 1.65 1.70 1.75 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.72 4,00 -4.20 -'4.50 4.85 . .. .050 1020 1210 3:30 - -- -"72 .040 1020 1210 >.110 - - ,.'.-".-72 .055 .048 11020 .-.1420 1020 3338'.W ,;y3B 1420 ,'f. .3^-4 >.S'14 .- ..: ,172 >."..`372 .060 .-1020 .1020 V` ..iplOivW 7-72 .065 1220 .1210 / --S21 HVll ` W&72 058 .1420 -1420 ...r. .--20 - - - >10 V . ;72 .066 1020 .1220 :'il 8 -- -y.;-7yz : i :.72 .070 1020 >1020 33ilB 39. . V.r-72 .070 3820 - 820 J\-36 ; ;; :.'.VX.72 .075 -1020 1020 .;?#20 -41 :wa.o373 ,f772 .075 v-820 3:,-820 Z'j 'ij.-Z-72 -.070 --,080 31420 = SI020 -1420 1030 '"y" r:i.-^48 '"^9 :> u~&mo ;125 :1029 ' '1020 ^:t335>:7 :.125 > X:-d020 . '1020 '' 'r'^i3*. ^cr: -743 ' --3125 _S -S m.020 --fljl ,53020 33:30 140 w 3-1020 SW: 3O2O ''Y'z V&ple'pg 'fiS-'is-'Sfei; Underwriters* Grade ##5SA-2070tt . ^-,-;*,-A"2075 ESSuShD ,2082tt. &0?gA 2094ALF .< ..'rSs3tSis;r-OiA.22110lO9ttt ; 0:4:212011 T2120ALF t S&.2140 iC 2140* *t tt :d 2140t 2150* *tt : SgfSK-sA 2165tt .->^?V,iA 2170tt "ISfeA 2175 tt -:ri3xW-A 2180 2183 * * tt . \Si=t-A 2187tt 2187* *tt . 2200tt 2225 .11 P 42 ..12- P 42 4411 . 3767 V-190X FE ' 301OX FE 301OX DE "2909X .2225tt : 2250 ;DE '.:-3010X i&WgJSC 2252* *tt 3 DE 301 OX - 2250* -*t. r. 2272tt v 2400 DE - 8516X 1 S.-?tE 2426tt .V .DEC B516X ; 2450tt 2485**tt- ;TOE 10616X' E "2525tt ` ' ,l.70 .::75 . : - 382 .: --..1n.0o9 ' :;:.:-1.20 ; \-.:1.20 :..3i.40 '"1.40 " ' - >1.40 :~l:SO ---'HI. 65 ' ' .-a.70 . 1.75 -' ;l.'80 v ' -1-.83 ..1:80 ,i3;-.-1:80 ; --:2.00 . -2.25 - " -^2.25 7 : : -2.25 > *-K2.50.'-t ;.V,2.50 'S -. ~2.5o ;'"jsa.72 7 . :;?4.00 --H-4.:20-,3 :;H4.50 - r':;^724;85 ; '-'5.25 .>.033 rs4220,. 34220 -.rf 31022;: :S220 WW W4220 .:t|3 h:;d34-h ga41lG-'-S .2411G-':-7 -84220 v-4220 "' -rl.-O:.0450o.;Wc-3-vT H.igL020 374.-->1012G.>7T5] 731210 .... 7;3012G*W - '-'5040 S4O20 .-W 3>a.2io:3.#; .-.;2,3025.-.?stT'553020 fvxfe =t30l0->;s -.-;no55 HSI020 ..jao2p:7^=, : ~'055 >>:1620 ' ">1620-777 1012G- 37 3g062?^ ^4020: i io2o:;>5gs .7;'048WH^ 7^3420 ';i42o*tsS 77-060 -fWf. ivao20-7>S:S 1020 - . :-g065<'.fcy 373220 .HWS1 .^-2iowsi; -;;l053~"*5g, 0.-620 >51620 3S iS&020 ->058 >r; 33420 .. ?:-1420,,^ :058 ~ST... :#1420 iir1420.-*-ig ; -.V-^ose J3020:;:' .^1220 :>; .070 -<71020, '-7>3 ta.020 -wSa ----------s&SI y?m&2D.-T7 7= ~a020 3-5 WS'ji^so -7 igg3&ai 2lSlg3t2.'-jT'SfSdO: ;g&l&S1aS--W7 5 5 4iff* r*iL. sit. *.*.''SE .'f. '^2 ' "7.# ''7.^5:7372 ?!;-S2;'-f60 f?v>;3?72.. *v *: .-WTrS^I -^lS20Srpfe r^tS20'ii^ A7i*g0OS8O0-g'SSay^gI:55. s*?S4^2200.;:-f>S-^fgL^7^4.2003V0;-..;!P -:Ha25-:"::;f3 Sp020.-3:'Vfg -X^Stc-s^s ; :mo20 ^J :.7a.c tciH-25.&?^:C20~?-!S1 $:1020;3 fv^aaoss :'-s^40=a-* .Sl020 7-.7-TS 7^020'Wf; 31020 ~ - SP1O40-? -- 3572.: -;*H?i60-. m M'h 7>-.'5=t48 i'V, *-0^ ,,------ -4140 * * tt. ;PE 1215 ,:v.ls#:w.7C 4187* *tt-:? JOE --3010" ?^3^a^225tt 'ME -' 2909 >-7^^- , C 4225* * t : ME -.-2909 i*'S--;:;A 4250tt ~ " .ME r3010 4250* * ' ME- 3010 E 4450tt ________ _________________ 1__ - -s*>*svSfe*.`. *G` donotas Glass Yam. Standard Wicfths: 36', 40*. 6CT * Meets Spec. MIL-C-10316B t Meets Spec. SS-C-00466e t Not stocked. Consult your J-M Sales Office. r.- T5 ---1.-35 r-M.BO t-72.25 4 2.25 72.50 7-2.50 s-4.50 '7045:. ;;7058.;: 430702 - ',070': .>0755 -;7075 - -'";125; :S1620'-=3rgf -33620. i?3.420 HwJS 71420" %33320 --7'^ 31020;' mD20 :fio20. f^TO20 f ;7,1020 '^1020 - ^ :31020 -31020 --.1020 - Any B Style (Safety Weave) Ctoth can fee treated In colors white, green, blue, orange. - Order colored safety doth with the prefix SW, SG, SS 'Of SO. 3g&S*gij; - XOfOlNUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE FBW-164 11 SPECIFICATIONS (continued) NEW | J-M Style Number OLD J-M Style Number Weight Approx. per sq.yd., lbs. Thickness, inches Warp Yern Filler Yern Werp Ends, per In. Filler Ends, per in. Maximum Width,* inches C 5140* * t tt C 5210* * I1 C 5225'*t i C 5240 * * C 5250tt T 5300* * T 5333 T 5350ti T 5388ft E 5450tt B 1225 B 1228ft B 1230tt B 1235 B 1250 B 1258tt B 2200 B 2225 H 2225tt B 2230tt B 2250 H 2250 VE 2808 VE 2909 912 WE 5011 UE 4807 Wl 4809 1.40 2.05 2.25 2.40 2.50 3.00 3.33 3.50 3.90 4.50 .055 .065 .070 .065 .075 .075 .098 .085 .085 .125 1620 1020 1020 1220 1020 1220 1020 820 1230 1020 ". ..^ . AAAA GRADE 1620 1020 1020 1220 1020 1220 1020 820 1230 1020 >.-"v 2.25 1 -070 1I 1020 11 1020 1i ASBESTOS SAFETY CLOTH-Commercial Grade?: 2.25 2.25 2.30 2.35 2.50 2.50 2.00 2.25 2.25 2.30 2.50 2.50 .070 .070 .068 .075 .075 .075 Hh. BBS .066 .070 .070 .068 .075 .080 1020 820 1120 1020 1020 820 sea 1020 .1020 1420 1120 1020 1420 1020 820 1120 1120 1020 i 820 EH ..1220 . 1020 1420 1120 1020 1420 ALUMINIZED ASBESTOS CLOTH | 19 16 18 20 20 30 30 26 24 30 ia 18 16 20 18 20 16 _18 18 29 20 20 29 10 8 9 11 10 11 9Yz 8 9 15 7 1 91 9 6 10 10 10 8 7 y2 9 10 lO 10 12 < The arrow indicates style numbers that are also available as Asbestos-aluminum laminates. An increase in weight of approximately 1.10 ounces per square yard should be allowed for Aluminized Asbestos Cloth. 72 72 72 72 72 48 48 48 48 48 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 48 72 72 48 `G' denotes Glass Yarn. Standard Widths: 36*. 40*. 60* Meets Spec. MIL-C-10316B Meets Spec. SS*C-00466e Not stocked. Consult your J-M Sales Office. Any Style B (Safety Weave) treated --36' and 40* only. Any B Style (Safety Weave) Cloth can be treated in colors white, green, blue, orange. Order colored safety cloth with the prefix SW, SG, SB or SO. FBW-165 J-M ASBESTOS E f gat. f & itii "~'s^r fe '* fe fcr; DIMENSIONAL. DATA J-M ASBESTOS TUBING* M STYLE NUMBERS Commercial Grade--Ferrous--Non-Metallic (Wall Thickness: approximately1/^) 16-64 16-32 16-16116-18116-316116-14116-38116-12116-916116-58116-34|16-7s| 16-1 16-118116-138 I.D. inches O.D.inches Approx, flat width, inches >/m hi hl. R'nd R'nd R'nd J/16 l'\6 Approx, teet per lb. 175 100 85 70 57 For use over B&S Wire Gauge No. 17 10 As prascrlbad In'the latast AJ.T.M. W2I. - . -.. J ohns-Man^lle^Tjtesii^QS^^^-'injiae selected ^beSM^Yami^Hmm^o^fireproof, and-chemicallj-re^istantfiejabie.'ileeving forTnsig lating electficai wires tod cables''(to'protect them' against failure'pi adjoining nafcies')-llt is used:.jutS gasketing material. It iSo covers. tkte-rods oi.ttej; mocouples. In the glass industry^itis use! as sdee^g \ O J ohns-Manville' -Asbestos"-ITubing -:'Ss availablep8e|lJ sizes from 1/64" through~.:2-l/2" inside -diameter.*^'7' larger diameters are available -on special "orders Wall thickness is approximately -i/16" thick? All tubing is furnished with plain finish. However, tjp i *. i *2 ... ' .'A. " ' -o' - -1'.-- .7- - Johns-Manville Thermo-Pac Ropes are used by many industries where stable high-temperature resistance is needed. All Thermo-Pac Ropes are made of Asbestos except for two styles, #2300 and #2700, which are used only when tempera tures exceed 1000 F. These are made of special J-M Refractory Fibers to withstand these ultrahigh temperatures. Thermo-Pac is furnished in sizes from W to 2" diameter. Thermo-Pac is a popular sealing element in manufacturing equipment handling heat such as furnaces, boilers, high temperature instruments. In power plants, Thermo-Pac is a basic mainte nance item used for general boiler service, such as caulking, filling, expansion joints, between boiler walls and brick work, and on steam and exhaust lines. Thermo-Pac is an excellent emergency substitute for packings, gaskets and groove packing where -other -materials are not available or where less .pliable,. less adaptable materials cannot be used. V.'fS .vJalSS BASE FIBER USED IN JOHNS-MANVILLE THERMO-PAC ROPE The Style Number indicates the top.ternper.kture.dhnit that.the.style will .handle. This will prove most v;i'i-'-'r ? f ' ... >;.or ^-ply .^^"t^y^rated;tpjgetheF^^.'a:hsSS-&qislie<i,-_^n-"' .^'diameter ciird cd-.the pBjuired size; It has wide application -in.dhe K-electrical :indu^y^s^Stfevuceahle;^^l^laii.d j^emical ^orks fiiwhere high heat^iresistanceas a reqihrKmeht,`-^saised.ffl^ie joints . itiahd seams MmeltiSg-aiid heat-treatingTufiiace^jsmHi&i^einents gp: <7-A/ ^vSBfS7`0| J-M ASBESTOS TAPE Johns-Manville Asbestos Tape is a fireproof, flexible tape woven from various grades of Asbestos' Yam that will not unravel in service; Be- - * - cause of their excellent electrical and heat insulating qualities as well . as their high tensile strength, J-M asbestos woven tapes are used for insulating wires, coils, cables and other electrical conductors."Also for insulating small steam pipes and bends; as a flexible, gasket-material . and to form flexihle-connecting couplings where high temperature t service is involved; and as wicking in oil-burning apparatus. : .'^e'theimii.^bflity.-xiii.J'ohns-Mah^dlle.asbestos tape lso~makes it - WysV ..particularly suitable foruse as a conveyor.belt for.carryingbot mate-:'T;>j%: --rials. -For.electrical iiixhoses."thinner taDes'ih^Underwriters'r--erade ri ! :! .;.vj . '.: <: *' "? iv . . ** . . V* -..-.' ' . .. -V:.-' ' -. :. . ^ '-V V-. ` t ' /-..y.yy;.:- ...V .3yyy.,\3y;;y3 =y?y : . r i.-. :'CC;;-T/C; WSmWx^ .. '".`i-'v-i: ~ . - -VV: v:-s,-'yy;y-: isasaaW-WSfe'h y43%e% T -5 y-vy;-v-v, ;%Tf.. "'--3-. TX-I7A 4/69 IfTHO IN TYPE 357 DUCT CLOSURE TAPE #357 TAPE IS USED TO SEAL AND ASSEMBLE ALL AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS 'V SHEET METAL DUCT . FIBROUS DUCT SYSTEMS RIGID ROUND DUCT FLEXIBLE ROUND DUCT PLASTIC FACED DUCT SLAB DUCT . AIR POLLUTION COLLECTION SYSTEMS . EXHAUST VENTS . DRYER VENTS . DUCT INSULATION NASHUA DUTCH BRAND WATERPROOF CLOTH TAPE SAVES TIME AND REDUCES COSTS IN EVERY APPLI CATION FOR FORMING, HOLDING, AND SEALING AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS IN HEATING. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING WORK. POLYETHYLENE FILM LAMINATED TO A STRONG CLOTH BACKING MAKES SEAMS AIRTIGHT AT JOINTS AND OVERLAPS. =357 TAPE HELPS SYSTEMS MAIN TAIN MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY FOR YEARS. NASHUA DUTCH BRAND POLY-CLOTH TAPE HAS VERSATILITY OF APPLICATION IN TEMPERATURE RANGES FROM 25 F. TO 200 F. = 357 TAPE SATISFIES FEDERAL SPECIFICATION PPP-T-0060C FOR WATERPROOF PACKAGING TAPE OTHER COLORS: Wty^OUVE DRAB, BLACK, AND RED. FBW-170 9999 Mercler Avenue Dearborn, Michigan F. B. iWBlGHT CO. f -D TELEPHONE VI. 3-8250 Ac . 3 Chicago, ill. 60619amDUTCH BRAND DIVISION Office - 44 Frar-kisi S:. Nashtla>.N. H: LSC'tO PUH - 7E.00 Wcod:a f-xe . SPECIFICATIONS: #357 TAPE (SILVER, BLACK, WHITE, OLIVE DRAB AND RED) Thickness, Mils: Adhesion To Steel. Oz. Per In.: Unwind, Lbs. Per In.: Water Penetration Rate: Water Vapor Transmission Rate: Appearance After Weathering: Bursting Strength: 14 45 3.5 1.9 gms./24 hrs.,'100 in. .85 gms./24 hrs. No separation from test panel 75 p.s.i. Backing: Adhesive Mass: Roll Length: Core Size: Packing: Polyethylene laminated to cloth Rubber resin base 60 yds. 3" I.D. Bulk case - four separate stacks compartmentized box #357 Tape Satisfies PPP-T-0060C NOTE: All performance figures are averages. PRODUCT WARRANTY NASHUA'S product} ore worronted free from defects in workmanship and in row materials of our own manufacture. These products are not guoronleeo* cj to performance under any specific service conc'ifion nor for any specific period of time. Our liability for breach of any Warranty, express o- implied, is limited, at our sole option, to refund of the invoice value cf our products, or to the replacement thereof F.O.B. our plant or other shipping point, full freight allowed to prior destination. FBW-171 Johns-Manville PACKINGS for pumps, valves pressure vessels \\ IT\ \\ \\ irU 1------ --\ |:\ m i\ F. B. Wright Company 9999 Mercier Avenue Dearborn, Michigan TELEPHONE VI, 3-8250 ^ -^(nsriggpS^ FBW-172 Johns-Manville The designers of machines are keenly aware of the vital roles which Mechanical Packings play in their equipment. For this reason, countless equipment builders specify Johns-Manville Packings as orig inal standard parts in their units to assure long, efficient and dependable operation. This should be of special interest to users of those units who will be buying replacement parts and who are concerned with preventive maintenance and gaining optimum economy per packing dollar invested. They must recognize that premature fail ure of inferior materials quickly runs up costly repacking charges to say nothing of needless down time on machines. Your local Johns-Manville Packing Distributor or J-M Representative will help you select the J-M Mechanical Packings best suited for your applica tions. Ask him to show you how the new Chempac and Thermocore Packing line can deliver several times the life of ordinary materials--tell you how they combine the strength and heat resistant character istics of asbestos with the sealing action and chem ical resistance of TFE and Graphite. Let him demonstrate how versatile Chempac and Thermocore will simplify your inventory problem ... why a stock of these two universal styles will serve for countless applications, thus eliminating costly practice of carrying a variety of styles for various services. PRODUCT WARRANTY J-M products are warranted free from defects in work manship and in raw materials of our own manufacture. These products are not guaranteed as to performance under any specific service condition nor for any specific period of time. Our liability for breach of any Warranty, express or implied, is limited, at our sole option, to re fund of the invoice value of our products, or to the re placement thereof F.O.B. our plant or other shipping point, full freight allowed to prior destination. FBW-1 73 1 Such as DuPont Teflon and Imperial Chemical Industries Fluon. Copyright 1959 Johns-Manville Corp. m m Mechanical Packing THREE BASIC FACTORS assure long packing life and trouble-free service 1. MATERIALS used in the manufacture of mechanical packings are determined by the liquid being handled and the temperature at which it must be sealed. 2. DESIGN and CONSTRUCTION of the packing are determined by pressures and motions which are found in the equipment. 3. INSTALLATION and MAINTENANCE must be carried out by mechanics who understand that the time spent in applying packing properly will prove well spent in gaining longer, better packing service. SELECTED ASBESTOS YARNS and FABRICS All Johns-Manville Mechanical Packings are made from ma terials proved by long experience to be most satisfactory in the service for which they will be used. The asbestos yam used in the production of J-M packings is high quality roving which has been mechanically spun or twisted to give it tensile strength. It is prepared in a wide range of grades, sizes, and plies, either plain, metallic or rein forced, to meet rigid specifications. From the mine to the user every step is carefully controlled. These yams form pliable mineral fabrics, ropes, cords, tapes and tubings having high strength and resistance to chemicals and abrasion. Unless otherwise indicated in descriptions of specific styles, the packings discussed in this catalog are made of commercial grade white asbestos yams. This represents an asbestos content of 75% to 80% by weight in the finished yarn to meet A.S.T.M. standards. Some styles utilize even greater asbestos content. Blue asbestos fiber is used in some packings. Yams made of blue fiber are more abrasive than white asbestos but provide necessary resistance to action of the most severe acids. TEMPERATURE LIMITS OF ASBESTOS IN SERVICE The service temperature limits of asbestos vary depending on whether the heat in the line bears directly on the asbestos, is somewhat diverted, or is actually sepa rated as In the case of most stuffing boxes. A general table for guidance' follows: SHADE DIRECT HEAT Commercial--75/80% Asbestos Underwriters-80/84% Asbestos A 85/89% Asbestos AA--90/94% Asbestos AAA-95/98% Asbestos AAAA--99/100% Asbestos 400F 450F 550F 600F 750F 900F CAULKING SERVICE 500F Not Used Not Used Not Used 850F 1000F PUMP t YALVE STUFFING BOXES GOOF Not Used Not Used 800F 1000F 1200F CONTENTS PACKING STYLES PAGE Chempac........................................ 6 Loklube........................................... 8 Interlocked .....................................10 Centripac........................................ 12 Ramie, Flax .................................... 14 Thermocore..................................... 16 Braided ........................................... 18 Metallic ...........................................20 Fabric............................................... 22 Rubber & Duck.............................. 24 Piston................. 25 Cumpac.......................................... 26 Conepac........................................... 26 Special Sets..................................... 27 Groove............................................. 28 Thermo-Pac Rope--Twisted...........30 Rope--Braided ...............................31 Wick................................................. 32 Tape................................................. 34 Tadpole........................................... 36 Twisted ........................................... 39 Cord............... 39 Sheet Packing.................................40 Mechanical Seals........................... 41 Die Formed Rings.......................... 42 Chemical Tables ............................45 Weights...... .................................... 49 Index............................................... 55 FBW-174 SEE NEXT PAGE FOR 3 < J-Nl RECOMMENDATION CHART How to simplify Packing Selection FOR EFFICIENT, ECONOMICAL PERFORMANCE Most packing requirements fall in two classifications: pumps, and valves. Thus, the chart given below wifi help you locale the correct answer to most packing questions. The chart is arranged so as to indicate the best recommendation for standard applications. Note that Chempac (TFE) styles are first choice in a number of cases. Second and succeeding choices are based on long and successful experiences of countless operating men who have come to prefer particular constructions and will continue to use them. Inter locked, in particular, is the favorite packing of many of these experts. Centripac styles are also popular choices. General Utility Packing recommendations are given at the bottom ot this page. In case of any doubt, consult your J-M Packing Distributor or Service Representative to assist in a study of requirements and let him make specific recommendations. PUMPS TYPE Centrifugal 1800 rpm Centrifugal 3600 rpm Gear & Rotary 1000 rpm Reciprocating Steam Rods Work Rods Valve Rods Work Pistons J-M RECOM MENDATION Chempac 2009 or 2012 Chempac 2009 or 2012 Chempac 2009 or 2012 Fabric 166 Chempac 2011 Chempac 2011 Piston 182 SECOND PE- CHOICE PE- Loklube 8 I050R or 1003G a Loklube 6 1050R or 1003G 8 Loklube 6 1050R or 1003G 8 THIRD CHOICE Interlocked 255 or 253 interlocked 255 or 253 Interlocked 255 or 253 22 Chempac2011 6 Loklube 1050R 6 Rbr. & Duck Loklube 1003G E 171 24 Loklube 1003G 25 Loklube 1003G 8 FOURTH PE- CHOICE Centripac 10 4 or 7 Centripac 10 4 or 7 Centripac 10 4 or 7 PE12 12 12 8 Interlocked 255 10 8 8 | TYPEt | 500 F 1 750 F 1 1000F I 1200 F B Faucets B Control J-M RECOM MENDATION Chempac 2011 Thermocore 397 or 398 Thermocore 397 or 398 Thermocore 397 Chempac 2011 Chempac 2012 SECOND Pg. CHOICE Pg. THIRD CHOICE 6 Loklube 1050R 8 Braided 10 16 16 16 Chempac Valve 6 Stem Packing Chempac 6 Loklube 2012-1050R 6 6 8 FOURTH Pg. CHOICE 18 Pg. GENERAL UTILITY PACKINGS J-M RECOMMENDATION PE- Accumulators Hydraulic Ramie 245 15 Agitators 500 rpm Chempac 2009 or 2012 6 Autoclaves Bolted Doors Quick Opening Doors Groove Groove 28 28 Expansion Joints 500 F 750 F & Up Chempac 2011 Thermocore 397 6 16 Filters Covers Groove 28 Furnaces & Ovens Doors Dampers Grooves Soot Blowers General & Caulking Groove Tadpole Rope Special Sets Rope 28 36 30 27 30 Marine Service Stern Shafts Ramie 175 14 Reactors, Chemical Nuclear Service Covers Control Rods Valves Grooves Groove Special Sets Special Groove 28 27 28 SECOND CHOICE Flax 240 Loklube 1003G Depends on Application Loklube 1050R Depends on Application Tadpole Groove Groove Thermocore Wick Flax 188 Rope Pg15 8 8 36 28 28 16 32 15 30 FBW-175 4 c I This Simple Tliree-Sfep Procedure ASSURES LONGER PACKING SERVICE CHEMICAL SELECTION TABLE starts on page 45 Experts find this selection procedure gives them the right packing for the job Selecting the right packing depends upon the following factors: Shaft size, in. Shaft speed, rpm. Pressure on the stuffing box, psi. Fluid temperature on the stuffing box, F. pH of the fluid to be sealed. Step 1: Use of PV Table -- Each packing construction (material, braid pattern and lubrication) has its theo retical limit of strength in service, which can be corre lated with the "PV function." The latter can be defined as the product of the pressure to be sealed at the stuff ing box in psi, times the shaft speed in feet per minute. Let us consult the table below to find out what packing to use for a boiler feed-pump having a 2Vi-in. shaft rotating at 3,600 rpm. -- the pressure to be sealed being Selecting packings by means of PV Table Braid Construction Material Seneral Tentative Temperature Lubrication PV Limit Limit, F. 1. Plaited Flax Oils and waxes 175,000 100 2. Plaited 3. Plaited Ramie Asbestos Oils and waxes 200,000 Oils and waxes 325,000 200 500 4. Braid-over-braid Asbestos Oils and waxes 400,000 500 5. Interlocked Asbestos Oils and waxes 525,000 500 6. Braid-over-braid Asbestos TFE and oil 650,000 500 7. Interlocked Asbestos, TFE and oil 650,000 500 8. Loklube Asbestos Special grease 650,000 500 9. Plaited Lead-asbestos Oils and waxes 725,000 10. Twisted lead rings alternated with Loklube rings 1,000,000 450 450 11. Twisted aluminum rings alternated with Loklube rings 1,250,000 500 It is suggested that pressure-balanced mechanical seals be used for PV values of 1,250,000 or above. 350 psi., and the fluid temperature about 430 F. The PV value would be 350 X 2V5 X n/12 X 3,600, which equals 824,250. From this Table, we see that a packing of twisted lead rings alternated with Loklube rings would be a logical selection. Step 2: Use of Temperature Limits-- In the second step, you eliminate certain packings because of tem perature restrictions. Step 3: Use of the pH Limitations -- In the third step, you eliminate those packings that are unsuitable for the degree of acidity or alkalinity of the particular' liquid. Tentative pH ranges for various packing materials (basic fiber plus lubrication) are given below: Material Lubricant pH Range Flax and ramie White asbestos White asbestos White asbestos Blue asbestos Blue asbestos Teflon filament White asbestos Oils and waxes Oils and waxes Loklube grease Caustic-resistant lubricant Acid-resistant lubricant TFE TFE TFE 6 to 8 4 to 10 4 to 10 10 to 14 5 to 2 2 to 14 12 to 13 14 to 0 12 to 2 Theory Behind Packing Performance A set of packing installed in a stuffing box generates a resistance to the rotating shaft. Thus, work must be done to turn the shaft. When you perform work, you generate heat. For a typical stuffing box, consider the following items: W = work necessary to turn the shaft, ft.-lb./min. P = fluid pressure on the stuffing box, psi. L --- depth of the stuffing box, in. d -- shaft diameter, in. V : shaft speed, ft./min. f = coefficient of friction, dimensionless. Q -- heat expressed in BTU/min. The work required to turn the shaft is: W-PLdVf (1) To change work to heat, we use the first law of thermo dynamics, which states Q = W/J, where J = mechani cal equivalent of heat, 778 ft.-lb./BTU. Thus, the heat generated in a stuffing box can be stated as: Q = PLdVf/J (2) Equation (2) shows that as pressure, stuffing box size, shaft diameter, shaft speed and coefficient of friction increase, heat problems increase accordingly. This com pound effect requires adequate lubrication to compen sate for this increase in heat. Why Packings Fail The most commqn cause of packing failure is lack of lubrication. Why? When you turn off the lubrication, you generate heat. The initial impregnation put in by the manufacturer is intended to serve as a primary seal ant for start-up and break-in period, and to prevent shaft scoring during start-up. After start-up lubrication must be provided to insure long packing life. The second most common cause of packing failure is poor initial installation. Many maintenance men try to jam the packings into the packing box to prevent leak age on start-up. Proper packing installation and bolt take-up on the gland will prevent packing failures. Some tips on trouble-shooting packing failures are given on page 43. FBW-176 S i J-M RECOMMENDATION CHART Johns-Manville Chempac is the Johns-Manville trade name applied to a broad range of J-M Asbestos-TFE materials. Each will provide the excellent sealing and heat resistance of asbes tos, plus the immunity of TFE to almost all chemicals and solvents. Chempac Packings are premium priced, but because they deliver such long, efficient and economical service, they have become the accepted general purpose packing. Many styles are available. Some are made of strong asbes tos yarns impregnated with TFE suspensoid. Some use 100% Teflon yarns. White asbestos Chempac styles are recommended for handling practically all media including dilute or weak acids. Blue asbestos styles, and white Teflon filament styles, are suitable for the most concentrated, strong acids. 2009J-M Chempac Packing is the most popular Chempac T Mechanical Packing, for use on all types of pumps, agitators and valve stems. It consists of white asbestos yams braided in the Interlocked pattern into a strong but firm and resilient packing. TFE impregnated for chemical resistance and low friction. Lubricated with special wax and oil. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperature limit 500 F. PV limit = 650,000; pH range = 12 to 2. 2012J-M Chempac Packing is a general service packing T for pumps and valve stems. Soft but strong, white as bestos yarns in braid-over-braid construction, satu rated with TFE, calendered to a square cross-section. Gives excellent service on reciprocating stems of con trol valves. High TFE content provides maximum sealability and low friction. Lubricated with pure mineral oils. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperature limit 500 F. PV limit = 650,000; pH range = 12 to 2. 2011i-M Chempac Packing is made in the same braid- T over-braid construction as J-M 2012 but is not lubri cated with oil. Ideal for valves and expansion joints to 500 F. Basically a valve packing. *N0TE: Chempac cannot be used against molten alkali metals or tluorine at elevated temperatures and pressures. Also, blue as bestos fiber breaks down in alkaline solutions. CAUTION.- TFE remains inert from minus 300 F to plus 500 F, but can give off dangerous fumes above 500 F. 2008J-M Chempac Packing for expansion joint and valve T stem use. Same as J-M 2009, but not lubricated with special wax and oil. 2006J-M Chempac Packing is the most popular Chempac X Packing made of 100% white Teflon filament yams. Excellent sealability, low friction and long life under severe and extremely corrosive applications. Re.com- mended for centrifugal pumps, valves, agitators and other equipment where maximum chemical resistance is required. Sizes Vi" and up,Interlocked; under Va" plaited construction. Square cross-section. Impreg nated with Teflon suspensoid. Contains an inert oil. Speeds to 1800 rpm; temperature limit 500 F. PV limit -- 275,000; pH range 14 to 0. 2013J-M Chempac Packing is non-contaminating, soft, T adaptable, with maximum sealability. Popular for centrifugal pumps, agitators and other applications where lubricants might contaminate the medium han dled. Made from braided white asbestos over a core of asbestos, impregnated with TFE, square cross-sec tion. Contains no lubricants. Speeds to 1800 rpm; temperature limit 500 F. PV limit = 275,000; pH range 12 to 2. FBW-177 6 raur\ myo withstand chemicals, heat provide tight seals, low friction rempac J-M Chempac ZUI4 Packing is made by braiding jacket- X over-jacket 100% blue asbestos yarns and impregnat ing with TFE suspensoid. Both are noted for acid resistance, impervious to attack by even the most corrosives. Used on valve stems, expansion joints, grooves, positive displacement pumps and other com paratively low-speed mechanisms. Contains no or ganic fiber or oil. Also can be used for hot caustic services 300 F to 500 F. Speeds to 1800 rpm; temperature limit 500 F. PV limit = 275,000; pH range -- 2 to 1 and 12 to 13. J-M Chempac ZUZ4 Packing for liquid oxygen service to T minus 300 F. Braid-over-braid structure of AAAA (99/100% ) white asbestos yams, impregnated with TFE. A standard for safe industrial oxygen service. Particularly effective in expansion joints where other packings require frequent attention and replacement. Speeds to 1200 rpm; temperature limit 500 F. PV limit = 50,000; pH range = 12 to 2. J-M Chempac ZUU3 Packing is white Teflon, Interlocked X construction, impregnated with Fluorlube (low tem perature limit). Used where the chemical resistance of Teflon is required but an added lubricant is needed for lower friction or greater sealability. Speeds to 1800 rpm; temperature limit 500 F. PV limit = 275,000; pH range = 2to0. J-M Chempac 30/ Packing is made of Commercial Grade T asbestos yams twisted together to form a round crosssection and impregnated with TFE. Ideal for pack ing small valves and instruments. Temperatures to 500 F. J-M Chempac Valve Stem Packing is made of Commercial T Grade asbestos yams twisted together to form a round cross-section, impregnated with TFE and treated with mineral oil. Ideal for packing small valves and instruments. Available in 12 pound case lots, consist ing of 3 pound counter display boxes, each containing 12 Vi pound spools, individually boxed. Sizes: Me", %a", Me", Vi" and Mo", either in standard case lots of a size, or in mixed sizes, one size to each display box. Temperatures to 500F. Not*: For information on other J-M Chempac materials incorporating TFE, refer to J-M Catalog PK-185A, which describes molded packings, sheet mate rials, rods, tubes, tapes, etc. J-M Chempac 4UU4 Packing consists of 100% white X Teflon yams. Interlocked structure, with no further treatment. Speeds to 1800 rpm; temperature limit 500 F. PV limit = 275,000; pH range = 14 to 0. FBW-178 7 CoilS: Rings, Oie Formed: Sets: Rings, Hand Cut- Sets: All sizes: 5,10, 25 and 50 pound spools. Up to and including W-. 1 pound spools. To order Coil, show prefix "C" and size. Example: C2009 Die formed skive joint, approximately square cross section. To order Rings, show prefix "R", I.D. and O.D. and depth. Example: R2009 1" I.D. xlM" O.D. x Vi" depth. A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. To order Sets, show prefix "R", suffix "Set", I.D., O.D., depth and number of rings per set. Example: R2009 sets 1" I.D. x iy2" O.D. x Vi" depth x 5 rings. Hand cut butt joint, square cross section, cut from coil pack ing, bulk packaged. To order, show prefix "H/C", I.D., O.D. and depth. Example: H/C 2009 1" I.D. x IVi" O.D. x Vi". A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. Example: H/C 2009 1" I.D. x 1V4" O.D. x Vi" depth x 5 rings. Johns-Manville Johns-Manville LOKLUBE Packings are designed for general service in a wide range of applications. New improved ingredients and production methods have been incorporated to increase performance levels and packing life, thereby reducing the frequency of gland takeups and repacking. .This assures positive, demon strable savings in packing costs, down-time and labor. J-M LOKLUBE Packings are specifically designed to provide extra efficiency in performing particular operations. J-M LOKLUBE lubricants are special-purpose types, developed particularly for pump packings. Their per formance and service life are far superior to lubri cants used by the Industry in general service pack ings. Their unusual heat resistance (up to 500F) in sures they remain stable at high temperatures, so that the combination of heat and pressure does not force them out of the packings. Ordinary lubricants, which melt at 160-190F, "ooze" out--either in routine operations, or if the gland has been tightened too much. For instance, when new packings are installed, and adequate leakage has been allowed for during the break-in period, another main tenance man often follows and tightens the gland ex cessively to stop the leakage. The temperature rises-- the lubricant melts and is forced out of the packing, which shrinks and fails. J-M LOKLUBE Packings retain their full lubrication and continue their sealing and protective functions even when operating temperatures are higher than normal. This means less friction, longer packing life, fewer repacks and less shaft/sleeve wear. Johns-Manville has developed an entirely new, dif ferent and inventive production method which pre lubricates each asbestos strand prior to braiding? The lubricant is locked integrally into the structure of the packing, insuring a constant supply of lubricant throughout the life of the packing. Most packings are lubricated by dipping the finished product into the lubricant. In operation, the lubri cant washes out, leaving the bare strands to seal the shaft. This leads to overheating, premature packing failure and shaft wear. Long after lubricants in ordinary packings have washed away, J-M LOKLUBE Packings retain their efficiency, preventing overheating and wear on both the shaft and the packing. You save on the costs of the packings, labor, downtime and shaft/sleeve re placement. Johns-Manville Interlocked. Construction in all LOKLUBE Packings uses only one or two strands in the center to "lead" the braiding process. This pro duces a firm, long-wearing packing. Lubricant loss re mains at a minimum, reducing friction and shaft wear --less adjustment and longer life before repacking. Some packings use multiple single strands of asbes tos in the center to build up the required bulk to make the correct size. The result is a weaker, less resilient structure which tends to ravel in installa tion, requires more compression to obtain a seal, and needs more frequent adjustment. It packs down, squeezing out the lubricant, causing faster wear. J-M LOKLUBE Packings are designed for general service media ranges--pH from 4 to 10. This permits handling a broad range of fluids --hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics, etc. This versatility allows you to standardize on J-M LOKLUBE Packings and reduce your inventory requirements. FBW-179 8 Loklube Loklube* Packings for improved service in centrifugal and rotary pumps four styles color-coded for specific services J-M LOKLUBE Packings are even and smooth. They fit into stuffing boxes without preliminary pounding to size. Easy to cut, easy to pack without forcing or keystoning, they require less compres sion and less gland take-up to maintain a seal. IMPORTANT: Use normal, good installation prac tices. Remove all old packing, clean the stuffing box, use the right packing size, cut rings properly, install one ring at a time. Pay particular attention to the following step: After the last ring is in stalled, take up the bolts finger-tight. Start the pump and take up the bolts until the leakage is decreased to an acceptable minimum. Allow pack ing to leak freely when starting up; allowing gen erous leakage during the first hour of operation results in better break-in. Take up gradually on the bolts until the leakage is tolerable. Never try to stop leakage entirely. Your J-M Representative will be glad to provide you with complete, de tailed Installation Procedures. 1012Mj-m Gray-Blue Loklube For aluminum, steel and other primary metal plants. Molvdisulphide throughout, molydisulphide finish. Handles hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics, etc. 1003Gj-m Black Loklube For Pulp Mills and other services where Graphite is desirable. Graphited throughout, graphite finish. Han dles hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics, etc. For all Loklube Styles 1050R, 1009A, 1012M and 1003G. Speeds to 3600 RPM; temperature limit 600 F PV limit=650,000; pH range=10 to 4. j-m 1050R Red Loklube For hot water service such as boiler feed pumps. Handles'hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics, etc. PV limit on this Style may be in creased to 1,000,000 by using Header and Follower Rings of J-M 393 Lead or J-M 392 Aluminum. 1009Aj-m Amber Loklube For Paper Mills. Handles hot and cold water, brine, oils, weak acids, weak caustics, etc. Contains no graph ite, will not discolor fluid media. Johns-Manville Trademark tPstent applied for 9 FORMS FURNISHED See Page AS for Size Range and Weights Coils: Rings, Hand Cut-. All sizes-. 5,10,25 and 50 pound spools. Up to and including W-. 1 pound spools. To order Coil, show prefix "C" and size. Example: C1050R Hand Cut butt joint, taped ends, approximately square cross section. To order Rings, show prefix H/C, I.D. and O.D. and depth. Example: H/C 1050R 1" I.D. x 1V5>" O.D. and *4" depth. Sets: A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. To order Sets, state H/C Set, give I.D., 0.0., depth and number of rings per set. Example: H/C Sets 1" I.D.x 1Vi" 0.0.x Vt" depth x 5 Rings. Rings, Die Formed: Not available FBW-180 Johns-Manville J-M Interlocked Asbestos Packing is an extremely versatile and adaptable packing that delivers outstanding perform ance and is highly recommended for selection as a general service style for most plants. It is suitable for applications on both centrifugal and re ciprocating pumps, agitators, valves, expansion joints and in grooves. A unique and distinctive method of braiding asbestos yam, exclusive with Johns-Manville, is employed in the con struction of Interlocked Packing. There are no jackets to wear through or come apart, and no plaits which might become loose. All the long fiber asbestos yams extend back into the body of the packing and are strongly inter locked to form a solid integral structure that cannot ravel or come apart in service. Interlocked Packing is unusually flexible and resilient. And because it is braided square rather than being pressed into shape, it presents a full surface contact across the entire width of the ring, thus it provides a tight seal with mini mum gland pressure and take up. Also its inner compress ible structure offers good recovery to original dimensions. STYLES AND FORMS J-M Interlocked Packing is made in a variety of styles to meet a wide range of operating conditions. All of these styles have the same interlocked braided construction but are made with various types of impregnation and yams. The styles described on these pages are made of Asbestos yams, with or without wire reinforcements. J-M (.33 Interlocked Packing is an outstanding general G service style. It will handle hot water, cold water, brine, oils, weak caustics and acids, solvents and a wide variety of materials designated G in the Chemi cal Table. It is an excellent packing for centrifugal pumps, posi tive displacement pumps, expansion joints and valve stems. J-M 255 has proved extremely popular with mainte nance engineers because it has demonstrated unusual ability to handle almost any packing requirement.With a stock of J-M 255 on hand, the maintenance man is assured he will be able to handle almost any situation, including many applications for which special pack ings are often specified. Actually, J-M 255 can be con sidered an excellent universal packing to put in any service. Unless some special reason or condition exists, it can be counted on to work successfully. Made of white asbestos yams in a square cross-section, it is lubricated with a special petroleum base wax. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 8600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. PV limit = 525,000; pH range = 10 to 4. FBW-181 to Interlocked Packing an outstanding universal service packing strongest, most resilient J-M ZDd Interlocked Packing is designed for general pulp P*G and paper industry service where a comparatively soft, adaptable packing is required. It can be used on Jordans, refiners, and other special paper mill rotary service, as well as on process pumps, and general power plant pumps and equipment. It can be used against hot water, cold water, white water, weak caustics and acids and any of the ma terials designated G in the Chemical Table. J-M 253 is braided from white asbestos yarns and impregnated with a special petroleum base wax. Has no graphite content. J-M Z04 Interlocked Packing is designed and lubricated C for use on centrifugal pumps and valves handling se vere caustic solutions. J-M 254 is braided square in the interlocked construc tion using a special asbestos yam designed to main tain its strength in caustic service. The impregnation consists of petroleum base wax, having an excep tionally low saponification number. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. FV limit = 525,000; pH range = 14 to 10. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. FV limit = 525,000; pH rar.ge = 10 to 4. J-M Chempac ZUUo Packing is the most popular Chem- T pac Mechanical Packing style. Designed for use on 263j-M Interlocked Packing is designed for special serv- P*G ice in mills handling fine paper stock, where no con tamination whatever can be tolerated. It can also be used generally on high speed pumps, Jordans, refiners, all types of pumps, expansion joints, agitators and valve stems; TFE impregnated for chemical resist ance and low friction sealability; it is an excellent all purpose packing. and other paper mill equipment in good condition. Chempac 2009 consists of white asbestos yams braid J-M 263 is braided square from white asbestos yams ed in the Interlocked pattern into a strong but soft impregnated with a combination of selected petroleum base waxes and oils. Has no graphite content. and resilient packing. TFE impregnated and lubri cated with a special wax and oil. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. FV limit = 525,000; pH range -- 10 to 4. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperature limit 500 F. FV limit -- 650,000; pH range = 12 to 2. 270j-M Interlocked Packing is specifically designed for s service against hot oil, gasoline and solvents that can not be handled by general service packings. The braided square section of white asbestos, contains a neoprene base cement as a part of its structure. This provides a sealing barrier against leakage of thin pe troleum derivates through the packing itself. The impregnant is a vegetable base compound containing glycerine and inorganic fillers. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. PV limit = 525,000; pH range = 10 to 4. For additional Interlocked styles see J-M 2009, 2019, 2004, 2005 and 2006 in the Chempac-TFE section, page 6. Also J-M 179 in the Ramie section page 14. J-M Z3 / Interlocked Packing is designed for use in serv- G ices where shock, vibration or other severe mechanical conditions exist. Each yam contains a copper wire reinforcement. Otherwise, it is similar to J-M 255 style. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. FV limit -- 600,000; pH range = 10 to 4. REFERENCE SYMBOLS Indicate service classification or condition General ....................................................................... Caustic ....................................................................... c Pulp & Paper...............................................................f Solvent ....................................................................... s Food and Related Services....................................... f Chempac (TFE Impregnated Asbestos)...................... .t Most Corrosive requiring Teflon filament or Blue Asbestos Packings ............................................ Chemical table appears on page 49 iyil"~'y FORMS FURNISHED; See Page 49 for Size Range and Weights Coils: Rings, Die Formed: Sets: Rings, Hand Cut: Sets: All sizes: 5,10,25 and 50 pound spools. Up to and including Vi": 1 pound spools. To order Coil, show prefix "C" and size. Example: C255 Die formed skive joint, approximately square cross section. To order Rings, show prefix "R", I.D. and 0.D, and depth. Example: R255 1" I.D. xiy2" O.D.x Vi" depth. A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. To order Sets, show prefix "R", suffix "Set", I.D., O.D., dept1 and number of rings per set. Example: R255 Sets 1" I.D. x iy2" O.D. x Vt" depth x ! rings. Hand cut butt joint, square cross section, cut from coil pari- ing, bulk packaged. To order, show prefix "HH/C", I.D., O.D. and depth. Example: H/C 255 1" I.D. x 1W O.D. x VV. A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a se Example: H/C 255 1" I.D. x iy2" O.D. x W' depth x 5 ring' FBW-182 Johns-Manville Centripac Asbestos Packings are designed specifically for service on centrifugal or rotary pumps, agitators, and other equipment using rotary mechanical motion. It is the best recommendation for single-stage process pumps handling a wide range of chemicals. Centripac is plaited square from asbestos yarn, with or without wire reinforcement. The soft, absorbent structure can carry a maximum of lubricant. The square section presents a full surface contact which accommodates read ily to turning shafts. It stabilizes, after run in, at a low and uniform leakage rate. General service styles are treated with selected oils and graphite. Refer to specifications of available styles listed below for specific details. 4J-M Centripac Packing is a general service style. Chemi- G cally it can be used to handle hot and cold water, brine, oil, some weak acids and caustics, as well as any material designated G in the Chemical Table. Designed specifically for single-stage centrifugal pumps in the process industries, it is also used for slurry pumps by itself or in conjunction with J-M 350 as header and follower. J-M 4 is made of white asbestos yam, pre-lubricated before plaiting. The heavy-body type lubricant is a mixture of petroleum oil and wax, p\us an inert filler. The yarns are graphited, as well as the finished pack ing. Also available with Molydisulphide finish on special order. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 200 F. FV limit = 325,000; pH range = 10 to 4. 7i-M Centripac Packing is the general service style. Chem- ically, it can be used to handle hot and cold water, brine, oil, some weak acids and caustic solutions, as well as any material designated G in the Chemical Table. Designed specifically for single-stage centrifugal pumps in the process industries, it can also be used on agitator shafts and other turning or oscillating shafts or for low pressure valve stems. It also gives outstanding service on small, high speed domestic service pumps. J-M 7 is made of white asbestos yams and is lubricated with a combination of light petroleum base oil and heavy viscous petroleum base compounds which aug ment its sealability. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. PV limit = 325,000; pH range = 10 to 4. G 11J-M Centripac Packing is recommended where pressure, vibration or shock conditions require a more rugged style than J-M 7 Packing. It is plaited square from strands made up of white asbestos with a copper wire reinforcement. It is im pregnated with a blend of viscous petroleum base oils designed to provide sealability and low friction. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. PV limit = 400,000; pH range = 10 to 4. FBW-183 G c Centripac Packing Centripac dependable service adaptable construction many applications J-M 10 Centripac Packing is designed for centrifugal and S rotary pumps and turning shafts on equipment han dling gasoline, naphtha, solvents and other thin and aggressive petroleum derivatives that would wash the lubricant out of general service packings. J-M 18 is made up of white asbestos yams plaited to a square cross-section and impregnated with a com pound consisting of vegetable oils, glycerine and inert inorganic fillers. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. PV limit = 325,000; pH range -- 10 to 4. J-M 10 Centripac Packing is designed for pulp and paper P industry service on pumps, Jordans, refiners and other paper mill equipment having rotary shafts. The non-contaminating white lubricant in the pack ing permits its use on white water and paper stock. It is also suitable for other general paper mill service. J-M 19 is made of white asbestos yams, pre-lubricated before plaiting. The lubricant is white, a blend of mineral oil, wax and inert non-toxic grease. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperature to 200 F. PV limit = 325,000; pH range = 10 to 4. J-M ZUlO Centripac Packing is designed for service X against the most severe acids in equipment such as centrifugal pumps, rotary pumps and agitators. It should not be used with strongly alkaline solutions. J-M 2018 is plaited to a square cross-section from strands consisting, of 1002 blue African asbestos yam. It is impregnated with an extremely inert composi tion consisting of polyisobutylene and hydrocarbon waxes. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 1800 rpm; temperatures to 750 F. PV limit = 275,000; pH range = 5 to 2. J-M ZUZI Centripac Packing is designed for service on centrifugal pumps, positive displacement pumps, agi tators and other equipment handling strong caustic solutions. It is exceptionally well suited for black liquor service in paper mills and was originally developed for that extremely severe service. J-M 2021 is plaited square from strands of specially fabricated asbestos yams made up to resist the attack of caustic solutions. The impregnation consist of pe troleum base waxes and oils having an extremely low saponification number. Has no graphite content. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 500 F. C PV limit = 325,000; pH range = 14 to 10. 2036j-m Cenjtripac Packing is made for the Food Indus try and other services where a white packing is re quired for centrifugal and rotary pumps, agitators and other equipment having turning shafts. It can be used on valves handling food products. J-M 2036 is made of strands consisting of white as bestos plaited to a square cross-section and impreg nated with a nontoxic compound containing petroleum base waxes and oils and a special inert grease. This impregnation has been checked and approved by private laboratories and state health departments. The surface finish is mica. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 300 F. PV limit = 325,000; pH range = 9 to 3. 350j-m Centripac Packing is designed to handle those conditions where the low-friction bearing character istics of lead are desirable in addition to the stability and sealability of asbestos. It is used particularly at speeds above 3500 rpm and where mechanical con ditions require a more rugged and shock-resistant packing than J-M 7 Centripac. J-M 350 is plaited square with strands consisting of lead ribbon and asbestos yams twisted together. This base structure is impregnated with a light petroleum base oil. Has a graphite finish. It is recommended for use where the bearing surface and the strength of the lead-and-asbestos combination is needed for the higher speeds and pressures. At low speeds it will handle pressures to 2000 psi. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 450 F. PV limit = 725,000; pH range = 10 to 4. 351j-m Centripac Packing is made in the same basic pattern as J-M 350 but it is impregnated with a com bination of vegetable oils, glycerine and inert inor ganic fillers specifically for service against gasoline, naphtha, solvents and petroleum derivatives. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 450 F. PV limit = 725,000; pH range 10 to 4. 2022j-m Centripac Packing is designed and lubricated for caustic service. Otherwise it is similar to J-M 350 style construction which enables it to handle pumping pressures to 2000 psi. at low speeds. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 450 F. PV limit = 725,000; pH range = 14 to 10. Rings, Hand Cut: Up to and including Vi": 1 pound spools. To order Coil, show prefix "C" and size. Example: C7 Vi". Hand Cut butt joint, taped ends, approximately square cross section. To order Rings, show prefix H/C, I.D. and O.D. and depth. Example: H/C 7 1" I.D. x 1 Vi" O.D. and Vi" depth. FBW-184 Sets: A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. To order Sets, state H/C Set, give 1.0., O.D., depth and number 13 of rings per set. Example: H/C Sets 1" 1.0.x 1 Vi" O.D.x Vi' depth x 5 Rings. Johns- Manville Johns-Manville produces a variety of packings braided from select plant fibers. They are suitable for sealing rods, or outside packed plungers of reciprocating pumps, as well as accumulators, plungers and rams on other hydraulic equipment handling cold water. Temperature limits will range, depending on fiber selec tion, up to 200 F for water or mild aqueous solutions. They are carefully lubricated to provide good sealability and low coefficient of friction. They are especially recom mended for applications on brass and bronze shafts. J-M Navalon Packings, described below, are constructed of ramie rovings. A maximum amount of lubricant is ab sorbed by these fibers. Ramie fibers have excellent strength which improves with wetting. Also they are extremely stable and will not swell or expand in service as will flax. Navalon Packings are impregnated with lubricants de signed to improve temperature resistance. These packings can be identified by the blue-colored center strand. J-M Flax Packings should be used where the characteristic of some swell or expansion in service is not objectionable. The Flax Packings described below contain no impregna tion that will become rancid or cause chemical reactions to break down fibers. The lubricants are compounded for working temperature limits of 100 F. f J-M 1/3 Navalon Packing was originally designed for Ma G rine stem shaft service. Recommended also for cold and warm water service and mild aqueous solutions. J-M 175 has become the most popular packing for industrial and mining applications where long service life and operating efficiency with low shaft wear is important. Navalon 175 is plaited square from rovings of first quality Ramie fibers and saturated with petroleum base oils and waxes. Contains no tallow. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperature limit 200 F. PV limit = 200,000; pH range =6 to 8. I /ORj-m Navalon Packing is the style which meets all the requirements of United States Spec MIL-P-20084. It contains more lubricating impregnant than stand ard 175 style. It is also suggested for use on commer cial ships where a heavily lubricated Stem Tube packing is preferred. PV limit = 200,000; pH range = 6 to 8. G ,, FBW-185 t Ramie * Flax Packings for cold water and hydraulic service at medium or low pressures Ramie Flax J-M I3U Navalon Packing is designed to handle water and G mild solutions to 100 F. It is plaited square from high quality Ramie rovings. It is impregnated with a white compound of petroleum base oils, waxes and ani mal fat. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperature limit 100 F. PV limit = 200,000; pH range = 6 to 8. J-M WPH Navalon Packing is suitable for reciprocating G pumps, accumulators, and in hydraulic press service ranging to 3000 psi if Style 280 copper end rings are used. J-M 245 WPH is plaited square from Ramie rovings and impregnated with a compound of Japan Wax, graphite and vegetable oil. Pressures to 2000 psi; temperatures to 100 F. J-M 100 Flax Packing is designed for centrifugal shafts G handling cold water and mild aqueous solutions. Style 188 is the best quality flax packing. Constructed from rovings of Long Line flax, plaited square, and saturated with a white compound containing petro- . leum base oils, waxes and animal fat. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 100 F. PV limit = 175,000; pH range = 6 to 8. J-M 100 Flax Packing is a general purpose flax packing. G It does not have the strength or durability of Style 188 but can be used for similar services. It is plaited square from Tow flax and saturated with a white com pound containing petroleum base oils, waxes and ani mal fat. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 100 F. PV limit = 175,000; pH range = 6 to 8. 181J-M WPH Flax Packing resembles 240 WPH but basic G structure uses shorter Tow flax fibers. Thus, it does not have the strength or durability of 240, but could be used in similar applications at somewhat lower pressures where reciprocating motion is involved. Pressures to 1000 psi; temperatures to 100 F. 240j-m WPH Flax Packing is designed for service in ap plications involving high pressures, slow speeds, and reciprocating motion. It is a popular packing on hy draulic presses having deep stuffing boxes. Often used in combination with Style 280 copper end rings. Can also be used in accumulator service. J-M 240 WPH is plaited square from rovings of Long G Line flax and impregnated with a compound contain ing Japan Wax, graphite and a small quantity of vege table base oil. Pressures to 2000 psi; temperatures to 100 F. 180j-m Sinbad Pure Flax Packing is specially made for g the stem tube shafts on small commercial vessels. Constructed of pure flax roving, plaited square and heavily saturated with lubricant, Style 180 Flax Pack ing is particularly well suited to meet the require ments of salt water service. It contains no impregna tion that will become rancid or cause chemical reactions to break down the fibers. Heavily lubricated for low-friction service, J-M Style 180 Sinbad Flax easily withstands shaft speeds, and the wearing surfaces of the shaft polish smoothly and quickly. The lubricants are compounded for working temperature limits of 100 F. If desired, Style 180 can also be supplied graphited. Please specify `graphited' when this is wanted. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 100 F. PV limit = 175,000; pH range = 6 to 8. Johns-Manville ramie packings (J-M Navalon) are recommended for installation in new stern tube appli cations; and J-M flax packings are recommended for installation in stern tubes where the shaft has become worn as a result of use over a period of time. These recommendations also apply for reciprocating applications. FORMS FURNISHED See Page 49 for Size Range and Weights Size w hr %" W Hi" %" %" W 1" Colli per box 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 2 Fet pr box 150 125 109 93 80 66 60 36 33 FBW-186 15 X' and X*' on 1 lb. spools y," to 1' on 25 or 50 lb. spools on special order 1' and up on 50 lb. spools Style 180 X' thru X' on 1 lb. spools %' thru y' on 25 lb. spools X' thru IX' on 50 lb. spools Johns-Manville f J-M Thermocore Packings are designed for excellent heat resistance, and maximum adaptability to effect sealing un der least compression. The construction comprises one or more jackets of asbestos yam braided over cores, either plastic or asbestos. J-M Thermocore is recommended specifically for valve stems. Some styles will handle service lines with tempera tures ranging to 1200 F. Braid-over-asbestos-core types result in the softest and most adaptable of packings. These styles are recommended for valve stems, slowly moving shafts, or other mechanisms where clearances are so wide as to require a material which will fill the stuffing box and readily adapt and com pensate so as to seal under pressure. The Rajah Packings are typical of this construction. Styles constructed with plastic cores are designed for extremely high temperature and high pressure service con ditions in valves. The inert core provides stability and minimum volume loss under temperatures to 1200 F. Low stem friction is another feature. Sizes over %" have 2 oi more jackets, depending on size. Styles made with metallic mesh cores are recommended for shafts having eccentric motion. The cores are designed to offer high recovery characteristics which enable these styles to follow off center shaft movements and still main tain maximum sealability. These styles are furnished in sets only and are described in the "Special Packing Sets" section. Styles embodying a heavy grease type core are designed to handle high centrifugal shaft speeds where lubrication is a problem, as in gasoline pumps or pumps having no facilities for supplemental lubrication. J-M Thermocore Packing is designed for service in G valves handling steam at line temperatures up to 1000 F and handling other media designated G and S. Braid-over-core Inconel wire inserted 95/98% asbes tos yam jackets over*a plastic core. Size Vi" and up furnished with a plastic core consisting of white asbes tos, mica and a small amount of Neoprene; and sizes up to but not including Vi" furnished with 95/98% Inconel wire inserted yam-mica treated core. Has a mica finish. J-M 398 can be furnished with graphite instead of mica when so stated. Contains the J-M Corrosion Inhibitor. J-M 398 has a long successful record as a Valve Stem Packing. Once installed in the valve and taken up as necessary to heat set in service, it is stable and rugged, requires a minimum of further take-up during ex tended life. Pressures to 5000 psi; line temperatures to 1000 F. FBW-187 16 c Thermocore Thermocore Valve Packings withstand temperatures to 1200 F seal under light compression adapt readily to eccentric motion i-M / Thermocore Packing is designed to handle fluids G under extreme service conditions found in power plants, and the petroleum, petro-chemical and chemi cal industries. It is a braid-over-core construction con sisting of Inconel wire-inserted 95/98% yam jackets over a plastic core. Sizes % inch and up are furnished with a plastic core of white asbestos and graphite; sizes up to but not including Vi inch are furnished with blue African asbestos yam graphite-treated core. J-M 397 has a graphite finish and J-M corrosion in hibitor (to protect valve stems after hydrostatic test and before they are placed in service). Because of the inert qualities of the asbestos, Inconel wire and graphite, J-M 397 can be used in valves handling a wide range of petroleum products and chemicals. It will handle all chemicals designated G and S in the tables, at pressures up to 5000 psi in usual designs for valve stuffing boxes. Chemically, it will handle materials designated P and F as well, if the packing does not enter the medium handled. Depend ing on concentration of such solutions, it will also handle acids and caustics designated T and C. Because J-M 397 is almost entirely inorganic, it main tains its stability even in valves where line tempera tures run up to 1200 F. This packing contains no component which would harden under high or low temperature conditions, or oil lubricant that could squeeze out of the packing under gland pressure. J-M 397 meets MIL-P-17303C, Class II, Type E, Symbol 1111. Pressures to 5000 psi; line temperatures to 1200 F. J-M 0 Rajah Packing is made in a square cross-section of G the braid-over-core construction. The core consists of soft twisted asbestos and the jacket is braided from white asbestos yams. The packing is not lubricated with an oil but is treated with a light surface coat of natural and buna-S rubbers. Has a graphite finish. Because it has no oil content, J-M 6 Rajah can be used at temperatures higher than J-M 223. It is a'soft, adaptable, inert packing suitable for service up to 750 F line temperature in valves. It can be used in other services where the conditions correspond to valve stem service. Pressures to 300 psi; line temperatures to 750 F. J-M L Rajah Packing is made exactly the same as J-M 6 G but in a round cross-section and should be employed where the most adaptable of all braided packings is required. It can be deformed to fit packing spaces smaller than the nominal size or spaces larger than the nominal size of the packing. For best sealability, J-M 2 Rajah should have packing space the same width as the diameter of the packing. Has a graphite finish. Pressures to 300 psi; line temperatures to 750 F. 232j-m Packing is furnished only in rings and sets. It is described on page 27 J-M Thermocore Packing is exactly the same as J-M G 398 except that there is no wire reinforcement in the yams. It can be used where a slightly softer packing is required or where shaft motion makes a wire re inforcement undesirable. J-M 399 has a mica finish, and contains the J-M cor rosion inhibitor. J-M 399 is noted for its sealability and adaptability under high temperature conditions. Pressures to 4000 psi; line temperatures to 900 F. FORMS FURNISHED See Page 49 for Size Range and Weights Coils: Rings, Die Formed: Sets: Rings, Hand Cut: All sizes: 5,10, 25 and 50 pound spools. Up to and including Vi"-. 1 pound spools. To order Coil, show prefix "C" and size. Example: C397 Die formed skive joint,-approximately square cross section. To order Rings, show prefix "R", I.D. and O.D. and depth. Example: R397 1." I.D. x Vh" O.D. x Vt"depth. A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. To order Sets, show prefix "R", suffix "Set", I.D., O.D., depth and number of rings per set. Example: R397 Sets:l" I.D.x IVz" O.D.. x Vi" depth x 5 rings. Hand cut butt joint, square cross section, cut from coil pack ing, bulk packaged. To order, show prefix "HH/C", I.D, O.D. and depth. Example: H/C 397 1" I.D. x IVz" O.D. x V*". Sets: A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. Example: H/C 397 1" I.D. x IVz" O.D. x Vt" depth x 5 rings. FBW-188 17 2035 REFERENCE SYMBOLS Indicate service classification or condition oGeneral ....................................................................... cCaustic ....................................................................... Pulp t. Paper...............................................................I* Solvent .......................................................................s Food and Related Services........................................ r Cherapac (TFE Impregnated Asbestos)...................... ,T Most Corrosive requiring Teflon filament or Blue Asbestos Packings ................................................x Chemical table appears on page 49 FBW-189 Johns-Manville Johns-Manville produces a variety of soft, highly adapt able asbestos packings of braided construction. Each of the styles described below has been providing excellent service for more than fifty years. These packings are made by braiding tubular jackets of asbestos yarn, employing either braid-over-braid construc tion, or braid over a soft asbestos core. They are made up round, then calendered to form a square cross-section. Braid-over-braid types result in the strongest of all braided constructions. This strength has made it popular for valve stems where high pressures are encountered. The Mogul and Jewett Packings are typical of this form. These braid-over-braid types can also be used for slow moving shafts. The braid over asbestos types, including the Rajahstyles, are described in the Thermocore section, page 16. 223j-M Mogul Packing has almost countless uses where G a soft pliable packing without rubber is required. The expression "Graphited Asbestos Packing" generally applies to J-M 223 Mogul. Popular with the plumbing trade, it is widely used on valve stems and low pres sure steam lines. It can be used on slowly turning or oscillating shafts. J-M 223 Mogul is made by braiding white asbestos yams, braid-over-braid to the proper size, and lubri cating with a fight petroleum base oil. It is then calendered to a square cross-section. Has a graphite finish. Pressures to 300 psi; temperatures to 600 F. Speeds to 1750 rpm. PV limit = 400,000; pH range = 10 to 4. 1-M 222 Mogul Packing is suggested for low pressure gen- G eral service, especially where packing space is small. The round shape is often used where tolerances are too wide, or the packing space too varied to accept square designs. Easily deformed, it compresses read ily to form rings of desired dimensions. J-M 222 Mogul will handle low pressure steam and is suitable for general service on valve stems, and reciprocating or oscillating rods and shafts operating at slow speeds. It is made by braiding commercial grade white as bestos yams to the proper size, and lubricating with a fight petroleum base oil. Has a graphite finish. Pressures to 300 psi; temperatures to 600 F. Speeds to 1750 rpm. PV limit = 400,000; pH range = 10 to 4. 2020J-M Braided Packing is made of special white as-C bestos yams, braid-over-braid and squared. It is im pregnated with a combination of petroleum base oils and waxes, with a low saponification number. J-M 2020 is used in severe caustic service on valves, on slowly turning shafts and in grooves or expansion joints. Has no graphite content. Pressures to 300 psi; temperatures to 600 F. Speeds to 1750 rpm. PV limit = 400,000; pH range = 14 to 10. IS f4 C 4 Braided Packings recommended for general utility soft, adaptable strong materials Braided J-M 10 Jewett Braided packing has long been recognized G for outstanding service on valve stems handling line temperatures to 600 F. It is also used on reciprocating rods and as a groove packing. Will handle hot and cold water, as well as heavy petroleum products such as fuel oil and hot asphalt. Valve manufacturers prefer J-M 10 packing construc tion for close tolerance Die-Formed Bings that are well formed, easy to seat and have low friction. J-M 10 Jewett has a center core of lead ribbon. Over it are braided jackets of white asbestos yams rein forced with copper wire. Impregnated with heavy petroleum base compound. Has graphite finish. Thus the construction provides maximum strength and the compound contributes exceptional sealability. Pressures to 500 psi; temperatures to 600 F. A valve packing. J-M ZuoO Braided Packing is the white impregnated as- F bestos packing designated for Food Industry service. The structure is braid-over-braid white asbestos yams. The impregnant is a non-toxic petroleum base oil and wax compound, containing an inert grease which has been checked and approved by State Health Depart ments. Has a mica finish. J-M 2035 is used on equipment handling food, liquor and other media where it is imperative that the pack ing be non-toxic. It also is used for light caustic and acids and in other services where a white packing is preferred. Pressures to 300 psi; temperatures to 300 F. Speeds to 1750 rpm. PV limit = 400,000; pH range = 9 to 3. J-M DO Braided Packing is made in the same braid-over- G braid construction as J-M 223, except that the white asbestos yams contain a copper wire reinforcement for added strength. It is lubricated with a light petro leum base oil and graphited. J-M 55 is used in air service and in service up to 600 F where the adaptable Mogul construction is needed but pressures are too high for J-M 223. Pressures to 500 psi; temperatures to 600 F. J-M OZO Braided Packing will service valve stems, oscil- S lating shafts, and centrifugal shafts rotating up to 1800 rpm, handling gasoline, solvents and other thin liquids. J-M- 323 is braid-over-braid, white asbestos yams, square cross-section. It is treated with Neoprene base cement and a lubricant containing vegetable oil, glyc erine and inert fillers. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 1800 rpm; temperatures to 600 F. PV limit = 400,000; pH range = 10 to 4. FBW-190 19 J-M dZZ Braided Packing has round cross-section de- S signed to handle variations in stuffing box design. Otherwise it is similar to J-M 323 above. It is recom mended for valve stem service primarily. Pressures to 300 psi; temperatures to 600 F. Speeds to 1750 rpm. PV limit = 400,000; pH range = 10 to 4. J-M 14 Braided Packing is a strong packing made of yams G containing 95/98% white asbestos and having a cop per wire reinforcement. This is the most popular style of packing for high temperature valve steam service. Handles up to 1000 F line temperature. The media can be steam at pressures up to 5000 psi, hot or cold water, and all media designated G in the Chemical Tables. It can also be used in valves handling liquids designated S. Ability to handle caustics and acids de pends on the concentration of the contained solution. It is impregnated with a heavy petroleum base com pound that will not break down in high temperature service. Has a graphite finish. J-M 14 Packing is widely used by valve manufac turers who purchase it in the form of dense closetolerance Die Formed Rings. Rings can be furnished with J-M Corrosion Inhibitor if the packing is to be used on stainless steel stems. Specify style 13 for a mica-type packing of similar construction on special inquiry. Pressures to 5000 psi; temperatures to 1000 F. A valve packing. 2017j-M Braided Packing will service valve stems, and X slowly turning shafts handling most severe acids. Can be used as a groove packing. It is a good general serv ice packing in plants handling corrosive liquids. Not suitable for strongly alkaline solutions. JiM 2017 is braid-over-braid, 100% blue African as bestos yams, square construction. It is impregnated with an extremely inert composition consisting of poly isobutylene and hydrocarbon waxes. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 1800 rpm; temperatures to 750 F. PV limit = 400,000; pH range = 5 to 2. 1 . FORiyiS FURNISHED ^ See Page 49 for Size Range and Weights Coils: Sets: Rings, Hand Cut: Sets.- All sizes: 5,10, 25 and 50 pound spools. Up to and including Vi": 1 pound spools. To order Coil, show prefix "C" and size. Example-. C223 Die formed skive joint, approximately square cross section. To order Rings, show prefix "R", I.D. and O.D. and depth. Example: R223 1" I.dT x 1Vi" O.D. x Vi" depth A specified number of Rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. To order Sets, show prefix "R" suffix "Set" I.D., O.D., depth and number of rings per set. Example: R223 sets, 1" I.D. x lVz'O.D.'x Vi" depth x 5 ring Hand cut butt joint, square cross section, cut from coil pack ing, bulk packaged. To order, show prefix "H/C", I.D., O.D. and depth. Example: H/C 223 1" I.D. x lVi" O.D. x Vi". A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. Examole: H/C 223 1" I.D. x lVi" O.D. x Vi" depth x 5 rings. Johns-Manville J-M Flexible Metallic Packings are generally recom mended where operating conditions such as shock or pres sure are severe. They are sometimes used as end rings to support asbestos, flax or plastic packing in the stuffing box when shaft or rod clearances are wide. Metallic packings are also recommended for applications where chemical resistance is important. J-M Flexible Metallic Packings are made from various metals and alloys, to suit the service for which they are intended, in most of the standard packing constructions. Constructions include: braid-over-braid, square plaited twisted foil, knitted mesh, spiral and others. j-M 40U Metallic Packing, copper wire type, is a general G service packing. It is used on hydraulic presses with J-M 240 and J-M 245 center rings and on steam ham mers with J-M 4201 center rings. It is also used in con junction with J-M 183 and 184 packings. J-M 280 is plaited to a square cross-section from cop per wire strands. Its construction makes it a strong packing, suitable for use as end rings to support softer center rings in a packing set. Temperatures to 500 F. j-M JDU Asbestos-Metallic Packing, antimony-lead rib- G bon type, is used as header and follower rings on cen trifuged pumps in services such as boiler feed water. The center rings may be J-M 610 Plastimatic Packing or a suitable asbestos style.* A feature of J-M 360 is the good, protective bearing surface of the antimony-lead ribbon. The ribbon is braided flat over a soft, twisted asbestos core and well lubricated with light petroleum base oil. Has a graph ite finish. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 450 F. *PV limit = 1,250,000; pH range =10 to 4. j-m Asbestos-Metallic Packing, copper mesh type, is G specifically designed for high temperature valve stem service. It is stable and long lived, provides outstand ing sealability. It is also an excellent packing for high pressure air conditions and is a popular style for air compressors. J-M 344 is made in a square plaited structure, each strand composed of knitted copper mesh twisted to gether with 95/98% white asbestos yam. It is lubri cated with a high-viscosity, petroleum-base oil com pound. Has a graphite finish. Pressures to 5000 psi; line temperatures to 1000 F. 379J-M Asbestos-Metallic Packing, lead-alloy ribbon type, X is designed for acid service on centrifugal shafts. It is used as end rings with J-M 640 plastic center rings. J-M 379 has the same general construction as J-M 360. However, the lead ribbon is a special alloy and the core is 100% blue asbestos fiber. It is impregnated with an extremely inert composition consisting of polyiso butylene and hydrocarbon waxes. Has a graphite finish. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 450 F. PV limit = 1,000,000; pH range = 5 to 2. FBW-191 20 Flexible Metallic Packings withstand severe shock seal against high pressures protect soft packing rings J-M OuJ Metallic Packing, aluminum mesh and foil type, S is designed specifically for hot oil service. It is also an excellent packing for hot and cold water and other services where the fluid handled is compatible with aluminum. A good packing for turning shafts where dry heat is involved. J-M 395 is made entirely of 100% aluminum and is the softest of the aluminum types. It has a soft core of knitted aluminum mesh with a foil cover twisted around the core and formed to square cross-section. The lubricant is a compound of vegetable oils, glyc erine, inert fillers and graphite. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 1000 F. PV limit = 1,500,000; pH range -- 10 to 4. 391j-M Metallic Packing, is the most dense of the alumi- G num foil types and is suitable for centrifugal pumps and turning shafts in a dry heat environment where the fluid handled is compatible with aluminum. J-M 391 is 100% aluminum foil, spiralled on itself and formed to a square cross-section. The lubricant is a vegetable oil, glycerine and graphite compound. It is denser than J-M 395. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 1000 F. PV limit = 1,500,000; pH range -- 10 to 4. J-M Asbestos-Metallic Packing, aluminum foil type, g is most popular in oil field service, although it is also suitable in other media under the same condi tions as J-M 395. It is not as soft as J-M 395 but carries more lubricant. J-M 392 is made of aluminum foil, spiralled around a 98/99% asbestos core which adds softness and acts as a lubricant reservoir. The lubricant is a vegetable oil, glycerine and graphite compound. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 1000 F. PV limit = 1,500,000; pH range = 10 to 4. 393 sj-m Asbestos-Metallic Packing, lead foil type, is designed for centrifugal pumps, particularly against solvents and petroleum derivatives as well as for general maintenance work. It combines the bearing characteristics of lead with the softness of the as bestos core. The high percentage of lubricant in the core extends packing life. J-M 393 consists of lead foil twisted around a 98/99% asbestos wick core. The lubricant is a vegetable oil, glycerine, inert fillers and graphite compound. Speeds to 3600 rpm; temperatures to 450 F. PV limit = 1,000,000; pH range = 10 to 4. For additional Flexible Metallic Styles, see J-M 350 and 351 Centripac Lead-Asbestos Packings, page 11. METALLIC PACKINGS See page 49 for size range and weights FORMS Spiral Length (ft.) 391,392, 393 & 395 v< % s % 1/2 % %%% 1 1% H/4 18 17 16 16 16 16 16 151/2 151/2 151/z 151/z 151/2 Spiral Length (ft.) 280,344, 360 & 379 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 Soiral Number of plral Spirals per box 1 1 11 11 11 11 1 1 <5nir=i Inside Diameter p,ral of Spiral (inches) 1% 1% 2 2 21/2 21/2 3 4 55 55 Coi, l'011 280, 344, 360 & 379 All sizes: 5, 10, 25 and 50 lb. spools. To order Coil show prefix "C" and size. Example: C 280 1". Rings Die Formed, approximately square cross-section. To order Rings, show prefix "R" ID and OD. Examples: R 344 iy2" ID x 2'/S OD. Sets A specified number of rings, assembled and wrapped as a set. To order sets, sh.ow prefix "R" suffix set, ID, OD and number of rings. Example: R 344 Set 1V" ID x 2l/t," OD x 5 rings. ---- FBW-192 21 Packings solid resilient packings impervious to penetration by liquids j-M 100 Kearsarge Packing is basically a high-temper- O ature valve stem packing although it can be used in expansion joints and similar essentially static applica tions. It is preferred by many engineers who require a dense packing with good sealability for service on stainless steel valve stems to 1000 F and pressures to 5000 psi. J-M 168 is made of 90 to 942 asbestos cloth with copper wire insertion, wrapped on itself, formed to a square cross-section. Cement is natural and buna-S rubber compound, lubricant is a vegetable base com pound. Mica surface lubricant. Because of its density, once seated, J-M 168 does not require follower take-up as often as softer construction. For essentially static equipment; pressures to 5000 psi; temperatures to 1000 F. Asbestos Fabric FABRIC PACKINGS See page 49 for size range and weights Forms V* X. % % % % V* % 1 1% 1% 1% 2 Coil Number of`12% ft. lengths per box 86 5 4 4 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 Coil Feet per box . 100 75 62% 50 50 37% 37% 37% 25 25 25 25 25 25 Coil Spiral Weight per box Number of 12% ft. lengths per box 4.5 5.4 6.3 6.8 8.8 8.4 10.0 13.9 11.6 14.5 20.5 23.8 27.2 42.5 22 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Spiral Feet per box 25 25 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% Spiral Spiral Inside diameter of Spiral Weight per box 1% 1% 1% l7/s 1% 23/s 2% 3% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 1.1 1.8 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.3 4.6 5.8 7.2 10.5 11.9 13.6 21.2 Rings Cut from Spiral; approximately square cross section; Butt joints. Sets Rings cut from Spiral. Specify number of rings per set. Y FBW-193 23 Rubber . and Duck J-M Rubber and Duck Packings handles cold water, hot water to 250 F. compensates for swelling seals against off-center motion ^ SECTIONAL CUT RINGS Jolins-Manville rubber and duck packings are recommended for use against hot water to 250 F and low pressure steam. Some styles, however, may also be used for other media such as light oils, ammonia, cold water and light aqueous solutions in reciprocating and slow rotary service. They are made of high quality duck which is laminated and bonded with specially compounded rubbers to prevent leakage through the packing. This provides a strong stable material which is then lubricated with mineral oil and graphited. The natural resiliency of this type of construction compensates for swelling tendencies in hot water service and also aids in sealing off-center motions. 271j-M Cross Diagonal Rod Packing is the best packing for cold and hot G water service on water end of reciprocating pumps. It is excellent for boiler feed water service and will withstand the action of caustic treat ments in water. The rubber and duck plies run diagonally to the rod so as to allow natural swell of the packing without excessive pressure against the rod. This results in less rod wear, better sealing, longer packing life. Lubri cant is mineral oil. Has a graphite finish. Temperatures to 250 F. 171J-M Duro Rod Packing is a good, dependable material for sendee G against low pressure hot or cold water and mild aqueous solutions. It will give satisfactory service on reciprocating rods, valve stems and outside-packed pistons and valve rods on many types of reciproeating engines and pumps. J-M 171 is made in laminated form from plies of heavy duck bonded together with a strong non-hardening rubber friction compound, then lubricated with heavy mineral oil. Has a graphite finish. Rings may be furnished cut from spiral or cut from slab. Rings cut from spiral are suggested for most uses. Rings are regularly furnished with Butt joints. Endless rings supplied when specified. When specified can be furnished with diagonal or sectional cuts. Temperatures to 250 F. 172j-m Besta-Monia Packing is specifically designed for ammonia service G on reciprocating rods, slow rotating shafts and valve stems. Made of closely woven duck plies laminated with Neoprene and special ammonia-resistant lubricant. Has a graphite finish. Temperatures to 250 F. MT FORMS FURNISHED -- COILS and SPIRALS See page 49 for size range and weights Forms % % % % % % Ya yx % 1 Wx 1% 1% 2 No. of lengths per box 171,172,4 271 Coil 865 4 4 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 Feet per box 171,172 Coil 120 90 75 60 60 45 45 45 30 30 30 30 30 30 Feet per box 271 Coil 100 75 62% 50 50 37% 37% 37% 25 25 25 25 25 25 No. of spirals per box 171,172,4 271 Spiral 421 1 11 1 111 1111 Feet per box 171,172 Spiral 60 30 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 Feet per box 271 Spiral 50 25 12 % 12 Va 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% Inside diameter Spiral 1" 1" 1 Vi" i%- 1%" 2" 2" 2%" 3" 3%" 4" 4" 4" 4" RINGS and SETS 271: 171 4 172 Cut from Spiral; skive joint. Cut from slab, with skive joint unless otherwise specified. Cut from slab; no joint, when specified "Endless". Cut from Coil; skive joint, when specified "Cut from coil"--or suffix "C". Cut from %" thick slab: no joint; with Sectional Cut, when specified "SC". Cut from %" thick slab; no joint; Diagonal Cut, when specified "DC". All styles furnished in 15-foot lengths except Style 271 which is furnished in 12Vi-foot lengths. 24 FBW-194 Johns-Manville Piston Packing Piston Packing provide completely satisfactory seal minimize friction and scoring increase efficiency of equipment J-M Piston Packings are recommended for inside packed pistons on the work end of reciprocating pumps. These packings are designed to withstand considerable wear and tear, provide longer life in highly efficient service with fewer shutdowns for replacement. J-M OJ Universal Piston Packing offers the widest operat- s ing range of any J-M Piston Packing. It can be used in service against weak caustic and acid solutions, wa ter, brine, air, oil, petroleum derivatives such as gaso line, naphtha, propane, butane, and light hydro-car bons of a corrosive nature. J-M 33 has a dense, strong structure of asbestos cloth and duck. These are interplied in such a way that round edges operate against the cylinder wall. The bond is neoprene base cement. Rings are furnished with a skive joint. Temperatures to 350 F. 182j-M Aqua Piston Packing is the most popular high quality rubber duck piston packing. It is used on cold and hot water to 200 F and is suggested for boiler feed water pumps. Cross-laminations of fine, white cotton duck and heat resistant rubber provide a white piston packing of great tensile strength and durability. Coil or ring form, rings generally cut from slab and step jointed. Spiral form, rings cut from coil, or endless rings on special order. Temperatures to 200 F. R182 (RH) can be furnished with Rock Hard cure suitable for temperatures to 250 F, when so specified. G PISTON PACKINGS See page 49 for size range and weights FORM Coil-All Styles Coil--Rubber & Ouck Number of lengths per box Feet per box: 15 ft. lengths Coil---33 Universal Spiral-Rubber & Duck Spiral-Rubber i Ouck Feet per box: 12 ft. lengths Feet per box: 15 ft. lengths Inside diameter of spiral Spiral--^33 Universal Spiral----33 Universal Feet per box: 12 ft. lengths Inside diameter of spiral RINGS-RUBBER & DUCK Yt % % Vi 8 6 5 4 -4 120 90 75 60 60 96 72 60 48 48 15 15 15 15 15 1 1 IV* iy2 1% 12 12 12 12 12 m 2 2 m. m Standard: Solid: Coil: Cut from slab stock Vi" thick; step joint. Cut from slab stock Vi" thick; no joint; when specified. Cut from coil stock, step joint; when specified. RINGS #33 UNIVERSAL Standard: Cut from Spiral only; skive joint. Sty'es 182 and 182 RH furnished in 15 foot lengths. Style 33 furnished in 12-foot lengths. 25 X,. 3 45 36 15 2 12 3 % % V* 1 332 2 45 45 30 30 36 36 24 24 15 15 15 15 2 2Vi 3 3Vi 12 12 12 12 .4 5 5 5 FBW-195 Johns-Manvilie Packing Sets J-M Cumpac9 Packing Sets low friction, efficient sealing, under severe operating: conditions J-M Cumpac Packing Sets are asbestos packings with a unique cross-section. They are designed to give O.D. and rod or shaft sealing, without excessive interference through follower pressure. Gland pressure seats each ring's flat section firmly in the stuffing box. This leaves the flexible lips free to seal with minimum friction. The special cross-section also permits more rings in a given stuffing box depth, resulting in greater sealing effectiveness. A minimum set consists of 3 center rings and a header ring. A follower ring is desirable when depth permits. For maximum sealability, 5 center rings with header and follower are required. 237J-M Cumpac Packing is intended for service on reciprocat ing, oscillating or rotary shafts. J-M 237 is formed from a base stock of commercial grade white asbestos yams in a dense braid-over-braid structure. It is further strengthened by a neoprene base compound and has a graphite finish. Hot moulded to density for serv ices to 1500 psi. Supplied solid or split. Please specify when ordering. Pressure to 500 psi; temperatures to 500 F. J-M Conepac Packing Sets Automatic low-friction sealing, without frequent gland adjustment J-M Conepac Sets are made of rings in the conventional 45 degree diagonal sections, with or without header and follower adaptors. Although some stuffing boxes are so designed that adaptors are not needed, flat-end stuffing boxes would always require adaptors. 46J-M Conepac Packing is a general service packing used in valves and also in slow speed reciprocating or rotary service. It is made of commercial grade, white asbestos, copper wire inserted yams, braided over a lead-ribbon core, then formed to the Conepac shape. It is lubricated with a petro leum base lubricant and graphited. Split rings furnished. Pressures to 1500 psi; temperatures to 500 F. These two soot-blower packing sets withstand the severe, demanding service requirements of today's power plants-- whether for use with oil, gas, coal (or interchangeably) as fuel. J-M Research has developed these packings to save money --in installation, maintenance and service life, whether soot-blowers are movable or stationary. The dis tinctive--actually unique--design of these packing rings-- J-M Cumpac--provides both O.D. and shaft, rod or lance sealing without excessive pressure. The flat section seats firmly in the stuffing box, leaving the flexible lips free to seal with minimum friction, even against slight off-center or reciprocating motion. For saturated steam up to 500F. J-M Style 236 Cumpac9 consists of Inconel wire in serted AAA Asbestos yam braided over a plastic core which is made of Asbestos fiber, mica and a binder. A standard choice for ordinary boiler operations. Mica or graphite -finish. Pressures to 375 psi. Line tempera tures to 5OOF. For super-heated steam and compressed air J-M Style 397 Cumpac consists of Inconel wire in serted AAA Asbestos yam braided over a plastic core, which is made of Asbestos fiber, graphite and a high temperature binder. Recommended for high-tempera ture usage, over 500F. Graphite finish. Pressures to 5000 psi. Line temperatures to 1200F. J-M styles are available in the following set sizes to fit various makes of soot-blowers DIAMOND IK IR G9B COPES-VUICAN RW2E Swivel RW2E Cam R0T2E Retractable E 4 Rotary WV2 PM3-2 BAYER TypeS VH l.D. 2% 2 2%s 2% m 1% 1%6 2.35 2% 1% 2% O.D. SET DEPTH ZVs 2% 3Vis 3Vz 2* 2V 3 2% 2Vz 2% 3 3 4 2V.\ 2% 1% 1% 2% 2% 3V4 2Vt Other sizes an request FBW-196 se c c t Packing Sets .45J-M HU Conepac Packing is designed for medium-temperature G service to 1000 F. 3869J-M Calibrator Packing was developed to handle the G shock and thrust conditions found on Defibrators in Paper Mill and related industries. J-M 3869 consists of a layer of lead and commercial grade asbestos, plied on a diagonal to the shaft, with a neoprene base compound. The strong diagonal ply structure results in sealability with the least pressure on the shaft. The lead ply provides an excellent bearing surface and adds strength to the packing. Lubricated and graphited. Pressures to 300 psi; temperatures to 250 F. It is made from 95/98% white asbestos, copper wire in serted- yams, braided and formed to the Conepac shape. Has a graphite finish. The long bevel joint permits tight sealing against leakage through the joints. Pressures to 2000 psi; line temperatures to 1000 F. t J-M H4 Conepac Packing is made specially for service in tur G bine control valves and related equipment handling steam at higher temperatures. It is braided of strands of 95/98% pure, white asbestos rov ing, twisted together with knitted copper mesh. Lubricated by a compound containing butyl and petroleum base oils. Has a graphite finish. Pressures to 2000 psi; temperatures to 1200 F. 232MeshJ-M Core Packing is essentially a low-pressure pack ing for eccentric and slow moving shafts in either recipro cating or rotary service. J-M 232 consists of commercial grade, white asbestos yams, braided over a non-hardening metal mesh core. It is impregnated with a heavy-bodied, petroleum-base oil and has a graphite finish. The resiliency of the mesh core gives unusual adaptability and recovery to this packing. It is outstanding for such service as air hammers where there is a constantly recur ring shock condition at high, reciprocating speeds. Because of the packing's recovery characteristics, it can be operated for long periods with no follower take-up. Other Packing Sets for Special Services designed to handle unusual or severe packing requirements Special packing sets are available to handle particular or special equipment needs. J-M Special Packing Sets are applicable where high temperatures, chemical conditions, vibration, eccentric shaft motion, or extreme shock conditions preclude the 0 use of a standard packing set. 4201J-M Steam Hammer Packing is specially made to handle G the eccentricity and shock conditions often found in steam hammer service. J-M 4201 consists of commercial grade, white asbestos cloth, wrapped over a core of asbestos rope combined with a non-hardening, high-recovery core of metal mesh. It is frictioned with a cement containing natural and buna-S rubbers. The entire packing is lubricated and graphited. Furnished for round rods only. Pressures to 500 psi; temperatures to 500 F. In oil field operation where it is known as "Wildcat" Polish Rod Packing, it gives outstanding service because it can handle constant off-center motion, exclude dirt, and seal with little or no follower take-up. Furnished in sets only. Temperatures to 500 F. FBW-197 J-M Packing Sets are furnished individually wrapped or boxed. To order, give: I.D. (shaft diameter) O.D. (stuffing box bore diameter) Depth (stuffing box depth, less initial follower entrance) State whether header and follower rings are to be flat or must be bevelled to fit stuffing box and follower. Daef rartilte ora orrnrorf Ku aonrlinn 9 Hrituioa With initial Johns-Manville J-M Groove Packing is designed for use as door or cover seals on furnaces, ovens, filters, vacuum tanks, and pres sure vessels such as autoclaves. Styles are available for grooved or flat-faced applications on door or flange whether the seal is effected by mechanical pressure of door against flange or by internal pressure forcing the packing outward against the door. Some industrial oven door de signs provide a groove in the body of the oven to hold packing against which the flat face of the door operates; some are designed with groove in the door so that packing seals against the flat metal flange of the opening. To meet the separate sealing needs of the many available door and hatch designs, J-M offers several packing styles, in varying densities, and treated to handle various internal media. Some are moulded under heat and pressure from asbestos and compounds. Asbestos types are either braided, folded, or fabric styles formed over resilient non hardening cores. Available in square and rectangular cross-section. Extruded styles of special compounds, are available on application. IJ-M / Braided Groove Packing is a comparatively soft G packing for sealing gases and hot, dry air. J-M 17 consists of copper wire-inserted, commercial grade white asbestos yams, braided over a twisted asbestos core. A copper wire mesh casing is braided over the entire packing to prevent excessive wear. For constant temperatures to 500 F. 790j-m Braided Groove Packing is designed for service G on hot blast stove clean-out doors, boiler explosion doors, and similar applications handling hot gases. J-M 790 is denser than J-M 17, made in a solid braidover-braid construction using commercial grade white asbestos yams with copper wire insert For constant temperatures to 500 F. 872j-m Braided Groove Packing is similar to J-M 790 in G construction but withstands higher temperatures. It is made of 95/982 asbestos yams with copper insert. For constant temperatures to 800 F; short term tem peratures to 1000 F. 216j-m Braided Groove Packing, the most rugged of the G braided groove packings, is designed to withstand repeated opening and closing of doors and covers. J-M 216 consists of braided, commercial grade white asbestos yams, copper wire-inserted, over a twisted, commercial grade asbestos, rope core. Treated with heat-resistant buna-S base cement and graphited. For constant temperatures to 500 F. FBW-198 ZB Groove Groove Packing for sealing doors and covers on heat and pressure vessels 164j-m Inconel Mesb Core Groove Packing is the best J-M G general service groove packing. It is excellent for autoclaves, whether bolted or quick-opening types. J-M 164 is made of asbestos cloth woven from Inconel wire-inserted, 90/94% asbestos yams that will not de teriorate in high temperature service. A resilient In conel core retains high recovery for the life of the packing. The fabric is wrapped around the core and frictioned with buna-S and neoprene cements. The packing is then formed to a square or rectangular shape and given a graphite finish. For constant temperatures to 360 F. J-M 103 Moulded Autoclave Packing is designed to with- G stand severe mechanical usage at temperatures to 300 F in autoclave and similar service. It is moulded from an asbestos cloth of 90/94% asbes tos yams Inconel wire-inserted, and special heatresistant buna-S and neoprene rubbers. These are formed into the required cross-sectional shape and then vulcanized into endless rings. J-M 165 comes in a variety of cross-sectional shapes. Consult your J-M Distributor Representative for cur rent list of available designs. For constant temperatures to 360 F. J-M luu Inconel Mesh Core Groove Packing is same as J-M S 164, except that Viton cement is used, making it suit able for hot creosote service, particularly in the Wood Preserving Industry. For constant temperatures to 600 F. J-M I/O Folded Groove Packing is designed especially for G sealing around converter bottoms, also has wide range usage as an adaptable groove packing that possesses high mechanical strength and heat resistance. J-M 176 is made of commercial grade asbestos cloth wrapped around an asbestos rope core. Furnished square or rectangular. For constant temperatures to .500 F; short term tem peratures to 800 F. J-M ITubular Gasketing is made of brass-wire-inserted G asbestos cloth, treated with a natural and Buna-S rub ber cement, and rolled into a round cross-section with a hollow core. Lead insert and friction tape join ends to make gasket. Furnished in 10 and 12 pound boxes. For temperatures to 250 F. 2559j-m 100% Inconel Packing will withstand high G temperatures and resist corrosion caused by most gases, alkalies and acids. It also has exceptional abil ity to absorb vibration and shock. J-M 2559 is plaited square from strands of twisted Inconel wire mesh. For temperatures to 2000 F. 177j-m Folded Groove Packing is the same as J-M 176, G but is denser and offers more wear resistance, the yams having a copper wire insert. For constant temperatures to 500 F; short term tem peratures to 800 F. 128j-m Folded Groove Packing is recommended where G maximum strength and resistance to constant 500 F temperatures are required. J-M 128 is made of commercial grade asbestos cloth wrapped over a solid, accordion-folded core of the same material. The buna-S base cement used on the core is compounded for maximum heat resistance. The plain asbestos outside layer carries no cement. When furnished as endless rings, an interplied joint, wrapped with tape is used. In coil form, this style can be furnished square or rectangular. For constant temperatures to 500 F. 3123j-m Inconel-Asbestos Packing is the same as J-M G 2559 except the strands are Inconel wire mesh twisted together with 95/98% asbestos yams. It is slightly less resilient but offers better sealability because of the asbestos content. For temperatures to 2000 F. rt ' FORMS FURNISHED See Page 4-9 for Size Range and Weights MOULDED AND EXTRUDED GROOVE PACKINGS-J-M 1G5 Coil: Lengths as specified, up to 50 feet. Rings: Endless; vulcanized joint. Note: In ordering for the first time, send sketch of packing crosssection. FABRIC GROOVE PACKINGS-J-M 128,129, 163, 164, 176, 177 Coil: 50 foot lengths, or in lengths up to 50 feet if so ordered. 129j-m Folded Groove Packing is same as J-M 128 but is G denser, the yams having a copper wire insert for more wear resistance. For constant temperatures to 500 F. Rings: Endless, with interplied and taped joint. Note: In ordering Coil, specify width of groove, depth of groove and depth of packing. In ordering Rings, state I.D. and 0.0. of groove and depth of packing clearly. BRAIDED GROOVE PACKINGS-J-M 17, 216, 790, 872, 2559, 3123 FBW-199 Ceil: 10, 25 and 50 pound spools. Rings: Not furnished. Specify cut lengths. 29 Nate, In ordering Coil, if rectangular in cross-section, specify Johns-Manville Twisted Asbestos and Refractory Rope Thermo-Pac* Rope general-purpose asbestos and refractory rope with temperature ranges from minus 400Fto plus 2700F J-M Thermo-Pac Twisted Ropes are recommended for emergency packing and gasketing where other materials are not available, or where shape or condition of the equip ment will not allow the use of less pliable, less adaptable materials. They are suitable as caulking or filling mate rials where high temperatures or other conditions require an inert filler. They are recommended for confined areas protected from abrasion or tensile stress. These ropes are extremely versatile in that size can be re duced or increased -- simply by separating the strands or building up thickness by twisting several together. Ts simplify specifications for a particular service, the following styles are standard Each style is designated by the temperature range it will han dle efficiently at the lowest cost for the job requirement. How ever, to further simplify Inventory Requirements, J-M recom mends stocking J-M Thermo-Pac 1000 which handles most services. For higher temperatures than 1000 F or for severe acid services, other J-M Thermo-Pac Ropes are available as standard Styles. See the listing below for detailed information. 500J-M Thermo-Pac Commercial grade white Chrysotile asbestos fiber. Gives economical service against constant tempera tures to 500 F. 750J-M Thermo-Pac AAA (95/98%) white Chrysotile asbestos fiber. A soft rope, made of high-purity asbestos twisted roving. Withstands temperatures to 750 F. 1000J-M Thermo-Pac G Pure (98/100% ) white Chrysotile asbestos fiber. This is the most popular and versatile rope. It is made of soft, twisted, felted strands, and reinforced with a fine nylon thread for tensile strength. Operating tem peratures to 1000 F. 2300J-M Thermo-Pac Refractory Alumina-Silica fiber. A new development in a strong, flexible and stable fiber for high-tempera ture use. Especially suited to metal and chemical pro cessing, as well as aeronautics, missiles and spacecraft. Operating temperatures to 2300 F. 2700J-M Thermo-Pac Refractory Alumina-Silica-Chromia fiber. Recom mended for extremely high-temperature operations, up to 2700 F. J-M Thermo-Pac BLUE Pure African Crocidolite asbestos fiber. Recommended for severe acid service. Resists corrosion under ex treme acid conditions in temperatures up to 1000 F. in the past, sizes under have been called "Wick." Generally, these small sires of rope have bee'i relatively softer and less dense than sizes it ' and up. traditionally designated "Rope." In the new Thermo-Pac line, for added simplicity, all sizes are called "Rope." However, sizes less than it" will continue to oe soft and light-density products FBW-200 Johns ManviHe Tradem X FORMS FURNISHED ; '' See Page 49 for Size Range and Weights {i Sizes and up Sizes under W 10,25 and 50 pound balls 25 and 50 pound paper tubes or 1-pound balls REFERENCE: For other Styles of Twisted Rope and Wick, see pages 32 and 33. 30 Johns-Manville Braided Asbestos Rope compact structure withstands abrasion and rough usage Braided Asbestos Ropes are suitable where a more com pact dense structure than J-M Twisted Rope is needed. They are sometimes used in applications where the rope is not entirely contained, as in grooves on furnace doors, on oven doors or for similar hot gas services. The softest types are made by braiding jackets over a twisted rope core. The denser types are made by braiding jacket over jacket to the required size. Because braided ropes are stronger and more definitely formed than twisted ropes, they are furnished in a square cross-section as well as round. PLAITED ASBESTOS ROPE Plaited ropes are preferred by some users who find them soft, adaptable packings which are well formed owing to the plaited structure. Style 581 is furnished with a wire insertion in the strand for maximum strength. BRAIDED ASBESTOS ROPE Style No. Construction 95/98% Pure Asbestos ... service to 750F 857 788 869 873 Braided jacket over twisted core One jacket thru 3/*'' Two jackets %" and up Braided jacket over jacket Braided jacket over twisted core One jacket thru %" Two jackets W" and up 8raided jacket over jacket Commercial Grade Asbestos . . . service to 500F 566 702 787 733 580 581 Braided jacket over twisted core One jacket thru %" Two jackets %" and up Braided jacket over jacket Braided jacket over twisted core One jacket thru %" Two jackets %" and up Braided jacket over jacket Solid Plaited Solid Plaited, wire inserted strands Cross-Section Density Round Round Square Square Round Round Square Square Square Square Soft Dense Soft Dense * Soft Dense Soft Dense Soft Dense FBW-201 FORMS FURNISHED See Page 49 for Size Range and Weights .. Cil: 10, 25 or 50 pound balls. 31 Johns-Manville J-M Twisted Asbestos Wick styles are soft, easily handled, highly heat resistant materials used as general utility and emergency packing, and in gasketing and caulking serv ices. Wick is especially suited for small packing spaces. It is made by twisting together one or more strands of rov ing or felted strips of asbestos. Individual strands may be untwisted and used separately. Or, two or more lengths can be twisted together to provide any greater thickness. J-M Asbestos Wick is employed as an expansion joint in the masonry construction of furnaces, and as a seal around hot pipes passing through masonry. In the Iron and Steel Industry, Asbestos Wick serves to prevent runout at dam aged or eroded portions of metal moulds and stools, to seal joints in sand moulds, and in hot topping. In light metal constructions such as domestic heaters, wick serves as a packing in grooves pressed into metal shells. For general maintenance work, J-M Wick will serve as gasketing on light, rough or uneven flanges where a con ventional gasket could not be used. J-M 4l0U Wick is the most popular Commercial Grade G asbestos twisted wick in a stranded construction. It differs from J-M Thermo-Pac 500 (a single-ply wick). It is made of a number of rovings for greater strength and density. Many manufacturers use it as a groove packing in light metal construction; it is also widely used as a general seal in the steel industry. For service to 500 F. SELECTION CHART 25 and 50 lb. paper tubes or 1/4,1/2 and 1 lb. balls Thermo-Pac -- -- 500 500 Special 195 195 -- -- Description Commercial Grade Asbestos Plies 4 3 2 1 Size Weight A" 1.66 %" 1.25 %' .84 H" .37 -- 535 Commercial Grade Asbestos 4 A" 1.49 -- -- 750 Blue 500 -- -- -- 1000 4180 4180 -- -- -- 4197 4198 j 4199 j-- 1000 !-- ------- --------------- 1---------------- Commercial Grade Asbestos 95/98% Pure Asbestos 100% Blue Asbestos Commercial Grade Asbestos 98/99% Pure Asbestos 98/99% Pure Asbestos 98/99% Pure Asbestos 98/99% Pure Asbestos FBW-202 3 4 4 Multiple 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 AT A" A" A" A" A" A" A" A" A" W A" 2.50 3.50 1.75 .66 1.80 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.50 1.50 .74 Feature Lightest Weight Wire Wiping Wick Stranded Stranded Stranded Acid service Softest Soft Hard Most popular and versatile Asbestos Wick General and emergency services Special uses in steel mills and chemical plants Wick and Rope J-M 413/ Wick is made specifically as a packing for Q chemical service and is used as a packing on stoppers on carboys containing acids, and similar services. Like J-M 4199, it is made of a single twisted strand of felted 98/99% asbestos but is a softer construction and contains no cotton reinforcement. It is recom mended for services where even the small amount of organic content represented by a cotton thread rein forcement is objectionable. For service to 1000 F. J-M 133 Wick is made of Commercial Grade asbestos G rovings in 1-, 2-, 3- or 4-strand construction, depend ing on size. It is stronger than J-M Thermo-Pac 500, and the strands may be untwisted to reduce the diam eter to a desired size. Also, two or more lengths can be twisted together to form larger sizes. Style 195 has long enjoyed a reputation as the highest quality plied, Commercial Grade asbestos twisted wick. For service to 500 F. 4198j-m Wick is the same as J-M 4197, except that it G has a harder finish preferred in some operations. For service to 1000 F. 4199j-m Wick is suitable for use in high temperature service up to 1000 F. Its chemical purity is the same as J-M Thermo-Pac 1000, and is frequently specified when a one-ply construction in X" size is desired, rather than the three-ply construction of J-M ThermoPac 1000. J-M 303 Wick is made of Commercial Grade asbestos G with a soft but strong construction ideally suited to wire wiping services. It has worked successfully in a wide variety of wire wiper equipment. For services to 500 F. ..y FORMS FURNISHED ^ See Page 49 for Size Range and Weights 25 and 50 pound paper tubes and 1 pound balls Johns-Manville Twisted Asbestos Rope for special services 4185j-m Rope consists of multiple strands of Commer cial Grade asbestos rovings twisted together. Style 4185 is somewhat less dense than J-M Thermo-Pac 500. In addition to its sendee as a temperature- resistant static packing, it is widely used as a caulk ing material in chemical lines. Temperatures to 500 F. j-m 4130 Rope is furnished for services where a strong, G plied Commercial Grade rope in the small 31" size is required. It will handle the same temperature condi tions as J-M Thermo-Pac 500, but differs in that it has the strong, plied construction, rather than the soft single ply. Temperatures to 500 F. f m 4186 Rope is similar to J-M 4185, but is used where G greater density and strength are required. Temper atures to 500 F. 4188j-m Rope is similar to J-M 4185, but is furnished where the rope must meet the requirements of Fed eral Specification HH-P-41C. Temperatures to 500 F. FBW-203 4200j-m Rope in the JJ" size is used where a more G tightly twisted, stronger, more dense product is needed than J-M Thermo-Pac 1000 in the small li" size. Temperatures to 1000 F. / FORMS FURNISHED See Page 49 for Size Range and Weights Sizes %"*nd up 10,25 and 50 pound balls Sizes %" and under 25 and 50 pound paper tubes or 1 pound balls 33 Johns-Manville J-M Gasketing Tapes are soft, resilient, versatile materials recommended for many services where mechanical or economical reasons preclude the use of pre-formed gasket styles, Some typical applications of Gasketing Tapes are: in light metal flanges in oven construction; between struc tural sections of bridges; on marine or aircraft equipment, and on oil refinery bubble trays. They are particularly suitable where the service may not be critical enough to justify the cost of gaskets, the open ing flange too large and irregular for a gasket, or the in stallation is such that it is impossible to install a gasket. They also serve effectively where only light pressure can be applied against the gasket. Gasketing Tapes are not to be used where a complete seal of positive internal pressure is needed. For this, a cut or metallic gasket is required. If a gasket cannot be furnished or applied, a tape assembly may be used but with the un derstanding that there may be some leakage. The commonly used asbestos tapes are all made of Com mercial Grade (75/80% pure) asbestos for service to 500 F. For higher temperature service, available on special order. Styles 121, 122, 131 and 132 are made in Under writers Grade, AA (90/94% asbestos --to 600 F), AAA (95/98% asbestos -- to 850 F) and AAAA Grade (99/100% asbestos --to 1000 F). Example: J-M 122 -- AAAA Grade. jm 122 Gasketing Tape is the most popular woven tape G for long term sealing of low pressure gases. Contain ing no compound, it has a wide range of applications in services handling hot, dry gases. J-M 122 is a plain woven tape, made from yams of commercial grade, white asbestos. It contains no com pound, cement or wire. 121 Underwriters Grade, AA, AAA and AAAA Grades, for higher temperature service, available on special order. JM 121 Gasketing Tape is generally used instead of J-M G 122 when greater tensile strength is needed to main tain the proper position between flanges. J-M 121 is made by weaving yams of commercial grade white asbestos, containing a brass wire rein forcement, to the proper width and thickness. tt122 Underwriters Grade, AA, AAA and AAAA Grades, for higher temperature service, available on special order. jm 120 Gasketing Tape is the most popular gasketing G tape treated with compounds. It is widely used in steam service. J-M 120 is made from asbestos cloth woven from brass wire inserted, commercial grade white asbestos yams. The cloth is treated with a natural and buna-S rubber compound cement, then folded to the proper width and thickness. Constant temperatures to 250 F; short term tempera tures to 500 F. FBW-204 34  provide easy sealability, fit designs where bolt pressures are light treated for special services J-M 113 Gasketing Tape has the same folded construction S as J-M 120 but uses a neoprene base cement, enabling it to handle solvents. Temperatures to 250 F. J-M ZUdZ Gasketing Tape is used particularly in the T Chemical, Oil and the Aviation Industries. It is suit able for those services where greater sealability is required than would be afforded by J-M 122 tape, and fluid or temperature conditions are too severe for a rubber-like impregnation. J-M 2032 is woven from commercial grade white as bestos yams, then impregnated with Teflon. It may be used against all media, except metallic sodium and potassium. It is also recommended where there is a certain amount of flange movement. The Teflon im pregnation provides a low friction filler, resulting in longer packing life. Constant temperatures to 500 F, #2032 Underwriters Grade, AA, AAA and AAAA Grades, for higher temperature service, available on special order. May also be sintered on special order. i-M 2031 Gasketing Tape is similar to J-M 2032, except T that each individual yarn contains brass wire rein forcement for added strength. 132j-m Gasketing Tape known as Bolt Hole Tape, is G widely used in the Oil Refining Industry as a gasket ing material for bubble trays. It is also popular with boiler and furnace manufacturers. A number of the center length-wise yarns are eliminated, leaving only the cross yams to maintain the tape construction. This permits the use of bolts or rivets to hold the tape in place without punching holes through the structure. J-M 132 is plain, woven tape made from Commercial Grade white asbestos yams. It contains no compound, cement or wire. Constant temperatures to 500 F. #132 Underwriters Grade, AA, AAA and AAAA Grades for higher temperature service, available on special order. 131J-M Gasketing Tape is the same as J-M 132 except G the yams have brass wire reinforcement for added strength. 142j-m Gasketing Tape is designed to be used under dry G heat conditions where greater, sealability is required than would be provided by J-M 122 or 2032. It is suitable against all media that will not attack silicone. J-M 142 is woven from commercial grade white as bestos yams, the resulting tape being treated with silicone cement. Constant temperatures to 500 F; intermittent to 600 F. 1-M 141 Gasketing Tape is the same as J-M 142 except G that the commercial grade white asbestos yams con tain a brass wire reinforcement for added strength. J-M BestO-Tak is asbestos tape with a pressure-sensitive backing. It is designed to save time, labor and cost in application. The adhesive backing is supplied only for assembly purposes, basically to hold the tape in place while flanges can be brought together, or cover ap plied. Bolt holes can be punched right through the backing strip before or after the tape is in place. Standard Commercial Grade Besto-Tak is furnished in 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/2" and 2" widths; 25 ft. rolls; 1/32" and 1/16" thicknesses. However, many differ ent widths, thicknesses and grades can be furnished to meet customers' requirements. Thicknesses to 1/4" and purities to AAAA Grade are available. Temperatures to 500 F (Commercial Grade) Other Grades available for service to 1000 F. NOTE: The adhesive is effective only up to 270 F, being designed only for economical assembly. J-M Inconel Gasketing Tape is made entirely of Inconel and is most widely used in Aviation service, Missile con struction and high-temperature boiler construction. J-M Inconel Tape is made of knitted wires, enclosed in a jacket of Inconel wires, and formed to the re quired width and thickness. . FORMS. FURNISHED See Page 49 for Size Range and Weights : Styles 120,119 1 FOLDED TAPES % thru Hi' thick: 150 foot rolls. V* thru Ht" thick: 75 foot rolls, and up thick: 50 foot rolls. WOVEN TAPES Styles 121,122, 131,132,2031, 2032,141,142 1 1" wide and up, in thicknesses to Hi'-- 100 ft. rolls. Less than 1" wide, in thicknesses to Hi'-, two 50 ft. rolls. METAL MESH TAPES Style Inconel | Lengths as required. 1 BESTO-TAK Made from slit cloth: 25 ft. lengths. Made from woven tapes: 100 ft. lengths. FBW-205 35 Johns-Manville Johns-Manville Tadpole Tapes are designed to serve as gasketing on light metal flanges or where limited bolting force is available, and the packing must conform to uneven or unequal surfaces . . . where equipment types and de signs do not permit use of endless gaskets or flat gasketing tape. Because of their softness and resilience, they adapt readily to irregularities, and are particularly popular where doors come to rest on the bulb of the Tadpole. They are easily installed by riveting, bolting, or by metal straps. The effect is that of a groove packing without the neces sity of providing a groove, or of a high temperature "O" Ring, held in place by the fabric tail assembly. These tapes offer long-lasting efficiency because they do not harden at high temperature. However, no Tadpole Tape is guaran teed to seal positive internal pressure. Tadpole Packing is made by wrapping a core with asbestos cloth cover. The edges of the cloth are stitched or ce mented together to form a tail structure. Johns-Manville Tadpole Tapes are made in: Commercial Grade, 90/94% asbestos, and 95/98% asbestos. All three grades are avail able plain or wire inserted, in soft, medium or dense con structions. Special compounds can be applied to the cover cloth. r Note: If the Tadpole Tape is to be assembled with the tail tangential to the bulb, the "assem bled" overall dimension should be increased by the radius of the bulb, to arrive at the ordering description. Otherwise the tail may be too short for installation. Yl iJ M Tadpole Tape is the basic Tadpole construction and was designed for steam service at constant tem peratures to 250 F, At higher temperatures up to 500 F the compound treatment becomes progressively harder. The asbestos itself is not affected. G The core of J-M 123 is a commercial grade, twisted asbestos rope. The cover is asbestos cloth with brass wire insert, treated with a genera] service compound containing natural and buna-S rubbers. The tail sec tion is cemented. FBW-206 36 < Tadpole Tapes form tight seal under light pressure adapt to uneven mating surfaces seal doors and other closures simplify design of closures Tadpole Tapes 191 & 192jm Tadpole Tapes are the most widely used and easily available. They consist of a core (bulb) of J-M Thermo-Pae 500 Rope, covered with Commer cial Grade asbestos fabric, stitched with asbestos thread. Style 192, the most popular, is constructed in this manner. Style 191 differs only in that the yarns comprising the cover are brass wire-inserted. Their constructions are identical with Special J-M 154-31A and 154-30A. (See table below for specifications.) These designations are used because they indicate stock sizes, ready availability and prompt shipment. STYLES 191 & 192 SIZES (in inches) BULB OVERALL BULB OVERALL BULB OVERALL BULB OVERALL AX A A X 1% A x lAs A x 1% A X 2% 'A x 1 H x 1A A x 1A A X 1% A X 1% A x 1A A X 2A 1 X 1A 1 x 2A VA X 2A 1A X 2JC STYLE 192 ONLY SIZES (in inches) A x 1A A x 2% A x 1A A x 2K %xm A x 2% A x 1A A x 2A 1 x2 VA x IA QUANTITIES: 100 feet and up, per size. SPECIAL TADPOLE TAPE STYLES WITH ASBESTOS CORESt STYLE COVER CORE ASBESTOS GRADE STRUCTURE TEMP LIMIT (F) BULB DENSITY 152-30A 152-31A 153-30A 153-31A 154-30A 154-31A 155-32A 155-33A 156-32A 156-33A 157-32A 157-33A 156-34A Commercial Commercial--brass wire insert* Commercial Commercial--brass wire insert* Commercial Commercial--brass wire insert* 90/94% 90/94%--brass wire insert* 90/94% 90/94%--brass wire insert* 90/94% 90/94%--brass wire insert* 95/98% Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 98/99% 98/99% 98/99% 98/99% 95/98% 95/98% 98/99% Twisted Strands Twisted Strands Twisted Roving Twisted Roving Twisted Rope Twisted Rope Wick Wick Twisted Rope Twisted Rope Braided Rope Braided Rope Twisted Rope 500 500 500 500 500 500 750 750 750 750 750 750 850 Softest Tadpole Softest Tadpole with W.l. cover* Medium Core & Soft cover Medium Core with W.l. cover* Dense Core & Soft cover Dense Core with W.l. cover* Softest H.T. Core & Soft cover Softest H.T. Core & W.l. cover* Medium H.T. Core & Soft cover Medium H. T. Core & W.l. cover* Densest H.T. Core & Soft cover Most dense Tadpole Highest Temperature asbestos co Tadpole tThese styles are made to order, in any size. Wire inserts add strength and abrasion resistance to covers. W.l. covers used to withstand stresses and abrasion where there is constant opening and closing of a door or hatch. FBW-207 37 TADPOLE--continued on page 38 J-M Tadpole Tapes (continued) METAL MESH CORE TADPOLES Metal Mesh Core Tadpoles are the softest of all Tad poles, and have highest rate of recovery and greatest temperature resistance. Certain styles are unaffected by constant temperatures to 2000 F. Metal Mesh Core Tadpoles were originally developed as firewall seals on aircraft. They will withstand a 2000 F temperature for 15 minutes without permitting the passage of flame. 150-12Aj-M Tadpole Tape will compress 40% of its c bulb diameter with a load of 10 to 14 lbs. per running inch--and will recover 90% of its original diameter. J-M 150-12A consists of an Inconel Mesh core with a cover cloth of 90/94% pure asbestos yams, and Inconel wire. This cover has silicone rubber inside, a neoprene base flameproof treatment and a reflective aluminum finish outside. The tail is stitched with asbestos thread. For constant temperatures to 600 F. 150-13Aj-M is the same as 150-12A except the as- G bestos cloth cover contains no wire reinforcement and is therefore softer and more adaptable. For constant temperatures to 600 F. -M 151-18Aj offers good sealabilitv because of a foil S wrapping over the core. It consists of an Inconel mesh core wrapped with metal foil and covered with cloth of 90/94% asbestos yam having Inconel ware reinforcement in each yam. The cover is treated with a flameproof compound having a neoprene base. It has a reflective aluminum finish. The tail plies are stitched with asbestos thread. For temperatures to 4 00 F. j-m 15 0-10A is the lowest priced of the mesh core S types. It may be used where constant temperatures are not high, but the exceptional resiliency of the mesh core is desired. J-M 150-10A consists of an Inconel mesh core covered with cloth of Inconel wire inserted yams of 90/94% pure asbestos. It has a flameproof compound finish. For temperatures to 350 F. 150-15AJ-M is recommended where there is move- T ment of the mating metal flange surfaces. It has an Inconel mesh core and is covered with a cloth of 90/94% pure asbestos yarns, and treated with Teflon suspensoid which reduces friction. The tail plies are fixed with asbestos stitching. For service against any media except metallic sodium and potassium. For temperatures to 500 F. 150-14 Aj-M is the same as 150-15A except that the T cloth contains an Inconel wire reinforceipent for greater strength and durability. 150-17 Aj-M is suitable for sealing gases and most G aqueous solutions except those which attack silicone. It consists of an Inconel mesh core with a cover cloth of 90/94% asbestos yam. It has a flameproof treatment and an exterior finish of silicone rubber for good sealability. For constant temperatures to 450 F. 15 Aj-m 0-20 is the lightest in weight, easiest to com- S press, and has highest recovery factor of any Tadpole structure. It consists of an Inconel mesh core with a cover con sisting of neoprene base flameproof compound rein forced with Inconel mesh. For constant temperatures to S50 F. 160-21Aj-m is the Tadpole that will withstand high- G est operating temperatures. It is made of a core containing Inconel mesh, foil and a soft refractory fiber. The cover consists entirely of fine Inconel wires braided over the core. For constant temperatures to 1000 F; intermittent to 2000 F. . - FORMS FURNISHED REFERENCE SYMBOLS Indicate service classification or condition General .............................................................. o Caustic ..............................................................C Pulp & Paper.......................................................F Solvent ..............................................................8 Food and Related Services...................................F Chempac (Teflon Impregnated Asbestos)............. .T Most Corrosive requiring Teflon filament or Blue Asbestos Packings ..........................................x TADPOLE TAPESare furnished in 150 foot rolls except =tl50-20A, or cut pieces, any length, totalling at least 25 feet per size, per order. S150-20A furnished generally in 12 foot lengths but any length available, up to 150 feet, in sizes up to Over 12 foot lengths suggested as best for handling. In case of question, check J-M Representative. FBW-208 Chemical table appears on page 49 SHAPES: 38 The most popular shape of Tadpole is a round bulb with a radial tail. For special applications it can be furnished with no tail, double tail, endless rings with fabricated joints or with rectangular bulb section. Twisted Packing Asbestos Cord J-M Twisted Packing adapts readily to any thickness I-- ideal for maintenance or plumbing service J-M Twisted Packing is a soft, easily handled packing widely used in the Plumbing Trade and for industrial maintenance. It is especially suitable as an all-purpose Valve Stem Packing and other applications where its adaptable thickness can be used to accommodate differ ent size requirements. It is made by twisting together a number of commercial grade white asbestos yams. These are then lubricated and finished to suit the service. Individual strands may be untwisted and used separately. Or, two or more lengths can be twisted together for larger size. J-M 190 Twisted Packing is an extremely popular and versatile G general service type of packing for hot and cold water and low pressure steam. It is used throughout industry, in building maintenance, and the plumbing trade. Available in small quantities such as Jl-pound spools in popular sizes. Made of twisted white commercial grade asbestos yams, lubricated with a light petroleum base oil and graphited. Temperatures to 500 F. J-M 430 Twisted Packing is used on valves handling solvents S and all types of petroleum base derivatives. Made of commercial grade asbestos yams, twisted to the proper size, it is lubricated with a compound containing vegetable oils, glycerine, inert fillers and graphite. The surface finish is graphite. Temperatures to 500 F. J-M HO / Asbestos Cord is made of 95/98? asbestos yarns twisted together. It is used above the temperature limits of J-M 274 or J-M 285. J-M 487 is suitable in chemical services where the purer asbestos yarn is required. It is also used to pack small low pressure valves handling chemicals. Temperatures to 800 F. G Note: For J-M Styles 285, 274, 487 a) all styles furnished unsized as standard b) sizes up to and including !i" furnished with wax siz ing when specified c) sizes over It" furnished with starch sizing when specified 2016J-M Twisted Packing is used on valves handling low X pressure acids that are too severe for conventional valve stem packings. J-M 2016 consists of strands of blue asbestos fiber yam twisted together, and impregnated with an inert compo sition of polyisobutylene and hydrocarbon waxes. Temperatures to 500 F. J-M Asbestos Cord J-M Asbestos Cord is recommended for many uses in metal plating works, glass and chemical plants, labora tories and similar operations. It will suspend metal parts or objects submerged in caustic solutions or mild acids. It will cushion and insulate retorts, crucibles and other equipment coming in contact with flames and heat. 285j-M Asbestos Cord is made by tightly twisting together G strands of strong commercial grade white asbestos yams to the desired size. Temperatures to 450 F. withstands corrosives, heat, flame suspends parts for metal plating 274j-m Asbestos Cord is made by twisting together commer- cial grade white asbestos yams. The yams used are larger than those in J-M 285, resulting in a somewhat less expen sive cord having a softer, coarser finish. Temperature to 450 F. G 276j-m is made by twisting Underwriters Grade white G asbestos yams together in a firm cord. J-M 276 is always furnished without starch or other treatment. Temperatures to 500 F. FBW-209 39 1 FORMS''FURNISHED See Page #Si for Size Range and Weights ; Twisted Packing All sizes: 5,10, 25 and 50 pound spools. Up to and including Vt": 1 pound spools. Special Counter Assortment: Display cartons of style 193, of 25, or 50, Vi-pound bores made up of an assort ment of Vt", Xi" and Vi" sizes. Asbestos Cord All sizes: 5,10, 25 or 50 pound spools. All sizes: Vi, Yz or 1 pound balls. Johns-Manville Cl Sheet Packing Materials and Cut Gaskets Compressed Asbestos Rubber Vegetable Fibers Teflon For complete information on Sheet Packing, Cut Gaskets and Folded Gaskets, ask for Sheet Packing Catalog. Johns-Manville can supply a wide assortment of sheet materials which are designed for service in packing and gasket applications. These materials are noted for uniformity of composition, density, resilience, and re sistance to deterioration. Listed below are popular J-M Sheet Packings which provide a high degree of dependability under the par ticular service conditions for which they are recom mended. J-M Factory-Cut Gaskets can be furnished in any required shape accurately cut to size from the materials listed. They can also be supplied cut from asbestos paper, asbestos millboard, felt paper, manila tag paper, manila rope paper, strawboard, chipboard, fish paper, blotting paper, varnished cloth, etc. Service Reedy Reference Table of Standard J-M Gasket Material Style Description Thick. In, COMPRESSED General conditions, such as superheated or saturated steam, air, hot or cold water, ammonia, oil, some acids, alkalies and other chemicals. SO 61 Compressed asbestos fiber and heat-resisting compounds. Treated with J-M Parting Agent. 1/64 thru V* Controlled swell in oil. 50 Compressed asbestos fiber sheet, softer and less dense than No. 60. 1/S4 Quality sheet for critical service such as hot oil. For good electrical resistance, also general service where a soft and flexible gasket is desirable. 70 71 Compressed asbestos fiber sheet, harder and denser than No. 60. Long fiber asbestos with bonding compound high in dielectric strength. 1/64 thru Yt 1/64 thru V* Hot oils, petroleum solvents, refrigerants, animal and vegetable oils, etc. Supplied to av.$ 3232H or Mtl-A- 7021B, Class 1. 7S Long fiber asbestos bonded with synthetic rubber. 1/64 thru V. Critical service sheet for aromatrc. carbon tetrachloride, petroleum solvents, etc. Supplied to ASTM-D-1170 P-1241A.AMS-3232H and Mtl-G-12803. P-U41 thruKj"thk. Most acids, where relatively hard, dense gasket required. CHEMPAC Severe solvents and caustics, weak acids. Temperatures to 500 F.; pressures to 750 psi. 78 M 91 High tensile, long fiber asbestos bonded with Buna-N synthetic robber. Blue African asbestos bonded with acid-resisting binder. Plies of white asbestos cloth treated with Teflon suspensoid. 1/64 thru Vi 1/32 thro Yt nominal 3/32 Metal flanges against acids, severe acid and solvent service. Temperatures to 500 F.; pressures to 750 psi. 92 Plies of Blue African asbestos cloth treated with Teflon suspensoid. nominal 3/32 CORK AND RUBBER COMPOSITIONS Resilient materials suited for light-duty sealing for low bolt pressures on rough surfaces, or on thm, flexible flanges. 570 thru 578 Cork and rubber compositions, ground cork combined in Neoprene or 1/32 Nitrile binders. thru % WOVEN For rough flanges against gasoline, oil and petroleum derivatives. U Same as No. 100 except for impregnation with petroleum-resistant 1/32 compound of neoprene. thru Y4 Rough flanges against low. medium or high pressure steam, air and water. 100 Tightly twisted asbestos yarn, brass wire inserted, woven into cloth, 1/32 and impregnated with rubber heat resisting compound. thru Y* Gas, gasoline and diesel engine service on rough cast flanges such as exhaust manifolds, water jacket connec tions and some cylinder head appiicattons. 101 Strong asbestos fabric, brass wire inserted, impregnated with high 1/32 temperature compound. thru V4 PLANT FIBER Gasoline, benzine, oil, greases, to 25Q F. and hot or cold water. 711 Strong, dense plant fiber thoroughly impregnated with special solvent- 1/64 resisting compound. thru V* FELTED High temperature service. Recommended for use with glass and glass-lined equip ment. Low pressure pioe flanges against most acids used in chemical and industrial plants. 219 83 Long fiber asbestos thoroughly felted, bonded with heat resistant rub berless binder. Soft, felted gasket of Blue African asbestos bonded with butyl. 1/32 thru Vi 1/16 thru V# RUBBER General conditions against hot and cold water, air, me dium or low pressure saturated steam. Quality sheet for oil and gasoline. 107 104 Highest quality special heat-resisting rubber compound. Compounded of CR (neoprene) rubber. 1/32 thru V< Other J-M Cut Rubber Gaskets; Style No. 103--Cr (neoprene; Rubber Sheet Style No. 105--C i Synthetic Rubber Diaphragm Sheet Style No. 106R--CR (neoprene' Rubber Diaphragm Sheet ,c Service Style No. Ill--CR (neoprene) Sheet for Oil Style No. 112--Black Oil-Proof Rubber Style No. U3-NR (natural) Rubber for Mild Add Style No. 114-SBR Black Rubber for M*ld Acid Style No. 115--C.l. Rubber Diaphragm Sheet Style No. 126-NBR (nitrate, buna H) Rubber Sheet *ve No. 127-NBR (nitrile, buna N) Rubber Sheet FBW-210 Johns-Manville Mechanical Seals for leak-proof service on rotary shafts Is The J-M Mechanical Seal provides a new, simple, eco nomical, general-purpose seal which combines the best features of both mechanical seals and stuffing-box expe rience and practice. It is the engineer's solution to the problem of positively sealing pumps and mixers. De signed to fit easily into standard stuffing-boxes, it pro vides clean, leak-proof sealing. Because of its simple and efficient construction, compared with most other mechanical seals, it gives long, trouble-free, "set-itforget-it" operation. J-M Mechanical Seals are readily available from stock in standard sizes and construction. Only two compo nents -- the "O" Rings and End Seals -- are variable from standard materials. This simplifies selection, installation and allows a wide variety of uses. This simplification makes it ideal for standardization of your sealing requirements and ordering procedures. Your J-M Representative will be glad to help you select just the right combination for your sealing requirements. Data shaft sizes from %" to 934" diameter, standard sizes; larger sizes available on special inquiry. pressures to 150 psi, gauge. speeds to 5,000 rpm. temperatures to 200F. standard pH range of 10 to 4. Other pH ranges use special materials. maximum PV factor is 300,000. Widespread uses in many different industries Power Plants: Cooling and circulating water (river and sea); evaporator; condensate; boiler feed. Sewage: Raw sewage; activated sewage; waste effluent. Paper: Raw bleached sulphites and paper stocks up to 6 /o concentration. Food and Drink: Starch solutions; fruit juices; hot fats; milk; chocolate. Brewing and Distilling: Beer; beer wort; distillery mash; grain juice. Sugar: Cane juice; beet tails; molasses; glucose, thick, thin or raw juices. Marine: Bilge; circulating water; fire pump. Gas: Water; water containing coke dust; soda ash. Mining: Coal slurry water; asbestos cement slurry; water slurries. Steel: Water; water with mill scale in suspension; dirty water. Textiles: Dye liquors with cotton or wool fibers in suspension. Chemicals: Industrial alcohol; calcium hydroxide; acetate anhydride; aluminum nitrate solution; so dium dichromate slurry. Petro-Chemicals: Crude oils and a wide range of ser vices common to the industry. Money-saving advantages external springs are adjustable at running pressure -- out of contact with medium being pumped -- cannot clog with solids in suspension. split end-seals allow replacement in five minutes without disassembly of unit -- no costly down time. easily installed by regular maintenance men, in many cases without machining. seals a wide range of liquids, coagulants, abrasives and slurries. extremely low friction -- no shaft wear. readily available from inventory at "off-the-shelf" prices -- in a popular selection of sizes and mate rials. Special materials for severe service. leak-proof operation -- saves costly fluids -- cleaner plant housekeeping. lasts many times longer than conventional mechan ical packings. tested and proved in all types of industries. . Johns-Manville Mechanical Seals Popular sizes readily available from stocksuitable for many single-stage centrifugal pumps - up to 150 psi. f Method of Operation The sealing principle of the J-M MECHANICAL SEAL is common to the full range of standard sizes available, i.e., for shafts from %" to 951" in diameter and is diagrammatically presented in the accompanying illustration. The Gland Sleeve (I), which has a replaceable End Seal in halves (2) held in position by the Gland Nut (3), is fitted into the stuffing box and it is sealed by the `O' Ring (4). An Anti-rotation Stud (o) fitted into the stuffing box passes between two guide lugs (6) on the Gland Sleeve. The whole assembly is allowed to move axially within the stuffing box according to the pressure exerted by adjustable Springs (7) acting through the Yoke Plate (8) on the Gland Nut. These springs force the End Seal against the Cone (9), which rotates with the shaft and is sealed by the `O' Ring (10), to provide the running seal. Special Sealing Requirements J-M Mechanical Seals, in stock, cover a broad standard range of sizes and materials suitable for most uses. They are available for immediate shipment. For special sealing requirements, in size or materials, consult your J-M Representative. J-M Die Formed Rings J-M Die Formed Packing Rings are custom made to closely con trolled dimensions to provide a mechanically perfect fit. Grouped into two tolerance ranges--standard and close tolerance--to fit specific equipment needs, they assure easy assembly and max imum sealability. These precision-made rings are available in virtually any required size and flange width, in many styles and compositions, and are lubricated to meet the needs of specific service conditions. FBW-212 42 HELPFUL SUGGESTIONS ON HANDLING PACKINGS How to Get the Best Results from Packings There are foCr main factors that influence the life and performance of packings in service. Give careful atten tion to all these factors and the most satisfactory service will be assured. Quality of Packing Used--Packing costs far less than the labor and lost production time of re-packing. The use of poor quality packing can sometimes result in dam age to equipment. The best quality packing is the cheapest. The Right style for the Service-The recommendations on pages 4 and 5 are based on Johns-Manvilie's re search plus practical field service. For special cases, consult your J-M Packing Distributor or J-M Sales Engineer. Mechanical Condition of Equipment--It pays to use high quality equipment that is properly maintained. If bearings, shafts, sleeves or guides are in bad condi tion, the result is poor sealing, short packing life. Packing Installation and Lubrication-Properly installed and lubricated, packings help equipment operate efficiently. The suggestions below have been found helpful. HOW TO PACK STUFFING BOXES Pumps and Agitators 1. Remove all old packing from the stuffing box. Clean the box and shaft thoroughly and examine shaft for wear or scoring. Replace shaft or sleeve if wear is excessive. Check bearing by lifting shaft up and down; do not expect the packing to act as a bearing. 2. Use the right size of coil packing, to be sure the pack ing will fit and can compensate for shaft wear, if any. To determine the correct coil packing size, measure the diameter of the shaft (inside the stuffing box area if possible) and then measure the inside diameter of the stuffing box itself (to give you the O.D.' of the ring). Subtract the I.D. measurement (the shaft di ameter) from the O.D. measurement and divide bytwo. The result is the required size. Other than special precision molded packings, all standard shaft packings are made up in increments of l/{6" from the smallest size available and up. For most applications, if the calculated size figures under a 16th of an inch, it is generally best to use the next size greater. Thus, if the shaft measures 21/2" and the inside of the stuffing box SVu", the size of coil packing to use would be l/i' rather than Jl6". 3. Cut packing into rings. Never wind packing into a stuffing box. For pumps and agitators cut rings with a butt (square) joint; it is easier and you can do a better job. The best way to cut packing rings is to cut them on a mandrel the same diameter as the shaft in the stuffing box area. If there is no shaft wear, they can be cut on the shaft itself outside the stuffing box if there is room. Hold the coil packing rightly and firmly on the mandrel but do not stretch it excessively. Cut the ring and try it in the stuffing box to make certain that it fills the packing space properly, with no gap in the joint at the O.D. of the ring. Each successive ring can be cut in the same manner, or the first ring can be used as a master from which the balance of the rings are cut. If the rings are cut on a flat surface be certain that the side of the master ring, and not the O.D. or I.D. surface is laid on the rings to be cut; this is necessary so that the slight bevel at the ends of the rings be reproduced. Remem ber that the O.D. circumference of the ring is greater than the I.D. circumference. 4. To cut rings from a packing that is unusually soft or that has a tendency to fray excessively, some me chanics apply a small piece of tape at the point where the cut is to be made, then cut through the tape. If the tape is thin, it can be left right on the ring. 5. Install one ring at a time. Make sure it is clean and has not picked up any dirt in handling before installing it. If clean oil is available it is well to lubricate each ring thoroughly; some mechanics also lubricate the shaft and the inside of the stuffing box. Joints of successive rings should be staggered and be kept at least 90" apart. Each individual ring should be firmly seated with a tamping tool. When enough rings have been individually seated" so the nose of the follower will reach them, the individual tamping should be supplemented by the follower. Never de pend on the follower entirely to seat a set of rings properly--this practice will jam the last rings installed but leave the front rings loose in the box. The result is excessive and rapid wear of rear rings; erratic packing performance; sometimes, twisting and tearing of the front rings because they are loose in the stuffing box. After last ring is installed, take up bolts finger tight. Start the pump, and take up bolts until leakage is detreased to no more than 2 drops per second. Stop ping leakage entirely at this point will cause the pack ing to bum up. _, FBW-213 7. Allow packing to leak freely when starting up a newly packed pump. Excessive leakage during the first hour of operation will result in a better packing job over a longer period of time. Take up gradually on the follower as the packing seats until the leakage is about 2 drops per second on a 1" shaft at 3600 RPM. Allow proportionately more as the shaft size increases. For speeds lower than 3600 RPM, less leakage is permis sible. It will take about one working day to break in a set of packing to a point where the leakage is stabilized at a uniform acceptable rate. Never try to stop leakage entirely. 8. If at all possible, provide through a lantern ring, means of lubricating the shaft and packing by supply ing grease, oil, water, or the liquid handled in the pump. Fittings for this, purpose are standard on most pumps. ting other rings on a flat surface to insure that the additional rings are cut precisely at the correct angle. 2. Bring the follower down on the packing to the point vt'here heavy resistance to wrenching is felt. During this time turn valve stem back and forth to determine ease of turning. Do not wrench down to the point where the stem won't turn. 3. After the valve has been on the line a day or so, even if no leakage exists, the follower should be tightened slightly. If it is leaking at all, tighten the follower until there is no leakage. TROUBLE SHOOTING PACKING FAILURES Carefully examine packing removed from a stuffing box, as it often gives clues to the condition of the equipment and may be the means of solving packing problems. The fol lowing clues and possible troubles were found by exam ining sets of packing which had seen service: 9. If the stuffing box has a lantern ring, make sure the lantern ring, as installed, is slightly behind the lubri cant fitting so it will move under the fitting as follower pressure is applied. 10. Replace packing when leakage cannot be controlled by further take-up on the follower. Valves and Expansion Joints The function of a Valve Stem Packing is like a gasket function rather than pump packing, which must both seal and carry lubricant for a turning shaft. Valve Stem Pack ings must provide a dense structure that will not permit movement of the liquid or gas through the body of the packing itself. The packing under follower pressure must be able to flow sufficiently to seal along the stem and along the stuffing box wall. By maintaining low friction, it will permit easy movement of the stem. To pack valves: I, Carefully perform all the operations outlined under steps 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, as given for pumps and agitators. Rings used on valves and expansion joints should be cut with a skive joint. Clue: Excessive reductions in the cross-section of the packing directly beneath the rod, shaft or plunger. Possible trouble: Low bearings with shaft or rod riding on packing. In service early leakage occurs around the top of the shaft or rod. Clue: Excessive reduction in the thickness of the pack ing directly over or on either side of rod or shaft. Possible trouble: Rod or plunger out of alignment and in the case of the rod or shaft, the bearings may be badly worn causing whipping of the shaft. Clue: One or more rings missing from set. Possible trouble: Bottom of stuffing box badly worn, with packing being extruded into system. Consider able difficulty, such as packing getting into the valves, traps or contaminating the fluid handled, may result. Clue: Wear on outside diameter of the packing. Possible trouble: Rings rotating with shaft or loose in the box. Clue: Bulge in the side of one or more rings. Possible trouble: Adjacent rings cut too short causing packing under pressure to be forced into the open space. Clue: Rings next to gland followers badly deformed with bottom rings in fair condition. Possible trouble: Improper installation of packings and excessive gland pressure used. Clue: Packings showing tendency to sheet out or ex trude between rod or shaft and the gland follower. Possible trouble: Excessive pressure or more likely too great a clearance between the rod or shaft and the gland follower. In preparing skive cut (45 degree bevel) rings, be sure the first ring is carefully cut and then tested on the shaft. It can then be used as a master for cut Clue: Wearing face of rings dried and charred with rest of packing in good condition. Possible trouble: High temperatures with lack of lubri- cation- FBW-214 Chemicals Packings How To Select Packing For Media Handled Most Packing selections can be made using the Equipment Recommendations given on pages 4 & 5. However, if the liquid you are handling is corrosive or critical in some other way, then you can choose the exact style by reference to the Chemicals listed on these pages. Listed are hundreds of liquids commonly used in the Process Industries. At the right of each is a symbol indicating Packings con structed of materials which should handle the liquid. At the left of each is a code symbol showing the general chemical nature of the liquid. These symbols are explained on page 52. Chempac styles "T" will also handle conditions desig nated "G", "C", "P", "S" or "F" to the pressure and tem perature assigned to the Chempac style. REFERENCE SYMBOLS Symbols indicate styles for General service or special conditions. Use after choosing packing construction from equipment recommendation tables, pages 4 & 5. General .............................................................. o Caustic .............................................................. c Pulp fc Paper....................................................... p Solvent ...............................................................s Food and Related Services.................................... r Chempac (Teflon Impregnated Asbestos).................. .t Most Corrosive requiring Teflon filament or Blue Asbestos Packings .......................................... x Each basic J-M Packing construction has one style treated for general service conditions and other re lated styles treated for more severe chemical condi tions as indicated. For example you will note that in the Centripac styles, #7 is designated "G", #2036 is "F", #2021 is "C", #19 is marked "P", #18 is "S", #2018 is "X". chemicals/packings class ifQu/d packing 04 09 012 02A 02A Acetaldehyde............... TS Aeetats solvents ........................................S Aeotates. ester* 4petroleum derivatives .............................................S Acetic add ............ ..........................T Acetic acid, glacial ..................................T 02A 02D 05 05 OIE Aeetle aeld (hydroxy eruda) ................... T Acetic anhydride .....................................T Acetone.................................................. T-S Aeetoohenone ...................................... .T-8 Acetyl chloride ......................... T OiC Acetylene .................................................. G OIC Acetylene yes ............................................G 012 Acetylene with water .............................. G 012 Acetylene gas withwater or liquid H.C. ...........................................G 15 Acid efudye ..........................................X-T 08 Acrylonitrile .1......................................8 07 Aleohol. ethyl ........................................S-G 012 Alcohol 4 lub. oil .................................... S 07 Aleohol methyl .............. G 04 Aldehyde .............................................. T-S OlA Alkanes ..................................................T-G 02A. 02B Alkyl aryliulphonle acid ........................T 018 Alkyl benzene ........................ T-S 012 Alkylate llyht ............................................ 8 05 Ally! acetone .......................... T-S 08 OIE 08 13 13 12 08 08 012 08 Allyl amine ...............................................G Aliyl ehlorlde ...........................................G Alpht Pieollne ......................................... G Alum solution ........................................... G Aluminum ehlorlde ...............................G Aluminum hydroxide ...............................G Amine: Olethanol amine......................T-S Amine: Monoethanol amine ................ T-S Amine-fat condensate ..........................8-G Amines .................................................. T-S 14 Ammonia, anhydrous ................... ...G 12 Ammonia, aqua ........................... ...G 14 Ammonia yas ............................... ...G 12 Ammonia, ilqutd ......................... ...G 012 Ammonia. Mauora 4 oil .............. ...G 13 Ammonium acid phoiphata ........ ...G 13 Ammonium bifluoride ............... X-G (3 Ammonium bicarbonate ............. ...G 13 Ammonium bromide ................... ...G 13 Ammonium earbonate ................. ...G 13 Ammonium chloride..................... ...G 13 12 Ammonium fiuoiHleate ............. ...G Ammonium hydroxide ................. ...G 13 Ammonium nitrate ..................... ...G 13 Ammonium nitrate, molten ........ ...G 13 Ammonium oxalate ..................... ...G 13 Ammonium persulphate .............. ...G 13 Ammonium phosphate, dibasic .. ...G 13 Ammonium phosphate, monobasic ...G 13 Ammonium phosphate, tribasic ...G 13 Ammonium sulfate ..................... ...G 13 13 Ammonium sulphito, to boiling Ammonium thiocyanate ........ ...G ...G 13 Ammonljm thiocyanida ............. ...G 09 Amyl acetate ................................ .T-S 09 07 09 09 08 012 08 012 012 07 13 11 14 01D 010 010 01D 01B 012 13 13 13 13 012 012 012 012 04 OIB 012 OlA 08 07 010 13 13 012 012 012 012 012 13 || 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 OID 012 OIC OlA 012 09 07 OIE Amyl acid pbesphatt .......................... 8-G Amyl aleohol ........................................ 8-G Amyl chlorida ....................................... 8-G Amyl nitrata ........................................ S-G Aniline ......................................................T Aniline dyes ......................................... T-6 Aniline Hydrochloride...............................T Antibiotie fermentation broth-- no solvent...............................................G Antibiotie fermentationbroth-- with solvent ...........................................8 Anti-freeze water 4 aleoholt or glycols ...............................................G Antimony trlebiorlde ................................T Aqua regia.................................................X Argon yas .................................................G Arcelor ....................................................T-S Arocior 1242 ...........................................T-S Arocior 1248 ............. T-S Arocior 1254 ......................................... T-S Aromatic fuels .......................................T-S Asphalt-emulsified ................................. S Barium chloride solution 0-20% ...........G Barium hydroxide .................................... G Barium nitrate solutions .........................G Barium sulphide........................................ G Beer (Note 4* I) ......................................... T Beer and beer mash (Note# I) ................T Beerwort (Nete #1) ................................T Beet sugar llquers ....................................F Benzaidehyde .......... T-S Benzene (Benzol) ................................T-S Benzene 4 gas mixtures ......................T-S Benzene (petroleum ether) ...................T-S Benzoic aeid solution ............................. G Bsnzonitrile ....................................... ...G Benzyl sleohol ...................................... 8-G Benzyl ehlorlde......................................T-S Bichloride of mereury ..............................G Bittern ....................................................... G Blaek liquor................................................C Black sulphate liquor,to boiling ............ C Blood ......................................................... F Boiler feed water .......................................G Bondcrtte solution ................................S-G Borax solution........................................... G Borie add ............................................. F-G Boron trichloride ......................................T Boron trlfluorldo ....................... T Brine (aeid) ..............................................G Brine, ealelum chloride .......................C-G Brine, copper chloride .............................G Brine, sea water........................................ G Brine, sodium ........................................... G Bromine ................................ T Broraobenzene .......................................... ,T Bunker "C" fuel oil ................................ 8 Butadlono............................................... T-8 Butano ................................................... T-S Buttermilk..................................................f Butyl scotato.........................................T-S Butyl alcohol ........................................ r,g Butyl chlorida........................................T-S 45 06 09 OIC oa 03B 03B 13 13 13 12 13 13 012 012 012 07 09 on OlA 14 14 0 IA OIE OIE 11 14 010 012 OIO 15 OIE 14 OID OID OID 14 14 14 14 14 OIE 02A OID OID OIE OIE 06 OIE II 010 OIE 13 11 020 15 012 012 012 012 Butyl ether ...........................................T-S Butyl sebacate .................. -...............T-S Butylene ................ G Butylamine ...........................................T-S Butyric aeid .............................................G Butyric aeid. te I50F ..............................G Calcium bisulfide..................................... G Calcium bisulfite ..................................... G Calcium earbonate slurry ........................ G Calcium ehlorlde ......................................G Calcium hydroxide (Note #2) ...............P Calcium hypochlorite................................G Calcium phosphate slurry ........................ G Calyon ........... F Camphene ...................................... -.........8 Candelllla wax 4 varsot mixturi ..........G Cana sugar liquors 4 eana Juice .............F Carbinol................................................ 8-G Carbitol acetate ....................................... 8 Carbolie acid ............................................ T Carbon bisulfide ................................. T-S Carbon dioxide (dry) ..............................G Carbon dioxide (wot) ..............................6 Carbon disulfide................................... T-S Csrbon tetrachloride wet ............. .T-S Carbon tetraehloride. anhydrous ... .T-S Carbonic aeid .......................................... G Carbon monoxide .....................................G Castor oil ...................................................G Caustics .................................................... C Cellosolve testate ..................................... S Chinawood oil ............................ G Chtorex ...................................................... C Chlorextol.................................................. T Chloric add ...............................................T Chlorinated hydrocarbons ........................T Chlorinated polyphonyl ............................G Chlorinated toluene ............................. T-S Chlorinated water ....................................F Chlorine, anhydrous liquid ..................... T Chlorine (dry) .........................................T Chlorine (wet) ......................................... T Chlorine gas (Chlorine Institute Sizes) (Note #3) ............................... T 1-Chloro-l-nltropropine ..........................8 Chloroaeetle add ................................ .T Chlorobenzene ........................................... T Chlorobenzene, to boiling ........................T Chloroethane ............................................. T Chloroform .................................................8 Chioromothyl other ..............................T-S 2-Chioropropano ....................................T-8 Chloresuifonle acid ................................. T Chtorotoluone ................. T-S Chlorotrifluoroethylene ............................T Chrome alum ........................................... G Chromic aeid ............................................. T Citric add ................................................. F Clay slurries ............................................. G Coca-Cola syrup ........................................F Cocoabutter ............................................. F Cocoanut. fatty add ................................ F Coffee, ta belling ......................................F to vCMi CQ Li_ CHEMICALS/ PACKINGS c/ass liquid packing (continued) 13 13 13 13 012 010 012 011 011 13 13 13 14 06 OIA 05 012 012 01D 012 012 012 012 OS 012 09 09 01E 01E OS OIE OIE 01D OIA 0(2 00 OIA Ot2 012 08 07 00 04 08 012 OID 08 08 OIA 018 OID 05 012 0(2 012 012 Ot2 04 09 OIA 07 OB 06 09 09 07 OJE 06 03 012 09 OIE 09 09 OIE 012 0(E 07 08 03 13 13 (3 13 13. 12 012 012 04 02A 01E OIE OIE 012 012 012 012 012 012 04 OIA Cepper cyanide ..................................... T-G Copp*r nitrat...............................................G Copper sulfite (blue vltrol) ...................G Copperas (Grunt) ........................ G Cora oils.....................................................6 Cottonseed ell ...........................................G Creosote ....................................................T Cresol. mat*...............................................8 Cresylic add ............................................ * Cuprous ammonia acetate ........................8 Cuprle ehlorlde ......................................... G Cyanldo ................... T-S Cyanogen ehlorlda ................................... 6 Cyanohydrin...............................................F Cyeloheiane ........................................... **8 Cyelohaxanone ........................................... 8 ODT Solutions (kemeene solvent) ........ S DDT Solutions (toluene solvent) .......... S DNC (Dlnltroehlcro benzene) ............... T Oe-Butanlzer reflux ............................ 8-G De*Ethanlzr charge ................................ 8 De-Propanlzer reflux................................8 Developer Solution ................................... T ................................................................8-G Dibutyl eelloiolvo adipate ...................S-G Dibutyl phthilate ..................................... 8 D (butyl sebaeite ............................ ......8 Dlehlorobutano ..................................... T-S Dichloroethane ............ ...........................8 Dlchloroethyl other ..............................T-S Dlehlorohexaffuoroeyelobutane............. T-S Diehloropropytene ..................................... 8 Diehlorotoiuene ......................................... 8 Dleyelopentadiene..................................... 8 Oleeel fuel ........................................... 8-G Diethanolamlno ................................... 8-G Diethyl earbitoi ....................................... 8 Diethyl earbonate ......................................8 Diethyl eeflosolva ......................................s Dtethylamine....................... 8 Dlethylene glycol ................................. 8-G Dlethytenetrlamlne ................................. 8 Dimethyl formaldehyde ......................8-G Dimethyl hydrazine............................. 8-G Dlnltrochloro benzene A styrene ....T-S DlnltreebJorobenzene............................ T-S Dleetyl amine ............................................8 DJoctyl phthalate ..................................... 8 Oloxtne .................................................8-6 Diphenyl .................................................. T Dlpheny. chlorinated ................................ T Olaobutyl ketone................................T-S Doctor solutions ............... ..................... G Dow Corning silicone fluid ...................... G Oowtherm "A" (Note #4) .................... T Dowtherm "E" (Note #4) .....................T Dyawood liquor* ............................... .....G Embalming fluid .......................................6 Estar type piastlelzar ............................. T Ethane......................................................... 8 Ethanol........................................................ 6 Ethanolemino.............................................. 8 Ether.......................................................... 8 Ethyl acetate .............................................. S Ethyl acrylate ............................................8 Ethyl alcohol ......................... -.................6 Ethyl chloride ............................................ 8 Ethyl ether.................................................. 8 Ethyl formate ............................................ 8 Ethyl mercaptan .........................................8 Ethyl-n-butyrate.......... .............................8 Ethyl bichloride ....................................... 8 Ethyl propionate ..................................8-G Ethyl sulphate ..................................... 8-G Ethylene chloride ..................................T-S Ethylene ehiorohydrln ............................. S Ethylene dlchlorlde ..................................T Ethylene glycol .........................................G Ethyl pyridine ........... .....S-G Fatty adds ............................................... G Ferric chloride ......................................... G Ferric nitrate ............................................B Ferrie sulfite ............................................8 Ferrous sulfate (Green Copperas) .........G Ferrous sulphate Alime.............................8 Film dope ......................... 8-G Fish oils ................................................... * Formaldehyde or formalin ................... 8-8 Fortnle aeld............................................ 8-G Freon It ..................................... 8-8 Freon 12 ................................................8-G Freen 121 ..............................................*-G Freon 12 ana refrigeration oil ............S-G Freon 22 and refrigeration oil ............ 8-6 Fraen 113 and 114 .................................8-6 Frooni--liquid* ........................... .....t-G Fruit Juices ................................................F Fuel ............................................................. FFuurrafunra.l ...............................................................................88--88 02B 012 OIA OIB OIA OIA OIA OIA OIB OIA OIA 0(2 012 02C 13 012 012 0(2 012 07 012 012 012 OtE OIA OS OIA 05 012 II II OIA li 15 II II 02D 14 14 14 15 IS 15 15 011 02C 012 012 OIE OIE OIA 05 OIC OlA 09 07 08 06 OIA 012 012 012 012 02C 010 012 13 12 15 12 09 010 012 012 012 012 012 012 012 012 Oil 13 02C 012 Gallic aeld............................................8-G Gas oil .................................................... 8 Gasoline ....... ............... ....................-*8 Gasoline (aromatic) ...............................8 Gasoline (automotive grades) ................ 8 Gasoline (bronze)........ ............................8 Gasoline (ethyl) ......................................8 Gasoline (ICO Octane) .............................8 Gasoline (Hi-test) .................................. 8 Gasolins with mercaptan.........................8 Gasoline with H3S...................................8 Gelatin ........... .F Ginger ale ............................................... F Glacial acetie acid ............... -................T Glaubers salt ..........................................G Glue ..........................................................G 6lue (aeld) ...............................................G Glue sizing .............................. G Glucose .....................-.............................F Glycerine (glycerol) ............................6-F Grain mash ...........................................G-F Grease........................................................G Green tlQuer .............................................C Hafowax 1000 ........................................... G Heptane ....................................................8 Hexachlore acetone ................................... $ Hexane ......................................................8 Hexone (mik) ....................................... T-S HolIIngshead H-2 .................................G Hydrofluoric acid ................................... T Hydrobromle add ..................................... T Hydroesrbene (light) .............. S Hydrochloric add ..............................>...T Hydrocyanic aeld ............ T-S Hydrofluoric add (anhydrous) ............... T Hydroftuesilleie acid ............................ T-S Hydroformie add ...............................T-S Hydrogsn ...................................................G Hydrogen cyanide........ ....................... T-S Hydrogen fluoride ................................. .X Hydrogen peroxide ............................. T-S Hydrogen sulfide ............... .-8 Hydrogen sulfide Aorganic sulfur compounds ................................. S Hydrogen A water ................................. 8 HydroQuinone ...................... .....6 Hydroxy-aeetle aeld ............................... T Ink ..........................................................G Insecticides ...............................................6 Iodoform .............................................. 8-G Iodoform ....................................................8 Iso-butano ................................................ S Iso-butyl methyl ketone ..................... T-8 Iso-butylene...............................................S Iso-pentane ...............................................8 Iso-propyi-aeotatc ..................................8 Ito-propyf alcohol ..............................S-G Iso-propyl amine ................................ 8-8 Iso-propyl ether ...................................... 8 Kerosene........................................... .....8 Ketebup .............. F Lacquer in ketone solvents ...................T-S Lacquer solvents .................................. T-S Laequers. hot............................................. 8 Lactic acid................................................. F Lard .........................................................F Latex ....................................................... G Lead nltrata ............................................ G Lime slurries............................................. C Lime-sulfur............................................... G L(me water (mlffc ef lime) ..................... 8 Lindol (tricresol phosphato) ..................S Linseed ill ................................................8 Liquid cyanldo ......................................T-8 Liquid iatsr A gaseous butadlane ...T-S Liquor, blaek...................... G Liquor, gracn . Liquor, lime .. Liquor steep .. Liquor sulphate Liquor whlta .. ............... G ................ 8 ............... T Lysol................. ..................... ........6 Magnesium sulfate (egsom salts) .. ..G-F ........T-8 Malt beverages (Note 1) .... ........T-F OIO ............. F 012 012 012 13 IS 46 13 13 OS 07 03 09 07 OIE OIE 07 OIE 012 OIE 012 06 OS 09 05 09 09 08 OIE 012 OIA OIA 012 11 012 08 OID 012 OIA OIA OIA 02B OIB 02B 012 13 13 012 It M 012 II OfA 08 06 14 14 08 08 11 012 012 012 012 012 OIO OIO OIO 012 012 012 012 012 012 012 0t2 012 0(2 012 012 012 OIO OIA OIA OIA 0(0 OIO otoOIA 012 OIO 012 012 012 OIO OIA OIO 012 012 012 012 03B QIC II 02C 14 14 Mercury salts ............................ Mcreurlous nitrate ................... Mesityl oxide ............................ Methenol ................................... . Methyl acetate ........................ - Methylacrylate ........................ Methyl alcohol .......................... Methlal ....................................... Mathaltyl chloride .................. Methyl alcohol .......................... Methyl bromide ........................ Methyl cellosolve ...................... Methyl chloride ........................ Mthyl chlore-tilanes................. Methyl ether ............. ............... Methyl ethyl ketone ................... Methyl fermate .......................... Methyl tso-butyl ketone ........... Methyl methacrylate (Note #5) Methyl propionate .................... ...G ...G .T-S .8-G .6-G .S-G .S-G ,...T .T-8 ...G ....T .8-G .8-G ....8 ....8 ....T .S-G ..T-S .T-S ....6 Methylamlde (hot) .................................. 8 Methylene chloride .............................8-G Milk .........................................................F Mineral oil ............................................... 8 Mineral spirits ........................................8 Mltceilai ................................................. T Mixed aelds (HN03+H5S04) ............ X Molasses ................................................... F Mono othanolaiaino (with copper sulphate) ................ .8-G Monoehloro-benzane ................................ 8 Mustard ................................................... F Naptha .....................................................8 Naptha, sour or gasoline (tract HaS> ......................................... 8 Naptha. Vmp ............................................8 Napthalene sulphonlc acid ..................T-S NapthaJene.............................................. 5 Napthalenic acid, to hot .....................T-S Natural gas ......................... .....S NUkel chloride ....................... G Nickel sulfate ..........................................G Nicotine sulfate ...................................... G Nitrating adds ............. X Nitric add............................................... X Niter eaka (fused) ...................................G Nitric add fuming ................................ X Nitre methane ......................................T-S Nitrobenzene ......................................T-S Nitroethane ..........................................T-S Nitrogen ...................................................8 Nitrogen gas ............................................ G Nltromethano ..........................................8 Nitropropana ........................................ -.8 Nitrous add ............................................T Oaklte....................................................... G Oil, air eorps hydraulic .....................T-S Oil, apfezon ........................................ S-G OH. asphalt base .................. 8-G OK, Bunker C fuel .................................. S OH, Chintwcod (tung) ....................... S-G Gil, coconut.............................. ......S-G OH, cotton seed ....................................... S Oil, erude (asphalt base) ...................... S Oil, crude (corrosive) ............................8 OK, erude (paraffin base) ..................... S Oil, crude (sweet) ...................................S Oil, cutting (soluble) .............................3 OH. Diesel ................................................S Oil. domestic fuel .................................... 8 Oil. fuel A gas...................... S Oil, #6 fuel ............................................8 Oil. fuel ................................................S-G OIL hydraulic ..........................................S Oil, hydraulic (mineral base) ................ S OIL kerosene ....... 8 Oil, linseed ..............................................S Oil. lubricating ........................................ S Oil. mineral ..............................................S Oil, mineral seal .................................S-G Oil, nut ............................................... 8-G Oil, palm ............ S-G OIL paraffin basa .................................... S OIL peanut ......................................... S-G OH, quenching ........................................ S OIL raptMid ...................................... S-G OH with refrigerants........................... S-G OIL rich .............................................. S-G Oil. silicone ...'..................................... ..S OIL soya bean .......................................S-G Oil transformer .................................... T-S Oil vegetable ............................................ S OH and Freon (II A 12) ....................T-S OH and Freon (22) ............................. T-S Oil and methylene chloride ................ S-G OH and sulphur dioxide ......................T-S Oleic aeld ............................................ S-G Olefin (crude) .......................................... S Oleum ....................................................... X Oxalic acid .......................................... T-S Oxygen (Note 6) .................................X Ozone ........................................................G FBW-216 Chemicals CHEMICALS /PACKINGS c/ass liquid packing (continued) Packings 03A 012 012 012 012 Pilmltlc acid ............................................G Paracymana ............................................... G Paraffin, hot ............................................. G Paraffin Wax SO*/* .................................. G Paragorie Compound .......... ...F 012 Ptetln liquor ............................................. F 012 Panitlllin ................................................... F OIE Pantaehloroathana ....................................8 011 Pantaehlorophanol.................................... 8 OIA Pantana ...................................................... 8 07 pantaiol .................................................... F OlE Parahlorathylana ......................................T 012 Parehlorafhytana 8 flltar aid ............ T-8 09 Parfuma .................................................T-8 U Perchloric acid ..................................... T-B Ofl IS OIA 011 012 Parfluorotrlathylamfna ............................ 8 paroxida of hydrogen .............................. G Potrolaum ether ................................... T-8 Phanoi ..................................................T-8 Phanoi. formaldehyde mix ..................T-B 012 PhanoEie aulphonato ..................................8 02B, 02C Phanylaeatle add .................................... T 012 Phanylathylmalonle aster ........................ 8 (4 phosfane ...............................................T-S II phosphorle add ................................... T-S II Phosphoric add, erode ................. ....T-8 11 Phosphoric anhydride ......................... T-S IS Phosphorus (Hauid) hot .................... T-S 012 Photographic developers ......................T-S 09 Phthaiata asters ................................... T-8 020 Phthallc anhydride................................... 8 Oil Picrle add ................................................ 8 011 Picric add. molten ................................... 8 012 Pina fum (hot) ........................................G 012 Pineapple Julee ......................................... F 08 Piperidine ......... G 012 Plastielzar (liquid dibutyl) ....................8 012 plating eotutlone.......................................S 07 Palyflyeols ......................................... .G-S 012 Polyvinyl acetates.........................'........8 13 Potash alum ............................................ 6 13 potaasium bltartrate. to boiling ..............G 13 Potassium bromide ................................. G 13 Potassium bicarbonate ............................ F 13 Potassium.carbonate ................................6 13 Potassium earbonate. to boiling ............ G 13 Potassium chlorate................. 6 13 Potassium eyanida ................................... G 13 Potassium dlchromats. to bolting ...........G 13 Potassium farrieyanlde. to boiling ........ G 13 Potassium hydroxide ...................... .....C 12 Potassium hypoehlorlts ........................... G 13 Potassium Iodide ..................................... G 13 Potassium nitrate..................................... G 13 Potassium farroeyanlde ............................ G 09 Potassium pcrfluoro-icctatc.................. .T 13 Potassium permanganato ........................ G 13 Potassium phosphate ................................G 13 Potassium phosphate, di- or trl- .......... G 13 Potassium sulfate ..................................... G 13 Potassium sulfida ................... ............... S 14 Producer gas ............................................ 8 012 Propant........ ............................................. 8 04 Prapianaldthydo ................................... T-S 02A Propionic acid ..................................... S-G OIC Propylene ..................................... ....S-G OIE Propylene chloride ....................................8 OIE Propylene dich/orlda ................................8 07 Propylene glycol ....................................... F 09 N'propyl acetate ....................................... 8 06 N'propyl ether ........................................ 8 09 N-propyl formate ..................................... S 09 N'propyl propionate....................... 8 07 Propylena glyeol ........................ F 012 Propylene oxide......................................... 8 012 Propyiene polymer .............................. 8*6 012 Pulp etock ................................................. P 08 Pyridine .................................................... 8 012 Pyroligneous add..................................T-S 07 Pyronoi ..................... 8 012 Quinine bisulphate ....................................8 012 Quinine sulphate ....................................... 8 012 Resins, hot ............................................... G 012 Rosins ...................................................... 6 13 Sal ammoniac ..........................................G 13 8att cake ..............................................T-6 012 Santidzer 8.......................................... S-G 012 Santidzer B*I6 ...................................8-6 012 Santidzer E-13 ...................................8G 012 Santidzer M'I7 ...................................8-G 012 Santolube 31 ........................................8-G 13 8ea water .................................................6 012 8ewage ..................................................... G 012 Silicone fluid ......................................... 8 14 Silicon tetrachlerlde .............................. T 13 8ilvcr bromide..........................................8 13 Silver chloride.......................................... T 13 Silver nitrate .......................................... G Of7 Slop, brewery .......................................6 012 Slop, distillers ........................................ G 012 8ludge add ......................................... T-8 012 Soap ........................................................ C 13 Soda ash (sodium carbonate) ..................G 12 Soda, eaustie ............................................C 012 Soap liquor ............................................. C 13 Sodum acetate ......................................... 8 13 Sodium aluminate ................. 6 13 Sodium alumlnato lima ............................ 6 13 Sodium bicarbonate or baking soda ....F 13 Sodium biehromata ..................................6 13 Sodium bisulfate ..................................t8 13 Sodium bisulfite................................... T-S 13 8odium brqmldt ....................................... G 13 Sodium carbonate ..................................... 6 13 Sodium chloride ....................................... 6 09 Sodium glutamate..................................... F 13 Sodium eyanamlda ................................T-S 13 Sodium cyanide ................................... T-8 13 Sodium dlehromate ..................................6 (3 Sodium dichromite A water ................... G 012 Sodium ethylate ......................................C 13 Sodium fluoride ...................................... G 13 Sodium hydrosulfite ................................C 13 Sodium hydresulflde................................. C 13 Sodium hydroxide..................................... C 12 Sodium hydroxide (Doctor's Solutien) .C 12 Sodium hydroxide over I8QF ..................8 15 Sodium hypoehterlto ...............................G 09 Sodium laetate ......................................... G 13 Sodium metaphosphata ........................... 6 13 Sodium nitrate ......................................... 6 09 Sedlum oleate ........................................... G 13 Sodium perborat* ..................................... C 13 Sodium peroxide................................... T-S 13 Sodium peroxide solution .........................6 13 Sodium phosphate (DI) ...........................G 13 Sodium phosphate (meno) ....................... G 13 Sodium phosphate, to boiling ................. G 13 Sodium phosphate (tri) ..........................G 13 8odium polysulfide ................................. 6 13 Sodium plumbite .............. G 012 Sodium resinate ...................................... 6 09 Sodium aalieyiate .................................... 8 13 Sodium silieate........................................ G 13 Sodium sulfate ........................................ G 13 Sodium sulfide ........................................ 6 13 Sodium sulfite ........................................ G 13 Sodium tetraborate (Borax).................... G 13 Sodium thiosulphate ..............................G 13 Sodium thlesulfate er"Hypo" .................G 012 Solvasol.....................................................8 07 Sorbitol .......................................... ...8-6 13 Stannic chloride .................................. 8-G 13 Stannous chloride .....................................G 012 Stareh slurry ............................................ 6 012 Starch, to boiling ..................................... F 15 Steam ........................................................G 03A Stearic aeld .............................................. G 03A. 03B Sturie A oleic acid .................................6 OIA Stoddard Solvant ..................................... 8 OIB 8tyrene (Note #5) ................................. 6 01B, 01D Styrene 4. dlnitrochloro benzene ............ 8 012 Sugar liquors A solutions.........................F 012 Sulfate liquors, kraft ...........................C-P 15 Sulfur molten............................................ T 15 14 U 14 II 11 012 012 012 15 15 14 012 010 028 012 012 02C 02B OIE OIE OIE OIA 012 012 13 OIB 012 OIE OIE OlE OIE 09 08 13 012 012 08 011 012 012 012 010 11 012 012 012 08 OIE It 15 15 15 15 IS 15 f5 IS IS 15 15 15 0(2 (5 012 OIO OIO 012 07 012 07 012 012 OIB 012 IS 13 13 13 13 13 Sulfur ehlorlde ..........................................T Sulfur dioxide (wet) ................................T Sulfur dioxide, anhydrous liquid ...........T Sulfur trioxlde ...................................... .T Sulfuric aeld (Note #7) ..........................X Sulfurous aeld ................... T-S Sulphite putp............................................. P Bulphonated fatty alcohol ......................8-G Bulphonated vegetable oils ........................G Sulphur (melton) ..................................... G Sulphur chloride ........................................ T Sulphur dioxide A. water vapor .......... T-S Syrup (high sugar) ................................... F Tallow ...................................................P*G Tannie acid ................................................G Tanning liquors (veg) ................................G Tar ............................................................. S Tartaric acid .............................................. G Terephthelie aeld (water slurry 10% N. acid) ................................ .T-8 Tetrachloraethylena ...............................T-S Tetraehlorethane................................... T-S Sym-tetraehlorattune ......................... T-S Tetrahydrofuran ...................................T-S Tetraethyllead .......... T-S Thiamin solution ..................................F-8 Titanium totraehforido ........................T-S Toluene or toluol .................................. T-S Tomato Juiee .............................................F Trichloropropane....................................... S Trichlorethyiene (dry) ......................... T-S Trichlorethyiene (wet) .........................T-S Trlehlore ethane .................................... T*8 Tricresyl phosphate ................................. 8 Triethyiamlne .......................................... 8 Trlsodlum phosphate ................................G Turpentine ................................................S Ucon Hydrotubes ...................... G Urea ..........................................................S Urea A Phenolic resins........................8-G Urine ............... 8 Varnish.......................................................S Vegetables, Juices ..................................... F Vegetables, oils......................................... F Vinegsr ....................................................F Vinyl acetate (Note #5) ........................S Vinyl chloride ............................................8 Vinyl chloride gas......................................S Vinyl pyridine ......................................T-S Vinylidlne chloride ................................... T Vltrol. oil of ................................. .......X Water (add. mine, nonoxldizing) ...T-S Water (aeld. mine-oxidizing) ...........T-S Wator (boiler food) ....................................G Water (brackish) ...................................... G Water (chilled air, washing) ................. G Water (chilled condenser service) ......... G Water (cooling tower)........................... G Water (de-lonlzed) ...................................G Water (detergent) ..................-...............G Water (distilled) .......................................G Water (grit, carrying, eool) ................... G Water (fresh, dean, cool) ....................... G Water (soapy)............................................ G Water (to boiling) ...................................G Water (with soluble oil) ......................... 6 Wax. hot......................................................G Wax, slurry ................................................ G Whey ..........................................................F Whiskey ...................................................... F White liquor .............................................. P Wine ..........................................................F Whitewater .............................................. P Wort (Note #!) .......................................T Xylene er xylol .......................................T-S Zoln.................................. G Zeolite, treated water ............................... G Zinc chloride ............................................G Zinc cyanide ........................................ -G Zine nitrate ................................................ G Zinc sulfate ................................................ G Zinc sulphate (to boiling) ........................ 6 NOTES FOR CHEMICAL. RECOMMENDATION TABLE 1. Chempac is specified for this service because it is common that any lubricant whatever may have the undesirable characteristic of defoaming the final product. For this reason many brewers use #2004 or #2006 although some use #2008. 2. Pulp A Paper Packing is recommended for calcium hydroxide and other com pounds common to the Pulp A Paper Industry because of the factor of contamina tion, although generally packings designated F for white impregnation would handle the service. 3. Style #2013, sometimes with a graphite finish, is widely used in chlorine service. In some uses the packing must have the approval of the Chlorine Institute. In those instances you should check with your Johns-Manville representative to make certain that the packing used has the approval of the Institute. *. Chempac Is satisfactory for Oovrthtrm but for high temperature service 392 should be used. In valves, 397 would be the best recommendation. 5. If Catalysis is possible, it is best to secure a recommendation from your J-M representative, giving ail conditions. 6. When Dry Asbestos Packings were used for oxygen service it was customary to specify 100% asbestos content because of the possible combustibility of any or ganic material in the packing. However, 95/99% asbestos packings impregnated with approximately 35% Teflon, J-M Style #2024, is the most popular style for oxygtn service today. It can be used at temperatures from minus 300F up to 500F, the top service recommendation for any packing containing Teflon. If it were neces sary in any instance to use a packing with no organic content whatever it would be necessary to use a Teflon filament type or a 100% blue asbestos like #2014 or #2019, and the scalability in the service involved would determine the style. 7. Concentrations of sulphuric acid up to 40% may be handled by the Teflon impregnated packings. We have specified the Teflon filament types to take care of all concentrations. FBW-217 47 Chemicals Packing t=? General Classification of Chemicals^ This table need be used only when the chemical being handled is not listed in the Selection Chart on the preceding pages. We have assigned arbitrary chemical code symbols as shown below, to each general class of chemicals. In the Selection Chart on the preceding pages, these symbols appear at the left of each liquid listed. Thus, each chemical is classified. In making your Packing selection, should you fail to find a particular liquid on the Selection Chart the use of these symbols, along with the classifications below, will enable you to decide which Packing is most suitable. For example, if a particular aromatic hydrocarbon is not listed in the chart, you can deter mine by reference to the General Classification of Chemicals below that aromatic hydrocarbons are code "01B". Then, checking the Selection Chart list ings coded "01B" and choosing a hydrocarbon closely related to the liquid in question, you can determine if a "T" Packing is required, or if an "S" type or even a "G" Packing will handle the liquid. M" % ORGANIC J-M Code Hydrocarbons...................................................01 Aliphatic.................................................. 01A Aromatic...................................................018 Unsaturated .............................................01C Aromatic Halogenated............................01D Aliphatic Halogenated............................ 01E INORGANIC J-M Code Acids ................................................................ II Bases................................................................ 12 Salts.................................................................. 13 Gases................................................................ 14 Commercial and misc........................................15 Acids ........... ....................................................02 Aliphatic .'................................................ 02A Aromatic...................................................02B h Carboxylic--moni, di, and tri.................02C Anhydrides.............................................. 02D Fatty Acids....................................................... 03 All chemicals used in industry cannot be classified into a brief table without Saturated ................................................. 03A taking liberties. This has been done here i Unsaturated ........................................... 03B in assigning a general class to a medium inasmuch as the sole purpose is to indicate Ii Aldehydes ......................................................... 04 to the engineer which packing will with i stand service in specified media without Ketones ............................................................05 deterioration. Some compounds are such Ethers .............................................................. 06 that classification as one type or another Alcohols ............................................................07 Amines-amine salts, nitrogen derivatives, etc.............................................. 08 is entirely arbitrary. Where this condition is extreme, we have resorted to a classi fication "commercial and miscellaneous". The symbols for classification of chemicals Esters................................................................ 09 Vegetable, animal fats, waxes and oils......... 010 Phenols ............................................................011 ("OlA" for example) have no meaning other than identification for the purposes of this table. < Commercial and misc........................................012 ------------ -- FBW-218 4-8 Johns-Manville MECHANICAL PACKINGS Approximate Weights--Pounds per 100 Feet Style Min. Size YS J4* 2 V4 V, 1V4 2'A 4 */ iy. 2'A 5 6 / IV4 2'A 3 Vi 7 /. 1 2'A 4'/i 10 Vi 2'A 4 6 'A 21 y 1 'A 254 5 13 y. I'A 3 4-/3 14 y. lVi 3 4 Vi 17 28 y 1 2'A 4 'A 29 54 3 2'A 4 Vi 33 y. 42 45 4 Vi 46 55 V4 2Vi 4 119 120 121 6 122 124 y - - 128 129 131 132 141 142 162 163 164 165 266 Vi - 4 Vi 167 'A _ -- 4 Vi 168 'A _ _ 6 171 'A _ 4% 172 'A -- -- 4% 175 175N 176 177 180 181 182 VA 188 189 190 193 X. 295 216 222 % 223 *2 _ 1 1 1 -- 3% 2'A 4 2 3 Vi 3 Vi 5 Vi SIZES K." %" VS vs 3-/i 5'/3 7 8 Vi 11 9 12 Vi 15 18 22 5 Vi B'A u 13 Vi 18 7 10 14 17 20 8 11 13 16 20 8 Vi 11 Vi 16 20 24 2'A 10V4 13 15Vi 20 2'A 10'/2 13 15Vi 20 Groove Packing--See page 52 7 10 13 17 20 7 10 13 17 20 VS 13 Vi 29 22 24 25 27 24 24 24 24 VS 22 40 25 35 36 40 33 33 35 35 2'A 10 14 18 20 Packing Sets--See page 27 Packing Sets--See page 27 Packing Sets--See page 26 8 12 19 26 30 Tape -See page 53 Tape--See page 53 Tape--See page 53 Tape--See page 53 -8 - 14 - Groove Packing--See page 52 Groove Packing--See page 52 Tape-- See page S3 Tape- See page 53 Tape- See page 53 Tape- See page 53 Groove Packing--See page 52 Groove Packing--See page 52 Groove Packing--See page 52 Groove Packing--See page 52 7 10 23 Vi 17 'A 22 2'A 10 13 16 20 9 12 16 19 23 -- 9 Vi 13 Vi 17 Vi 22 -- 9 y. 13Vi 17Vi 22 Ramie. Flax--See page 52 Ramie. Flax--See page 52 Groove Packing--See page 52 Groove Packing--See page 52 24 36 33 46 24 40 26Vi 24 27 27 27 37 33 36 39 39 Ramie. Flax--See page 52 Ramie, Flax--See page 52 -- sy< 12 'A 1554 21 25 35 Ramie. Flax-See page 52 Ramie, Flax--See page 52 Ramie, Flax-See page 52 5'/3 a 10'/2 13 17 21 32 Wick--See page 32 Groove Pa< king--See page 52 sy. 7 10 12 Vi 16 20 28 7 12Vi 16 20 24 28 40 FBW-219 49 vs 25 54 33 47 52 55 50 50 47 47 45 65 52 46 Vi 43 48 53 53 48 36 40 53 i" Max. Size 33 3 74 46 2Vi 65 2 62 2Vi 72 2 60 2V4 60 2Vi 65 2 65 2 60 1 'A 85 2Vi 64 X 58 2 55 2 60 2 69 lVi 69 lVi 63 1V4 50 2 53 3 67 2VS continued Johns-Manville MECHANICAL PACKINGS (continued) ] ' i Approximate Weights--Pounds per 100 Feet Style 232 236 237 240 245 253 254 255 257 263 270 271 274 276 280 285 293 322 323 3n 344 350 351 360 379 390 391 392 393 395 397 398 399 487 500 535 566 5B0 581 587 702 733 750 787 788 790 Min. Size Vi >/ V. V. 'A 'A '/4 X. X. Vs X. X. X, X. X. X. Vi V. / y. /. Vi '/4 Vi X4 X. Vi Vi Vi /. /. X" xs A" -- -- 4 Vi -- -- 4 Vi -- -- 4 Vi - -6 _ -- 4 Vi -- -- 4 Vi -- --4 - 11 17 1 2 Vi 4 2 2 3 Vi 1*4 3>/i 5 Vi --4 - 10 5 Vi 17 _ 10 17 -- 8*4 26 -- 8>/j 16 _ -- 3 Vi -- --5 -- _5 - - 18 _4 1 Vi 3 Vi 5 _5 - - 4 Vi % 1 Vi 2 l'/i 3 -- 1 Vi 4 Vi 1*4 3 Vi *4 l'/4 2 1 1 Vi 3 Vi 2 23 y. 1 vv 2 Vi SIZES *4" vs xs XS Packing Sets--See page 26 Packing Sets--See page 26 Packing Sets--See page 26 Ramie, Flax--See page 52 Ramie, Flax--See page 52 7 10 14 18 21 7 10 14 18 21 7 10 14 18 21 9 13 28 23 28 7 7 6 Vi 24 10 14 18 10 14 18 ay. 12 15 Cord--See page 52 Cord-See page 52 34 49 63 21 21 21 82 Cord--See page 52 5 Vi 8 10 Vi 13 17 5'/, 7 10 12 Vi 16 7 12 Vi 16 20 24 Furnished in Endless Ring form only. 10 17 20 23 32 26 34 42 50 58 26 34 42 50 58 24 36 50 64 84 24 36 50 64 84 Vi" vs 24 32 24 32 24 32 32 42 24 32 24 32 27 35 200 152 21 32 20 28 28 38 40 52 66 82 66 82 104 156 104 156 5 Vi 7 7 25 60 7'/i 7 V* 7 3 5 6 Vi 4y, 3 4 Vi 5 3'/, 8 a 14 12 13 Vi 15 12 13Vi 15 35 48 60 8 Vi 12 16 21 14 17 11 14 17 9 Vi 12Vi 15 Cord--See page 52 Thermo*Pac--See page 53 Wick-- See page 32 5 67 7 Vi 9 10Vi 9 10Vi 12V6 8 12% 17 5 79 6 Vi 9 11 Vi Thermo-Pac--See page 53 7 7y< 10 9 11 1"4 Groove Packing--See page 52 18 19 19 79 22 21 21 19 10 14 16 -- 21 14 15 14 22 26 22 30 22 30 97 130 27 38 24 34 24 34 21 31 14 16 17 30 19 33 ---- 14 20 17 23 16 25 17 25 V," 46 46 46 62 46 46 48 200 36 38 50 68 99 99 212 212 35 40 40 180 48 45 45 41 25 37 42 --* 25 30 34 34 i" 65 65 65 86 65 65 60 245 50 50 67 97 114 114 272 272 48 54 54 225 64 55 55 51 34 51 56 -- 34 37 40 50 Max. Size 1*4 1*4 1% 1*4 1% 1V4 1*4 lVi 2 3 2 Vi 1 1V4 iy. 1 1 1*4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2Vi 2*4 2 3 2*4 2Vi 3 FBW-220 so t m I % i Weight Tables Johns-Manville MECHANICAL PACKINGS (continued) Approximate Weights--Pounds per 100 Feet Style 857 866 869 872 873 1000 1003G 1009A 1012M 1050R 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2011 2012 2013 2014 2016 2017 -2018 2020 2021 2022 2024 2031 2032 2035 2036 2300 2559 2700 3123 4180 4185 4186 4188* 4196 4197 4198 4100 4200 4201 Blue Min. Size y. '/ % /. >/. V. '/. lA -- >/ Vi V. y y. y. y. y8 y X. y. K. X. / '/n X. X. Vi Vi '/ K." Vi 1 l`/2 -- -- -- -- _ _ 1V4 - -- 1 1 1 I'A 1 IVz -- I VS 1 1% 2 -- _ %" 'A" 1 Vi 2 23 21/, 3'/ -- -- - _ -- 3'/j - _ 2 2 y. 2 3'/j 2 3-/4 3 ZVz 2 Vi 2 Vi 4'/: 4 Vi 4 Vi 4>/j 5 Vi -- 5>/i " 3y 4 Vi 3y. 4 3 Vi 6 3-/2 3y. 5 3 Vi 4 19 4 Vi 2 3y. 2 Vi 4 -- 2-/2 _ ZVz _ 2 V. SIZES Hi" y," Hi" Vi" Hi" 3 6 7 8 11 Groove Packing--See page 52 6 a ii 15 17 Groove Packing-See page 52 7 y. 11 14 17 21 Thermo-Pac-See page 53 7 10 14 18 21 7 20 14 18 21 7 10 14 18 21 7 10 14 18 21 a*/2 9>/3 8 Vi 10 12 n y. 12Vi 15 15Vi 12`/4 16% 22 20 23 Vi 21 Vi 27 Vi 26 -- 27 -- 5y 8 12 15 19 7Vz io y. 14 17 21 5'/2 8 69 9Vz 11 13 16 17 21 5 6'/z 21 16 19 ay. 11 15 18 21 6 8 11 14 18 6`/2 ay. 12 16 21 7 evz 7 23 5`/i 91/. 14 19 ay. 21 14 9'/4 12 15 35 40 46 11 14 Vi 16 Tape -See page 53 Tape -See page 53 24 19 21 60 24 6'/j 85/4 ii 14 19 7 9 Vi. 12 20 26 Thermo-Pac--See page 53 Groove Packing--See page 52 Thermo-Pac-See page 53 Groove Packing--See page 52 Wick -See page 32 -- 59 59 -- --5 -- 8 Vi -- k. and up. see Thermo-Pac 500. page 53 Wick --See page 32 Wick -See page 32 Wick --See page 32 K and up. see Thermo-Pac 1000. page 53 j Packing Set-- See page 27 Thermo-Pac--See page 53 J------------------ 1-------------- 1-------------- y%" y*" y." 15 19 27 19 27 36 25 34 50 T 36 50 66 24 32 46 65 24 32 46 65 24 32 46 65 24 32 46 65 31 -- 32 Vi -- 22 25 22 26 22 24 22 25 28 24 26 75 33 43 Vi -- 45 -- 34 35 31 ' 35 39 30 32 37 43 32 36 102 40 58 -- 58 Vi -- 51 56 40 45 -- 44 49 52 48 50 135 50 74 -- 75 -- 62 68 50 55 -- 55 59 64 58 65 165 60 Max. Size 3 z% 2Vi ly. lVi i% iy. _ -- -- -- 1H 1% 2 Vi 2 Vi 2 Vi 2Vi 1% 2Vi 2 2Vi 2 iy. 2Vi 24 32 48 58 2Vi 36 50 60 -- 2 12 12 12 Vz 15 Vi IS Vi 16Vi * 23 23 -- 26 Vi 26 Vi 31 2 2 2 2 * Style 4188 is also available in 1V4" (40 lbs.) and IVt" (56 IbsJ 51 FBW-221 continued Johns-ManyHIe MECHANICAL PACKINGS (continued) RAMIE and FLAX Approximate Weights--Pounds per 100 Feet FBW-222 52 Weight Tables L_J Johns-Manvilie MECHANICAL PACKINGS (continued) Style 119 120 121 122 131 132 141 2031 142 2032 Inconel GASKETING TAPES Approximate Weights--Pounds per 100 Feet Width (in.) V4 1 2 3 Vi 1 2 3 Vi 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 Vi 1 2 3 % 1 2 3 SIZES Thickness X," y." %" 'A" 2'/. 4 V, ay, 13 516 10>/j 2016 3] ?Vz 14 Vi 29 43 10 22 43 60 12 25 49 75 1 Vi 4 Vi 6 8 3 8 12 Vi 17 5 Vi 15 25 33 9 24 38 50 9 18 Vi 37 56 Vi 3 36 5 13 8 20 216 6 5-6 12 8 18 5 10 Vi 21 32 " 6 Vi 8 13 15Vi 26 31 39 47 ---- 25 4'/, 10 - - 6`6 15 2 5 Vi 8 11 12 4 11 17 23 25 8 23 34 44 50 12 34 51 67 75 116 316 6y, 10 5Vj 9 Vi 20 30 6% 14 28 43 17 35 52 11 21 42 63 Sold on lineal foot basis only Maximum Width 24" 24" 24" 3" 3" 24" 24" THERMO-PAC ROPE Approximate Weights--Pounds per 100 Feet SIZES Style V," y Vi" X" %" vr A" X" y." r iy," 1A" IK" 1 A" 2" 500 y. i'/. 1% 4 7 10 14 20 25 33 40 50 67 93 114 750 -- -- 1% 4 1000 V, 1V2 216 5 7 10 716 10 12 1516 23 26*6 30 38 53 59 77 14' 20 25 33 40 45 67 93 114 2300 -- -- y. 2'/, -- 3y, 5 7 9 15 -- 19 26 36 45 2700 -- -- y. 2 >/ -- 3'/, 5 7 9 15 -- 19 26 36 45 Blu* -- -- %6 -- 10 16 20 27 33 40 45 67 93 114 FBW-223 53 Twenty-five pound 54- ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF J-M PACKING STYLES Aqua............................................ 25 Asbestos-Metallic......................20 Autoclave................................... 29 Besta-Monia............................... 24 Besto-Tak.................................... 35 Braided....................................... 18 Centripac ...................................12 Chempac ................................... 6 Conepac...................................... 26 Cord............................................ 39 Cross Diagonal...........................24 Cumpac ..................................... 26 Defibrator................................... 27 Die Formed Rings..................... 42 Duck............................................ 24 Duro............................................ 24 Fabric.................... 22 Flax ............................................14 Flexible Metallic........................20 Gasketing Tape..........................34 Groove ........................................28 Hollow Core............................... 23 Inconel....................................... 35 Interlocked................................ 10 Jewett ............ ....................... 19 Kearsarge...................................22 Loklube.......................................8 Mechanical Seals..................... 41 Mesh Core ................................ 27 Metallic....................................... 20 Mogul........................................... 18 Navalon .....................................14 Piston......................................... 25 Plastic......................................... 12 Ptastimatic................................ 12 Rajah ..........................................17 Ramie......................................... 14 Rope--Braided ......................... 31 Rope--Twisted ..........................30 Rubber & Duck.........................24 Sheet Packing........................... 40 Sinbad..........................................15 Special Sets .............................. 27 Steam Hammer......................... 27 Superheat.................................. 22 Tadpole ..................................... 36 Tape......................................... .34 Thermocore ............................... 16 Thermo-Pac............................... 30 Twisted....................................... 39 Universal, Fabric ..................... 23 Universal, Piston ..................... 25 Wick........................................... 32 FBW-224 4 c .vi; Style 2 4 6 7 10 11 13 14 17 18 19 33 42 45 46 55 119 120 121 122 123 124 128 129 131 132 141 142 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 160 163 164 NUMERICAL. INDEX OF J-M PACKING STYLES Page Style Page Style Page Style 17 165 29 323 12 166 22 344 17 167 22 350 12 168 23 351 19 171 24 360 12 172 24 379 19 175. 14 19 175N 14 391 28 176 29 392 13 177 29 393 13 180 15 395 25 181 15 397 27 182 25 398 27 188 15 399 189 15 487 26 190 15 500 19 191 37 535 35 192 37 566 34 1 I 193 39 580 34 195 33 581 34 216 28 587 36 222 18 702 29 223 18 733 29 232 27 750 29 236 26 35 237 26 787 35 240 15 788 35 245 15 790 35 253 11 857 254 11 38 255 10 869 38 257 11 872 37 263 11 873 37 270 11 1000 37 271 24 37 274 39 1003 37 276 39 1009 37 280 20 1012 38 285 39 1050 29 293 39 2004 29 322 19 2005 19 2006 20 2007 13 2008 13 2009 20 20 2011 2012 21 2013 21 2014 21 2016 21 2017 17 2018 16 17 2020 39 2021 30 2022 33 2024 31 2031 31 2032 31 2035 7 2036 31 2300 31 2559 30 2700 3123 31 3869 31 4180 28 4185 31 4186 4188 31 4196 28 4197 31 4198 30 4199 4200 9 4201 9 Thermo-Pac 9 Blue 9 7 Inconel 7 Tape Page 6 7 6 6 6 6 6 7 39 19 13 18 13 13 7 35 35 19 13 30 29 30 29 27 32 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 27 30 35 FBW-225 55 Johns-Manville CHEMPAC vR' TFE* AND ASBESTOS-TFE 9999 Mercier Avenue Dearborn, Michigan F, B. Wright Company TELEPHONE VI. 3-8250 c ouTsiri&iM^ Tetralluorethylene - such as DuPont Teflon. Alhed Chem.cal Halon and/or Impen.l Chem.ca, .ndustr.es Fluon. FBW-227 THIRD PRINTING Why the wide range of J-M Chempac TFE Products perform better, last longer in critical applications Today, industry is using Johns-Manville Chempac* materials in constantly increasing quantities. Not able among the users are the producers of chemicals, petro-chemicals, petroleum products, plastic mould ing powders, foods and munitions. They are serving in missiles, aircraft, automobiles, and in many elec trical and electronic units. This growing preference is due to the superior per formance and longer life of these Johns-Manville chemical and solvent resisting packings and gaskets; efficient and durable sheets, tapes, tubes or parts moulded or machined to close tolerances. Their outstanding advantages are obtained because Johns-Manville designs and constructs each Chem pac product so that the inherent characteristics of the base material, TFE ,are retained.This holds for both the pure TFE and the Asbestos-TFE forms, J-M Chempac Asbestos-TFE Products are made with an impregnation of pure TFE suspensoid. The basic material is either Chrysotile (white) or Crocidoiite (blue) Asbestos Fibre. This construction offers the excellent sealing and heat resistance of asbestos, plus the added protection of TFE against chemical and solvent action. *John*-MonviHe Trademark. f TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF PURE TFE 1. Chemical Inertness. TFE is completely inert to the action of all chemicals and solvents except the molten alkali metals and fluorine at elevated temper atures and pressures. 2. Thermal Stability. TFE remains inert at tempera tures from -300F to 500F. 3. Tough and Flexible. TFE retains its toughness and flexibility even at low temperatures. 4. Low Coefficient of Friction (0.04). This non-sticking property means less wear and longer life for pack ings as well as easy removal of gaskets from flanges. 5. Zero Moisture Absorption (ASTM 0.005%). Nonporous, TFE is immune to weathering. 6. Excellent Electrical Properties, as shown in the table below. Recommended working stresses are 50-100 vpm. PROPERTY UNITS METHOD Tensile strength, 73F. lb./sq.in. Elongation, 73F, Flexural strength, 73F. % tb./sq. in. Stiffness, 73F. lb./sq.in. Impact strength, Izod, --70F. ft.-lb./in. 73F. ft.-lb./in. 170F. ft.-lb./in. Hardness, duromeler Compressive stress at 1 % deformation, 73F. lb./sq. in. at 1 % offset, 73F. ' lb./sq. in. Coefficient of linear thermal expansion per F., 77-140F. Thermal conductivity, 0.18 in. Btu/hr./sq. ft./F./in. Specific heat Btu/lb./F. Deformotion under load, 122F., 1200 lb./sq. in., 24 hrs. % 2000 lb./sq. in., 24 hrs. % Dielectric strength, short-time, 0.080 In. v/mil. Surface arc*resistance sec. Volume resistivity ohm-cm. Surface resistivity, 100% R.H. megohms Dielectric conslont, 60 cycles 103 cycles 10* cycles 10ft cycles Power factor, 60 cycles JO3 cycles 10 cycles 10* cycles Water-absorptton % Flammability in./min. Specific gravity Resistance to weathering D638-52T D638-S2T D790-49T D747-50 D256-47T D256-47T D256-47T D676-49T D695-52T D695-52T D696-44 0) D621-51 D621-51 D149-44 D495-48T D257.52T D257-52T D150-54T D150-54T D150-54T D150-54T D150-54T D150-54T D150-54T D150-54T D570-42 D635-44 D792-50 1500-3000 100-200 did not break 50,000-90,000 2.0 3.0 6.0 DS5-D65 600 1000 5.5 x 10`5 1.7 0.25 4-8 25 400-500(2) excellent (3) > 1015 3.6 x 104 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 < 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0 nonflammable 2.0*2.2 excellent (4) footnotes . . . Tests hove been performed by A.S.T.M. methods unless otherwise indicated. Data shown are overcge values and should not be used for specifications. (1) Thermal conductivity measured by Cenco- Fitch apparatus. (2) Valve is 1000-2000 volls/mil in thicknesses of 5 to 1 2 mils. (3) Does not track. (4) No detectable change after 10 years of outdoor exposure in Florida. 3 COMPRESSION AND RECOVERY OF SOLID TFE VS. COMPRESSED ASBESTOS (Broken lines show gasket recovery after re-application of initial full toad) COMPRESSED ASIEST0S 7'A" I.D., t*/," O.D., 0.H3*' Thick. ORIENTED TFE Thick. 7y4" I.D., V," O.D., 0,134" UHORIEHTED TFE 0.136" Thick. 7>/4" I.D., I*/," O.D., (Compression of gasket* measured with dial indicators at four points on platens of tester.) FBW-229 J-M Chempac Pure TFE Skived Tape Johns-Manville Chempac Pure TFE Skived Tape has the unique combination of high chemical resistance, flexibility, excellent electrical insulating value, and the economical convenience of availability in coil form or in long lengths. J-M Chempac Tape is skived from densely moulded billets of virgin TFE, using special high speed equip ment which manufacturers tape that is uniformly dense, dimensionally accurate, tough and strong. This skive cutting method assures tape of smooth, uniform appearance and free from cracks, flaws and porosity. Available in electrical, mechanical and general purpose grades, J-M Chempac Tape conforms readily to irreg ular objects. Physically strong, it can be economically applied by conventional wrapping machines. Because of its high dielectric strength, J-M Chempac Skived Tape is recommended as cable wrapping and as insulation in electrical and electronic applications. Also, it is used as gasketing material and as linings for chutes and tanks in mechanical industries because of its resis tance to high and low temperatures, its chemical, antishock, and low friction properties. [ Popular 1 Thicknossot* | 0.003' i 0.004' P 0.005' i 0.010' 0.015' | 0.020' 1 0.031' ! 0.062' I 0.093' I 0.125' | 0.250' POPULAR SIZES OF CHEMPAC TAPE Pure Chempac Tap* Lo-Flo Chempac Tap* Width tK Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 12' -- -- >/.' 12' -- -- Vi' 18' -- -- Vi' 24' i' 24' Vi' 30' i' 24' Vi' 30' r 24' Vi' 30' r 24' Vi' 30' i' 24' Vi' 30' r 24' Vi' 30' r 24' Vi' 24' -- -- Approximate Wtight Pounds por Square Foot 0.036 0.048 0.06 0.12 0.18 0.24 0.37 0.74 1.1 1.5 3.0 ^ Widths 12" and over, in at) thicknesses, are furnished untrimmed unless otherwise specified. Widths greater than 2-*" can be furnished to speci* j ficotion. THICKNESS TOLERANCES: Thickness < 0,003" thru 0.004" over 0.004" Tolerance =0.0005" 10% H TOLERANCES: Thru 0.060" 0.061" thru 0.125" 0.126" and up + 1/16".-..00" +3/16". + 1/2". -.C Widths 12" ond over, all thicknesses, are furnithed unfrtmmec/ unless specified. LENGTH AND PACKAGING: Chempac Tape is normally wrapped on 3" l.D. cores. Vh" I.D. and 2" l.D. cores are available upon request. The standard pad or reel of Chempac tape is approximately 816" in diameter. Each pod or reel of Chempac may contain one or more lengths to make up the total length. Continuous lengths can be furnished on request. The maximum continuous length depends upon thickness. SPECIFICATIONS; When specified, Johns-Manville pure Chempac Tape con be furnished to comply with AMS 3651-B with the exception of the Dimensional Stability requirement (section 4.2.11). CEMENTABLE TAPE: Pure Chempac tape or Lo-Flo Chempac tape can be treated on one or two sides so that it con be cemented. Cementoble tape is available in same widths and thicknesses as shown in table above. LO-FLO* CHEMPAC TAPES: Lo-F:oT Chempac Tapes make use of c gloss-fif'ea TFE lo oKer greeter resistance to abrasion ana cold ftow than pure TFE Tapes. The filler is milled glass Fiber, approximately 25'= by weigh, ot trie finished product. A distinctive biue co!cp, v-h;ch :s inorganic ond in nc way anec*s the su- pe-o*- properties of Chempac, identifies Lo*FiC Chempac. FBW-230 J-M Chempac Pure TFE Skived Sheet Johns-Manville Pure TFE Skived Sheet is widely used in the chemical and process industries because it is inert and impervious to acids, alkalies, solvents, aggressive chemicals, reagents and other industrial materials. Each skived sheet has zero water absorp tion, and will not contaminate or be contaminated. Its wax-like surface resists adhesion and abrasion. Like J-M Skived Tape, J-M Pure TFE Sheet is skived from densely moulded billets of virgin TFE, using special high speed equipment. The resultant sheet is uniformly dense, dimensionally accurate, tough and strong. Each sheet is assured a smooth and uniform appearance, and free from cracks, flaws and porosity. J-M Skived Sheet is furnished in electrical and mechanical (both virgin TFE), and general purpose (reprocessed TFE) grades. Available in standard sizes 12' x 12", 12" x 24", 24" x 24", 24" x 48", 30" x 30"; in thicknesses 1/32" to 14". Continuous lengths of skived sheet are furnished to 160 feet in 1/32" thickness; to 80 feet in T'16" thickness; to 41 feet in 1 s" thickness; and to 22 feet in 'I" thickness; to widths of 30". Longer lengths of Skived Sheet are available upon request. For special requirements, J-M Pure TFE Skived Sheet can be cut to cus tomer specification. MOLDED SHEET Johns-Manville Molded Sheet made of pure T F E is available to customer specification. Consult your J-M Representative. CRYOL SHEET Johns-Manville Cryol, a new specially fabricated glass-filled TFE Sheet, is designed for cryogenic service. Approved for this service by the Ballistics Systems Division of the U.S. Air Force. J-M Cryol is available in standard 1 .'32, 1.16, 3/32 and J s-inch thicknesses, in long continuous lengths with widths up to 30 inches. Other thicknesses are available upon request. J-M PIPE-PAC Pipe Dope in Convenient Tape Form. Designed for plant and home application, Johns-Manville Pipe-Pac offers an easy, economical method of getting cleaner, tighter, more permanent joints in threaded pipe. Made of pure TFE , Pipe-Pac will withstand temperatures from minus 300CF to plus 500 F. Pipe-Pac is recommended for jointing metal, plastics, ceramic, rubber and other pipe materials carrying air, oil, water, gas, steam, solvents, chemicals and corrosives. This tape will not cake or harden, and it will prevent freezing of the joint. When maintenance is required, Pipe-Pac allows easy disassembly. Pocket-sized packs of Pipe-Pac are available in 240 and 480inch rolls. I4" and widths. Other sizes available to order. 5 J-M Chempac TFE Johns-ManviUe Chempac TFE Envelope Style GaskeLs are engineered specifically for glass-lined equipment. They are soft, conformablegaskets which effect a seal at low boiling. Designed to handle sol vents and corrosives in the chemical field, they are also widely used in food processing and other lines . where contamination must be avoided. J-M Style 933 Gaskets have proved highly satisfac tory against active chemicals and solvents. Each gasket has an envelope of pure electrical-grade TFE, either split or welded, for chemical resistance. Standard filler constructions are either Style 60 com pressed Ghrysotile asbestos (J-M Service Sheet) or corrugated metal (J-M Style 900) sandwiched be tween two sheets of Style 83 felted blue asbestos. These three layers provide longer life, outstanding corrosion and heat resistance, and the `cushion' effect so desirable in glass-lined equipment. Crosssections and descriptions of the two standard con structions and the three special constructions are shown on this and the following page. Three types of pure TFE envelopes are made up for Style 933 Gaskets. The gaskets--Type `C' and Type `M'--have envelopes machined from virgin TFE tube or rod stock. Type `R' Gaskets have envelopes formed from virgin TFE tape. Prior to the machining of Type `C' and Type `M', two sample envelopes are slit from the TFE stock and spark tested. If these show any penetration, the entire tube or rod is rejected for envelope use. The normal spark test is 5,000 volts. TYPE `C', also referred to as the slit type, is the standard envelope construction for J-M 933 Gaskets. It is the most popular of the enve lope types. Machined or sliced from virgin TFE stock, Type `C' offers important econo mies and is readily available in a wide range of sizes. For illustration of Type `C', see Standard Construction cross-sections on this page. TYPE `M' (also referred to as the milled, square shoulder or full flow type) envelopes are furnished for Style 933 Gaskets when unrestricted flow is required. Machined from virgin TFE stock with a square shoulder on the I.D. The space between the leafs of the envelope is determined by the thickness of the filler as illustrated. b.:.-:'-} Z3 TYPE `R' is formed from virgin TFE tape to the required radius and heat sealed with an overlapped joint. This envelope type is generally used where the Style 933 Gasket I.D. exceeds 12 inches. It is formed to give a square shoulder effect on the I.D. When the filler is inserted, the I.D. of the filler and the I.D. of the envelope are brought together to eliminate any gap. For illustration of Type `R', see Special Construc tion cross-sections on the following page. All envelopes for J-M 933 Envelope Style Gaskets are furnished with standard individual leaf thick nesses of .018 to .020 inches, in order to assure maximum protection against chemical as well as mechanical failure. After the filler has been inserted into the TFE envelope, the J-M Style 933 Gasket is pressed, then taped to insure keeping it flat during shipment and storage, and making it easier to insert between the flanges during installation. J-M Style 933 Envelope Style Gaskets are available from stock in pipe sizes l/i" thru 12" as standard. Custom gaskets in various sizes and shapes with special fillers are available for specific requirements. Standard Constructions--Type C For 12S pat and 160 pal pressures* STYLE 83 ___ 0040 TFE l THICKNESS 0.020 TFE THICKNESS " GASKET ID {ENVELOPE I.D) _ GASKET 00 . {FILLER 0 0) I -i StyU No. 933C*8360 Split TFE Envelop*. Filler ii one layer of Style No. 60 Service Sheet (eompreued while chryiofile otbesfo*) between two loyen of Style No, 83 Blue Acid Rejitting Albedos jheet. For 250 psi and 300 psl pressure* Style No. 933-C-8390 Split TFE Envelope, filler it o plain deeply corrugated mctof gaiVet 'Style No 900) between two jheett of eompreued blue otbejlai {Style No. 83), Avoiloble with Type "M" envelope FBW-232 c Special Constructions--Type R Style No. 933-R-8360 Welded TFE Envelope, filter ii one loyer of Style No. 60 Service Sheet (compfeited white chrysolite oibeifci'. between 3 two layer* of Style No. 83 Slue Acid Reiiiiing Asbestos theet. Style No 933-R-B390 Welded TFE Envelope, filler it a plain deeply corrugated metal gosket (Style No. 900* between two sheets of compreued blue aibeitoi (Style No. 83). El Style 933*C or 933-R furnished upon applicotion with other fillers such os folded woven osbestos cloth, ploin or treated with TFE tuspenioid AVAILABLE SIZES Johns-Manville Standard Style 933 Chempac Envelope Style Gasket* for 125, 150, 250 and 300 Lb. Pressures TOTAL FILLER THICKNESS: For StyW m-C-tMO W for oil ilin. For Style 933-C-8390 for Yi* thru lYi* nominal pipe sizes. Total filler thickness b i/u' for all other pipe sizes shown. NOTE: For nominol pipe sizes over 1 2r the use of Style 933-R-8360 or Style 933-R-8390 Welded Tf- Envelope Style Gaskets are recommended. Gosket sizes depend on type of joint. CUT GASKETS SPECIAL SHAPES Cut Gaskets and Special Shapes of Pure TFE, Cryol and Lo-Flo can be fabricated to custom specifications in all sizes. Consult your J-M Distributor for detailed information. TFE NOZZLE ADAPTORS Johns-Manville Style 933 M-S394 TFE Nozzle Adaptors provide a tight, safe seal wherever glasscoated steel or similar nozzels with large inside radii are joined to vessels of glass, porcelain, Haveg, Karbate, etc. Made of a combination of a steel bear ing ring core, which provides rigidity; and resilient asbestos facings . . . sandwiched in a Type `M' square shoulder TFE envelope. PIPE SIZES -- In 1 1.1 2 2 3 4 6 15 16 x 2-1.2 1-7 16 x 3-3-8 1.15 16 x 4 2-15 16 x 5-1 2 3-15 16 x 6-1 2 5-15 16 x 8-1 2 A M 1 FBW-233 ADAPTOR SIZES 7 if&M For 125 lb. and 1 50 lb. Flanges For "ifandord" 125 lb. Cast Iron Flange* A Pitting* 1* to 48", For 150 lb. Robed face Steel Glanges & Fitting* 1/21 to 24" Nominal Pipe Size Inch** 1/2 3/A 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 t 4-1/2 5 6 t7 8 t 10 12 U O.D. t!5 OJ>. 16 0 S>. 18 O.D. 20 OJ). t22 OJ). 24 OJ>. A.S.A* Standard S16.2! I.D. O.D, 27/32 1-1/16 1-5/16 1-21/32 1-29/32 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-9/16 6-5/8 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 12-3/4 14 -- 16 16 20 -- 24 1-7/8 2-1/4 2-5/8 3 3-3/8 4-1/8 4-7/8 5-3/8 6-3/8 6-7/8 7 7-3/4 8-3/4 10 11 12*1/2 13-3/8 16-1/8 17-3/4 -- 20-1/4 21-5/8 23-7/8 -- 28-1/4 >d Standard i.D. O.D. ___ 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 ___ 2-1/4 2-5/8 3 3-3/8 4-1/8 4-7/8 5-3/8 6-3/8 6-7/8 7 7-3/4 8-3/4 10 ii 17*1/2 13-3/8 16-1/8 17-3/4 19 20-1U 21-5/8 23-7/8 26 28-1/4 K||g|| BfeJlSS MBigggS KfillS HppS BKgsjS Eispe KbSSK K|ffi wfsppf |||K|j|g. HfiEm KS|# Epg/ Bggg| For 250 lb. and 300 lb. Flanges For "extro heavy*'250 lb. Corf Iron Flange* 8s Fitting*--1" to 48". For 300 lb. Robed Face Steel Flange* & Fitting* 1/2" to 24" | Nominal Pipe Size 1 inch#* 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 6 7 8 9 to 12 14 O.D. 15 OJ3. 16 OJ>. 18 OJ3. 20 OJ>. 22 OJ>. 24 OX>. A.S.A.* Standard 816.21 I.D. O.D. 27/32 1-1/16 1-5/16 1-21/32 1-29/32 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-9/16 6-5/8 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 12-3/4 14 ___ 16 18 20 ___ 24 2-1/8 2-5/8 2-7/8 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/8 5-1/8 5-7/8 6-1/2 7-1/8 7-5/8 8-1/2 9-7/8 10-7/8 12-1/B 1 2-7/8 M-1/4 16-5/8 19-1/8 -- 21-1/4 23-1/2 25-3/4 -- 30-1/2 id Standard I.D. O.D. Bpp Hgggg _ -- 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13-1/4 14-1/4 15-1/4 17 19 21 23 -- 2-7/8 3-i/i 3.3/4 4-3/8 5-i/8 5-7/8 6-1/2 7-1/8 7-5/8 8-1/2 9-7/8 10-7/8 12-1/8 ,2-7/s 14-1/4 16/5/8 19-1/8 20-1/8 21-1/4 23-1/2 25-3/4 27-5/8 30-1/2 B^Sm^ 3p K&be EkSSk HOW K*S RSPi KB3& Bpg Bade Bf|pS BSS BBS? B&ife KSp Hag WK* fiS? Kgp gjgjg A'Cup "U" Cup Hat Gasket J-M Chempac Cup Packings Seal automatically, have high dimensional accuracy and stability Where hydraulic packings are subjected to destruc tive action of corrosive or solvent fluids, Chempac Cup Packings are recommended. They are also used to seal against chemical solutions, aromatics, corro sive gases and other aggressive fluids. Three standard cup packing designs are available machined from pure T F E, Lo-Flo Chempac or filled TFE as required. Piston, or "A" Cups are used on inside packed pistons. Their lip forms a tight seal under discharge pressure but relaxes on the reverse stroke to reduce wear and friction. For applications on pistons where low operational friction is neces sary, "U" Cups are recommended. Hat Gaskets are intended for rod applications. The lips are designed with the proper interference fit to provide optimum sealing efficiency. TYPE "A" CUPS The Chempac Type "A" Packing Cup design features: A base thin enough to minimize cold (low yet thick enough to give the cup rigidity. A tapered lip which increases the sealing effectiveness of the cup and which yields, upon installation into the bore, without causing lip damage. A thick heel to provide increased material for longer cup life. Flared lips so the lip diameter has sufficient interference with the cylinder bore. CHEMPAC TYPE "A" CUPS -- STANDARD DESIGN Installation: ^ If is recommended that the spacer and follower be designed as indicated: Chempac Type A Cups will always be furnished to the standard design unless otherwise specified. Other nominal dimensions are available upon application. In event special cups are required, complete nominal dimensions with spe ciof tolerances, if necessary, should be forwarded along with the pur chase order. 8 Follower Cup S = A -.010" -fO.OOO" MH = (D -0.005") -0.004" F -- See table in section E 0 Inside diameter "B" is designed so the cup is properly centered and can be slipped, without force, over the projection "SF" on the spacer. 0 Dimension "MH" should be machined to allow for sufficient compression of tne packing cup base without causing the heel to be forced against the cylinder wall. Q The spacer diameter "S" must be a close fit to the cylinder wall to prohibit extrusion of the heel of the cup. 0 The outside diameter, "F", of the follower is such that pinching of the cup lip against the cylinder wall is eliminated. FBW-234 Follower diameters recommended for use with standard Chempac Type A packing cups: Installation: ^ Chempac Type "U" Cups can be used in those installations where standard U Cups were previously used; however, clear ances should be held to a minimum to eliminate the possibility of extrusion under pressure. 0 Pedestal rings should be used to protect the TFE lips and to keep the "U" Cup in position. p Cups can be furnished with equally spaced holes in the base where bolted piston assemblies are used. When bolt holes are required, the bolt circle and number and size of holes must be specified. Caution should be taken to properly and uniformly tighten the bolts. Unless otherwise requested, the following tolerances will apply: Q A cylinder wall finish of 15-30 RMS is recommended. TYPE "U" cups The Chempac Type "U" Cup design features: Tapered lips to increase the sealing effectiveness of the Cup and with sufficient yield during installation to eliminate lip damage. A thick heel to provide increased material for longer Cup life and stability. Flared lips for sufficient initial interference. CHEMPAC TYPE "U" CUPS --STANDARD DESIGN HAT CUPS The Chempac Hat Cup design features: A base of proper thickness to adequately support the sealine lip and yet allow sufficient compression of the hase to prevent leakage at that location. A tapered lip to increase the sealing effectiveness of the Cup and with sufficient yield during installation to eliminate lip damage. A thick heel to provide increased material for longer Hat Cup life. Flared lips so the lip diameter has sufficient interference with the shaft. CHEMPAC HAT CUPS -- STANDARD DESIGN ______ 1/16 R ----------------a -- /$ S i L_ _ _L c 1----------- a-------------------- i (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES) (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES) Chempac "V" Cups will always be furnished to the standard design unless otherwise Specified. Othar nominal dimanslans available upon application. In event spacial cups ara raquirad, complata nominal dimansions with spa. ciol toleroncas, if nacassory, should ba lorwardad along with lha pur chosa ordar. Champac Hat Cups will always ba furnishad to tha standard dasign unless otharwisa spaciflad. Othar nominal dimansions ayailobla upon opplication. In avant spacial Hot Cups ara raquirad, complata nominal dimansions with spacial tolerances, il necessary, should be lorwardad along with the pur chase order. Installation: ^ Sufficient clearance should be provided between the housing and the rod, so as to prevent binding of the Hat Cup lip. 0 The outside diameter, (6), of the Hat Cup should not be a tight fit in the gland. The standard design of the Chempac Hat Cup is such that the outside diameter is at least 0.010" undersize. FBW-235 9 J-M Chempac Uneepac Packings fully automatic packing elements for piston and rod applications J-M Chempac Uneepac is a fully automatic ring pack ing for sealing reciprocating rods and pistons. De signed so that each ring is a complete packing unit, Uneepac provides high sealing efficiency with mini mum packing depth. These pressure-actuated rings are self-centering and self-adjusting packings that seal against the most rugged conditions, even with minimum stuffing box depths. Precision-made, Uneepac sets are easy to assemble, are quickly installed, fit accurately, reduce friction and give exceptionally long service. KANG* WIDTH W (In.) 1/4 9/32 3/14 11/32 3/8 13/32 7/14 1/2 9/14 5/8 M/16 3/2 PACKING SPAC1 RIOUIRRD--D NO. RINOS P1R ITT* 3 4- 5 4 0.392 0.504 0.616 0.727 0,439 0.565 0.690 0.815 0.486 0.532 0.625 0.686 0.764 0.838 0.903 0.990 0.579 0.746 0.912 1.078 0.426 0.673 0.767 0.884 0.807 0.868 0.989 1.138 0.987 1.061 1.209 1.391 1.166 1.254 1.430 1.644 0.978 1.260 1.521 1.822 1.073 1.382 1.691 1.999 1.166 1.504 1.840 2.176 KfCOMMfNDCD NO. RINOS/SfT FOR VARIOUS PR1SSURI RANGES PRESSURE NO. RINGS PSI PER SET 0--500 500--2000 3 2 2000 AND UP 5 "A per ittvilrohorn and etplonoliont (I) end (2) below, "D" ditntmiom apply to toe total number of moulded nnQi vied. Uneepac ctoi<0ns having "W" Jimemiom other toon too*TM, are ovoi/ob/e. J-M Chempac Deep Base Uneepac is a simplified single ring version of the standard Uneepac design. It offers important economies in many light duty ap plications where space is not available for multiple ring sets. They are excellent replacements for O-Rings or Army-Navy U-cups because they offer lower breakaway load, less friction and smooth dependable action. The Chempac Deep Base Uneepac design features (see line drawing): The pedestal portion (P) keeps the ring positioned in the groove depth (C). The clearance (H) prevents the lip from being wedged into the piston-cylinder clearance at point (S). The pedestal (P) and the deep base section prevent upsetting and roll of the Deep Base Uneepac. The clearance (0) allows the ring to float in the groove. The heavy base sec tion keeps the lip away from the extru sion wear point (E). The cut away sectional sketches show a conventional piston application (1), and rod application (21, using Uneepac sets. Sketch (1) illustrates the number of rings I including a flat bottom Uneepac ring and the "D" di RECOMMENDED BORE AND ROD CHAMFERS mension applicable. Sketch (2i illustrates the number of rings as used with a machined follower and the points PIANGE WIDTH W--INS. s INS. T INS. < of measurement of the "D" dimension. i 16" through 16" .020 .069 ' Over 16" .070 .121 io Johnl-ManvIIW Ch.mpac Un^poc and D*p Son UllMpac on availablo moukUd from Tut. TFE , l-Fla CK.mpac or Fillod TFE lo u raquiramonh. Contuft y*ur J-M Dittribufar for dotaih. FBW-236 d-FVi Chempac "O" Rings Chempac "0" Rings are fabricated to extremely close tolerances. The standard "0" rings conform in respect to military dimensional specifications or to customers dimensional requirements. Since they are made of solid TFE, "O" Rings are completely impervious to gases and liquids. A wide range of sizes is available based on the following standard government drawings: AN-6227 AN-6230 AN-6290 AN-123856 thru AN-124034 MS-29512 MS-29513 (The sizes listed in this MS drawing are identical to AN-6290.) AVAILABLE! W-: NEW J-M SERIES 40 DASH NOS. NOMINAL SEE ACTUAL SIZE ft. J-M Equiv. To ARP 560 Uniform Doth Numbering Syitm SERIES DASH NO. ID. r 0.0. cs. Diom. W LD. pif" Sfe3r!p'- gig BfipSW* Jafcasts Bbsmb*:' waJpitg sraw5*" l54&5j',_ ' 83*:* 40-006 007 008 009 010 011 012 no U! 112 U3 114 115 1)6 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 Hgtlgifp Fp*7^s' <*. jgHyir.. . i arrs:;* j fe&gSvS: ! aEgjrsgg 1 5grj?a i Spscggl? P^s= | KSsA-i-. |g&' _ SgN'rf* jgl; yEVa/jt'. wgioSv mMz SGgy3'._ ngftqy'. SjS|7r !&?'=* 40-223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 AN6227 DASH NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 AN6230 DASH NO. 1 2 3 14 5 6 j7 !6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 >6 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 j 33 34 1 35 36 37 38 39 40 i 41 i 43 1/8 5/32 3/16 7/32 1(4 5/16 3/6 3/6 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3-4 3/4 13'16 7/8 15/16 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 >3/16 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-3(8 1-7/16 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3(4 1-7/8 13 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 1 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-3/4 j 2*7/8 13 , 3*1/8 ! 3-1/4 1 3-3/B 1 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4 4-1,8 4.1/4 4-3-8 4-1 `2 4-5 8 4-3/4 4.7/8 5 5-1,8 5-1/4 5-3.8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3.4 5-7-8 6 6-1/4 6.1f2 6-3.4 7 7-1 4 7-1 '2 j 1 i | | 1 1/4 9/32 5/16 11/32 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 M/16 3/4 13/16 7'8 15/16 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-3/16 i-i/< 1-5/16 1-3/8 1-7/16 1-1/2 1-9/16 1-5/8 t-l 1/16 1-3/4 1/16 1-16 1/16 1:16 1M 6 1/16 1/16 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3'33 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1,6 1/8 18 1/8 1:8 1/8 1/3 1/8 1 '8 .070 = .003 .070 = .003 .070 = .003 .070 = .003 .070 = .003 .070 A .003 .070 a .003 .103= .003 .103 = .003 .103= .003 .103 = .003 .103= .003 .103 = .003 .103 = .003 .139 = .004 .139 = .004 .139 = .004 .139 =.004 .139 = .004 .139 = .004 .139 = .004 .139 = .004 .139= .004 .139 = .004 .139 = .004 .139 = .004 .139 = .004 .114 = .005 .US = .005 .176 = .005 .208 = .005 .239 = .005 .301 = .005 .364 = .005 .362 = .005 .424 = .005 .487 * .005 .549 = .005 .612 r .005 .674 = .005 .737 - .005 .734 = .006 .796 = .006 .859 = .006 .921 2: .006 .984 = .006 1.046 = .006 1.109 A .006 1.171 -- .006 1.234 = .006 1.296 = .006 1.359 = .006 1.421 =.006 1.484 = .006 1-7/8 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4 4.1/8 4-1/4 4.3,8 4-1/2 4-5*8 4.3 4 4.7.8 5 5-1/8 5-14 5-3.8 5-1,2 5-5/8 5-3 4 5-7.8 6 6-1.3 6-1.4 6-1 '2 6-3.4 7 7-1/4 7-1'2 7-3/4 1/8 1/8 1 1/8 i 1/8 1/S j 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1(8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 i;a 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/B 1/8 i'a 1/8 \lB 1/8 1/8 1,8 1/8 j 1/8 1'8 1/8 18 1 i'8 1(8 1.8 1.8 1,8 1/8 1.8 i 1/8 1 1-8 1/8 1/8 .139 = .004 1.609 =.010 .139 =.004 1.734 = .010 1 .139 =.004 1.859 = .010 | .139 = .004 1.964 = .010 , .139 = .004 2.109 = .010 .139 - .004 2.234 = .010 .139 = .004 2.359 = .010 .139 = .004 2.484 = .010 .139 - .004 2.609= .010 .139 -- .004 2.734 = .015 .139 =.004 2.859 = .015 .139 - .004 2.984 = .015 .139 -- .004 3.109 = .015 .139 = .004 3.234= .015 .139 = .004 3.359 = .015 .139 = .004 3.484 = .015 .139 = .004 3.609= .015 .139 = .004 3.734= .015 .139 = .004 3.859= .015 .139 = .004 3.984 = .015 .139 - .004 4.109= .015 .139 = .004 4.234= .015 .139 = .004 4,359= .015 j .139 = .004 i 4.484= .015 ! .139 = .004 4.609= .015 .139 = .004 4.734= .015 .139 = .004 4.859 = .015 .139 = .004 4.984= .015 .139 = .004 5.109 = .023 .139 = .00* 5.234 = .023 .139 = .004 5.359 = .023 .139 = .004 5.484= .023 .139 = .004 5.609 = .023 .139 = ,004 5.734 = .023 .139 = .004 5.859 = .023 .139 = .004 5.964 = .023 .139 = .004 6.234 = .023 .139 =.004 6.484 = .023 .139 =.004 6.734 = .023 .139 = .004 6.984 = .023 .139 =.004 7.234 = 030 .139 = .004 7.484 = .030 -- ZWiW5? 5?E2 j NEW J-M SERIES 40 DASH NOS. J-M Equiv. To ARP 568 Uniform Doth Numbering SERIES DASH NO. NOMINAL SIZE LD. O.D. CS. Diom. ACTUAL SIZE W LD. 1 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 40-325 326 327 32B 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 44? 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 AN6227 DASH NO. 28 2? 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 1 5* 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 6? , 70 71 ' 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 7? 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 17 18 7-3/4 8 8-1/4 8-1/2 8-3/4 9 9.1/4 9-l;2 9-3/4 10 1-1(2 i-5/e MM 1-7/8 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 2.5/8 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3.7/8 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4.1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1H 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 i6 6-1/4 6*1,2 6-3;4 7 7-1/4 7-1/2 7-3/4 1 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 10-1/2 11 11-1/2 12 12-1/2 13 13-1/2 14 14-1/2 15 15.1*2 4-1/2 8 8-1/4 8-1/2 8*3/4 9 9-1/4 9-1/2 9-3/4 10 10-1/4 1-7/8 2 2-1/8 2-1.-4 2-3/8 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-3U 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4 4-1/1 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4.5/B 4-3/4 4-7/8 5-1 IP 5-1/4 5-3/8 5.1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 j 5-1/8 1 6-1/4 6-3/8 5-1/2 5-3/4 7 7-1,4 7-1/2 7-3/4 8 8-1/4 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 10-1/2 11 11-1/2 12 12-1/2 13 13-1:2 U 14-1/2 15 15-1/2 16 5 1/8 .139= .004 7.734 = .030 1/8 .139 = .004 7.984 = .030 1/8 .139 = .004 8.234 = .030 i/a .139 = .004 8.484 = .030 1/8 .13? A.004 8.734 - .030 1/8 .139 = .004 8.984 = .030 1/8 .139 = .004 9.234 = .030 1/8 .13? = .004 9.484 = .030 1/8 .139 = .004 9.734 = .030 1/8 .139 = .004 9.984 = .030 3/16 .210 = .005 3/16 .210 = .005 1.475 = .CtO 1.600 = .010 --tlEr-- 3M6 .210= .005 : 1.725 = .010 3/16 .210 = .005 i 1.850 - .010 : 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 .210= .005 .210 =.005 .210 = .005 .210 = .005 | 1.975 - .010 1 2.100 - .010 ! 2.225 - .010 2.350 -- .010 ^SUSSat^B ; "-J&STVr* 3/16 .210 = .005 2.475 - .010 1 3/16 .210 = .005 2.600 - .010 3/16 ,210 = .005 2.725 - .015 3/16 .210 = .005 3/16 .210 = .005 2.850 -.015 2.975 -.015 ! 3/16 .210 = .005 3.100 -.015 ! 3/16 .210 = .005 3.225 - .015 3/16 .210 = .005 3.350 - .0)5 3/16 .210 = .005 3.475 - .015 3 16 .210 = .005 3.600 - .015 3/16 .210 = .005 3.725 - .015 3/16 .210 = .005 3.850 - .015 3/16 .210 = .005 3.975 -.015 3/16 .210 = .005 4.100 - .015 3'16 .210 = .005 4.225 -- .0*5 3/16 .210 = .005 4.350 - .015 3/16 .210 = ,005 4.475 - .015 1/4 .275 = .006 4.600 - .015 1/4 .275 = .066 4.725 - .015 1/4 .275 = .006 4.850 --.015 1/4 .275 - .006 4.975 - .015 1/4 .275 = .006 5.100 -- .023 | 1M .275 = .006 5.225 - .023 ! I/4 .275 = .006 5.350 - .023 | 1/4 .273 = .006 5.475 = .023 i l/4 .275 = .006 5.600 = .023 I/4 .275 = .006 ! 5.725 = .023 1/4 .275 = .006 5.850 = .023 l/4 .275 = .006 5.975 = .023 I^ 1 I/4 l/4 1/4 l/4 l/4 l/4 1U 1/4 i .275 = .006 1.275 = .006 .275 = .006 .273 = .006 .275 = .006 .275 = .006, .275 = .006 1 .275 = .006 .275 = .006 6.225 = .023 6.475 = .023 6.725 = .023 6.975 - .023 7.225 = .030 7.475 = .030 7.725 = .030 7.975 - .030 8.475 = .030 mmm BS&'ZSSSV'S g?"-Vi Sfe | 1/4 .275 = .006 8.975 = .030 l/4 .275 = .006 9.475 = .030 1/4 .275 = .006 9.975 = .030 . A.. W4 .275 = .006 10.475 = .030 l/i .275 = .006 10.975 = .030 1/4 .275 = .006 11.475 = .030 1/4 .275 = .006 11.975 = .030 1/4 .275 = .006 12.475 = .030 1/4 .275 = .006 12.975 = .030 1*4 .275 = .006 13.475 = .030 1/4 .275 = .006 13.975 = .030 1/4 .275 = .006 U.475 = .030 1/4 .275 = .006 14.975 = .030 Sr; 1/4 .275 = .006 15.475 = .030 1/4 .275 = .006 4.475 = .015 rt CDtA .977 J-M Chempac V-Rings Made by a special process to a Johns-Manuille Design, to assure superior performance as well as operational and dimensional stability The design, manufacturing process and finishing methods employed in the production of these moulded TFE packings were developed at the Johns-Manville Research Center. The various tests employed show these packings to be markedly su perior to the conventional TFE V-Rings. This design is unique in principle and simple in crosssection. It provides a maximum of lip flare under gland pressu' e, allowing gland take up to be more effective and providing compensation for lip wear. Followers are designed to act as additional sealing rings. This is of particular importance when packings must be installed in shallow stuffing boxes. J-M processing and fabricating techniques assure minimum internal stresses and maximum operational and dimensional stability in service. Chempac VRings can be moulded to any practicable dimensional requirement. All the immunity to chemical and sol vent action for which T F E is noted is displayed in the finished J-M Chempac V-Ring. DESIGN FEATURES: t Parts are molded so as to produce a minimum of clearance between the I.D. and the rod and between the O.D. and the bore, permitting sets to be installed easily without force. 2 A 20 difference between the angles of the parts making up the set forces the lips of the V-Rings and the follower against rod and bore when gland pressure is applied. As a result, the pack ing will function under zero pressure as well as full load. 3 The lip of the V-Rings and the follower are molded to as sharp an edge as possible. 4 The standard Stack Height of the V-Ring is 0.8W where W is the nominal flange width in inches. 5 The standard Stack Height of the header is of the Stack Height of the V-Ring. 6 The standard Stack Height of the follower is equal to the nominal flange width, W, in inches. 7 Unless otherwise specified, flat bottom headers and followers will be furnished. Headers and followers having standard 30 bevels or special bevels can be furnished upon application. A drawing should be attached to the order so as to clarify any special dimensions or tolerances. Specially designed V-Ring sets can be furnished upon re quest. A drawing showing all of the required part dimen sions should be included with the order. 'Whin metal /oi/owers ore usee/, increase number of V-Rings by one. FBW-238 12 Slack 1.0. O.D. Height (inches) .240 .450 .08 X" 1 .252 .456 .281 .436 .295 .469 .500 %" % % % X % % 'A % % iX .350 .550 .534 X" .08 .06 .06 .08 .06 .1 .11 .11 .12 .14 .15 .17 .2 .22 .32 .08 .06 Stack 1.0. 0.0. Height (Inches) .658 .760 .450 .650 .451 .687 .483 .803 .492 .747 .498 .786 .499 .892 %" x X" 'A" % .16 .528 .881 .14 Stack I.D. O.D. Height (inches) %" % 1% .540 1 .547 .765 X .16 .2 .18 .08 .13 X" %" % X % 1 1% iX 1% .581 .813 .591 .984 .600 .970 .600 1.00 .07 .1 .11 .12 .15 .17 .2 .22 .25 .09 .15 .14 .16 X" X" % 1 1% 1K5 ix i* ix6 IX 1% IX %" 1 1X .660 1.051 .673 1.018 %" l IX IX lXi .703 1.062 X" .950 1" 1% lX iX IX: lXs IX 1% IX 1% .1 .12 .15 .16 .17 .2 .21 .22 .25 .27 .30 .13 .18 .15 .13 .1 .12 .15 .17 .2 .22 .25 .14 .08 .1 .12 .15 .17 .2 .21 .22 .25 .27 J XI %" I%" IX lX .1 .12 .15 .17 Stock i.D. 0.0. Height (Inches) X" .904 .23 lXs" 1% 1%" 1.102 .18 IX" 1.T80 iX4" .65 >XY' 1% iX" .28 l.V 1%" .2 1.370 1.895 .20 2.031 .26 Stack I.D. 0.0. Height (Inches) iX" iX" 1%" 2% 1.475 2.48 lX" lX" >%" 2% 1,582 2.082 IK" lX" 1%' 2%" 2% 1.745 2.284 .21 1X" 2" .1 lX" 2X" 2X 2X 2X 25K 2X 2X 2% 2X" 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 3 3X: 3X 2X" 2X" 2'A 25/, 2'A 2'A 3 3X .1 .15 .2 .25 .3 .35 .4 .30 .1 .15 .2 .25 .3 .35 .4 .4 .54 .1 .15 .2 .25 .3 .35 .4 Stack I.D. O.D. Height (Inches) 2'A" 2'A" 2'%" 2% .20 2%" 2% .20 3X .37 2'A" 2'A" .1 23K" 3'A" 3X" 4X .30 4Xj" .40 3.740 4.495 .30 4" 5 5X 4%" 5>/8" .40 .60 .3 4% 5X( .30 4X" 5X" 5X 5" 6" 6M .40 .50 .40 .50 6SX" 8X .20 7" 8 .40 FBW-239 AVAILABLE SIZES MOLDED CHEMPAC TFE ROD NOMINAL APPROX. ROD SIZE LBS/FT 1 .785 lb 2.07 154 2.74 2 3.54 2b 3.P7 25i 4.9 2b 5.41 *2 7.04 3 7.068 3b 7.7 3!-j 9.0 3b 11.04 4 14.18 4b 17.72 5 21.64 5b 5*4 ***5S * 6 614 7 ** 8 24.0 28.87 29.46 30.48 31.919 41.28 50.4 NOMINAL TUBE SIZE APPROX. IBS/ FT 54x2 54x156 'X.xl}6 1x2 1x2/, 3.1 1.8 1.9 2.9 4.7 1x2/. 1x3 1x316 1x4 15i.x2/, 5.2 7.6 10.35 13.5 4.5 LK.X2V4 134.X254 1K.X2 /, 1K.X3 1K.*456 2.86 4.3 5 96 5.96 13.9 116x316 116x212 116x2'/, 116x216 7.46 2.49 3.0 3.64 5.3 l/,x316 156x356 1/5*456 I%x2/. 116*316 154x3 7.18 9.27 13.2 1.31 6.6 5.53 AVAILABLE SIZES MOLDED CHEMPAC TFE TUBE NOMINAL TUBE SIZE APPROX. LBS/ FT NOMINAL TUBE SIZE APPROX. LBS/ FT 154x454 154x216 1%*254 2x3 2x356 11.4 3.17 2.99 5.15 7.9 3x554 3x514 354x316 351x454 354x5 18.89 29.3 5.5 6.73 13.35 2x416 2x414 2*554 251x254 256x3 11.89 14.58 21.0 1.86 3.86 314x416 354*454 ""314x554 314x554 314x754 6.08 8.78 14.8 20.52 38.22 216x314 216x414 *224x6 216x316 216x416 6.6 15.2 26.2 3.12 9.62 354x654 3%x554 3 54 X 754 3%x554 4x5 21.06 13.07 35.38 11.58 9.855 256x456 256*414 216x416 254x4 "**254X554 9.1 11.78 33.7 6.07 15.15 254x554 3x4 3x454 3x454 3*456 ""3x5'/. 17.26 7.11 7.96 10.66 12.56 16.68 4x6M 4,'4ix5 *414x654 454x754 "W.x7}4 23.992 9.08 20.62 30.6 26.51 5x571 5x6/, 5x7/, 5'J<.x754 "516x614 "514x7 9.83 16.1 27.33 18.77 12.51 15.3 NOMINAL TUBE SIZE APPROX. LBS/ FT 554x7/, 554x8/, "554x854 6x7/, 6x714 17.07 33.0 38.28 18.9 21.99 **6x8/. 654 x714 654X8 **654x854 654x954 28.5 17.1 17.08 23.56 45.3 sy2xiiyA **754x854 "754x854 **754x8/, **714x10/, 75.247 15.46 15.53 24.1 39.41 754x1014 716x14/, "754x11 *8x971 '*8x1071 35.34 123.5 46.32 30.25 44.76 **854x1054 **9x1154 10x13 **12x141$ 58.16 24.72 44.81 54.19 60.68 CODE- '4" MAX LENGTH . MAX LENGTH /** 7" MAX LENGTH / *** II" MAX LENGTH FBW-240 Sheet Packing and Gaskets High Density for conventional metal flanges These sheet and cut gaskets are designed for use on conventional metal flanges where strong solvents, caustics and acids must be contained. The base ma terial is asbestos impregnated with T F E. This Johns-Manville construction affords higher mechani cal strength and heat resistance than TFE alone. It is recommended for applications where conven tional metal flanges are employed. These unique high density, low porosity gaskets are made by plying together layers of asbestos cloth that is protected with TFE suspensoid. The resulting products have high sealability at low bolt stresses and withstand a wide range of temperatures and fluid pressures. Maximum sheet size available is 40" x 40'. Nominal thickness is 3/32". Minimum thickness furnished is .084" i .010. J-M Chempac Style No. 91 for solvent and caustic serv ice: White Chrysotile asbestos cloth treated with TFE suspensoid. Excellent for Liquid Oxygen (LOX) and Cryogenic service. J-M Chempac Style No. 92 for acid service: Inherently acid-resisting blue Crocidolite asbestos cloth treated with TFE suspensoid. Excellent for corrosive Cryogenic service. Folded Gaskets for lightly bolted uneven flanges Chempac Gaskets, Style Nos. 117 and 138, were de veloped particularly for applications where a highly conformable, soft gasket must be used. Although they do not have the sealing effectiveness of Chempac Style No. 933, these gaskets will contain a wide range of aggressive fluids in installations for which they are properly specified. Chempac Gaskets, Style Nos. 117 and 138, are made of asbestos cloth stitched together and treated with chemically inert TFE. They combine the resili ence, mechanical strength and heat resistance of asbestos with the virtual immunity of TFE to chemical and solvent action. The stitched and folded construction of these styles affords the maximum advantage of the resilience of asbestos. Each of these stvles is furnished in the following thicknesses: 1 '8" -3 ply; 3,16'--4 ply; l/4"-5 ply. J-M Chempac Style No. 117 for strong solvent and caustic solutions: Plies of white Chrysotile asbestos cloth treated with TFE suspensoid. J-M Chempac Style No. 138 for acids or acid bearing solvents: Plies of-blue Crocidolite asbestos cloth treated with TFE suspensoid. FBW-241 t 1>S For many years, Johns-Manville Spirotallic Gaskets with white Canadian asbestos strip filler have been known for their ability to make and maintain a per fect seal under temperature and pressure extremes. They are also available in Chempac construction for chemical and process applications requiring high corrosion or solvent resistance. Chempac Spirotallic Gaskets are made of corrosionresistant, spring-like metal strips, formed into a special vee shape, alternately spiral wound with a solid TFE strip filler. This construction is suitable for --320F to +450F service. Gaskets are also available with blue African asbestos paper filler, for temperatures to 850F. When the gasket is compressed in service, the central spring-like corrugation of the metal compensates for any expansion or contraction resulting in changes in temperature. This spring action creates and main tains the seal. Spirotallic Gaskets have great mechanical strength and resilience unequalled by any other metallic gasket construction. They are readily compressible with relatively light bolting, available in the follow ing styles: Style No. 911 (shown above). This style has no cen tering device and is for flat faced standard or special flanges, valve bonnets, etc. Made in circular, or moderately non-circular shapes. Standard gasket thickness 3/16" or Y% nominal. style No. 912. Has light, rigid centering device that positions the gasket concentric to the flange contact face on raised face flanges. This device acts as a rein forcing ring allowing proper radial expansion under compression. Standard gasket thickness 3/16" nominal. Style No. 913. Has a Y% thick combination cen tering guide and compression limiting gauge. The thick guide prevents damage by over-stressing. Standard gasket thickness 3/16" nominal. Refer to J-M Metallic Gasket Catalog, PK-152A for additional information on construction details, appli cations, available metals, and standard dimensions. I FBW-242 16 Two types of J-M Interlocked Packings employTFE Nos. 2008 and 2009 are AsbestosT F E Impregnated to provide the sealing and heat resistant qualities of asbestos with the inertness of TFE. Nos. 2004, 2005 and 2006 are constructed of white Teflon filament yarns. Each has the interlocked construction which results in a sturdy integral structure. All the yams extend back into the body and are strongly interlocked. There are no jackets to wear through and no plaits to come loose. Be cause Interlocked is braided square, it presents a better contacting surface and provides a tight seal with minimum gland pressure. Chempac Interlocked can be used to pack pump rods or shafts, valve stems, agitator shafts, expansion joints, rotary filters, mixers and similar apparatus handling strong alka lies, caustic solutions, active solvents and many other re agents at temperatures to 500CF. It is supplied in the styles described on the right. Style No. 2008 TFE-impregnated Chrysotile as bestos braided solid by the inter locked method. Unlubricated. Style No. 2009 Also composed of TFE-treated Chrysotile asbestos, braided by the Interlocked method -- like 2008 -- but softer and specially lubricated. Style No. 2004 Teflon yarn braided by the J-M In terlocked method. No lubricant. Style No. 2005 Teflon yarn, Interlocked braided, lubricated with fluorolube grease. Style No. 2006 Teflon yarn, Interlocked braided, lubricated with Teflon suspensoid. Style No. 2007 Teflon filament yarn, braided over a core of blue African asbestos, lubri cated with fluorolube grease. SIZES, APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS AND METHOD OF PACKAGING 1 Weigh!-- Lb. per 100 Linear Ft. Form of Package Style No. /.' V'Ut * 2004 _ _ 2005 __ __ 2006 __ 2007 2008 ---- ---- 2009 --- __ _ __ _ 3% *`A At 6'/i 9Vz 7 10 5'/. 7'h 8 'h n Ya 9% 15 8 10>/4 Avt. 13 12 Vi 14 22 12 14 *1*6 ' 1 6 ZA 23 'h 18 Vz __ -- -- __ -- -- 27 Vi -- -- 15 19 22 \7 21 25 __ -- -- -- 34 35 V 1' __ __ ---- ---- ---- 51 62 56 63 Coil On reels weighing 5, 10, 25, and 50 lbs. or on 1 lb. spools in sizes up to and ineluding Vi9. Ring* Packed in boxes weighing; r to 2' I.D.-- 5 lbs. 2" to 3' I.D.--10 lbs. 3' to 4' l.D.-- 1 5 lbs. Over 4' I.D.--20 lbs. I FBW-243 I 17 J-M Chempac TFE -Treated Packings combine the sealing effectiveness ofAsbestos with the chemical inertness of TFE These packings are composed of strong resilient as bestos impregnated with Pure TFE suspensoid. Each of these -Johns-Manville style numbers has the excellent sealing and heat resistant qualities of as bestos plus the immunity of TFE to almost all solvent and chemical action. Each style described below is supplied in coil form, and cut rings. DieFormed Rings to close tolerances are available to equipment manufacturers. Style No. 2011 --A general purpose packing espe cially suited to valve stems and reciprocating rods. It is widely used where fluid contamination is to be avoided and where higher than average pressures are encountered. Since it is a hard packing, supplemental lubrication lengthens its service life. Style No. 2012--Softer than 2011, this style con tains a lubricating medium. Recommended where sealing with minimum gland pressure is required. Particularly adapted to centrifugal pumps as well as similar applications. Style No. 2013--A braided packing with a soft, re silient asbestos core. No. 2013 was designed for service on Chlorine Valves but has gained a wide acceptance in general chemical service because of its conformability. Style No. 2014-- Similar to Style No. 2011 but made of blue Crocidolite asbestos. For valves handling acids and acid bearing solvents. Other special styles for critical services are available. Sty!. No.i Yi 201 1 2012 2013 20)4 i2 i 2'A -- __ 1 Vi 3K V 3% 4 3 Yj 6 SIZES, APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS AND METHOD OF PACKAGING w.lsht--lb. p.r 100 lln.or ft. Form of Pockog. X' Yj" Hi* X' 1' Coll Ring* 5Vi 8 9 Zx 11 17 22 31 20 50 On reels weighing 5, Packed in boxers weighing 6 9 13 16 21 26 35 25 55 10, 25, and 50 lbs. 1' to 2' l.D.-- 5 Ibi. 5 &Yi 11 16 19 22 39 ---- or on I lb. ipooli in 2' to 3* l.D.--10 lb. 8K 11 15 18 21 2* 30 -- *izei up to end in cluding Vi*. 3' to 2' LD.--15 Ibi. Ov.r 2' ID.--20 lbs. FBW-244 is Many other TFE and Asbestos-TFE Constructions are available CHEMPAC ASBESTOS-TFE WOVEN TAPES These gasketing tapes combine the resilience and heat-resistance of asbestos withTFE'S chemical inertness, solvent immunity and heat resistance. TFE content is 35% to impart its protective characteris tics to the tape. Asbestos-TFE Tapes may be used at temperatures to 500 F. Style No. 2031 is wire-inserted long fiber asbestos yam, woven, and impregnated with TFE. Style No. 2032 is long fiber asbestos yam without wire insertion, woven, and impregnated with TFE. Note: For Liquid Oxygen (LOX) Service, specify AAAA grade asbestos. Furnished on special order. Styles 2031 and 2032 furnished Yi" to 3" wide, 1/16' to 5/16' thick. Tapes 1/16* thick in widths under 1" supplied in 100 ft. rolls; tapes 1/16* thick over 1" in width furnished in 150 ft. rolls; tapes over 1/16* in all widths furnished in 50 ft. or 100 ft. rolls. In aircraft, missile and related designs, TFE impregnated asbestos tapes are often used in light metal flanges as a chafing strip. For this service, and for the ease of installation, Asbestos-TFE Tapes with pressure-sensitive backing can be supplied on special order. CHEMPAC CLIPPER SEALS Clipper Seals of T F E provide positive sealing in the presence of and in contact with active solvents and corrosives. They are available in two types--Type TMA-L (spring loaded) and Type TMA-S (springless). Both types are made of lip material style L-17, metal encased. The seals have successfully contained oils with varying aniline points that are destructive-to many compounds. They have also been effective against such widely, diverse fluids as rocket engine fuel, perchlorethylene, destructive insecticides and various refrigerants. In addition to withstanding the destructive action of such fluids, these seals have also undergone severe mechanical abuse. I Chempac Clipper Seals are precision machined products. To achieve effective sealing, each application must be treated on an individual II basis. FBW-245 19 Johns-Manville 22 East 40th Street New York, N. Y. 10016 Safes Offices in Principal Cities m FBW-246 C ^11 F. B. Wright Company 9999 Mercier Avenue Dearborn, Michigan TELEPHONE VI. 3-8250 FBW-247 The Johns-Manville Goetze Plant Produces a mplete Range of Metallic Gaskets Skillfully Designed rto Seal Pipe Fiances and Equipment Closures Higher temperatures, pressures and corrosives are placing ever greater burdens on the metallic gasket. This book is designed to aid you in mak ing the right choice of these sealing elements, thus assuring y.ou optimum efficiency and econ omy of service. The superbly-equipped Johns-Manville Goetze Plant at N. Brunswick, N. J. is highly regarded throughout industry for the produc tion of metallic and semi-metallic gaskets to almost any specification and of practically any metal. Here you will find tool makers turning out' templates, dies and fixtures in a completely equipped machine shop ... a blacksmith shop with every up-to-the-minute facility...a "hand" department to fabricate prototypes and sample models; a hand-and-press pilot plant for short runs... a high production press section capable of manufacturing one hundred, or a hundred million units of any size or type with equal precision. In these and other departments of the J-M plant, men and machines are teamed up to turn out metallic gaskets which we believe are the finest of their kind and will provide long, de pendable service. To choose a standard gasket for your needs, refer to the Simplified Selection Chart, pre sented here. You will find recommended J-M gasket styles listed by applications and service conditions. For additional information, consult your local Johns-Manville Distributor. Or, your J-M Representative will help you select the gaskets best suited for your applications. PRODUCT WARRANTY J-M Goetze Gaskets are warranted free from defects in workmanship and in raw materials of our own manufacture. These products are not guaranteed as to performance under any specific service condition nor for any specific period of time. Our liability for breach ofi this warranty is limited, at our option, to refund of the invoice value of defective material or in the replacement thereof. FBW-248 CONTENT Many Efficient Sealing Elements Stem From These Six Basic Johns-Manville Gasket Designs STYLES 911,912,913,914 METAL JACKETED GASKETS STYLES 940, 941, 942,943, 944, 945, 947, 948 ROUND CROSS-SECTION PE rVv' STYLES 920, 921,923, 924, 925, 926, 929, 930, 931, 932, 933, 934 CORRUGATED GASKETS AA/VY STYLES 900, 904,905,910 STYLES 950, 951, 953, 954, 955, 980, 981 HEAT EXCHANGER GASKETS 19 STANDARD SIZE TABLES 20 JOINT SEALING COMPOUNDS 31 GASKET CUTTING TOOLS 31 '* 5 ;:, Y ; f. SIMPLIFIED SELECTION CHART APPLlCATlOlii -`f SERVICE CONDITION' - RECOMMENDED J-M GASKET STYLE 1 1 J JOINT* Cast Iron (ASA B 16.1 & B 16.2) 125* & 250- .... Forged Steel Flanges (ASA B16.5) Raised Face and Large Male-Female 150* & 300* 4-Bolt Flanges........................................ 150* other than 4-Bolt.................................................... 300* (other, than 4-Bolt), 400*, 600*, 900*, 1500*, 2500* .......................................................... Tongue & Groove -- All Pressures.................................. A.P.I. Ring Type Joint -- All Pressures (ASA B16.20) . Metal-to-Metal .... ........................................ S-M RECOMMENDATION 905 912 912 913 911 951 911 Second Choice 911 926 926 926 941 950 Third Choice 923 Soft Metals 900 Coatedt 900 Coatedt 941 923 EQUIPMENT APPLICATION Ammonia Fittings..................................................................... Autoclaves................................................................................. Dowtherm Equipment & Lines.............................................. 1 Gas Mains................................................................................ Handholes, Manholes (Boiler).............................................. Heat Exchangers...................................................................... Metal-to-Metal........................................................................... Vacuum Lines & Pumps.......................................................... Valve Bonnets Screwed, less than V4" wide.............................................. Screwed, more than Vi" wide.............................................. Bolted, Round...................................................................... Bolted, Oval-Oblong.......................................................... Bolted. Rectangular................................................................ Pressure Seal...................................................................... Metal-to-Metal..................................................................... 911 954B, 954D Proper Spirotallic Style 900 Lead 914 923 911 949 or 903 930 941 911 911 931 954B 911 940 911 900 Soft Iron Coated with Plastiseal 930, 923 (Lead) 920, 923 940 930 941 930, 920 941 930, 920 900 900 Coatedt 923 941 Soft Iron Coated with Plastiseal 940 Soft Metals 920 900 930, 920 900 Recommendations also apply to flanges of other materials dimen sioned to these specifications. t"Coated" means gasket should be coated with J*M Plastisea! or Aquaseal when installed. FBW-249__ ____ M j A (3) READY AND* Cross-Sections of J-ififl Metallic Gaskets -* - aaaysW-*^ . - vviVS' SPIROTALLIC General purpose, spiral-wound jaskets. Consist of preformed V-shaped strip of metal which is wound into a spiral. Meta! layers are separated by an asbestos filler. Available with centering or com pression limiting device. METAL JACKETED An early basic design. Offered today in many variations. Consist of soft compressible filler (asbes tos, Teflon, etc.) partially or wholly enclosed in a metal jacket. Available in irregular or non circular shapes. FLAT METAL "Brute-force" seals. Gaskets made of flat metal, relatively thin in relation to their width. Used as cut from sheet metal, or with the surface area reduced by machin ing for greater sealability. ?es 8-10 * COLOR CODING USED ON J-M 912 and 913 SPIROTALLIC GASKETS Aluminum Silver Carpenter 20 Pink Copper Brown Hastelloy "C" Gold Inconel Orange & Blue Monel Orange Nickel Orange & Green Steel, Plain Black Steel, Zinc Coated White Titanium Purple Type 304 Stainless Yellow Type 304 ELC Stainless Yellow & Black Type 309 SCb Stainless Yellow & Green Type 316 Stainless Green Type 316 ELC Stainless Green &. Black Type 347 Stainless Blue : i i 5 FBW-250 CORRUGATED Line contact seals. Consist of thin metal, corrugated or embossed concentric with I.D. Used plain, coated with sealing compound, with an asbestos cloth jacket, or witji asbestos cord cemented into the corrugations. ROUND CROSS-SECTION Solid metal, line contact seal. Generally made from round wire of the desired diameter, cut to the length of the gasket mean circum ference, then formed into a circle and welded. cm V*v r - .(? V' r 5 AAAA; AAA am %.i -*jHALF FULL 0G HEAVY CROSS-SECTION Seal by line contact or wedging action. Usually rectangular or tri angular shaped gaskets, machined in heavy cross-sections from solid metal for high-pressure, temperatureservicewhere operating condi tions require special joint design. 16-18 For any gasket application the choice of metal will depend upon the operating conditions, the mechanical features of the flanged assembly, and the de sign characteristics of the gas ket. On the following pages, refer ence is made to materials which are or are not used for certain gasket constructions. (Lead, for example, is not suitable in some designs because of its poor compression-recovery ratio.) Temperature plays a role. The tabulation (right) lists some of the typical metals used by Johns-Manville for metallic gaskets together with their gen erally accepted maximum tem perature limitation for long duration exposure. Gasket style and size, and the severity of the corrosive conditions ex pected might increase or de crease these limits. Any nonmetallic elements in the gasket also may possibly affect upper temperature limits. MATERIAL MAX. TEMP. (`F) Lead ...................................................... 212 The Common Brasses......................... 500 Copper .................................................. 600 Aluminum ............................................. 800 Stainless Steel, Type 304 .................. 1000 Stainless Steel, Type 316.................. 1000 Soft Iron, Low Carbon Steel...............1000 Titanium .................................................1000 Stainless Steel, Type 502......................1150 Stainless Steel, Type 410................... 1200 Silver........................................................ 1200 Nickel ..................................................... 1400 Stainless Steel, Type 430......................1400 Monel ..................................................... 1500 Stainless Steel, Type 309 SCb.............1600 Stainless Steel, Type 321 ................... 1600 Stainless Steel, Type 347 ................... 1600 Inconel ................................................ 2000 Hastelloy................................................. 2000 (5) FBVV-251 Johns-Manville msm recommended: J-M Spirotallic gaskets keep tight durable seals, despite difficult conditions, on standard or special flanges, valve bonnets, boiler tube caps, handholes and manholes. They are particularly suitable to extremes in joint relaxation, temperature or pressure cycling, shock or vibration. Spirotallic Gaskets are recommended for any circular or moderately non-circular application where an approxi mate compressed thickness of either or Vs" can be accepted. iW they work: Spirotallic gaskets are made of spring like metal strips, formed into a special vee shape, alternately spiral wound with an asbestos filler. Sealing action is the result of a complex combination of the yield and flow of the metal and soft filler plies, when the gasket is com pressed to its predetermined thickness. Metal-to-metal plies making up the inner and outer edges must be under com pression. suggested: Spirotallic gaskets offer greater resil iency than any other metal-asbestos type. Very strong mechanically, each gasket is uniformly dense in construc tion. Available in different densities to match bolting condi tions and thus assure optimum performance. J-M produces a complete line engineered for ASA standard flanges (See pages 20-23). And for special flanges, J-M will design and produce gaskets with the precise characteristics desired. fUlilig constructions are available: This basic Spirotallic design (J-M 911) is intended for flanges engineered to accept them. They can be made circular or moderately non-circular in shape. The addition of centering devices, and compression limiting rings adapt Spirotallic gaskets to use on many other types of flanges and closures. These vari ations are described under individual styles. Standard metals used to make Spirotallic Gaskets are zinc-plated low carbon steel, and type 304 stainless steel. Available to order metals include aluminum, copper, plain low carbon steel, nickel, monel, Inconel, Inconel "X", stain less steel types 309 SCb, 316, 321, 347, Hastelloy B and C, Carpenter 20, Silver and titanium. See page 5 for assistance in selecting the metal. Color-coding is employed on J-M 912 and J-M 913 Spirotallics to indicate the metal employed, and to make it easier for storekeepers and installers. Each metal is assigned a distinctive color which is painted on the edge of the centering guide. See page 4, under Spirotallic. Fillers: White Canadian Paper is standard. Blue African Asbestos Paper Fillers are also available. There are many satisfactory Spirotallic installations on record where line temperatures run as high as 1300F for sustained periods, with asbestos fillers. Solid Teflon fillers are available and are suitable for --320F to +500F service. Teflon impreg nated fillers are suitable to 600 F service. FBW-252 (6) SPIROTALLIC Gaskets j . ... i i~T|-ir 1Trrnr~nri luriff i, ii in'TiTiJ uni nT~ir mrTrrriTi--~--if'Ti r~ highly resilient spring-action design affords outstanding efficiency in count less APPLICATIONS. WITHSTANDS VIBRATION, VARYING STRESSES AND TEMPERATURES. J-M 911 Spirotallic Gaskets are widely used by equip ment builders employing metal-to-metal joints in an ever growing list of ap plications. They are also suitable for standard tongue and groove, and male-female joints at all pressures (see page 20 for dimensions), for ammonia fittings, valve bonnets, and many other closures designed to accept this highly resilient gasket. They are particularly suited to applications where weight and space are critical factors in over-all design problems, as in aircraft or missile units. Standard gasket thickness is Yu" nominal; Vt" and Vb" available for special applications. J-M 913 Spirotallic Gaskets are recommended for ex cellent service life on standard piping, and will withstand wide variations in pressure or tempera ture. They give equally good service in many other closures. Ordinarily furnished with a solid metal centering and compression limiting ring around the outer edge only. For extreme operating conditions, J-M 913 can be furnished with an inner as well as an outer compression ring. Such a ring fills space between flanges and helps to minimize turbulence or erosion of flange facings. Standard Style 913 Gasket dimensions are based on API Standard 601 (see page 21 for standard flange sizes available). Gasket thickness is Yu" nominal. The solid compression limiting rings are Vb" thick and are intended to prevent damage from possible over-bolt ing or careless insertion. For closures with non-circular outer perimeters the metal rings can be made to required configura tion and drilled for bolt holes if necessary. ' Style 913 also available in compliance with MILG-16265 and MIL-G-21032. J-M 912 Spirotallic Gaskets are well suited to general service on low pressure lines. They should be used on raised face flanges, lightly bolted assemblies, or where there is no pos sibility of over-compression of the gasket. J-M 912 are supplied with a lightweight metal device to center the gasket and control radial expansion under com pression. Standard gasket thickness is Yu" nominal. See page 20 for ASA standard flange sizes. J-M 914 Spirotallic Boiler Gaskets, because of their design, are highly recom mended for manhole, handhole and tube cap appli cations. They are made to the same basic construc tion as spirally-wound J-M 911, but in suitable shapes for boiler applications. Rugged and highly resistant to effects of corrosion and temperature, they can make and maintain a tight seal even on badly pitted surfaces. Readily compressed with light bolting. Can be used as a long-lasting replacement for woven asbestos gaskets. Available for nearly all existent handhole, tube cap and manhole covers for standard makes of boilers, economizers and superheaters. (See pages 20-22-23 for sizes.) Spirotallic Manhole Gaskets with inner centering guide can be furnished on request. Standard gasket thickness is Yu" nominal; Vi" and Vb" available for special applications. Also available in compliance with requirements of MIL-G-15342A. When ordering, give name, actual shape, inside dimensions and over-all gasket width. For unclassi fied or manhole gaskets, the size, shape, width, thickness and metal should be specified. For all unclassified handhole shapes, and manhole shapes other than oval, a template or sample is requested. For unlisted sizes and shapes a template or cover is required to assure proper fit. TYPICAL COMPRESSION CURVES FOR SPIROTALLIC GASKETS The Spirotallic Gasket gives best performance when com pressed 'to a predetermined specific thickness. Its compres sibility can be accurately con trolled for a specific bolt load ing by varying the density, i.e., the number of metal-asbestos plies or wraps per unit of gas ket width. Filler thickness may be from 0.010 to 0.032 in. Two gasket thicknesses, y8 and Yia in., are standard and suitable for most applications. For Vs-in. thick gasket3, compression to a thickness of 0J00 0.005 in. is recommended. For the 9isin. thick gasket, a compression to 0.130 --0.005 in. is consid ered preferable. (7) J-M CHEMPAC SPIROTALLIC GASKETS J-M Spirotallic 911, 912, 913 designs are also avail able with Dupont Teflon suspensoid-treated asbestos fillers or pure Teflon fillers for chemical and process applications requiring high corrosion and solvent re sistance. Complete details on the Chempac series of 911,912 and 913 Spirotallic Gaskets, as well as many other Chempac Packings, Sheets, Gaskets, and Teflon components, are available in the J-M Chempac Cata log. PK-185A. FBW-253 Johns-Manville iS#HE& recommended: J-M Metal Jacketed gaskets are ideally suited for smooth surface applications including heat exchangers, valve bonnets, gas mains, vacuum lines, cast iron flanges, auto claves, boilers and glass-lined equipment. Used on circular and non-circular applications requiring assurance of 20 to 30 percent compressibility to compensate for flange misalignment, warpage, etc. -Metal jacketed styles are designed for assemblies in which the elasticity of bolts or other factors can compensate for joint relaxation. For joints requiring close maintenance of the com pressed thickness or which mechanically limit the compression (e.g. metal-to-metal), the metal jacketed design normally is not recommended. HSfillffe they work: J-M Metal Jacketed gaskets are made of a soft, conformable filler partially or wholly enclosed in a metal jacket. The primary seal against leakage is the inner metal lap where the gasket is thickest when compressed. This section flows, effecting the seal. Entire inner lap must be under compression. The outer lap, if any, when compressed between flange faces provides a secondary seal. For added resiliency and strength, some styles employ intermediate corrugations which act as laby rinth seals. , suggested: J-M Metal Jacketed gaskets are more com pressible than the corrugated group, and they offer compensation for flange irregularities or misalignments when high pressures are to be sealed. By selection of the proper style almost any size or configuration may be produced. iaSifliSKi constructions are available: J-M metal jacketed gas kets are available in several cross sections each best suited for particular applications. These features are described under indi vidual styles. Standard metals used to make Metal Jacketed gaskets are lead, aluminum (grade 1100), copper, the brasses, soft steel, nickel, monel, inconel, and stainless steel types 405, 410, 302, 304, 316, 321, 347. Fillers: Asbestos millboard and asbestos paper are standard. Normally limited to 850-900F, in non-critical service to 1200F. Teflon (virgin, reprocessed, or glass-filled) is often used to 500F, where extremely corrosive conditions exist. Metallic fillers are used to replace the non-metallic fillers in J-M 924 and J-M 926 when service temperatures exceed 900F. ggHBBHHH J-M 930 French Type (one-piece con struction) gasket is ideally suited SBHHBB for narrow circular applications (i.e. valve bonnets, sight glasses, vacuum seals) requiring a positive unbroken metal gasket face across the full width. French Type gaskets are made by flanging a metal jacket over the inner edge and both faces of a soft filler leaving the outer edge exposed. Maximum width is limited by metal, diameter and gasket thick ness. Refer to table at right for sizes in copper. For available sizes in metals other than copper, see your J-M Representative. FBVV-254 (8) KT, 'i=X VfTT^S* ^ -iic;e',i7:v't^i-!*aA. *i*>*-j -'r* METAL-JACKETED Gaskets E # # < THESE SEALS ARE THE PRACTICAL ANSWER TO THE PROBLEM OF IRREGULAR OR NON-CIRCULAR SHAPES J-M 931 and J-M 932 French Types are modifications of J-M 930. The two-piece con struction of J-M 931 and the three-piece construc tion of J-M 932 are recommended for wide or irregular shapes (cylinder heads, odd shaped valve bonnets) not requiring protection of filler material for glass-lined flanges, it is important that the metal jacket be fully in contact with the flat portion of the flange faces. The I.D. must be located outside of the radiused area of the flange bore. This will assure a positive seal between the flange jacket and the glass parts, and the soft gasket filler will be fully protected. For metal flanges, soft iron or steel, monel, nickel and stainless steels have been success fully used. or additional flange support at outer edge. Tooling is less expensive than for the double-jacketed (J-M J-M 934 Inside-Open Type is the reverse of the French 923) type. type gasket. This con J-M 933 French Type is engineered specifically for glass-lined units or lightly bolted flanges. It is made of a thick woven asbestos filler with a one-piece metal jacket covering the inner edge and equal portions of both contact faces. J-M 933 also is struction may be required for application where the outer edge of the gasket is exposed to the fluid pressure, or where a nonmetallic gasket must be used but mechanical rein forcement is desirable around the outer edge. J-M 934 is made of a soft filler with a metal jacket over the outer edge and all or part of both faces. available with an envelope of pure Teflon, either split or welded (for complete details, refer to PK185A).. For glass-lined equipment, the jacket material should be a softer metal, such as lead, aluminum, copper or silver. In dimensioning the J-M 933 gasket J-M 920 Single Jacketed gaskets are used for rela tively narrow applications similar to French type. Made by encasing a soft filler on one face and both J-M 930 FRENCH TYPE COPPER ASBESTOS GASKETS (ONE PIECE CONSTRUCTION ONLY) DIMENSIONS ' INCHES I.D. 0.0. THK. 1.0. 0.D, THK. I.D. 0.0. THK. I.D. O.D. THK. %% X Xi %% Xl Xi % Xi % Xi XX %% %% Xi Xi Xi % % 34 X% %% %% %% XX %X X% %X %% %1 %1 4x9' 1X 1% % IX % 1X % -IX % %_ 134 Xt X IXi Xi VXi 2 X Xi % 134 Xi 1% 2 X, Xi % 1% Xi IX 2 X Xt % Xi 1% 2 Xt X* 1 1-34 Xi 1% 2 X Xi IX, 1% Xi 1% 2 X Xi lXi IX Xi IX 2 Xi Xi 1 Xu 1% Xi 1% 2Xi Xi IX IX Xi 1% 2Xi Xi IX, 1 X Xi 1 % 2 'A Xi \Xi 1% Xi 2 2 X Xi 1% IX Xi 2 Xi 2% Xi IX, 1% Xi : 2 Xi 2 Xi Xi 134 1 X Xi 2 X 2 X Xi VVu 1% Xi 2JC. 2% Xi IX, IX Xi IXi 2% Xi lXi 1% Xi 2 X 2 X Xi 1 % 1 X Xi 2'Xi 2% X 1% 1% Xi 2Xi 2 X Xi 1% 1% Xi 2 X 3 Xi lXi 134 Xi 2Xi 2 X Xi 1% 1% Xi 2 X 2% Xi 1 2 ' X* 2% 2% Xi 1% 1% Xi 2 Xi 2% Xi 1% IX Xi 2 X 3 Xi iXi 3 X Xi 2% 3Xi Xi 1% 2 Xi 2'Xt 3Xi Xi l X 2 Kt Xi 2 X 3 X Xi 1% 2Xi Xi 2% 3 X Xi 1% 2X, Xi 2 X 3% Xi !2%" 3 X Xi 2% 3 X Xi 3 3 X Xi 3 X, 3% Xi 3 Yu 3% Xi 3 Xt 3% Xi 3 X 3 X Xi 3% 3 X Xi 3% 3 X Xi 3% 3 X Xi 3 X 3 X Xi 3% 3 X Xi 3 X 4 Xi 3Xi 3 X Kfi 3 X 3 X Xi 3Xi 4 Xi 3 X 4 Xi Xi 3 X 4Xi Xi 3% 4% Xi 4 A, 4% Xi 4 Xi 4% Xi 4 X 4 X Xi 4 X 5 X Xi 4 Xi 4% Xi 5X. 5 X Xi 5 X 6 Xi Xi Xi Xil X Xi X X X X Xi X X Xi Xi X Xi X Xi Xi Xi X Xi Xi Xi Xi X Xi X X edges with metal. This jacketed construction may be better suited for narrow faced closures because width-diameter limitations do not apply and J-M 920 is generally less costly to tool than French type. Non-circular as well as circular shapes can be fur nished. The available standard sizes of J-M 920 are shown on pages 24, 25 and 26. The chart lists the sizes produced most economically in copper, alu minum and soft iron. These sizes should be adapted whenever possible, in order to avoid delay in filling the order. For widths over Vt", J-M 923 is sug gested. Specifications HH-G-101A, AN-900, AN123020-081 are available in some sizes. Information on request. J-M 920 Boiler Gaskets are available in standard handhole and tube cap sizes, as shown in the table (see page 10). The light gauge metal jacket, to gether with the soft asbestos filler, provides a rugged yet resilient construction ideally suited for general use on relatively smooth surfaces in applica tions not subject to wide fluctuation in operating temperature and pressure. J-M 923 Double Jacketed gasket is ideally used when complete protection of the filler material is required. The table above lists a few o* many sizes that can be furnished in Style 930 (one piece; construction in copper. Each outside diameter shown is maximum for the corresponding inside diameter listed. Style 930 gaskets can be furnished with an outside diameter smaller than listed to the following minimum widths: 1/16* thick gaskets-3/32* wide. 3 `32* thick gaskets-5/32* wide and 1/18* thick gaskels-3 16* wide. The table does not apply to metals other than copper or to thicknesses other than shown. Information on dimensions for other metals avail able upon request. Also provides additional support of the flange at the outer edge by addition of lapped-over jacket. J-M 923 is constructed of a soft filler com- (9) FBW-255 1 J-M 920 STANDARD BOILER HANDHOLE AND TUBE CAP GASKETS 1 Classified by Make of Boiler j pletely enclosed by a metal shell and top washer. The enclosed edges and the added protection of the washer make J-M 923 gaskets more suitable than French type gaskets for certain non-circular applica tions. The additional thickness of the outer lap is helpful in preventing excessive distortion of light-weight flanges. Avail able in irregular, non-circular shapes, however, tooling of this gasket is more expensive than other types. For list of stan dard piping sizes, see page 27. J-M 930 or J-M 920 is suggested when width is less than lA". J-M 924Jacketed Make of Boiler and Gasket No. or Name BABCOCK l WILCOX 24 28 40 Oval 41 47 48 79 89 92 Foreign Square English Oval English Oval Actual Shape Oval Square Diamond Oblong Round Oval Oblong Round Round Square Oval Oval Nominal Gasket Size, Inches 454x554 I.D. 4% x 5 1.0. 354 x 354 I.D. 254 x254 1.0. 21.0. 354 x 454 1.0. 454 x 454 I.D. 3% I.D. 21.D. 3% x 3% 1.0. 354 x354 1.0. 4% x 4% 1.0. Actual Gasket Size, Inches 4%x5% 1.0. 4% x 5 1.0. 354 x 354 LD. 254x254 LD. 25&I.D.x2% O.D. 3% x 4% I.D. 454 x 454 1.0. 3% 1.0. x 354 0.0. 21.0. x 254 0.0. 3%x 3% LD. 354x354 1-0. 4&x4%I.D. Width, Inches 34 Hi 54 54 % % Hi Hi % Hi 56 56 1 Nos. 62,63, 66 Same as No. 24 Nos. 45,45 Same as No. 47 Nos. 44,50,54,56,57,58,59, Nos. 53, f86,87,88 Same as 60.76,84.85 Same as No. 40 No. 48 1 Nos. 43.49 Same as No. 41 Nos. 90,95 Same as No. 89 Nos. 4.183 Same as No. 92 Thick! Inches Hi Hi V, V. V* 54 54 54 Hi 'A 54 Hi (Overlapped) Corrugated Steel, Oval 5J4 x 654 0.0. with 154" Dia. Center Hole gasket is used Corrugated Steel, Round 2% O.D. with 154" Dia- Center Hole when a completely enclosed gasket is required in widths less than those avail able in the plain double jacketed style. Generally not available smaller than 1-inch I.D., J-M 924 is constructed of an asbestos filler completely enclosed by a single metal shell overlapping on one face. BA0ENHAUSEN - See Riley Stoker COMBUSTION ENGINEERING 2 6 8 21 22 51 Round Round Oval Oblong Ova! Square 2 1.0. 454 1-0. 3%x4%I.D. 254x2541.0. 254 x 254 l-D. 4% x 5 I.D. i l 21.0. x 254 O.D. 454 1.0. x 454 0.0. 3% x 4% I.D. 2.104 x 2.4801.0. 2.114x2.6401.0. 4%x5!.D. % 54 Ht 54 *6 Hi Hi 54 Hi Hi Hi Ht J-M 924 also is available with a filler made from meshed metal wire which im parts more resilience than the non-metallic filler. Specific details are available EDGEM00R No. 2 Burlington No. 4 ERIE CITY Oval Oval Pear 4% x 554 LO. 454, x 5% 1.0. 354 x454 l-D. 45fi x 554 I.D. 4% x 5% 1.0. 3%x4%I.D. '. 4: % 154 i % Ht Hi ' upon request. J-M 925 Double Shell, Double Jacketed gas kets are used when a gasket having greater strength and rigidity is required. FOSTER WHEELER 254" Tube 254" Tube 3%" Tube 3V Tube FRANKLIN Oval Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong Square Oblong 254x354 1-0. 254 x 354 I D. 3% x 3% I.D. 2% x 3% 1.0. 2% x 3% 1.0. 3% x 3% I.D. 3%x3%I.D. 3% x 3% I.D. - Same as 8&W #28 354 x454 1.0- 354 x 4541-0. Hi Hit Hi Hit Hi Hit 36 Hit 1 Hi 54 It is made of a soft filler encased by two HEINE Round 354 1.0. 354 I.D. x 4J4 O.D. Hi 51 t reversed and overlapping metal shells. J-M 925 gaskets are available to order KEELER MURRAY Oblong Round 354 x4541.0. 4541.D. 354x4541-0. 454 1.0. x 4% O.D. 1 Hi 51 % 54 1 in the same metals and diameter range as 354" Tube Oblong 354 x454 l-D. l 354x454 1-0. Hi 54 \ J-M 923 for flange widths over Vi". RILEY STOKER J-M 926 Corru gated-Jacketed WC-4 WC-24 UNION Oblong Oblong Pear 354 x 554 1.0. 354 x 554 1.0. 454 x 554 LD. 354 x 554 1.0. 354 x 55-4 1.0. 454 x5141.0- Vi 54 54 54 %% .gasket uses a corrugated jacket to increase its resili ence. Used for circular and moderately t - Round Cross-Section * - Flat Cross-Section non-circular (e.g. valve bonnet ovals) shapes in widths %" and wider, J-M 926 employs an asbestos filler completely en closed by a corrugated metal shell and top washer. If a slight leakage occurs across the inner edge, the concentric cor rugations act as labyrinth seals. Sealability can be further improved by use of J-M Sealing Compound. For standard sizes, refer to page 27. J-M 929* is the J-M 926 gasket with a corrugated metal filler rather than an asbestos filler. This `3-Piy' design provides a more resilient construction that adapts to temperature cycling problems. Tempera ture usage is limited only by metal selected. For standard sizes, refer to page 27. ( Patented FBW-256 (10) Johns-Manville CORRUGATED Gaskets GASKETS THAT MAY BE THE LEAST EXPENSIVE APPROACH TO IRREGULAR OR NON-CIRCULAR SHAPES FOR LOW-PRESSURE APPLICATIONS. |WHERE recommended: J-M Corrugated Gasket appli cations include valve bonnet joints, fuel or combustion line connections for aircraft gas turbines, steam chests, high-temperature exhaust gas ducts, glass-lined equip ment, etc. Variations of the basic construction, which is best suited for smooth-faced complex or non-circular shapes at low pressures (500 psi), are: with J-M Joint Sealing Compound for use on rougher finishes at pres sures to 1000 psi; with asbestos cord cemented into the corrugations for light-weight cast iron or large, rough or warped flanges to 600 psi; with an asbestos cloth jacket desirable on rough or warped flanges. gpOW they work: J-M Corrugated Gaskets require relatively light bolt force to flow the gasket material at points of contact with the flange. Corrugations afford some degree of resilience, depending on their pitch and depth, and the type and thickness of metal. They also supply a labyrinth effect, and act as support for gasket compound, asbestos cloth jackets or cord inserts. j|Bi[HY_-. suggested: J-M Corrugated Gaskets are rela tively inexpensive to tool and produce in non-standard sizes or irregular shapes. By proper material selection, they can be used at almost any temperature. fjfiHAT-c constructions are available: J-M Corrugated Gaskets are made of thin metal, corrugated or embossed concentric with the I.D., and used plain, with a coating of sealing compound, with an asbestos cloth jacket, or with asbestos cord cemented into the corrugations. These variations are described under individual styles. Standard metals used to make J-M Corrugated Gas kets are soft steel, copper, monel, and stainless steel type 304. Available to order metals include aluminum, nickel, stainless steel types 405, 410, 302, 316, 321, 347, and Hastelloy. See page 5 for data on metals. J-M 900 all-metal plain corru AAAA' gated gaskets are used for low _______________ pressure applications requiring a thin, line contact type seal because of space or weight limitations. For such applications, metal thicknesses are 0.010" to .031" depending on metal and corrugation (ID AAA/M RUGATED pitch. Thicknesses less than .010" are likely to rupture when corrugated. Although a minimum of three concentric corrugations are desirable on each gasket face, many applications exist that use only one. A slight flat inside the inner corrugation and beyond the outside corrugation stiffen the gasket and are desirable if space is available. For best per formance, corrugations should be on both gasket faces rather than embossed on one face only. Cor rugation pitch for other J-M 900 applications can range from .045" to *4" and over-all gasket thick ness will vary between 40% and 50% of the corru gation pitch. Temperature limits are determined by the metal used. Pressures to 500 psi. See table below for dimensions for standard piping. J-M 904 Flexeal gaskets, cloth covered J-M 900s, combine the conformability of a soft jacket and the line contact labyrinth, reinforcing character istics of the corrugated metal filler. The jacket may be woven abestos cloth -- plain or rubberized. The metal filler may be furnished in any of the usual gasket metals. J-M 904-T6, a new modification of J-M 904, is made of a six-ply DuPont Teflon impregnated woven asbestos jacket (similar to J-M 117 Chempac) over a stainless steel J-M 900 core. This gasket was spe cifically developed' for service between glass-lined flanges against aggressive chemicals at 150 psi pres sures, where the conventional envelope-type gaskets are not suitable. J-M 905 gaskets consist of a J-M Style 900 with as bestos cord cemented into the corrugations. The metal is generally .019" or .020" thick and the cor rugation pitch %2", 'M' or Vi", depending on the gasket width or application. The over-all gasket thickness is approximately 65 to 70 percent of the pitch. J-M 905 is particularly effective as a replacement for asbestos millboard gaskets on large diameter flanges, handling flue and combustion gases at tem peratures to 1150F under light pressures. The use of J-M 905 eliminates the breakage problem often en countered in the handling of asbestos millboard gaskets. J-M 905 is not suitable for hot oil or vacuum service. Pressures to 600 psi. J-M 910 gaskets are the same construction as J-M 905 with the addition of a protective metallic coat ing which prevents sticking to flanges or damage to asbestos in handling. J-M 910 is designed for low- pressure standard piping and plumbing applications (For dimensions, see below). This gasket is made of m .019" thick metal with corrugations of Vi" pitch -- 1 Vs" high. One eight-inch asbestos cord is used, and the over-all gasket thickness is approximately %>". J-M 910 is not suitable for hot oil or vacuum service. When temperatures exceed 600F, J-M 905 gaskets should be used. J-M 900 -- j-M 910 STANDARD SIZES Cast Iron Companion Flanges Gaskets to Fit Inside Bolt Holes WStpar Inch** ias-ib. pimcnnont Incntt Ex2tr5a0--H10.*vy DimOIneacnhiks*ri*ot n* 1 1% x 2% m l%x 2% i% IV* x 3V* 2 2% x 4 2% 2% x 4% 1% x 1%x 1% x 2Va x 2% x 2% 3% 3% 4% 5 3 3% x 5% 3V; 3% X 6% 4 4% x 6% 4% 4% x 6% 5 5% x 7% 3% x 5Y4 3% x 6% 4% X 7 4Vx 7% 5% X 8% 6 6% x 8% 6%x 9% 7 7% x 97/b 7% x 10% 8 8% l 10% 8% x 12 9 9% x 12% 9% x 13 10 10% x 13% 10% x 14% 12 \2Va x 16 12% x 16% 14 14% x 17% 14% x 19 15 15% X W/i 15% x 197% 16 16% 20% 16% x 21% 18 18% x 21% 18% x 23% 20 20% X 23% 20% x 25% 22 22% X 25% 22% x 27% 24 24% 28% 24% x 30% ice Inch** % V4 1 1% 1% 2 2% 3 3% 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 28 20 24 A. S. A. Steel Raised Face Flanges and Flanged Fittings Welding Neck and Lapped Joint Ranges Only XSO-tb. DlfCtMMfkltciot fl* Inch** Yax 1% 1x2% IV* x 2% 1% X 2% l%x 3V< 300 lb. Guket DifIfnircnht*i*M* %x 2 1x2% 1%X 2% 1%X 3% IV* X 3% OO-lb. Ouket OMInn*cnha*lo* n %x 2 1x2% 1% x 2% I%x 3% 1% X 3% eoo-(b. PuOnunktciotn Inch** %x 2 1 x 2% IVi X 2% 1%X 3% 1% X 3% 2% X 4 2Ya x 4% 3Vx x 5V* 3V* X 6V* 4%x 6% 2V4X 4Va 2V*x 5 3V* x 5V* 3% x 6% 4V*X 7 2% X 4% 2V* x 5 3% x 5% 3% x 6Y4 4% x 6% 2% X 4V< 2% X 5 3% X 5Ya ZYax 6% 4V* X 7V: Wax 7% 6V4X 8% 8% X 10% IOVa X 13% 12V* X 16 5V< x 8% 6% X 9% 8% x 12 10% x 34% 12% x 16% 5% x 8% 6V* x 9% 8Y4 X 11% 10V* I 14 12V* x 16% 5V* x 9% 6% X 10% 8% x 12% 10 x 15% 12 117% 14V* x 17% 16V* x 20% 18% X 21% 20V* x 23V* 24V* x 28% 13% X 19 15% x21% 17% x 23% 19% x 25% 23% X 30% 13% x 18% 15% x 21 I7V* x 23V* 19% x 25% 22% X 30% 13% x 19V* 15 X 22% 16V* x 24 18% x 26V* 22V* x 31 FBW-258 no\ Johns-Manville FLAT METAL Gaskets THIN SEALING ELEMENTS CUT FROM SHEET METAL GIVE ECONOMICAL SERVICE, WHERE ADEQUATE BOLTING IS AVAILABLE. IWHERE recommended: Applications best-suited for J-M Flat Metal Gaskets include, for example, valve bon nets, ammonia fittings, heat exchangers, hydraulic presses, and tongue and groove joints. Plain solid gaskets give good service when compressibility is not required to compensate for flange surface finish, warpage or misalign ment, and where sufficient clamping force is available for the gasket metal selected. Machined styles, with profiled cross-sections, are used when the bolting is not adequate to seat a flat gasket. Profiled gaskets with asbestos cord cemented into the concentric grooves are best suited for high-temperature and pressure service on uneven or rough surfaces. giHOW they work: J-M Flat Metal Gaskets seal by flow of the gasket surface caused by "brute force" com pressive loads. Force on the actual gasket contact area must exceed the tensile strength of the gasket metal. Therefore, the surface finish of both flange and gasket must be carefully matched to assure the correct rela tionship. E&WHY suggested: J-M Plain, Metal Gaskets are rela tively inexpensive to produce and can perform satisfac torily in a variety of applications over a wide temperature range. The machined types, with reduced surface area, may be the only answer to high-pressure, high-tempera ture or highly corrosive applications in flanges where bolt ing forces are too light for the plain flat style. iWHAT constructions are available: J-M Flat Metal Gaskets are made of flat metal, relatively thin in relation to width. They can be used as cut from sheet metal, or with the surface area reduced by machining to improve sealability. These variations are described under individual styles. Standard metals used to make Flat Metal Gas kets include any metal that is available in thicknesses and hardness suitable as a gasket material and that can be punched or otherwise cut into desired shape by dies, hand or circle shears, machined, sawed, etc. FBW-259 (13) MZTAL J-M 940 plain solid gas kets can be fabricated in any desired configuration. Where bolting is sufficient, it is efficient and eco nomical, particularly on flanges with concentric serrations. J-M 940 has great mechanical strength, heat conductivity and good resistance to high tem peratures, pressures and chemical attack. Unless the gasket is finished machined, the width should be at least metal thickness plus 50 percent. There are no limitations on the flat metal gasket dimensions; however, width of the metal sheet commercially available may limit size and require welding to obtain gaskets beyond certain sizes. PffffMB| J-M 941 Profile Gasket combines the desirable qualities of plain solid metal gaskets with the added advantages of reduced area of contact provided by the V-shaped ribbed surface. It is used when a solid metal gasket (gener ally Yu" or thicker) is required because of pressure (radial strength), temperature or the highly corrosive attack of the confined fluid and bolting is not sufficient to seal J-M 940. J-M 941 is also recom mended in screwed (attrition) closures where the relatively small contact area keeps friction down to a level low enough to seal the joint. Standard dimen sions for raised face flanges, for large tongue and groove flanges, for large male and female flanges are listed on page 28. J-M 942 is the J-M 941 profile gasket with twisted and treated asbestos cord cemented into the concentric grooves on both faces. The additional sealing function of the asbestos makes J-M 942 suitable for high-temperature and highpressure service on rough or uneven surfaces. J-M 943 and 944 consist of the J-M 941 profile gas ket with a metal jacket of either the French type (for narrow gaskets) or the single-jacket type (for wider gaskets). Con struction employs the principle of reduced contact area with the characteristics of an all-metal gasket. The smooth surface prevents scoring of the flange faces. Note; These gaskets should not be ordered without prior consultation with a J-M Representative. [J-M 945 Serrated Gas ket, made of heavy Bolid 'metal machined with spaced concentric ribs, is excellent for installations requiring a wide all-metal gasket with reduced con tact area. Particularly suitable for high pressures and temperatures in standard raised face flanges. J-M 945 is recommended for use only with smooth finished flange faces. Standard serrated gaskets are available for A.S.A. raised face flanges, and are provided with a guide (J-M 945A) for centering the gasket within the bolt circle. Dimensional de tails upon request. J-M 947 Bellowseal Gasjit ket is essentially a selfBHBb&mBhBbSSI sealing element which utilizes the pressure carried by the line to maintain tightness. It is so designed that the force created by the line pressure alone is sufficient to prevent leak age should the joint contact faces actually separate by an appreciable amount. J-M 947 is not intended as a substitute for an expansion joint. Made of two %2-inch metal discs, each serrated on one face and welded together around the inner rim. A ring of thin compressed asbestos sheet packing is placed on the serrations.' This bellows construction gives the gasket sufficient flexibility to allow it to "breathe" with abnormal expansions and contractions of the pipe, flanges and bolts. J-M 947 is fabricated to order. Dimensional standards have been established for A.S.A. raised face flanges; however, special sizes are also available. J-M 948 Multiseal Gas ket is made of solid metal with raised cross-section ribs in a waffle-like pattern. The "multiseal" pattern results in a contact area of from 50 to 70 percent less than that of a plain solid J-M 940, depending upon the metal and coining pressure. Multiseal gaskets are available only in the softer metals, such as aluminum, copper and soft steel. The metal thick ness is approximately Via" or Va" only, and the rib spacing is M-inch squares. Note: This gasket should not be ordered without prior consultation with a J-M Representative. FBW-260 (14) Johns-Manville ROUND cross-section SOLID METAL Gaskets HERE ARE LINE CONTACT SEAL GASKETS THAT PROVIDE POSITIVE, GAS-TIGHT SEALS AT LOW PRESSURES. IWHERE recommended: J-M Round Cross-Section, Solid Metal Gaskets are used on valve bonnets, air or gas com pressors, and the accessory connections in LPG storage vessels; however, they are essentially used on equipment designed specifically for them. Flanges are grooved or other wise faced to accurately locate the gasket during the assembly, although there are some applications between flat faces. This group is especially useful in vacuum equip ment where highly efficient gaskets are needed. The three styles are the plain round cross-section for grooved flanges; the jacketed round cross-section for nongTooved flanges; and the jacketed double, round cross-sec tion for full-faced applications where it helps minimize flange dishing. they work: J-M Round Cross-Section, Solid Metal Gaskets seal by line contact which provides initial high seating stress at low bolt loads. The contact faces increase in width as the gasket is compressed, effectively flowing J-M 903 {half- into flange faces. section) is a J-M 949 gasket H8BJY;./' suggested: J-M Round Cross-Section, Solid Metal partially Gaskets provide gas-tight seals for relatively low-pressure wrapped with a jacket of the same or systems and with low initial bolt loading. Inexpensive. softer metal for use between non-grooved flanges. The outer edge of the jacket pro llgfHAT.iL; constructions are available: J-M Round Cross- vides means of centering on flange bolts. Section, Solid Metal Gaskets are generally made from This construction also allows use of the wire formed to size and welded. The joint is polished to soft metal jacket for sealability and the exact wire diameter. Available constructions are described hard metal core for radial reinforcement. under individual styles. Standard metals (both wire and jackets) used to make J-M Round Cross-Section, Solid Metal Gaskets are alu J-M 903 {full section) gasket minum, copper, soft iron or steel, monel, nickel, 300 series is constructed V stainless steels, and copper coated steel (wire only). Wire of two concen diameters range from %e" to %" and jacket thickness, .015" tric metal cores enclosed and spaced by a to .020" jacket of the same or softer metal. The inner core wire cross-section is normally J-M 949 is a round cross-sec about 0.020" heavier than the outer core tion wire ring gasket. Flanges wire. This construction assures full initial are usually grooved, tapered or seating load at the gasket I.D., but the otherwise faced to locate the outer bulb restricts the amount of flange gasket accurately during assembly, although some applica bending. Bolt holes are in the connecting tions may be between flat faces. Although sometimes con web of the jacket. J-M 903 gaskets are sidered a gasket that should be only circular in shape, J-M available in non-circular as well as cir 949 can be used in moderately non-circular shapes. cular configurations. FBW-261 (15) Johns-Manville HEAVY CRC WHERE recommended: J-M Heavy Cross-Section Gaskets have almost universal acceptance in the petroleum and processing industries. This gasket group is designed for use in closures which are specially faced to accept them. Styles are machined to specialized cross-sections including Oval, Octagonal, Lens or Flare, Bridgemen and Delta. Uses include high-pressure oil field drilling and production equip ment, pressure vessels, valve bonnets and piping systems. they work: J-M Heavy Cross-Section Gaskets generally seal by initial line contact or wedging action which causes surface flow of the gasket metal. Some of the styles are pressure-actuated (i.e. the higher the con tained pressure rises, the tighter the seal). iSfHY .. suggested: J-M Heavy Cross-Section Gaskets may be the only solution for high-pressure and high-temperature services. Provide an excellent mechanical joint. PlfHAT - constructions are available: J-M Heavy CrossSection Gaskets are essentially rectangular or triangular shaped, machined from solid metal. Available constructions for specific applications are described under individual styles. Standard metals used to make J-M Heavy Cross-Section Gaskets include any wrought or forged material that is suitable as a gasket. (Cast metals should not be considered.) Metals requiring heat treatment after final machining should not be considered. i-M 950 and 951 V-Tite Gaskets are designed for API type ring joint flanges. Each of the two cross-sections -- J-M 950 (Oval) and J-M 951 (Octagonal) -- match standard and special grooves for applications almost entirely in the oil and petroleum industries, and liquid oxygen (LOX) service. The basic shapes are used at pressures to 10,000 psi. Most dimensions are standardized, but many specials are made to order for use in specially grooved flanges in piping, valve bonnets or any assemblies for higher pressures. V-Tite Gaskets are interchangeable in flanges of the newest flat bottom groove design: however, only the oval cross-section can be used in the old type, round-bottom groove. Of the two cross-section, J-M 951 should be used wherever possible because of its higher sealing efficiency. Every step in the manu facture of V-Tite Gaskets is meticulously controlled. Close tolerances are rigidly maintained for matching of rings with the flange grooves. By carefully con trolled heat treatment the hardness of the finished gasket is kept below maximum allowable to assure proper flow and sealing without damaging the flange surfaces. The contact surfaces are smoothly finished to a high order of smoothness, free from objection able ridges, tool or chatter marks that cause joint leakage. For standard sizes, see page 29. Complies with A.S.A. B16:20 and API 6 A. J-M 950 and J-M 951 are fabricated in accordance with stand ards listed on next page. Johns-Manville produces a wide selection of cus tom-designed as well as standard gaskets, in any material, dimension or cross-section, including the pressure-actuated "BX" and "RX" modificationsof the octagonal cross-section (J-M 951). "BX" and "RX" Ring Gaskets are designed for extreme pressure service (to 15,000 psi) required in today's oil field drilling and production. Standard metals for these Ring Gaskets are low carbon steel and type 304 stainless steel. Also avail able in soft iron and type 316 stainless steel. BX Ring Gaskets to Specification API 6 A : This gasket differs from the standard Oval or Octagonal FBW-262 SS-SECTION, SOLID METAL Gaskets ^^jasxtics*zzxczr-~ -VA. 5- MACHINED FROM SOLID METAL FOR HIGH-PRESSURE, HIGH-TEM PERATURE SERVICE, WHERE OPERATING CONDITIONS REQUIRE A SPECIAL JOINT DESIGN. shape in that it is square in cross-section with tapers on each corner. Can be used only in API 6 BX flanges. For standard API BX Ring Gasket sizes, see page 30. RX Ring Gaskets to Specification API 6 A: Although these RX gaskets are similar to the standard Octag onal shape, their cross-section is designed to take advantage of the contained fluid pressure in effecting a seal. Interchangeable with standard Octagonal rings for oil field drilling and production applications in API 6 B flanges. For standard RX Ring sizes, see page 30. Note: All J-M V-Tite Gaskets complying with API 6 A carry the API monogram. J-M 955 V-Tite Transi tion Rings are used for sealing ring type joints in which the mating flanges have different ring groove diameters. J-M 955 can be made in any standard ring joint gasket metal. Popular Transition combina tions of J-M 955 are R23/R24, R26/R27, R45/R46, R49/R50, and R65/R66. Other sizes available on order. Made with oval or octagonal facings. When ordering, please specify which cross-section is pre ferred. G ;' \ /; f. - ','v STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR V-TITE GASKET METALS tV...-.?'- In accordamje with ASA B16:20 {Where applicable). -V \ ; r- % V- -' Metal Soft Iron............................................................................................ Low-Carbon Steel.......................................................................... Type 502 Alloy (4-6% Chrome, %% Moly).................................... Type 410 Alloy (11-13% Chrome)......................................................... Type 304 Alloy (18% Chrome, 8% Nickel)............................. Type 316 Alloy (18% Chrome, 12% Nickel)............................ Type 347 Alloy (18% Chrome, 10% Nickel)............................. Monel.................................................................................................................. ..... Nickel......................................................................................................................... Copper.................................................................................................................. 1 Maximum Hardness Brine!! 3000 Kg Rockwell 90t 120 130 170 160 160 160 125 120 * 50 68 72 86 83 83 83 70 68 *a I Max. Service Temp. 1000*F 1000F 1200"F 1300F Depends upon the Service Conditions Identifi cation D S F5 S 410 S 304 S 316 S 347 M N CU ''Hardness is agreed upon. |500 Kg. load. FBW-263 J-M 953 Lens Gasket is a line contact seal for highpressure piping systems, with some application in pressure-vessel heads. The lens cross-section also is available in "bellows" construction which is pres sure actuated in some applications depending on size and pressure. When ordering, drawings and complete material specifications must be supplied. J-M 954 Bridgeman Gasket is pressure actuated for use as pressure-vessel head and valve bonnet gaskets for pressures 1500 psi and up. Also has been adapted to piping joints subject to extreme temperature shock conditions. When ordering, drawings and complete material specifications must be supplied. J-M 954 Delta Gasket is pressure actuated. The Delta cross-section is es sentially a pressure vessel nor valve bonnet gasket, useful in pressure range 5000 psi and up. When ordering, drawings and complete material specifications must be supplied. THE JOHNS-MANV1LLE GOETZE PLANT IS SUPERBLY EQUIPPED... OFFERS OUTSTANDING SERVICE ON GASKETS AND OTHER METAL PARTS New metal working service, now in oper ation, provides fast precision production of metal parts or components. Machined, stamped or rolled metal com ponents can be produced efficiently, eco nomically. Equipment and operators who can form, cut, pierce or shape thick or thin metals . . . hold tight tolerances . . . turn large thin sections . .. weld or join almost any known metal. Complete research and engineering facili ties and technicians. Your inquiries are invited on metal parts whether for gasketing or other applications. FBW-264 MR1 Johns-Manville HEAT EXCHANGER Gaskets J-M HEAT EXCHANGER GASKETS CAN BE PRODUCED TO YOUR EXACT REQUIREMENTS . . . TAILOR-MADE FROM THE MATERIALS YOU NEED . . . ACCURATELY MADE TO SIZE AND SHAPE TO SEAL EFFECTIVELY. The double-jacketed construction (J-M 923) is generally employed; however, Heat Exchanger Gaskets also can be furnished in plain solid metal (J-M 940). Each is fabri cated with meticulous care in every detail. Take the doublejacketed style as an example . . . there are no wrinkles on the outside comers, no cracks on the inside comers, lap widths are ample, rib widths are uniform. Above all, it is accurately made to close tolerances, can be depended on to fit and seal efficiently, and will stay on the job indefinitely without leaks or blowouts. Attention to such important details is typical of the kind of care that goes into the forming of the custom-made gas kets. It is the secret of their dependable service, and the reason they pay off in terms of less down time. For most efficient service, Johns-Manville recommends that the double-jacketed style be so designed and dimen sioned as to allow at least %" radius at all intersections to maintain a continuous metal lap at these points. Smaller radii or square comers will result in splitting of the metal. A durable coating of red paint is applied (unless other wise specified) on every soft iron gasket to resist rusting in storage or on the job awaiting installation. Estimates and recommendations concerning JohnsManville Heat Exchanger Gaskets will be furnished promptly upon receipt of detailed information, including blueprints. (19) [ HEAT EXCHANGER GASKETS FBW-265 J-M 911, 912, 914 J-M SPIROTAUIC GASKETS ! Cast Iran Companion Flanges J-M STYLE 911 STANDARD SIZES [gaskets to fit inside bolt holes Standard Extra Heavy Pipe 125-lb. 250-lb. targe and Small Tongue & Groove Flanges Large Male and Female Flanges and Flanged Fittings Size Inches Gasket Gasket Dimensions Dimensions 150, 300,400. 600, 900.1500, 2500-lb. LARGE SMALL Pipe 150,300-lb. 400.600.900, 1500, 2500-lb. 1 Inches Inches l%x 2*4 2%x 2y4 Pipe Size Inches Vz Gasket Dimensions Inches 1 x 1% Pipe Size Inches Vz Gasket Dimensions Inches 1 x 1*4 Size inches *4 Gasket Dimensions Inches 1 x 1*4 Gasket Dimensions Inches 1 x 1*4 1% 2*4 x 2% 2% x 3% 1*4 2*4 x 3y4 2% x 3*4 2 3y*x 4 3,%x 4y4 2*4 3%x .4*4 4ya x 5 % 1 Wi V/2 l%x 1% iy2x 2 l%x 2y2 2>/ex 27/a % 1 I1/4 1*4 l%x 1% l*4x 1 *4 1*4 x 2Vt 2*4 x 2`/2 Y4 1 l`/4 1V4 l%x 1% 1 Vz x 2 1*4 x 2*4 2ysx 2*4 1%X 1% 1*4 x 2 1*4 x 2*4 2 x 2*4 3 3*% 4 Wz 4*4 x sy4 5ytx 6V* 5*4 x 6y4 5y4x 6% 4%x 5*4 5*4 x 6*4 5% x 7 6%x m 2 2*4 x 35/a 2 2*4 x 3'/4 2 2*4 x 3*4 2%x 3*4 5 6*4 x 7*4 7%x 8*4 2Vz 3*4 x 4*4 2*4 3%x 33/4 2*4 3*4 x 4ya 3 x 41/8 3 4*4 x 5 3 41/4 x 4*4 3 4yix 5 3*4 x 5 3*4 4*4 x 5*4 3*4 47/4 X 5*e 3i/2 4*4 x 5% 4ysx 5*4 4 5% x 5% 4 5% x 5% 4 5%x 6% 4*4 x 6% 6 7 8 7% x 8*4 8*4 x 9y4 8*4 x 9% 9y2 x 10% 9% x 10% ioys x 12 9 11 x12*4 11*4x13 5 6% x 7% 5 6%x 6% 5 6% x 7% 5'%x 7% 10 11% x 13% 12*4 x 14ya 6 8 10 12 7*4 x 8Vz 9*4 x 10*4 11*4 X 12*4 13*% x 15 6 8 10 12 7*4 x 8 m x 10 11*4 X 12 13!/4 x 14*4 6 8 10 12 7*4 x 8y2 9*4 x 10*4 ll'/2 x 12*4 13*% x 15 6*4 x 8% 8*4 x 10*4 10*4 x \2% 12% x 15 12 14 15 16 14*4x16 15% x 175/s 17*% x 18% 181/4 x 20ys 14% x 16*4 17y4 x 19 18 x 19% I9y4 x 21*4 14 14*4 X 16y4 14 14*4 x 15*% 14 14% x isy4 141/a X 161/4 18 19*4x21*4 2iy4x23ya 16 18 20 24 16*4 x 18y2 19y4 x 21 21 x 23 25*4 x 271/4 16 18 20 24 16*4 x 17*4 19`/4 x 20*4 21 x 22 25*4 x 261/4 16 18 20 24 16*4 x 18*4 191/4x21 2P/8X23 25'/4 x 27*4 16Vs X 18% i8ys x 21 20*4 x 23 25 y4 x 271/4 20 22 24 21*4 x 23*4 ! 233/4 x 25% 24 x 25*4 25% x 27y2 26*4 x 28*4 28% x 30ys ; J-M STYLE 914. HANDHOLE AND MANHOLE STANDARD SIZES . r h- C HBfl GASKET DIMENSIONS ' -INCHES Handhole OVAL OBLONG | Pipe Size Gasket Dimensions 150-lb. 300-lb. 400-lb. 600-lb. k-_ 1.0. Wdth I.D. Wdth (.0. Wdth - (r Inches Vt Vi Vi 1 Inches %X IVsx 1 *8 X % 1 *4 1% 1% Guide O.D. 1*4 1% 2% 2% Guide 0.0. 1% 21/a 2% 27a Guide 0.9. 1% 2ys 2% 27/s Guide O.D. iy 2y8 2*4 2% * *- Is-. 2Vz x3Vz 2Vz x 3Vz 2V: X 3Vz 1 3x4 3x4 X. 4x5 Va 4x6 Vz 4x6 % 4x6 Vs 4Va X 5Mj Vz 2Vs x 3V^ % 2Va x 3% Vs 3x4 Vi 3x4 | % 3 x AVz\ % V2 H. % % " iV: 1% 1*4 x 2% 1*4 2 x 2% 2 2V4x 3% 2% 3%x 3% 3 3*4 X 4% 2'% 3% 4% 4% 5% 3% 3% 4% 5% 5% 31/4 3% 4% 5% 5% 3y4 33/4 '* 4% 5% r.. 5*4 3x4 3% x 4Va 3Vz x avz\ 2Vz X AVz' 4x5 1 Vz 4V*x5tt U AV,x X SVa % 41/4 x SVa Vz 6x8 % 6X8 Vz 31/2 x AVz % % 4x5 % Vz 4x5 1 Vz Vz AVi X 6 % Vi AVz X 6 ! Vz ; 3*4 4% x 5% 6% 6% 6% 6% | Monhole (oval) 4 4*4 x 5% 6% 7% 6'% 7% i1 j-d-___ 1 Width T 1.0. Width 4i/2 5Vsx 6% 5 53/4 X 63K7 6'% 7% 7% 8% '8% `9% 9 X 12 Va 13 X 14 3V< 6 6% x 8% 8% S% 9'% 10% 9 x 14 Va 11 x 15 Vz 8 8*4 x 10% 10% 12% 11% 12% 10 x 14 1 U y 15 % 10 11 X 12% 13% 12 13 x 14'% 15% 14 14*4 x 15'% 17% 16 16% x 18% 20% 18 ! 18*4 x 20'% I 2i?u 20 20V4 x 22'-% 23% 24 25*4 x 26'% i 28% 14% 16% 19% 21% 2a % 25'% 30% 14% 16% 13% 21% 23% 25% 30% 15% 17% 19% 2% 24% 26% 31% r * 10 x 14 10 x 15 10 x 15 10x16 10x16 11 x 14 U X 14 IVa 1 1 IVa 1 IVa Va _1 11 x 15 11 x 15 22x16 12 x 16 12 x 16 12 x 16 12 x 16 , 1 l IVa Vz Va Va 1 m NOTE* Style 914 Standard Handhole and Tube i THICKNESS: Style 912 gaskets are % nominal. Cap Sires, classified by make of boiler, are listed on pages 22-23. FBW-266 (OC\\ J-M 913 .KM SMROTALUC GASKETS , J.M STYLE 913 STANDARD SIZES ASA RAISED FACE FLANGES and FLANGED FITTINGS (see NOTE 3) (Dimensions based on API STANDARD 601, see NOTES 1 and 2) Pipe Size Inches % % % 1 150, 300-lb 1.0. O.D. A % lA 1 1% l A 1% 150-lb Guide O.D. 1% 1% 2% 2% 300-lb Guide O.D. 1% 2% 2% 2% 400, 600-lb 1.0. O.D. %% % 1% 1 1% 1% 1% 400-lb Guide O.D. 1% 2% 2% 2% 600-lb Guide O.D. 1% 2% 2% 2% 900-lb I.D. O.D. % 1% 1 1% 1% 1% 900-lb Guide O.D. 2% 2% 3% | 1500,2500-lb | 1.0. | O.D. 1 % i% 1 i% VA i% 1500 lb i 2500-lb Guide Guide O.D. O.D. 2% 2% 2% 3 3% 3% 1A 1% 2% 3 3% 1% 1% 2% 3% 3% 2 2% 3% 4% 4% 2% 3A 3% 4% 5% 34 4% 5% 5% 3A 4% 5 A 6% 6% 4 5 5% 6% 7% 4% 5% 6% 7 7% 5 6A 7 7% 8% 6 7% 8% 8% 9% 8 % 10% 11 12% 10 1% 12% 13% 14% 1% 2% 3% 3% 1% 2% 3% 3% 2% 3% 4% 4% 3% 3% 5% 5% 4 4% 5% 5% 4% 5% 6% 6% 4% 5% 7 7% 5% 6% 7% 8% 5% 7 8% 9% 6% 8% 9% 10% 8% 10% 12 12% 10% 12% 14% 15% 1% 1% 2% 2% 3% 4% 4% 5%, 5% 6% 8% 10% 2% 2% 3% 3% 4% 5% 5% 6% 7 8% 10% 12% 3% 3% 5% 6% 6% 7% 8% 9% 9% 11% 14% 17% 1% 2% 3% 4% 1% 2% 3% 4% 2%. 3% 5% 5% 2% 3% 6% 6% 3% 4% 6% 7% 4% 5% 7% 4% 5% 8% 9% 5% 6% 9% 5% 7 10 11 6% 8% 11% 12% I8% 10% 13% 15% 10% 12% 17% 18% if/' 12 14 16 13% 14% 16% 16% 14% 16 17% 19% 16% 18% 20% 21% 12% 14% 16% 18 14% 16 19 19% 16% 18% 21% 22% 12% 14% 19% 14% 16 20% 16% 18% 22% 12% 14% 20% 21% 14% 16 22% 16% 18% 25% 18 18% 20% 21% 23% 18% 20% 23% 24% 18% 20% 25% 18% 20% 27% 20 20% 22% 23% 25% 20% 22% 25% 26% 20% 22% 27% 20% 22% 29% 24 24% 27 28% 30% 24% 27 30% 31% 24% 27 33 24% 27 35% /.THICKNESS: Style 913 gasket* ire X" nominal. 6u!de Rings are ROTE 1 -API Standard 601 does wt include dimensions for %", V4", %", 3V5", 4V4"ir 5"Pipe Sizes. NOTE 2 .Gasket O.D. Dimensions are "overall"; therefore, are Vi" larger than those shown m API Stand- . ard 601. ' ; -. ; ` - - . , MOTE 3 To determine suitability of dimensions for the particular flange type or bore, use the following table. '-It shows maximum bore of .flange for which gasket dimensions are recommended.... vV. J. Sir -M'-r.-V FLANGE TYPE WN-STDW' Nozzles** WN 10-10S Slip-On 150-lb Vi-24 1-24 3-24 3-24 -..'7 Y 'll;; 'PIPESIZE (inches)- 7. 300-lb 1 400-lb y.-24 W5T CM 1 1-24 3-24 1-12 4-24 3-24 3 & 24 only 600-lb 1/4-24 1-12 4-24 3 a 24 only 900-lb____ Eum W--24 V2--24 1-12 1-12 3-24 N.S. N.S. N.S. y2-i2 1-12 N.S. N.S. 'Sizes ZW and smaller must be Installed concentric with flange bore standard weight pipe to : of gasket into bore. .. . . 'i' - - Sizes 1* through Vh' require same care In Installation as described in footnote C*)., " " " Sizes 14" and larger, 400* and up, not recommended for use with nozzles. 1 m K fe.- p " -r- '*. .Symbls used ht table ire: c - %'r- -WH-STDW - Welding Neck'Flange bored for standard weight or heavier pipe. ' *. \\ : ` Nozzle - A manufacturer's standard "Welding Neck." Bore equals nominal size (inches). WN 10-1 OS-Welding Neck Flange-bored for schedule 10-S pipe through 12"; bore for. 10 pipe - ever 12". - 7' ' ' - Slip-Ofl - -- Slip-On or "ScrewiOn"iTange (Bore is essentially O.D. of Pipe). - ItS.. - -Not suitable for ttisjflange gating. ,, ~ - 'S.^yv " r- o-,` - ,'r <21) . FBW-267 J-M 914 AVAILABLE SHAPES: J-V SMROTALUC BOILER GASKETS EE I'-'' t: t JMSTYLE 914 STANbARP HANDHOLE AND TUBE CAP SIZES -V. ..(classified by Make of Boiler i--?` ; Make of Boiler and Gasket No. or Name Actual Shape Nominal Gasket Size, Inches Actual Gasket Size, Inches Width inches Make o( Boiler and Gasket No. or Name Actual Shape Nominal Gasket Size, Inches Actual Gasket Size, Inches Width Inches AMERICAN ENGINEERING Round 34 I.D. 34 1.0. x 34 O.D. Oblong 34 x 34 i.o. 34 x34 I.D. M* BABCOCK & WILCOX No. 2 No. 24 No. 24 No. 28 No. 28 British No. 28 Foreign No. 28 No. 31 No. 32 No. 33 No. 40 Oval No. 41 No. 47 No. 48 No. 70 No. 79 No. 89 Foreign--Oval Foreign--Square Foreign--Square Round 3 I.D. 3 I.D. x 3% O.D. Oval 4Vi x 5Vt I.D 4Ax 54* I.D. Oval 44 x 5Vi I.D. 4Ax 5% I.D. Va 4 Square 4>3<x5 I.D. 4%x5 I.D. 7A Square 4'34*x5 I.D. 4'34x 5 I.D. Square 4'/, * 44 I.D. 4!/< X 4% I.D. 4 4 Square 119mm x 119mm 119mm x 119mm 6.35 I.D. I.D, mm Oval 4x5 I.D. 4%.x 54* I.D. 4 Round 3 I.D. 3'A I.D. x 34 O.D. Round 24 I.D. 24 I.D. x 3 O.D. Diamond 34 x 34 I.D. 34 x 3!/< i.D. Oblong Wt x 24 I.D. 24 x 24 I.D. 34. Round 2 I.D. 2U,I.O.x2AO.D. Oval 34 x44 I.D. 3Ax4"A1.D. 4 Round 34 I.D. 334*1.D. x3"/,O.D. Oblong 44 x 44 I.D. 44 x 454 I.D. 'A Round 33(* I.D. 331,I.D. x354 O.D. Round m I.D. 4'Al.D.x4'34iO.D. Oval 4!A x 4% I.D. 434: x 4% I.D. % Square 3% x 3% I.D. 33IA x 3*'A I.D. M* Square 33mmx93mml.D. 93mm x 93mm I.D. 4.0mm Nos. 62 , 63 , 66 Same as No. 24 NKn 7K S' ss'^mo57^5^ tfi 60, 76, 84, 85 Same as No. 40 Nos. 4, 45, 46, 92, 183 Same as No. 47 NoS- 53' 61' 86' 87- 88 Same aS No 48 COMBUSTION ENGINEERING (Coot.) No. 21 No. 21 No. 22 No. 22 No. 23 No. 24 No. 27 No. 28 No. 28 No. Z9 No. 29 No. 30 No. 30 No. 31 No. 31 No. 32 No. 33 No. 51 No. 51 No. 52 No. 52 L-74-1 EDGEMOOR No. 1 No. 2 Burlington No. 4 Nos. 43, 49 Same as No. 41 Nos. 90, 95 Same as No. 89 ERIE CITT BADENHAUSEN W-C4 W-C4 W-C7 W-C10 W-C34 W-C14 W-C18 W-C22 W-C25 CASET-HEDBES (See also Combustion Engineering) COMBUSTION ENGINEERING No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 Oblong Oblong Round Square Square Square Round Oval Oblong 3% x 5% I.D. 3'!i. x 5% I.D. 35, I.D 4x4 10 S=-;6 x 5Vt 1.0. 5?;, x 5i.D. 2 I.D. 3S x4', I.D. 3",', x 5'V, I.D. 3% x 5% 1.0. 3"-,, x 5n,, I.D. 3!*l.0.x3%0.D. 4x4 I.D. 55(. x 5K, I.D. 5?,-, x 554, I.D. 2 I.D x 23s O.D. 3% x 4% I.D. 3},A x 5% I.D. % % % % % % FOSTER WHEELER Diamond Diamond 4x5 I.D. 41/, x 5 I.D. 4x5 I.D. 4'/, x 5 I.D. 34. 34. Round Round Round Round Round Round Round Oval 14 I.D. 2 I.D. 24 I.D. 34 I.D. 34 i.D. 41-i I.D. IH I.D. 3fttx4;,,l.o. 14 I.D. x 154 0.0. 2 I.D. x 234 O.D. 24 I.D. x 3 O.D. 34 I.D. x 34 O.D. 34 I.D. x44 O.D. 44 I.D. x44 O.D. 134 I.D. x 24 O.D. 334.x 43f. I.D. 34. 4' Tube 4' Tube 24'Tube 24'Tube 34/ Tube 334.' Tube Marine Oblong Oblong Oval Oval Oblong Diamond Diamond Oblong Oblong Diamond Diamond Diamond Diamond Diamond Diamond Oval Diamond Square Square Square Square Round 24 x 24 l-D. 24 x 24 i.D. 24 x 24 l-D. 24 x 24 I.D. 24 x 34 I.D. 3 x 34 I.D. 34 x 34 I.D. 34 x 34 I.D. 34 x 34 l-D. 34 x 44 I.D. 34 x 44 I.D. 34 x 44 I.D. 34 x 44 I.D. 44 x 54 I.D. 44 x 54 I.D. 44 x 54 I.D. 34 x 44 I.D. 4'VU x 5 I.D. 4<%x 5 I.D. 44 x 534* I.D. 44 x 5=4. I.D. 34 I.D. 24 x 24 I.D. 24 x 24 I.D. 24 x 2% I.D. 24 x2I'Al.O. 24 x 3'A I.D. 3 x 3'4. I.D. 34 x 34 I.D. 3"A x 34 I.D. 3"Ax 34 l-D. 34 x 44 I.D. 34 x 44 I.D. 34 x 44 l-D. 34 x 44 I.D. 44 x 54 I.D. 44 x 54 I.O. 44 x 54 l-D. 34 x 44 I.D. 4'34.x 5 I.D. 4>34.x 5 I.D. 44 x 54 I.O. 44 x54 I.D. 34 I.D. x 4 O.D. Oval 4x54. I.D. 4x534. I.D. Oval 44, x 54 I.D. 44* x 54 I.D. Oval 435b x53i I.D. 43ix5AI.D. Round Oval Oval Oblong Oblong Pear Pear 34 I.O. 24 x 34 I.D. 3x4 I.D. 34 x 44 I.D. 44 x 9 I.D. 34 x 44 i.D. 34 x 44 l-D. 34 I.D. x 44 O.D. 24 x 34 I.D. 3x4 I.D. 3,5Ax4'3AI.D. 44 x 9 I.D. 34 x 44 I.D. 34 x 44 I.D. Round Round Round Oval Oval Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong Oiamond Diamond Square Square Square 2 I.D. 24 I.D. 4% I.D. 434.x 54. I.D. 4vx 54. I.D. 24 x 34 I.D. 24 x 34 I.D. 334. x 3>4* I.D. 334.x 3'34.I.D. 34 x 3'54. I.D. 3x4 I.D. 3x4 I.D. 4 x 54 I.D. 4 x 54 I.D. 4'34*x 5 I.D. 4>4. x 5 I.D. 4'54tx 534.1.0. 254* I.D. x 2'4*0.D. 24* I.D. x 3 O.D. 44 I.D. x 44 O.D. 434.x 534, I.D. 434.x 534* I.D. 2% x 3% I.D. 2"Ax 3'34j I.D. 3'Vfcx 3% I.D. 3"Ax 3% 1.0. 34 x 34 I.D. 334.x 434* I.D. 334*x 454, I.D. 4 x 554: I.D. 4 x 534: I.D. 4'34*x 5 I.D. 4'34* x 5 I.D. 4"A x 534: I.D. " FBW-268 34. 34: 34* 34: 34. 4 34. 34. Va 4 A 4 4 54: 4 4 4 34: 4 34* 4 "A Mi 4 4 4 4 4 34. "A 34. 4 34* 34: 34. A 34. 4 4* 4 4 Va 4 4 roo\ :-*rrfI -.1 " *MvV,,;v-T ^, &*< *m J. ^ .....'""Ir J-M 914 (cont.) fc fe; J-M STYLE 914 STANDARD HANDHOLE AND TUBE CAP SIZES (classified by Make of Boiler) Make of Boiler and Gasket No. or Name Actual Shape Nominal Gasket Size, Inches Actual Gasket Size, Inches Width Inches Make of Boiler . and Gasket No. or Name Actual Shape Nominal Gasket Size, Inches Actual. Gasket Size, Inches Width Inches FRANKLIN GEARY 3'/$" Tube 354" Tube 4" Tube 4" Tube HEOSES-WALSffWEIDNER (See also Combustion Engineerlnj) HEINE INTERNATIONAL KEELER MURRAY 355" Tube 4" Tube SsfeSSr- !.-*- yVi^jRW^C ' OIL CITY 3V4" Tube 4" Tube 4" Tube OIL WELL SUPPLY PACIFIC Round Oblong 3'Mi I.D. 3%I.D.x4sAO.D. 3s/, x 4s/, I.D. 3s/, x 4s/, I.D. 54. PAGE Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong 3"/Ux 4'M* I.D. 3"Ax 4'VU I.D. 4x5 I.D. 4x5 I.D. 3*3f,x4*M,I.D. 3,7A x 4J1AI.D. 454.x 554. I.D. 454.x 554. I.D. Oblong 31/, x 41/, I.D. Diamond 3s/< x 4s/, I.D. 314 x 414 I.D. 354 x 4s/, I.D. Round Oval Oblong Diamond 3s/, I.D. 4>/, x 5>/, I.D. 3s/, x 4s/, I.D. 3s/, x 454 I.D. 3s/, I.D. x454 O.D. 414 x 514 I.D. 3s/, x 4s/, I.D. 3s/, x 414 I.D. RILEY Va W-C4 54. W-C4 54 W-C7 '54: W-C10 W-C14 W-C14 W-C18 W-C22 54. W-C25 '/. SEABOARD Water Screen Water Screen Water Screen '/. 54. 54 SPRINGFIELD Oval Oval Oblong Oblong Pear 2s/, x 354 I.D. 3 x 455' I.D. 31/, x 4>/, I.D. 4xG I.D. 354 x 454 I.D. 2s/, x 3s/, I.D. 2/, x 454 I.D. 314 x 414 I.D. 4x6 I.D. 354 x 4s/. I.D. '55z 54. 54. 54. 54 SUPERHEATER Round Diamond Diamond Pear 414 I.D. 454 x 554 I.D. 454 x 554 I.D. 414 x 554 I.D. 414 I.D.x4"AO.D. 451.x 5s/, I.D. 454.x 554 I.D. 414 x 554. I.D. 54. J/i 54 (See also Combustion Engineering) UNION Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong Oval 3s/, x 4s/, I.D. 4x5 I.D. 214 x 4 I.D. 314 x 414 I.D. 3'Vu x 4s/, I.D. 4x6 I.D. 3s/, x 4s/, I.D. 414. x 554* I.D. 2'54,x4 I.D. 354 x 454 I.D. 3'54x 4,14* I.D. 4x6 I.D. 54* 54* 54* 54. y. 54. YOGT Oblong Oblong Oblong 3"Ax4'lAl.D. 4x5 I.D. 4x5 I.D. 3*54. x4A I.D. 454.x 554. I.D. 454.x 554. I.D. y54,. % Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong Oblong 214 x 314 I.D. 3x4 I.D. 314 x 4>M, I.D. 314 x 454 I.D. 454.x 544, 1.0. 255 x 314 I.D. 3x4 I.D. 314 x 4*54. I.D. 314 x 414 I.D. 45ix 5'AI.D. KARO 54. (See also 54. Combustion 54 Engineering) 54. 54. WICKES Oblong 3x4 I.D. 3x4 I.D. 54. Oval 2% x3y, I.D. 2s/. x 3<'M I.D. Oval 254 x 354 I.D. 2s/. x 3% I.D. y, Oblong Oblong Round Square Square Square Round Oval Oblong 3% x 5% I.D. 3% x 5% I.D. 3% x 5% I.D. 3% x 5% I.D. 354 I.D. 3%I.D.x3%O.D. 4 x 4 I.D. 4 x 4 I.D. 55f. x 5JC. I.D. 5% x 554, I.D. 5% x 5% I.D. 5% x 534, l-D. 2 I.D. 2 I.D. x 2V, O.D. 354 x 4541.0. 3% x 4% I.D. 3% x 5% I.D. 3% x 5% I.D. % 34 %r %i 34 i i %! %i Round Oblong Oblong Oval Square Square Square Square Square 354 I.D. 454 x 4/, I.D. 4'/, x 454 I.D. 3541.D.x3'54,O.D. 454 x 454 I.D. 454 x 4y, I.D. $ : M* l Zfa l fs 354 x 414 I.D. 5y, x 5'/, I.D. 554 x Wi I.D. 554 x 5s/, I.D. 7y, x 754 I.D. 755 x 754 l-D. 354 x 454 I.D. 514 x 554 I.D. 554 x 554 I.D. 5s/, x 5s/, I.D. 7s/, x 7s/, I.D. m x m I.D. 54 f "/E 3 y. "M = JA 5 V, C ii Oblong 354.x 354 I.D. 351,x 354 I.D. 7" M. J. ii Oval Pear Pear Pear Pear Pear Round Round Oval Oval Oval Oval 354 x 454 I.D. 354 x 454 l-D. 354 x 414 I.D. 33/, x 4s/, I.D. 3s/. x 454 I.D. 4'/. x 554 I.D. 354 x 454 I.D. 3,54,x 4'54,I.D. 354 x 4'/, I.D. 3s/, x 4s/, I.D. 3s/, x 4s/, I.D. 4'/, x 5'/, I.D. 354. I.D. 454. I.D. 3s/, x4>/< I.D. 3s/. x 5 I.D. 454 x 5 I.D. 454 x 5'/, I.D. 3s/, I.D.x 4'/, O.D. 41/, I.D. x 434 O.D. 331. x 414, I.D. 354 x 5 I.D. 454 x 5 I.D. 451.x 554. I.D. i s/> i 31* f %X 31* b 54 % 34, I 1 \ r \ A l %1 31. * M. 3 i Square Square Square 4'5i,x5sAl.D. 4'54*x4'54.I.D. 5 x 554 I.D. 4'K.x 551* I.D. 4,!/<x 4'4t, I.D. 5x5'/. I.D. Round Pear Oval 454 I.D. 45. x 51/, I.D. 314 x 454 I.D. 4'/, I.D. x 4/, O.D. 454 x 5M. I.D. 314 x 454 l-D. ;/> \ !4 i Vi i\ i }> \ 34* \ 34. : ^2rr-`- FBW-269 J-M 920 T: J-M SINGLE-JACKETED CASKETS < V 7 .V-V' ;4-M STYLE 920 SINGLE-JACKETED STANDARD, SIZES (Standard Sizes in Inches) .'*', * ,,* V- **9*,.P^' ALUMINUM AND .SOFT`IRON } V. 1.0. 0.0. THK 1.0. O.D. THK l.D. O.D. THK l.D. O.D. THK l.D. O.D. THK l.D. O.D. THK l.D. O.D, THK l.D. O.D. THK *x, X, X, *34 i >16 % VA X '% IX. Xj *i % X, X, *34 IX. X '% X X % 131 Hi i % % 5.'. *Xj 134 X *% 34 X *% 111 %1 *i ^4 54 x* 34 IX, X *% % X. % IX. X, i *34 y; % H 134 X *% % X 'X. 1% $^2 *i IX $& i% %7 2 Hi 2X. Hi 2X, $& *1% *ix. *1 Hi IX, IX, VHi Hi 1X Ha 1Hi Hi V/i Hi 1Hi Hi IX. 2X2 X, IX, 23,, Hi IX. 2% H, 1.338 1.653 Hi 1 % IX Hu ix 234 Xj IX 2'X, $6 I 1.507 1.728 X; *1% VHa X: *1% IVaa Hi *34 % % *34 134 X *% % X *% X. X, x 1*4 X "X. 1 $u *% .3% X, 35 134 X *% 1 X % % X, *35 134 X *% IX* *$32 X. $32 34 134 X *% IX. X 'X. 1% X, 'X. 134 Hi 'X. IX. Hi % ls4 Ha % 134 Hi l 2X, Hi i 2X Hi i 254 Hi l 3 Hi 136 1% X: IX, 1X Hi l'X, IX Hi 1% Z'A Hi IX. 1% Hi 1% IX Hi *1% 1 % Hi IX, 154 Hi 134 1% Ha *1% IX, Hi IX, IX. Hi IX 1% Ha *1% 2 Hi *1X 134 Hi *1.535 1.850 X: *X, % X, *% 34 X. $16 % *% y $57 **22/116//4 %% x, X* 35 % .529 .810 >16 'X- "Xj Xi *% y Hi 'X. IX % IX 134 % 134 % IX. X X X X X: 'Hi 1% Hi IX, IX, Hi ix. 2X, Hi *134 1% Hi IX, 1% fa *.815 134 Hi IX: IX, Hi IX. 2X Hi *1X IX Hi IX, 1% Hi *.820 131 Hi *134, 1% IX, 235 Hi *1X IX Hi IX, l'X, Hi JX IX Hi IX, l'X, Hi 1% 1 % Xj IX 1% Hi *1X, IK Hi X. 1 Ha *134, 2 Xj *1X: IX, Hi IX l'X, Hi IX. 1% Hi *% % >J2 *% y X *54 y, x, % IX. K; *34 Hi $32 *$16 % X. *x, y. % *X, y X * % X, % % Xd % IX. ^14 134 TKi 134 % 2.X .710 .927 X X X X X *34 IX. Hi 1.037 1.535 Xj IX, 1% Hi *.880 1.060 X. IX. 1.334 Hi 134 154 Hi *34 1!4 Hi *1% VA Hi *1X IX, Hi >8 IX. Hi *1X. VA Hi *134 IX, Hi X. 134 h't *1X. IX. Vu 'IX IX $52 IX 2 Hi IX, 2X, Hi IX 2X, hi IX 2X, Hi IX 2X Hi IX, 2 X* ; IX, 2X, Hi IX, 2X, $33 . IX, 235 Vu IX, 2X2 Hi % y% y. y Xj x y. % >8 A X, *K i % *$16 'X. X -71C .927 34 `X. X X *% % X *$T6 35 X % % X $16 % X 34 X. X *X, 1 $64 '*X % X `34 131 Hi *1X. 1% Hi 1'/ 1% X, 154 2X Hi *34 IX. Hi IX. IX Hi *1X IX, X, IX, 3X, Hi *>B H4 Hi *1X. IX. Ha IX 1% X, IX, 3X Hi *x. 134 V, *1X. 1% $52 *IX IX, Hi *1'X, IX Hi X, IX. Xj IX, 1% X, IX 1 % Hi 1 % 2 Hi IX. 2% Hi ; IX. 3X, Hi ; IX. 354 $32 134 154 Hi i IX l'X. Ki 34 134 Xf *% 1 X *34 'Ha X *% X, >16 X, IX X %X X. X; >16 IX X *34 1 X *% % Ha *X. 1% X *34 IX X *% X X: *X, 1% Hi *34 IX X 34 134 Hi IX. Wu X, *1X IX Ha 1.417 1.614 Hi *1X 134 Hi : X, 154 Hi *1X. IX, Hi `IX IX Hi 1% Vtu Hi 134 l'X, Hi X. 1% H, *1% IX. Hi IX 1% Hi IX, IK K* *134 2 Hz ; 34 IX Hi IX. IX X, IX l'X, Hi *134. 1% Hi IK 2X, Hi \ 34 l'X. >64 IX. 1% Xj IX 2 Hi ix, 1.730 X, IK 254, Hi : *% *% *% *% % % 54 1 1 134 X, x? X, y. $32 $16 134 Hi 1% 1% *.572 X %% $52 X X X X. *34 U4 X *34 IX. X 34 IX X 134 $52 *X 134 34 X. 1% X, J'B 135 Xj X. 2X. Xj 34 2X. Ka X, 235 Hi IX. IX, X, IX, 2 X, IX. 2X, $f2 IX. 2X. Hi IX. 2X. Hi IX 234 Hi *1% 1.735 Hi *1X 235 Hi S IX 2X, Hi *1X. IX Hi IK 2X, Hi ' IX 234 Hi 1.437 1.805 Hi 1>8 Z'A Hi IX 254 Hi IX, 1% Hi IK Z.it % , IX 2'Xj Hi IX, IX. Hi Wb 2/3 Hi * *'X, I'A $32 K X X. >.v. VA >8 *34 'X. X % % % *54 % X % A X: %X *x. % Xj >8 % X 34 IX. X 31 134 X X IX. 34 34 134 X 34 134 X X, 234 Hi IX, 2X, Hi % IX Ha IX, 134 Hi *% 134 Hi *1X, 1% Hi % VA Xj IXj 1% Hi % 1 Hi Xj IX. IX Ha IX 2X Hi IX 234 Hi IX 334 hi IXj 1% Hi IX, l'X. Hi IK 2S4 Hi I/ij 1% Hi IK 254 Hi IX, 2/4 Hi IK 2X. Hi 154, 2X, Hz l'X, Hi \ IX, 2% VkA *1% 1% Hi *x. y X, *$u y X: % %% % v. Ki %i X: *35 34 34 X 34 XX X >8 %X 2X, X %X *34 2 X *34 2 X 34 2X. X: 34 234 X .760 1.062 Hi 'X. 134 Ha *1X *'X. IX. Hi 'IX. % VA Xj IX. "Hi 1% Xj lx, % 134 Xj IX. IX. Ha IX Hi IX. Hi 1 % Xj 1% Xj *1X, IXj IX, *1 % IX, IX 2 2% IX, IX Hi *1% IX Vs ; 1.640 2.140 Ha f Hi *1% 1% Hi % 2 X: Hi *1% IX. Hz l'X, 1% Xj X, *1Xj 134 Hi l'X, l'X, Xj $l32 *135 IX Hi l'X, 2 X: % % X: *% % X. 34 '54 % 1 X X *'X: % % *34 i X % y Xj *34 IX. X Xj y X. *34 134 X 4X % Ha 'Hi 134 X, *134 'X IX % 1% Xj IX. % IX. Ha "Hi IX Xj 135 3X IX. X % 334 Xj IX. % IX. Hi *1 IX. Xj IX, IX Xj IX Hi 1% Xj IX X, IX, X: *1X, *1X, IX, *1X, IX. IX, Hi *l'/j IX, K IX: IX. Xj 135 1% Xj * 1 >2 IX hi *1X2 l'X, Hi 1% Hi 1.850 Hi 134 hi l'X, Hi 1% l'X, *1'X, l'X, l'X, 2X, 23. 2?i, 2X, 2X,, X: ?4j X, Xj Ha *34 % X: *34 IX X % IX. X: 1 y X, *34 IX. X % 134 Xj *1 *Xj >S *54 y X: % Hi % X: *537/8/4$"- 134 X 134 X, 134 X >x 1X5 X 1 % 134 Xj *} % 1% X *i 134 134 IX. 135 Ha *1X, Xj 134 $^2 IX. Xj 135 l'X, Xj IX, 2 Xj IX, 2X Xj IX, 2X, Vu\ IX. 1% Hi VHi Hi VA Xj 2 Hi 134 *134 IXj IXj 1% Hi l'X. 23i Xj 2 Hi l'X, 2'X, Xj 2X2 2X, Hi' `l^X H2 *134 1:X: 2 Hi Xj 1% Xj 134 2X Xj! IX, 2X, Hi IXj 2X Hi *134 2-X, Xj Vi % Xj 34 IX X >x6 'X. X 1 y. *31-5'2 .865 V, x, 'x. K* XV % *<41-'66/4 34 1 *4-1^/4 1 X X X *% 1 X 1 .812 1.044' % *1 *% IX. Xj 1 % % X | *!X IX. X *1 IX. X: IX 2X. X, 13: %! IX 254 Xj 134 Xj IXj IX, Xj IV, X: *1X: IXj Xj 1% 'V *1Xj 135 Xj IX, 2X, Hi IX, 2% Hi IX, 234 Hi IX, 2X. Hi IX. 2X, Hi IX: 2X2 Hi IX 234 Vu 134 135 2X 234 Hi Hi *1i>54/ 23. 25i6 Xj Xj IX 2X Hi 1?4 234 X: IX2 2X Hi IK 234 Xj Denotes tlzis produced most economically- Those slies should bo adopted wherever practical. (24) FBW-270 .3 - - J-M 920 (cont.) J-M STYLE 920 SINGLE-JACKETED STANDARD SIZES (Standard Sizes in Inches) COPPER, ALUMINUM AND SOFT IRON I.D. O.D. THK I.D. O.D. THK I.D. O.D. THK I.D. O.D. THK I.D. 0.0. THK I.D. O.D. THK I.D. O.D. THK I.D. 0.0. THK 14 24 14 24 14 2% 14 24 14 2/ 2 *2 2 2 2 `PA 34 X 'Pi 34 % VVU 24, % 1% 2X x 1% 1% X, 2 2 2 2 2 1% 1% X. 1.783 2.043 X: 1% 2 X *1% 2Xs X *1% 24 X: 2 2 2 2 2 1% 2% X; *2X 1% 2Xj 4 *2X 1% 2'A X: *2X 1% 2% X, 2Xj 1% 24 X *2Xj 1% 2% ft *2X, 1% 3% X. 2X, 1% 34 X 2K, 1% 3% X 2X, 1% 44 X 2X. 1% 2X X, IX, 2'A X 1.875 2.125 '/, IX, 2X. % 'PA 2'A X, `PA 2'A Xj PA 2Xj Xj PA 2% Xj Pa 2'Xj Xj pa 2'A Xj <f=Pv ix 2H y, PA 2SA Xj IX 2% Xj IX 2a & PX 2% Xj 1.885 24 '1% 2% 1% 24 1% 24 1% 2Xj Xj X, Xj x, X y"* i*. !2S2'ir-^ 1% 2X, *1% 2'A *1% 2X, *1% 2% 1% 2% Xj Xj Xj Xi Xj swg73y 1% 2'A PX, 3A }% 2X, PXj 2X, PXj 4X Xj Xj Xj Xj Xj 2X X 2% Xj 24 Xj 2X. Xj 2X Xj 2X, 3X Xj 2.215 2.395 Xj 2Xj 2'X, Xj 2Xj 2% Xj 2'A 2'A Xj 2% Xj 2'A 2% Xj 2X Xj 24 2% Xj 2% Xj *2)4 2*4 Xi 2X Xj 24 2% Xj 3 Xj 2'A 2A X, 34 *24 234 X, 34 2'A 2% Xj 3*4 2'A 2A Xj 44 2'A 2% Xj 4X. 2'A 3X, Xj 2% 2'A 3Xi X 2% 2'A 3Xj X, 2% 2'A 34 Xj 2% 2'A 3*4 X, 24 2'A 34 Xj 2% 2'A 3*4 2X, 2'A 4 2X, 2Xj 2% X, 2*/, 2Xj 2Xj Xj 2X, *2Xj 2A Xj 2Xi 2% Xj 2% X, 2% 3X, Xj 2% 2% X, 24 X, 2X, 2% X, 24 Xj 2X, 2X, Xj 34 X, 3X, X 3'A Xj 3% X, 4 Xj 2X, 2*4 X, 2X, 2% X, 2X, 2*4 Xj 2X, 2% Xj 2X, 2% 4 44 Xj 2X, 2X, X, 2% Xj 2X, 3 Xi 2*4 X, 2X, 3X, Xj 2X, Xj *2X, 3X, 'A 2% Xj 2X 3V, Xi 2'A X, 2X, X, 2% Xj 2% X, 2*4 Xj 2X, 34 X, 2X, 3)4 Xj 2.315 2.747 X, 2'Xj 2*/, Xj 2% 2% X 2% X, 2% 2*4 Xj 24 Xj *2*4 2*4 'A 2% X, *2*4 2*4 X, 34 X, 2*4 2% Xi 3*4 Xj 254 2% Xj 3'A X, *254 254 Xj 3*4 X, *254 2*4 'A 4 Xj 44 X, *2*4 2% X, 2'X Xj 24 3 Xj 2X, Xj 24 Xj 2% Xj 234 X, 2*4 3X, X, 2*4 3'/, Xj 2*4 3'4 Xj 254 3 54 Xj 2*4 3% Xj X 2% 3X Hi 3 5*4 X 354 354 X, *3*4 4*4 X, X 2% 3'X X *3X 34 X 354 354 X 3*4 4*4 X X 2'4 2'X, X 3X 3X. X 3*4 3% X 3*4 5 X, 1 X 24 3 X 3X 3`X X 354 4Xi Xj 3*4 5 4 X 2*4 34 X 3% 3X X 354 454 Xj 3*4 54 X 2X, 25 2x, 2" 2% 3 X *2*4 3X, X, *3% 34 X 354 554 X X 2*4 3X, Xj 3X, 3% X 3'X 3% X Xj 2*4 34 X 1 3X 34 X 3% 3'X, X Xi 2*4 3X, X 3X, 34 X `3% 354 X X 24 34 X 3X. 34 X 3X, 3'X, X 3.755 4.055 Xi 3.757 4.180 Xj 3`X 4% X 3.767 4.126 X. 3*Xj 4X X 2)4 3 X 24 34 4 34 34 X 3% 4X, X *3'X, 4X, X 24 3% X 34 3% X 3X, 4X. X 3% 44 X 2*4 34 X 34 3'X X "3.440 3.688 Xi 3'X, 4X, X. 2% 3X. Hi 34 ' 34 X 3'A 3*4 X 3'X. 4X, X 2*Xj 3% Hi 34 34 X `354 354 54 3'X. 4X, fc*, !'Xj Xj Xj 2'X. 3 X 2'X. 34 X 2'X. 3X. Xj 34 3% X 34 34 X 34 34 X 34 4X. x r1- 34 354 X *34 44 354 3% X 34 4X, X 2'X. 3'X X 34 4X X 354 3'X, 54 34 4% Xj X 2'X. 3X. X *3.140 3.640 X 354 4 Xj X 2'X, 3'X. X 3X 34 X '354 4% Xj 34 4'X. 4 Xj 2% 3'X. % 3X 3% X 354 454 Xj 34 4% X X 2'X. 4 Xj 3X 34 X 3'A 554 X 34 4% X X 4 2% 3Xj Xj 3X 3% X 2% 3X, X *3X, 3X, X 354 5X, Xj 3% 3% Xj 34 74, X if. 3*X 4X. 4 E 2)4 4 X 24 3 X 3X, 34 X 3X. 3% X 3'X, 4X, X X 3X, 34 X 3X, 3'X, X, 3'X. 4X, X Xj 24 3X, Xj 3X, 34 X 3X. 3% X 3'X. 44 Xj X 24 34 Xj *3'X 3% X 3% 3'X. Xj 3'X, 4X X X 24 3X, Hi 3'X 3*X X 3X. 4*4 X 3'X. 44 X 2)4 7 X 24 3*4 X X 24 34 X X 24 34 X X *24 4 X X 24 44 Xi 3% 3% X 3X 3% X 3% 34 X 34 34 X 34 34 X 3X. 454 3X, 554 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% X X X X Xi 3'X, 4% X 3'X, 64 Xj 3.94 4.40 X 3*X 44 X t-.v--- 3*X 4% X p-:; r 4 24 4*4 X, 2% 34 Hi 2% 3X. X 2'X, 3X, X 1 2'X. 34 X *34 X 1*34 X 34 X 34 X 34 34 X 34 4 3% X 34 X 4X 3% 3*Xi Xj 3*4 3*4 X 354 3% X 3*4 3'X, Xj 3*4 3'X, 'A `4 *4 *4 4 4 44 X 4X. X ^ .. . 4% X 4*/, Xj e.v; 44 X X X X 2*4 254 X 254 3 X 2'X, 3*4 X 2'X, 3X. X 2'X, 34 X 2'X, 3X, Xj 2*X 3'Xi X 34 4X, X 34 44 X 34 44 X 354 4 X 354 4X Xj 3*4 454 Xj 4 4 4 4*4 X 4*4 Xj 5 X iC"Y;r-j 34 5 X! 354 3'X 3*X X 354 454 454 X X 4Xi *4X. 4'X X 4X. X MUVr- X 2.972 3.299 X 3% X 2% 3% X 3X X *3 34 X *3X, X 3 3X, X 3X X 3 3*4 X 3X. 3% X 34 X 3*X X 34 X 3% X 3*4 54 Xj 3% 4Xj x 3% 4Xi Xj 3% 44 X 3% 4'X X 4X, 44 X b4X, 4X X !?>v 4X, 4..*.4 Xj fo ' 4X 4X, 4X 5X Xj fe-V'*.-. * '?*.' I> X3 2*4 3)4 X *3 X3 X. 3 X3 3'X X 3X. 34 X 3'X, 3*X X 44 4*4 X 34 X 3X 3% X 3'X, 3'X. X 44 4K. X 3X, X *3X 44 X 3'X. 4X, Xj 44 44 Xj 3% X 3X, 4% X 3% 4X X *44 44 X 3*4 X 3X. 5% X 354 4 X 44 4*4 X pK'- r- 2% 3 2% 3% 2% 3*4 2% 3 X Xj Xj X X 3 3 3 3 3 34 X 3'X 3*X X 3*X Xi 3% 3% X 34 X 34 3% X 4 X *34 34 X 5 X 1 3.374 3.732 X 3*4 44 Xj 3*4 44 4 3*4 3*4 4X, 4*x, Xxj 3*4 454 X 4*4 X 4% X 4*4 X 4% X 4'X Xj J V- J-M 920 (cont.) Kg/Uf . ' `1 J-M STYLE 920 SINGLE-JACKETED STANDARD SIZES (Standard Sizes in Inches) COPPER, ALUMINUM AND SOFT IRON I.D. , O.D. THK I.D. O.D. THK 1.0. O.D. THK I.D. O.D. THK I.D. O.D. I.D. 0.0. THK I.D. 0.0. THK I.D. O.D. THK 4% 4% Hi 45: 4% Hi 45 45 Hi 45 45, Hi 45 45 Hi 4%. 55, 5, 4%, 55 5, 4%, 35 5, 4%, 55, Hi 45 4% Hi 55, 5%, Hi 55, 5%, Hi 55, 65 Hi 5% 5%: Hi 5%: 5%: 5 45 4%, Hi 45 5 Hi 5%, 65, 5, 45 45 Hi 45 55, Hi 35 35 5, 45 45 45 b Hi 36 45 45 35, Hi '55 5% Hi 55 Hi 55 55 Hi 45 55 Hi 45 35 Hi 55 5%, Hi 45, 55, Hi 45 55 Hi 55 65 H, 4%: 4%: Hi 4% 35, Hi 55, 3%, Hi 45 45 Hi 4%, 35, Hi 5%, 5% Hi 45 4%, Kz 4%, 55, Hi 55 55 Hi 45 45 Hi 4%, 35 Hi 55 65. Hi 45 4%, Hi 45 5 Hi 45 55 Hi 4%: 4%: Hi 4%: 4%, Hi 45 55 Hi 45 35, Hi 45 35 H, 45 3%, Hi 4% 536 Hi 55 7 Hi 5% 55 Hi 5%, 5% Hi 5%, 636 Hi 55, 55 Hi 65, 65 Hi 65, 6% Hi 65, 6% Hi 65 65 Hi 65 65. Hi 65 6% Hi 65 65 Hi 65 6%, Hi 65 75, Hi 65 75, Hi 65, 65 34, 65, 6% Hi 65: 6% Hi 65 65 Hi 65 65 Hi 65 6%, H 65 65 Hi 65 6% Hi 65 / Hi 65 95 Hi 6% 75: 6%: 7 6%. 75, 6%, 75, 6%. 75 & 6%: 75 65 75, 65 7% 65 75 6% VAi 6%, 7% 6%, 75, 6%, 75 6%: 7%: 7 75 7 75. 7 75 7 85, 75. 75. 75. 75, 75 7%, 34, 7% 7% Hi 7% 8)4, & 7% 8'/, & 7% 8& Hi 7% 85 75 8 75 8% 7% 8 7% 836 Hi % % % % 75, 85 34: 751 836 & 7% 836 % 75, 8% 36 75 836 Hi 7% 8% 75, 8% 75, 8/2 7% 85, 7% 8% 36 36 34, 36 34, 8% 936 34, 8.989 9% Hi 11% 115 9 95 36 115 115 9 934. Hi 115 115, 9 9% 36 115 115 9 95 9 9% 9 95 9 95 9)6 9% 115 125 11% 115 115 115 115 12 115. 115 95, 95, 95, 95. 95, 95. 95 95 95 105 11% 12 115 125. 115 125, 12 125 125 125 95, 95: 95 9% 95 9% 95: 95 95, 9% % %,12.495 12% 12 12 125 125 21%: 135: 12.739 13% tim lgC __ i^gg serf n%. "V/'Kv Mm 4%: 4%: Hi 45, 45. % 45. 4%, Hi 45, 4%, Hi 45, 55. 45, 55, Hi 45, 55 Hi 4% 4%, Hi 45 4%, Hi 45 45 Hi 4% 4%, 4%, 4%, *4%, 55 55. 35 55. 35 Hi Hi Hi Hi 5 4%, 5%, Hi 4.980 5.381 5 5 55 36 5 55. 36 5 35 36 *55, 5%, *55, 65, 55, 65 55, 6%, 55 55 55 5% 5%. 5%, 5%, 6 5%. 65. 5%. 65. Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi 36 Hi Hi Hi Hi 65, 75, Hi 65, /5, Hi 65 6%, Hi 65 65 Hi 6%: 6%, Hi 65, 6% Hi 65, 6% 34, 65. 65 5: 65. 6%, 5: 45 45 H, 5 55 5: 5%, 65 H, 65, 7 Hi 45 45 5 5 55 Hi 5%, 65, Hi 6% 6% Hi 45 b H, 55 6 H, 6%, 65 5, 45 55 Hi 5 65 Hi 55 65, Hi *6%: 6%, Hi 45 35, 5 5Hi' 5%: Hi 55 65 Hi 75. 7% 75, 75 75: 75, 75, 7%, 75 75 75 75 75 7%, 75 75 % 75 7% 75, 7% 75 75, 7%, 7% 7%, 7% /% 734: 7%: 7% 85 34, 7% 85 36 85 36 85 36 95. 10 95 95 95 10 95 105 95, 95 125 135, 125 135 Sf 12%, 135. 12%, 135 36 145 14%, Hi 8 8% 36 '8)6 8% 36 '836 8% 36 856 8% 36 836 85: 34: 95, 9% 5: 114.239 14% 9 36 9% 5: 145 15 95: 95 5: 155 165: 9% 95 5: 165 185 836 8% 36 85, 85: 36 9% 95 9% 95 Hi Hi 175 17%, 85 8% 36 95 105, Hi 8.185 8% 36 9.875 10% Hi 836 85 36 95 105 5: pl iHi irf-a. ,'x SJ^Jss, K?: 45 55 36 45 b 5, 45 65, % 4% 5% 5 4%: 4%: Hi 55,' 55, 55, 636 55, 5%, 55 55 55 55. 36 Hi Hi Hi Hi 55 65 Hi 5% 6% Hi 5% 65 Hi 5*5, 6% Hi 5%, 65. Hi 65 6% Hi 65 65 Hi 65 6%, Hi 65 7 H, 6% 6% Hi 75, 75 75, /% 75 75: 75 75 75 7% 836 9% 36 9% 105, Hi 8% 85: 36 9%. 105, Hi 856 8Y, 36 9.989 10% Hi 85 8% 36 10 105 Hi 85 85, 36 10 105, 36 Hmi 4% 4%, Hi 45, 45 Hi 45, 4% Hi *45, 55, 36 45, 35 36 55 55 Hi 5% 65 5.14 5.64 Hi 5%, 65, 55, 5%, Hi 5%, 65, 35. 55 Hi 55 65 55, 5%, Hi *55 636 Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi 65, 7 6% 7Hi 65 65 65 65 65 / Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi 75 7% 75, 75, 75, 75 75. 7%, 75, 85, 85 85, 34, 10 105 Hi 85 9% 36 105, 105 Hi 836 9% 36 105, 105, Hi 85 8% 36 105 105 36 85 8% 36 105 115 36 *45, 55. % 45, 65 36 4.570 5.03U 36 4.605 SsiiHlj *45 4.979 Hi 4%, % 55. 65, Hi 55. 65 Hi 536 5% Hi 55 55, Hi 55 55 5, 55 65 5%, 65 5%, 65, 5%, 65 5%: 636 Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi 65 75. 65 75 65 85 6%, 7Hi 6%, 75. Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi 75 75 75 75 75, 75 75, 7%, 75. 85, 8% 936 8.568 8% 8.610 85, 85 8% 85 9 % 10% 105 34: 36 105 10% 36 105 115 36 (10.693 115, Hi Hi 5: 36 pg 45 5 H, ?C-a5SBr;j?Ki 45 55 Hi 45 35, 36 45 35, Hi 45 35 Hi 55 55. Hi 55 55 Hi 55 5% Hi 55 5%, 36 6 6 6 6 6 65, Hi 6%, 75 Hi 75 75 85 95 36 105 11 5: 65 H, 6%, 75. Hi 75 7% 85 95 36 10*3610% 36 65, Hi 65, H. 6%, 85. 65 7 Kt Hi m8 75 85 Hi 8% 9)6 36 10% 115, 36 8.685 95, 36 10% 125, Hi 65 Hi 65 75, Ha 75 85 8% 9 36 10% 1136 36 4.64 5.14 Hi 4%: 55: Hi 4% 4%, Hi 4%, 5 Hi 55 55 Hi *6.01C 65 Hi 65 75 55 5%, 36 65 75, 55 6 5: 6Hi 6%, Hi 65 75 3% 5% Hi 65. 65, Hi 65 85 55, 35 Hi 65, 65, Hi *6% 75, Hi 75 Hi *75, H, *75, Hi 75, Hi 75 85 7%: 7%, 8 75 r m---: :vk J'M STYLIS 923.t 429 fTANOAXD SIZES i-M *i3 ONLY Cast Iran Compdni&ti Flanges " Gaskets to Fit Inside Boit Holes Copper or Aluminum Gaskets Only Large and Small Tongue and Groove Flanges Pipa Sita Inchat i i% i% 2 2% 3 3% 4 4% 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 Stondord -- 125* lb. Gotkal Dimanriont Inchat 1% x 2% 2 x 2% 2ftx 3% 3 x4 3% x 4% 4% x 5% 5% x 6% 5% x 6% 5% x 6% 6% x 7% 7x8% 8% x 9% 9% x 10% 10% x 12% 11 x 13% 13% x 16 15% x 17% 16% x 18% 17% x 20% 18% x 21 % 20% x 23% 22% x 25% 25 % x 28 % iExfto Htovy -- 250-lb. Inc fiat 2 x 2% 2%x 3% 2% x 3% 3% x 4% 3% x 5 4%x 5% 5%x 6% 5% x 7 6% x 7% 6% x 8% 8% x 9% 9% x 10% 10 x 12 11 x 13 11% x 14% 14 x 16% 16% x 19 17% x 19% 18% x 21 % 20% x 23% 22% x 25% 24 % x 27 % 27 x 30% Sira i Inchat % % 1 1% 1 Vi a 2 2% 3 3 Vi 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 18 20 24 ? :: ? ISO, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1300 and 2300 I Lof0 Small Coiktl Dimtntions tnchat Gotkat Dlmantic Inchat i X 1% iA X Hi 1% X 2 1% X 2% 2% X 2% 2% X 3% X 4% X 4% X 5A X 3% 4% 5 5% 6 ft 6 A X 7A 7% X 8% 9% X 0% 11% x 12% 13% xA5 14%xl6% 16% x 18 % 19% x 21 21 x 23 25 % x 27 % I X 1% 1A X Hi 1% X 1% 1% X 2% 2% X 2% 2% X 3% X 4% X 4% X 5A X 3% 3% 4% 5% 5ii 6A X 6ii 7% X 8 9% X 10 11% X 12 13% X 14% 14% x 15% 16% x 17% 19% x20% 21 x 22 25% x26% ft S'; ........ J-M923, 926, 929 '* C ' ' '' (27) J-M 941 PROFILE METAL STANDARD SIZES . For Large Tongue 8> Groove Flanges For Large Male and Female Flanges 150, 300, 400, 600, 150-lb. ' 300-lb. 400-lb. PSiizpe? 900,15004 2500 lbs. Slip-On, lapped Joint Slip-0n, Lapped Joint Slip-0n, Lapped Joint Screw-0n, Welding Neck Screw-0n. Welding Neck Screw-On, Welding Neck 600-lb. Lapped Joint Welding Neck l.D. O.D. l.D. O.D. l.D. O.D. l.D. O.D. l.D. O.D. %i i% V, i% % i% i% in, i% 1 i% 2 i% 2 1 Vi i% 2% i% 2% 1% 2% 2% 2 Vs 2% % i% i% i% i% 2 i% 2% 2% 2% % i% IK* i% 1% 2 1% 2% 2% 2% % i% % i% IK* 2 1% 2% 1% 27/e 2 2% 3 3% !4 2% 3% 4% AVa 5K* 3% 4% 5 5% 6% 2% 3% 3% 4ya 4% 5 4% 5% 5% 6% 2'K* 3% 3 y8 4% 3% 5 4% 5% 4% % 2% 3% 3% 4ya 3% 5 4% 5% 4'K* 6K* 2Ya 3% 2% 4ya 3% 5 3% 5% 4K* fiK* 5 6% 7% 6 7 % 8% 8 9% ioya 10 11% 12% 12 13% 15 6% 7% 7% 8% 97/a 10% 11% 12% 13% 15 6% 7K, 7% 8% 9ya 10% 11 12% 13 15 5% 6% 8% 11 13 7K 8% 10% 12% 15 5% 7K* 6 8% 8% 10% 10 12% 12 15 i 14 14% 16% : i6 16% 18% 18 19% 21 ! 20 21 23 24 25% 27% 14% 16% 17 18% 19% 21 21 23 25 27% 14% 16% 16% 18% 18% 21 20% 23 24% 27% 14% 16% 16% 18% 18% 21 20% ' 23 24% 27% 13% 16% 15% 18% 17% 21 19% 23 23% 27% ,| 900," 1500, 2500-lb. 1 Lapped Joint j Welding Neck l.D. ! . O.D. % i% % i% IK* 2 1% 2% 1% 27/a 2Ye 3% 2% 4% 3% 5 4% 5ys 6 7% }122 13%* 15%* 17% * 19%* 23 %" 6K* 7% 8% 10% 12% 15 16% 18% 21 23 27% 1 | fcfr&J-'-j&sSv?a mzm vfi^. vK.'r;T\'^'fjj& J-M 941 PROFILE METAL GASKETS . ' For Raised Face, Forged Steel Flanges 150 lb.' 300 lb. 400 lb. Slip on, Lappe'd joint Slip on, Lapped joint Slip on, Lapped joint Pipe Screw on, Screw on. Screw on, '"'V Size 1 Welding Neck Weidinjl Neck Welding Neck i l.D. 0.0. l.D. O.D. l.D. O.D. 1 j wmmm* imm hz-~fiZSZLg'2Z3X<; % % i i% i% 2 2% 3 3% 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 % IK* IK* l% 2% 2% 3% 4% 4% 5K* 6K* 7% 97/a 1 11% 13% 14% 17 19% 21 25 1% 2K* 2'K* 3K* 3K* 4K* 4`K* 5Ks 6% 67/e 7% 8% 11 13% i6ya 17% 20% 21% 23% 28% % IK* 1% l7/a 2ya 2% 3 ya 3% 4% 4'K* 6K* 7% gya li 13 14% 16% 18% 20% 24% 2K* % 2K* 2'K* IK* 2% 2'K* 1% 2'K* 3K* 1% 3K 3% 2ya 3'K. 4% 2'K* 4% 5% 3% 5% 5% 3% 5% 6% 4% 6% 7% i 4'K* 1 7 8% 5'K* 8% 9% 6% 9% 12% 8% 12 14% 11 14% 16% 13 16% i9ya 14% 19 21% 16% 21% 23% 18% 23% 25% 20% 25% 30% 24% 30% 600 lb. Lapped joint Welding Neck* l.D. 0.0. % 2K* % 2'K* IK* 2% 1% 3K* 1% 3'K* 2% 4% 2% 5% 3% 5% 3% 6% 4K* 7% 5% 9% 6 10% 8% 12% 10 15% 12 18 13% 19% 15% 22% 17% 24% 19% 26% 23% 31% 900 lb. 1500 lb. Lapped joint Welding Neck Lapped joint Welding Neck l.D. O.D. 1.0. O.D. % 2% % 2K* % 2'K* 'K* 2'K* IK* 3K* IK* 3K* 1% 3% 1% 3% 1% 3'K* 1% 3'K* 2% 5% 2% 5% 2% 6% 2% 6% 3% 6% 3% 6% -- 4K* 8% 4K* 8% 5% 9% 5% 10 6 11% 6 11% 7% 14% 7% 13% 10 17% 10 17% 12 19% 12 20% 13% 20% 13% 22% 15% 22% 15% 25% 17% 25% 17% 27% 19% 27% 19% 29% 23% 33 23% 35% ferSET*? 2500 lb. Lapped joint Welding Neck 1.0. O.D. % 2'K* % 3K* IK* 3K* 1% 4K* 1% 2% 4% 5% mm 2% 6% 3% 7% 4K* 5% 6 7% 10 12 9% 11 12% 15% 18% 2iya ~.,-`A-' 'J&fe ** "S^S 274 4-M VtHTE GASKETS J-M 950, 951 : J-M STYLE5 950 and 951 STANDARD API and ASA (B16.20) RING SIZES HEAVY CROSS SECTION SOLID METAL V-TITE GASKETS **91 00? 00C J|u0 u -------------- ___________ i n 11 li ? I |l HI 1 137 1H % A y. H12 1-nr 1% 1% T3! A vs R13 IH 1% 2 A A vs R14 1% 2* A A vs R15 1% 2-13* A A vs R16 2 it* 2* A A vs R17 2 % uT 2* A A vs R18 2% 2* 2* A A vs R19 ZA 2*/ 2% A A w R20 2H 2% 3 A A vs R21 2- z^ 3^ A A % R22 3 'A 2H 3* A A vs R23 3 V, 2K 3fi A A Vi R24 3% 3-^r 4 A A A % R25 4 z{* 4-fff * A VS R26 4 3* 4rs A A Vi R27 4% 3H w A A Vi R28 4% 3% 4% VS y< A R29 4 VS 4& A A vs R30 4 V, A A Vi R31 4% 5* A A Vi R32 5 4W 5`A vs % A R33 l.jA, 4% S>A A A VS R34 5A 4% 5% A A Vi R35 5% 4A 5H A A Vi R36 5% 5* 6* A A vs R37 5% 6A A A Vi R38 6A 5^ Vi % A R39 6% 5H tt A A Vi R40 6% 6rt 7* A A VS H41 7% Stt 7* A A Vi R42 7 VS 6% 8 Vi % 1 A R43 7% 7* 7 A A vs R44 7% 7A 8-1^ A A Vi R45 7% 8=4 A A Vi R46 _5i 7R 8H VS % A R47 9 8 % 9 Vi % 1 A H48 9% 9* 10* A A vs R49 10% 10A HtV A A Vi R50 10% 10 n% y. y. A RSI n R52 12 101/% 11% % lVi 1A 12* A A IS R53 12H "A 13* R54 12 Vi 12*/% 13V. Vi H5S 13* 12^ 14 v. 1W A ** 7/ A lVi RS6 15 RS7 15 14H H* IS* #1 A A Vi Vi Six* of Flang, Inch** G*n*rol Uu Oil Fi*Id Ga*k*t W.fght*, Lbs. ifi 1 si "id il ii i 81 ci 11 in .111 .104 vs vs .216 .200 % vs .234 .216 Vi % .242 .224 1 .260 .240 111 Vi 1 1 .278 .258 1V< .311 .288 1 % 1 Vi IV. 1 1 Vi IV* .328 .304 X vs .354 .328 1VS 1VS 1 vs 1VS 1VS .372 .344 1'/, .660 .643 2 .450 .415 2 1VS 2 .735 .734 22 2 .870 .846 2VS .553 .510 2 vs 2 2VS .930 .904 2VS 2 VS 2 VS 1.050 .960 2VS 1.255 1.230 3 .622 .575 3 1.075 1.047 33 3 1.130 1.100 3 1.435 1.405 3VS .718 .664 3VS 3VS 3VS 1.200 1.170 3 3 1.250 1.210 4 .813 .735 44 4 3 VS 1.360 1.330 4 2.56 2.52 4 4 1.480 1.440 s .935 .865 55 5 1.66 1.61 5 4.21 4.16 6 1.055 .975 5 5 1.77 1.73 6E 6 6 6 1.93 1.88 2.39 2.33 8 5.06 4.99 8 1.350 1.240 88 8 2.47 2.40 8 8 4.40 4.32 8 8.05 a.17 10 1.65 1.53 10 10 10 3.00 2.88 10 10 5.2S 5.18 10 16.23 17.04 12 2.07 1.92 12 12 12 3.48 3.38 A.S.A. and A.P.l. Ring Nombtr 720. 960, 2000, 3000 Ibj. i| Pi Haiflhf of ftin9 ij II J |1 i Gonora! Us Oil FUi*tl.d 1 | ip W.lohtt, Lbs. 11 111 R58 15 14VS 15% % 1% ItSt 12 11.00 R59 lSVi 15* ISA * * vs 14 2.16 R60 16 I4VS 17% 1% 1* 1VS 12 23.10 R61 levs 16* 16A * A % 14 14 3.83 R62 16 VS IS7/. 17% % % A 14 6.84 R63 16 VS IS VS 17 VS 1 lA 1% 14 16.20 R64 7Vi 17* 18* * * vs 16 2.47 R65 18 VS 18* 18A A A % 16 16 4.30 R66 18 VS 17% 19% % % A 16 7.67 R67 18 IS 17% 19% 1% ItV 1% 16 22.30 R68 20VS 20* 20A * A vs 18 2.82 R69 21 20* 21* * A % 18 18 4.87 R70 21 20 VS 21% % 1 A 18 R71 21 19% 22% 1% 1* 1% 18 R72 22 21A 22* * * vs 20 R73 23 22 VS 23 VS VS % A 20 R74 23 22 VS 23% % 1 A 20 R75 23 21% 24% 1% 1ft 1VS 20 R76 26 VS 26* 26)1 * ft vs 24 R77 27 VS 26% 27% % % A 24 R78 27 V* 26 Vi 28% 1 1* 1% 24 R79 27 V* 25% 28% 1% 1% ]% 24 11.80 25.20 3.04 20 6.60 12.95 33.30 3.66 11.30 27.10 48.70 R80 24 Vi 23*1 24* * vs 22' R81 25 24* 25* * % 22' R82 2 Vi HI- 2A A R83 % 1t R84 2 >S 2* 2A * R85 3 Vi 2% 3% vs R86 3ft 2 A 4* % R87 3tE 3 xi 4* % R89 4% 4% 5% % % A A A A ivst 2t 2VSt 3t 4t R89 4 VS R90 6Vi R91 10% R92 9 3% 5% % 5% 7 % 9 11% 1% 8* 9* * A It1* 1% A% 3V4t 5t 10 t 2.07 R93 29 VS 28% 30% % A 26' R94 31VS 30% 32% % A 28 R95 33Vi 33 34% % A 30* R96 36 35% 36% R97 38 37% 38% R98 40 Vi 39% 41% R99 9y* 8'V4 9'% % % % % ItV 1* ItV % 32` 34' 36' R1Q0 R10Q through R105, Information oa Ro<jue*t.* 11.13 2.00 23.50 3.73 6.71 16.67 2.29 4.18 7.53 23.40 2.60 4.74 11.64 26.50 2.81 6.47 12.75 35.30 3.38 11.10 27.58 49.75 3.11 8.55 .508 .564 .978 1.447 1.597 2.735 2.528 4.55 15.05 2.02 16.33 17.44 18.69 26.65 28.13 29.79 2.08 . ^an9e* to MSS SP-44. ............. .. . 4'?? oa field tJw. Al*o"HXXOGakartkMertte*.. ppae?g. 30.) ' ' AS-30 for Lapp^j^ only. ^ e,.; >' .:-2C29) i' . -.ii FBW-275 STANDARD BX RINGS fl *=- ' BX and RX RING SIZES FOR API 6BX and 6B FLANGES BX GASKETS fO}t API 6BX FLANGES API Ring Number Nominal Flange Bore (in.) 5,000 psi 10,000 psi 15,000 psi Gasket Weight lbs. BX-150 BX-151 BX-152 BX-153 BX-154 BX-155 BX-156 8X-157 BX-158 BX-159 BX-160 , 1% 1% 13% 2% 3% 4% 7% 9 11 13% 1% 1% 2% 2% 3% 7% 0.295 0.337 0.425 0.632 0.875 1.22 4.14 6.55 9.60 14.41 6.75 J-M 951 BX RING J-M 951 RX RING RX GASKETS FOR API/6B FLANGES API Ring Number API Groove Number Size of Flange, Inches 720-960 2000 lbs. 2900 lbs. 3000 lbs. 5000 lbs. RX 20 RX 23 RX 24 RX 26 RX 27 RX 31 RX 35 RX 37 RX 39 RX 41 RX 44 RX 45 RX 46 RX 47 RX 49 RX 50 RX 53 RX 54 RX 57 RX 63 RX 65 RX 66 RX 69 RX 70 RX 73 RX 74 RX 82 RX 84 RX 85 RX 86 RX 87 RX 88 RX 89 RX 90 RX 91 RX 99 R-20 R-23 R-24 R-26 R-27 R-31 R-35 R-37 R-39 R-41 R-A4 R-45 R46 R-47 R-49 R-50 R-53 R-54 R-57 R-53 R-65 R-56 R-69 R-70 R-73 R-74 R-82 R-84 R 85 R-86 R-87 R-88 R-89 R-90 R-91 R-99 1% 2 2% 3 4 Aj 6' 8 10 12 16 18 20 8* 1 1% 2 2% 3 4 3 Vi 5 10 1% 2 2% 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 18 20 8* Wz 2 2% 3 4 5 6 8* 8 10 14 'Crossover flange connection Gasket Weight lbs. 0.527 1.15 1.33 1.42 1.50 1.73 1.91 y 2.09 2.27 2.54 2.72 * 2.96 3.66 8.56 3.79 5.36 4.56 V 6.45 5.35 26.40 6.63 9.39 ~ 7.52 20.14 11.63 22.10 T' ; 0.790 0.880 0.880 t1.79 1.98 3.22 2.98 6.82 17.10 L 3.31 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS In accordance with API 6A. Maximum Working Temperature -- 250F. METAL Brinell Hardness Number Max. Rockwell "B" Scale2 Max. 7 ] Identification * t Soft Iron3 , 90 50 0 Low-carbon Steel3 120 68 s Type 304 . Stainless Steel | 150 83 S304 Type 316 Stainless Steel 160 83 S316 Brinell hardness measured with 3,000-KG load except so't iron, which is measured with 500-KG load. Rockwell "B** measured with 100-KG and diameter ball. Soft iron and stee; gaskets tc be cadmium plated O.OGG2" to 0.0005" maximum. FBW-276 ENGINEERING QUESTIONNAIRE JDHNS-MANVILLE Johns-Manvillc District Customer: ....................... PLEASE FILL OUT VERY CAREFULLY Address: Date: 1. Substance to be sealed: ............................................................................................................................................................................. Of a chtmicol or oh#r eofroiiv* ubtanc#, Hi# concentration should b# *tat#d) 2. Pressure to be sealed--Operating: ..............................lbs. Test: ...................................................................... lbs. 3. Operating temperature range: ............................................ Cycle dme: ....................................................................... 4. Flange Data: (a) Nominal Size ........................................ (b) Nominal Pressure Rating: ..................................................... (c) Flange Type (Check One): i I (d) Flange Facing: If flanges are to American standards, just check representative facing below; otherwise fill in all dimensional and bolting data requested. tact C4UI Ot*. Mim m I OBJ MWM ml fcSr1 2 3* 4 D Raise d Face Give: l.D. Raisec Face ............. O.D. Raised Face ........... Flange Thj ck. (T) ......... Bolt Circle Dia.................. Number BoUs ................... Size Bolts HU* m\m | oo 1 rfn tjtfnm r Ml Mlale-Fcmale Give: I.D. I lange ..................... OB. taised Face ........... O.D. Recessed Face ....... Heigh Raised Face ......... Depth Recess ................... Flange Thick. (T) ......... Numbter Bolts ................... I 1 Tongue and Groove Give: l.D. Tongue ................. 0.D. Tongue ............... 1.D. Groove ................. O.D. Groove ............... Height Tongue .......... Depth Groove ............ Flange Thick. (T) .... Number Bolts .............. Size Bolts ..................... (e) Materials of which flanges arc made: ...............................(f) Materials of which bolts are made: ...................................... (g) Contact surface finish: .......................................................... (h) Condidon of contact surface: .............................................. (i,#., vnooth, *#rrot#d, phonograph, #Jc.) (.#., new, good, poof, etc.) NOTE: For flanges of special shape or facing an accurately dimensioned sketch must be furnished and all bolting data included. 5. Limitations on gasket thickness: ...........................................6. How often must joint be opened: 7. What gasket design and material was previously used and with what result: ............................ 8. Number of gaskets required for each size: o Micrrllaneous data: ....................................... FBW-277 Printed in U Joint Sealing Compounds SPECIAL J-M COMPOUNDS FOR SEALING THREADED, FLANGED, AND GASKETED JOINTS. (They are not Cements or Adhesives) Plastiseal Expanding Joint Compound is recommended for coating pipe threads and gasketed joints on lines handling high-pressure steam, oil, gasoline, kerosene, alcohol, tar, creosote, ammonia, brine, acids, air and gas. Soluble only in water (which may be used as thinner) and chemically inert, Plastiseal will not shrink or become brittle. It expands under heat to form a permanently tight joint. Plastiseal is recognized throughout the country as the standard thread and gasket compound for Dowtherm heaters and lines. Plastiseal "F", made by adding asbestos fiber, is recom mended for critical service requiring a compound with more bulk reinforcement. Proven more satisfactory for gas turbine applications at temperatures in excess of 1600F. Aquaseal Waterproof Joint Compound is recommended for coating pipe threads and gasketed joints on lines handling water, especially drinking water, natural or manufactured gas, air and low-pressure steam (300-350F) insoluble in water, Aquaseal is putty-like, non-corrosive, non-injurious and non-contaminating. The lubricating and rust-preventing qualities simplify the breaking and reassem bling of joints. CANS lib.* 51b.* BUCKETS 101b. 301b. 601b. DRUMS 350 lb. 500 lb. (31) Johns-Manville 22 East 40th Street - New York, N.Y. 10016 CANADIAN JOHNS-MANVILLE CO, LIMITED 565 LAKESHORE ROAD EAST, PORT CREDIT, ONTARIO JOHNS-MANVILLE INTERNATIONAL CORP, 22 EAST 40th ST, NEW YORK, N. Y. - CABLE: JOHNMANVIL van Few. 279 F. B. Wright Company 9999 Merrier Avenue/ Dearborn/ Michigan TELEPHONE Vi. 3-8250 NORTONPLASTICSAND SYNTHETICS DIVISION AKRON. OHIO FBW-280 TYGON is the registered trademark covering a group of versatile modified vinyl materials which are produced exclusively by Norton Company, Although Tygon can be furnished in several forms--in flexible or semi-rigid sheets, in solution for use as a protective coating, and in tubing, cord or other extrusions -- this manual is concerned with Tygon Tubing. It is designed to aid in the selection of the proper size and formulation, and contains information which will help to insure quick, easy installation and long, trouble-free service life. Page No. Beverage Hose ........................................ 8 Chemical Plant Hose Flexible .............................................. 11 Semi-Rigid .......................................... 10 Chemical Resistance Characteristics .,,.18-19 (See also specific formulations, pp 6-13) Clamps ................................................... 23 Clarity, Maintenance of ....................... 24 Cleaning ................................................. 24 Coupling & Joining Methods................ 22-23 Cutting Tygon ........................................ 22 Elasticity ................................................. 14 FDA "Food Additive Amendment"....... 18 Fittings ................................................... 20 Food and Beverage Hose....................... 8 Fuel Hose .............................................. 13 Gasoline Tubing ........................... 13 Heat Sealing .......................................... 22 "Inner-Braided" Tubing ......................... 20 Installing Tygon................................22-23 Laboratory Tubing 6 Low Temperature Tubing . . . 12 Lubricant Handling Tubing................ 13 Page No. Milk & Dairy Products Tubing ............ 9 "Outer Braid-Reinforced" Tubing ....... 20 Packing :................................................. 26 Para-Tube ............................................. 21 Physical Properties ............................... 16-17 (See also specific formulations, pp 6-13) Pressure Capacities ............................. 15, 20 Quality Control ................... 4 Sizes .......................................... 26 Solvent Sealing ..................................... 22 Special Formulations...... ...................... 5 Standard Formulations ......................... 5 Sterilizing Procedures ................... 25 Storage.................................................... 25 Surgical & Hospital Tubing ......... 7 Temperature, Effect of ........................ 14, 17 Temperature Limitations .................... 16 Tests, Toxicity & Animal Implants (Formulation S-50-HL) .................... 7 3-A Plastics Standard .....................9, 18 Vacuum Tubing ............................... 21 Vapor Pressure (Formulation R-3603) . ... ........ 6,21 "Y"-fittings .............................................. 23 FBW-281 sm TYGON flwlkpW* TUBING Today's Tygon Tubing is a far cry from that originally marketed for laboratory tubing in 1939. Yet, that first milky-white Tygon Tub ing, available only in a limited number of sizes, provided such outstanding advantages that it quickly replaced rubber as the ac cepted standard in laboratories throughout the world. Although there originally was but one Tygon formulation, it was soon realized that there could be no such thing as a "general purpose" tubing. Because no single tubing can possibly provide optimum values in all physical, chemical and electrical characteristics, any so-called "general purpose" tubing is neces sarily a compromise and, as such, is unfit for virtually critical applications. Just as steel can be alloyed to change its properties to fit a specific need, so too the basic Tygon formulation can be modified to provide the properties required by a par ticular use. As a result, there are today a number of different Tygon Tubing formulations. Eight have such widespread usage that they are produced and stocked as standard tubings. Over 140 others have been devel oped .. . each with its own particular characteristics .. . and can be quickly produced on order. In general, all Tygon Tubings have an outstanding re sistance to a wide range of corrosives ... are physically tough, abrasion-resistant and non-aging . . . have a smooth, dense bore which provides outstanding flow characteristics, prevents interior build-up and makes pos sible simple flush-cleaning. Almost all Tygon formula tions are either crystal clear or transluscent, providing the advantages of visual inspection and flow control. Nearly all Tygon Tubings are flexible and, because they are available in continuous lengths, are quickly and easily put into service with a minimum of joints or couplings, can be readily moved to meet changing needs. i -- I S' Y FBW-282 3 QUALITY CONTROL the most important "ingredient" in the manufacture of TYGON TUBING Through the years, users of Tygon Tubing have frequently commented that every length can always be de-pended upon to meet exactly the physical, chemical and electrical standards of its particular formulation. The satisfaction . . . indeed, the enthusiasm . . . of Tygon users is a result of the highly developed quality control methods which govern the pro duction of every foot of Tygon Tubing. Suppliers are required to assign code numbers to every drum, carton or can of raw material and to certify that the contents have been tested and found to meet the rigid specifications established by Norton. Samples are taken from each batch of Tygon after every manufacturing operation . . . compounding, mixing, extruding... and subjected to exhaustive laboratory checks. Production cards, carrying the code numbers of all ingredients used, travel with each batch through the entire manu facturing process. This facilitates pinpointing the source of any trouble that might be caused by faulty raw materials and makes it possible to prevent additional difficulties with future batches. The uninitiated never fail to be amazed at the thoroughness of Tygon's quality control program. However, because of the critical uses to which so much Tygon Tubing is put, we, as well as the user, must be sure that each length meets all of the exacting requirements of the usage for which it was developed. Checking the refractive index of a Tygon formulation or one of it} component material* is just one step in the thorough quality control program. 'HtBvf&tfsical 'check* mad* vTubin9 at* "meaitiremdniv7 slltiereunggHthl,, *loangnatiioonn'.nanndd ttrei^^, 4'3afn propsrtica. .SrsK'ili?'. ...... A-. -l.rYAoJs?SP;- portion of the modern, completely equipped laboratory, where competent per- -j _ l* \rn\ ond physical tests which ore a vital port of Tygon's highly *pe- FBW-283 STANDARD TYCON TUBING FORMULATIONS ^NanvIaHon' - / --jjAppIkotlon ^fanmrfaMan ; '?}., '?^:Naa*b*r , ^.Application S5-30-Hl laboratory Tubing '.'Surgical and Hospital Tubing |%;&-44-3 >- |&;|M4-4X Is'*,. : : Food and Beverage Hote iProcessed Milk and Milk Producti Hose' _ R-2400 R-3400 R-2807 R-4000 - Semi-Rigid General Utility Chemical Hote Flexible General Utility Chemical Hose ' 'Flexible Low Temperature Hose yfuetand Lubricant Tubing Each of these eight standard Tygon Tubing for mulations has certain superior properties which make it ideally suited to the use for which it was developed. The eight pages which follow contain detailed information on the standard formulations, which are manufactured and stocked in the sizes shown on page 26. To save time in stockrooms, borders of all labels on Packettes and cartons are color-coded. There's a different color for each of the standard for mulations, plus a ninth -- tan -- color for spe cial and non-standard formulations. A handy color code identification chart for hanging in the stockroom is available free on request. SPECIAL TYGON TUBING FORMULATIONS If one of the standard Tygon Tubing formulations cannot fulfill your tubing requirements, possibly one of the more than 140 special formu lations may meet your needs exactly. Though they are not normally stocked, they can be quickly produced on order. Typical of these formulations are: those for use with high concentrations of hydrogen peroxide.. . clear tubing for use as manometer tubings in wind tunnel and aircraft testing . . . high durometer compounds developed for platens of business machines and typewriters . . . special pharmaceutical formulations for intravenous units, etc. tubing for use as dental air and water lines . . . special formulations for oxygen transmission . . . stethescope and hearing aid tubing ^r/2-.rs^viE^I At ''bCCCAD^U A Staffed by highly trained engineer! and icientistj, modern, completely equipped Chamberlain Laboratories it our wholly owned research and development center. ORMULATION R-3603 . LABORATORY TUBING FORMULATION R-3603 Color........................................................ Crystal Clear Durometer Hardness (Shore A) ................... 60-64 Tensile Strength, psi ................................ 1450-1500 Low Temperature Range-.. ... Flexible at --20F. Brittle at --50*F. High Temperature Range: Dry Heat......................................................... 200F. Steam ..................................................................Fair Elongation Percent................................................400 Odor .......................................................................Slight Taste ..................................................................... None Toxicity ......................................................... Non-toxic Flameproofness .................................................. Bums Dielectric Strength (Rapid Rise Method) 349 v/m Developed to handle an extremely wide range of chemicals, Tygon R-3603 Tubing has long been the preferred tubing for general laboratory -.applications. Soft and flexible, Tygon R-3603 Tubing is ex tremely easy to use. It slips over tubulatures quickly and easily, grips tightly to glass or metal (often eliminating the need for clamps), and bends readily to sharp radius curves to speed and simplify set-ups. Of prime importance is the broad range of chem icals which Formulation R-3603 will handle. Though other formulations may show greater resistance to certain chemicals (R-2400, for example, is superior in its resistance to strong oxidants), none can match the over-all range of chemicals which R-3603 can handle safely. Even where it is subject to attack by a specific chemical, R-3603 can be used intermittently (up to two hours of continuous contact), provided it is cleaned by thorough flushing with water after each exposure. Tygon Tubing, Formulation R-3603, has a low vapor pressure -- a maximum of 3 x 10'2 mm of mercury at 140C. and 1 x 10'2 mm at 21 C. (A vapor pressure chart for Tygon R-3603 Tub ing is available and will be sent without charge or obligation on request.) Non-toxic and non-contaminating to solutions, the interior walls of R-3603 are highly polished to prevent build-up and to facilitate cleaning, thus reducing the chances of contaminating fol lowing solutions. Tygon Tubing, Formulation R-3603, is crystal clear, permitting visual inspec tion of flow at any point. "'Sfe.-ft-'- IMMBtSON Hodiwi > Satfutic *M......... .oSalfciric add..,T. tryiiroxfck.. _! ethyl tc*M.. ~^->3E8r|fi acatat*, CP.................... Sodium chloftd*.............. Had wafer............................ Nitric add......._____ HydracMarte kM.......... Acatic kM. .......... acH, CJ.. Humwfam hydmxW*. n>thna . ^:T/tayin a*. tow........ .-63-63 -63-63 6363 .63-63 63-63 63-63 '63-63 '63-63 6363 -6363 .6363 6363 6363 6363 6363 63-63 .' r- AFTBt -Choas* kLgyCba**?*7 * - tl dffl . Wndiim v" --.:7566 .6666 --36-16 47-JO ' 6566 -6767 6667 76-76 :*O60 6667 -"--3.96. -.ilOM' -.^X42 - AM ^g+367; +10266 j5.rr6M~M - . 0.24 i+.'C7* $} - :-ao -"0X7 .-:-04>4 '--^2.10 r "XM -.aj? - =444 - :ac*l - 3431 -:-r276*'~^ - 43* FBW-285 SURGICAL and HOSPITAL TUBING FORMULATION S-50-HL (Label Color Code: Chartreu Although it was developed especially to meet the critical requirements of use in heart-lung machines, artificial hearts, artificial kidneys, tumor perfusion machines and similar appara tus, crystal-clear Tygon Tubing, Formulation S-50-HL, has also become the standard of excel lence for flexible tubing in a multitude of other applications, such as drain and wash tubing, for blood transfusions, for the administration of parenterals, etc. In addition, it is widely used in clinical and biological laboratories. Tygon S-50-HL Tubing is absolutely tasteless and odorless. Its dense, glass-smooth bore pre vents interior build-up and provides outstanding flow characteristics. Its will retains its shape, will not collapse to restrict solution flow. Tygon S-50-HL can be safely and easily sterilized by steam, chemical or gas methods. As flexible as rubber, Tygon Tubing, Formula tion S-50-HL, has a flex life 10 to 12 times longer than that of rubber. Hence, it is widely used in peristaltic pumps. Occasionally, a highly specific and exacting need arises with slightly different physical or chemi cal requirements than those provided by S-50-HL. For example, a slightly stiffer material might be required. In these instances, variations of the basic formula have been developed. Typical of such special-formulations are those used in the manufacture- of catheters, blood bags, blood fil ters, containers, drug packaging components, trusses, etc. FORMULATION S-50-HL Color ........................................................Crystal Clear Durometer Hardness (Shore A) .................... 68 Tensile Strength, psi ........................................... 2200 Low Temperature Range: ............. Flexible at 0F, Brittle at --40F. High Temperature Range: Dry Heat ............................................ 215F. Steam ...........................................30 min. at 15 lbs. Elongation Percent ................................................. 400 Odor ....................................................................... None Taste ....................................................................... None Toxicity .......................................................... Non-toxic Flameproofness ............................. Self-extinguishing Dielectric Strength (RapidRise Method) . 386v/m ASSURED SAFETY JFjPHor to its introduction, Tygon Tubing, '^'Formulation S-50-HL,'was subjected to H-C-i-C.^extensive toxicity and animal implant ' jMests by a highly regarded independent ^laboratory to confirm its absolute saifety. run: ' '' . . -ACUTE TOXICITY _. iBLEB REACTIVITY . ' ` t TISSUE REACTION - ACUTE ~ (A) SUBCUTANEOUSLY ' INTRAMUSCULARLY smOOENICITY NEUROLOGICAL TISSUE REACTION - ACUTE gSSf^ggS^XORONARY RESPONSE J?:: '' ' ^^y^scBcuiATorr response r ; : t|jg';.g-S5:0-OAY CHRONIC Of SUBACUTE TISSUE REACTION ttwrittiwcrttiov -- ^Jll^WAY CHRONIC NEUROLOGICAL TISSUE REACTION COMPATIBILITY TESTS 'r &%g/y- -- ...* r-giy - inahuso^pt tontafiring reproductions actual reports tm. these tests -is ^^fepavallable mi xequest to (Norton Plastics Ohio FOOD AND BEVERAGE HOSE FORMULATION B-44-3 Color ................................................................................... Clear Durometer Hardness (Shore A) ........................68-75 Tensile Strength, psi ...................................2200-2300 Low Temperature .............................. Flexible at 0F. High Temperature: Brittle at --40F. Dry Heat .................................................... 215*F. Steam .......... ................................30 min. at 15 lbs. Elongation Percent .................................................. 400 Odor .........................................................................None Taste ...................................................................... None Toxicity ........................................................... Non-toxic Flameproofness ...............................Self-extinguishing Dielectric Strength (R.R. Method) .............356 v/m Tygon Tubing, Formulation B-44-3, was devel oped specifically to meet the critical requirements of handling semi-liquid and liquid foods and beverages, such as syrups, fruit juices, tomatoes, etc. Completely safe and non-toxic, Tygon B-44-3 Tubing complies fully with the FDA's "Food Ad ditive Amendment." It will not affect the taste or odor of even the most flavor-sensitive products. Non-aging and non-oxidizing, Tygon B-44-3 has been approved by many state and municipal laboratories as well as by leading food processors. The clarity of Tygon B-44-3 permits observation of flow and visual inspection for cleanliness. Its smooth, dense bore (smoother than rubber and virtually all stainless steels) cannot trap bacteriaharboring food particles, is easily flush-cleaned, is not affected by any commercially-available cleaner or sanitizer. Lightweight, flexible, easy-to-handle Tygon Tub ing, Formulation B-44-3, requires a minimum of couplings and fittings, is readily curved around comers and obstructions to speed set-ups, sim plify revisions as needs change. Furthermore, Tygon's flexibility can save up to 1/3 the footage needed by rigid pipe. The unique advantages of Tygon Tubing, For mulation B-44-3, have been thoroughly proven in countless installations as permanent transfer lines, as "quick-and-easy" temporary lines, and in conjunction with rigid piping systems to give them a new measure of versatility. -BEFOftE IMMBtSOM g?ao%-jtforicKU..;^A74 ? gfc;'3% Stitfmfc odd..A*71 Sodium hydroxlda.:. Eftyt rt*ohol..w.;.TSS^l'".; ErKbyi ocotata, CJF.......... ..-'--75 ......... ,y%- 71 Sodium ehiorida____ grcwHtud watw.................--rzs ;:; io%ntricv-rs .2 HydracMoric dd.... Aeattc dd......;..... :-7J feowt kM, |y*0% AwaMiqu bydroxMa.;. ^7S Hydragon parojdda... .";-.'.'.y7S S-;'aotta./75 '' |;---faiaaofl. '-$*rx T4M J(l OOAI ' - 'vQ*ona* In ..nOmng* ta v ^-3^s*Wai*lrt :i;>voloa `s$` Boromnaar - ~fnm dram n ',h' *. Srcctr ^rr.'-t'Urnin -Wordnaaa Orfflinol, -i iVS-p'MS -S+ sSfcm ' i'yT-ttt*0 "-^+1MS ^ -06 aC ;.fe ..-Mb1 vnmi n ~rH02.* ,+1U2 .-IMS ft.12 0 m .rf.SWJ - "&*&** 'J. V'7l_~5r.r4 v4-:-.w -. ..'73 73 'sifts ?73 ' " 'r1* . - 7J '-'SiMMiaiL vci-rgu* --r.'*7 *. > .Vr73 -L -74 73 4r-373 FBW-287 PROCESSED MILK AND MILK PRODUCTS HOSE Glass-clear, flexible Tygon Tubing, Formulation B-44-4X, meets or surpasses every physical, chemical and sanitary requirement of handling processed milk and milk products. Completely safe and non-toxic, it complies fully with all FDA requirements, and meets all criteria in the 3-A Plastics Standard. Moreover, Tygon B-44-4X Tubing will not affect the taste or odor of any product with which it is used. Like all Tygon Tubing formulations, B-44-4X is all-plastic, devoid of "loading" or "filler" materials. Its high density composition results in an ex tremely smooth, tough interior surface with ex cellent resistance to leaching or erosion. This dense, smooth bore also provides extremely fine flow characteristics, makes simple flush-cleaning practical. (Its excellent wetting properties facil itate complete drainage.) All common dairy cleaners and sanitizers -- including milkstone cleaners -- can be used with Tygon Tubing, Formulation B-44-4X. As flexible as rubber, and available in continuous lengths, Tygon B-44-4X Tubing can be put into service in minutes, quickly and easily changed over when needs change. Because it can be curved around obstacles and comers, costly couplings and fittings are virtually eliminated, and generally a much shorter length is required than with rigid pipe. Its clarity makes possible visual inspection and control of flow. Physically tough and abrasion-resistant, non aging and non-oxidizing, Tygon Tubing, Formu lation B-44-4X, assures the user a long, economi cal, trouble-free service life. FORMULATION B-44-4X Color .................................................................... Clear Durometer Hardness (Shore A) ....................... 65-69 Tensile Strength, psi ................................... 1900-1950 Low Temperature .............................Flexible at 0F. High Temperature: Brittle at --40=F. Dry Heat .......... 215*F. Steam ...........................................30 min. at 15 lbs. Elongation Percent ......................................... 370-380 Odor ....................................................................... None Taste ....................................................................... None Toxicity .......................................................... Non-toxic Flameproofness .............................. Self-extinguishing Dielectric Strength (R. R. Method) ............ 384 v/m FBW-288 FORMULATION R-2400 abel Color Code: Yellow) Semi-Rigid GENERAL UTILITY CHEMICAL HOSE Tygon Tubing, Formulation R-2400, pro vides the best resistance to the widest range of corrosives of any standard Tygon formulation, as a glance at the chemical resistance tables on pages 18 and 19 will show. Tygon R-2400 Tubing also has the high est tensile strength of all the standard formulations and, with its durometer (Shore A) of 95-97, is the stiffest. This latter characteristic has made it widely used in installations where a certain rigidity is required along with a high de gree of corrosion resistance. Non-aging and non-oxidizing, Tygon R-2400 has good resistance to sunlight and weathering. Its black color protects light-sensitive materials transmitted through it. It is self-extinguishing, as well as having better than average elec trical characteristics. Tygon R-2400 Tub ing is not suitable for use with foods, beverages or drugs. FORMULATION R -2400 Color ................................................ ......................Black Durometer Hardness (Shore A) . ..................... 95-97 Tensile Strength, psi ..................................3000-3100 Low Temperature ......................... ..Flexible at 60F. High Temperature Range: Brittle at 40F. Dry Heat ....................................................... 215F. Steam............................................30 min. at 15 lbs. Elongation Percent ....................... .........................250 Odor ................................................ ..................... Slight Taste .............................................. Toxicity....................Not to be used in contact with foods, beverages, drugs Flameproofness ............................. Self-extinguishing Dielectric Strength (Rapid Rise Method)... 387 v/m crMot4n*t i '^SmfumwiiAeioH ., .. - AFTER 14 DAYS AT ROOM TEMP. (" .J), . . 5 / CHong* m CHong* in y.-yui&i Volume frcMn - >,,WartlaM Original, %''Original, % j' SoHurteieW ,\<r. aS**'.. i- 3A* . + 0302 |!s :ayrtSISM ^Sfc?9DL0W ---4.23 + 032 ^'So&uin lty4roxW. . .Si --=.4 "V T- wi - 030 . ??.* .3.11 .+ 133 isZMb'Pt -19.22 ` -14305 - -19.435 1 i* . v. f--.3.13 + 331 ,-73.16 + 032 m-mw-fSiMs -3?bbw -a "-rtam'i; .<--`,33 - + 0.03 +rsbu ' *+ 0315 +----4.22 -+ 032 AaWMnivm r~ -*j rSvia* rl&.&KIOS 1 -'++J1A2 . - 0315 +-3*34 - + 035 -r--r.5J5 --+ 032 .r.-Tfe.ii h'.v'-Sf* tow. + 1315 ,v~~4 C---4J3 - 030 FBVV-289 | FORMULATION I R-3400 (label Color Code: Orange Flexible GENERAL UTILITY CHEMICAL HOSE FORMULATION R-3400 Color ..............................................................................Black Durometer Hardness (Shore A) ...........................68-72 Tensile Strength, psi ........................................2000-2100 Low Temperature ................................Flexible at 30"F. High Temperature Range: Brittle at 10F. Dry Heat ................................................................200'F. Steam ..................................................30 min. at 15 lbs. Elongation Percent .........................................................350 Odor ...................................................................................Slight Taste .................... Slight Toxicity .................Not to be used in contact with foods, beverages, drugs Flameproofness ...................................Self-extinguishing Dielectric Strength (Rapid Rise Method)....348 v/m Developed for general chemical handling applications, Tygon Tubing, Formulation R-3400 combines suppleness and flexibility with the best chemical resistance properties of any standard Tygon formulation except R-2400. Its flexibility makes it quick and easy to put into service -- ideal for both permanent and temporary installations. It is resistant to sun light (ultraviolet light), ozone and weather ing. Its black color protects any light-sensi tive materials which may be piped through it. However, Tygon R-3400 Tubing should not be used in contact with foods, beverages and drugs. Although it has a more limited temperature range than R-2400, it has better low tem perature characteristics. It is also consider ably more abrasion-resistant than R-2400 and shows less tendency to take a permanent set, or to cold flow. EfO*E IMME*SION -Hardn**t ; 90% Sulfuric acid. ......... 3% Sulfuric acid................... ' 10% Sodium hydroxide. ... "95% Ethyl alcohol......... Ethyl acelot*, CP............. .... ''Teluen*. .... ........... ....... -10% Sodium eWorld*............ Vhtilled water......................... 10% Nitric arid,.................... 10% Hydrochloric acid......... '3% Acetic acid..................... f Olale arid, CP................... 10% Ammonium hydroxld*. -3% Hydrogen peroxide... - Oaxofln* .. *. Engine afl,` 10W.\......... .-.*9-; m -69 =69 V*9 169 riw *9 ' :A9 -69 '*9 ,-.*9 - 99 *9 - *9 ... AfTHt 7.DATS 'IMMERSION -- hi i-Chang* la - ' =:; i^Weight. V. y*l#t. : '-Peumder 'Sfreai %-'."'Sfr*m -llerdnen Original; % Origiecl, % , :;zs >.-->73: 5g^sfcl9 :;>.5a-- 0j09 , 0.195 ='"Zn 'i-.V---iOi 0345 :!^':-;#395~s+ om 4:7a mo 7* --"71 0455 0.145 9 - AETHU PAYS-AT XOOM TEMP. "j.ijVChoege la - Chang* in - y - - Wright " .-Volume /Dmmeter Snfrom from Herd"***. .Original, 94 Original. % :--.;X55 2=4--031S :.v74 / l*.+:iS5 VM 14;+.4.95 0025 , > 7774 t->--'4.19 - 739 " I&J434 v&-t94.T9 I: .90 :k I-J241 =22-9439 --.-.74 4? rhaoJoi AT--iilo . . 72 -Jill 1-4* '74 L -;i34 -4-0.115 ,.-x74 4-- 437 J+.-0.06 --*39 - .031 itsH-II-;4.97 - 145 ::7S If # -4+ 0345 =73. -:A34 -f--+l039 ..-73-7* ;('--.-<34 .--"1235 ' 7374 ( I --.049 FBW-290 n 'Label Color Code: Dark Green) FLEXIBLE LOW TEMPERATURE TUBING Tygon Formulation R-2807 retains its flexibility at temperatures as low as 50F. below zero. (In fact, standard ASTM test methods have estab lished its brittle point at --68 F.) R-2807 is a black tubing of medium durometer hardness which provides excellent chemical re sistance (though not over as broad a range as other Tygon formulations). It is not suitable for food products or solutions where freedom from contamination is important. R-2807 is a good example of how, in order to achieve an optimum value in one characteristic, other properties must be compromised to some extent. (That is why there can be no "general purpose" tubing for critical applications.) In the case of R-2807, its low temperature flexibility is counterbalanced by its inability to withstand higher temperatures: it is not suitable for use at temperatures much above 150F. For applications where clearness is equally as important as low temperature flexibility, a spe cial Tygon Formulation, S-2807-S, has been de c; Color ....................................................................... Black veloped. Its use is confined almost exclusively to | Durometer Hardness (Shore A) ...................... 67-70 manometer tubing in aircraft and wind tunnel I I Tensile Strength, psi ................................. 1800-1900 Low Temperature Range: ......Flexible at --50F. testing apparatus. | Brittle at--68 F. i High Temperature Range: I Dry Heat ......... ............................................. 150*F. i Steam................................................................ .Poor f Elongation Percent ............................................... 375 I Odor ....................................................................... Slight I Taste .................................................................... None with foods, beverages, etc. Flameproofness ........................ Bums Dielectric Strength (Rapid Rise Method) 385 v/m w;r_:r BEFORE IMME&&ON rJO% Sulfuric odd... ^-'3% Sulfuric add. -\. v .*.yiy Sodium hydro SSfSim*.--: 5% Ethyl alcohol,., pffcytacotatc, CP. '. Sodium chlorido.. . .'I * 2HstfIlod wttir,..................V, iO% Nitric acid................. 10% Hydrochloric acid. ^**ry* >9 Acotk cW. 5fOf*ic odd, O.............. glO% Ammonium hydroxide. Hydr*** poroxldo.;, ^a#lm a, law.: I r;*fTO 4^B*Vi At kOCM mLr-< ,v- rroo. A0O5 * :>i am ?. A*. 7JJS o6 ? ^A*U. 'HwaA075 ?r?4has'; _ SrfaiA* FBW-291 FUEL AND LUBRICANT TUBING iWnoNa ^*M/v ''k^'-xOv S5*lwp -~ :"5-` i^^tfeesSKiiaSsa-. (Label Color Code: Black) Tygon Formulation R-4000 was developed spe cifically to provide a tubing which will maintain its physical properties in contact with fuels, lubricants and oils. As such, it is suitable for use with straight run or leaded gasolines or with gasolines in which additives such as boron, tricresyl-phosphate or organic manganese are used. It may be used with kerosene, heating oils, cut ting compounds, glycol-based coolants, etc. It not only resists swelling when used to handle these products, but its minimum extractability also safeguards the liquid or vapor against adulteration. A transparent tubing that is readily identifiable by its yellow color, Il-4000's resistance to acids and alkalies has been sacrificed to gain its out standing resistance to oils and aromatics. How ever, in low concentrations in weak acids and alkalies, it does exhibit fair to good properties, although alkalies of all types and concentrations create case hardening, with a resulting loss of flexibility. Solvent resistance is similar to that of other Tygon formulations. Tygon R-4000 Tubing should not be used where non-toxicity is desired. A series of modifications of R-4000 has been developed to meet special physical requirements. These special formulations have the same chemi cal properties as R-4000 but vary in such physical characteristics as tensile strength, tem perature range, flexibility, etc. FORMULATION R-4000 Color ........................................... Transparent Yellow Durometer Hardness (Shore A).............................. 55 Tensile Strength, psi.............................................2000 Low Temperature Range................ Flexible at 10F. Becomes Brittle at --20F. High Temperature Range: Dry Heat...................... ...................................215F. Steam ........................... ............................... Fair Elongadon Percent ......... ........................................ 400 Odor ...................................................................... Slight Taste....................................................................... Slight Toxicity ............................. Not to beused in contact with foods,beverages, etc. Flameproofness ............... .............. Bums FBW-292 13 jtOMBINED WITH THE GENERAL DESCRIPTIVE MATTER ^RECEDING SECTION, THE DETAILED INFORMATION DATA ON THE FOLLOWING SIX PAGES WILL ENABLE READER TO SELECT THE SIZE AND STANDARD FORMU- ON WHICH SUITS HIS NEEDS. ELASTICITY TEMPERATURE . CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CH PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ^ | ... considerations in selecting the prop formulation of TYGON TUBING ELASTICITY -- Though Tygon Tubing has considerable "stretch", it is not as elastic as rubber and will not always return to its original dimensions when stretched beyond certain limits. Thus, it is well to avoid any unnecessary stretching by ordering tubing with the same inside diameter as the outside diameter of the fitting over which it is to fit. The Tygon Tubing will fit snugly due to its high polish and natural tack. TEMPERATURE -- All formulations of Tygon Tubing are thermoplastic in nature: they soften at higher temperatures and harden at low temperatures. When returned to their normal operating range, they regain their basic character istics unimpaired, though if extreme deformation has oc curred at elevated temperatures it may be difficult to restore the tubing's former shape. There is considerable variation in the working temperatures of the various Tygon formulations. These are shown in Chart I on page 16, as well as the pages devoted to the specific formulations. Temperatures above room tempera ture progressively reduce tensile strength and increase chance of rupture. (See Chart III, page 17.) PRESSURE -- The maximum working pressure of Tygon Tubing varies with the different formulations. It is also affected by temperature (as shown above) and by three other factors: Size and Wall Thickness. As wall thickness increases relative to bore size, working pressure also increases. Conversely, if bore size is increased, with a constant wall thickness, work ing pressure is reduced. Time. If a pressure greater than the maximum recommended pressure is constantly maintained, the diameter of the tubing will gradually increase. Sooner or later, depending upon the pressure, the tubing will rupture. Material Transmitted. Some solvents will cause Tygon Tubing to swell, thus reducing the normal tensile strength and increasing the chance of rupture. FBW-293 (  PRESSURE HARACTERISTICS f >er size and SUGGESTED MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURES FOR STANDARD TYGON TUBING FORMULATIONS The chart at the right contains maxi mum suggested working pressures, at room temperature, for Tygon Tubing Formulation B-44-3. To figure maximum working pres sures of other Tygon Tubing formula tions, multiply the appropriate figure in the table's right-hand column bythe factor listed below: R-3603 -- value shown times B-44-4X -- value shown times S-50-HL -- value shown times R-2807 -- value shown times R-2400 --value shown times R-3400 --value shown times .75 .85 .80 .85 1.30 1.10 Though Tygon Tubing is normally stocked in a number of sizes with 1/32" wall, this wall thickness is not shown in the table at right because it is not generally used for pressure applications. A complete list of all standard sizes of Tygon Tubing appears on page 26. C For higher pressures, Norton Plastics and Synthetics Division manufactures Tygon "Inner-Braided" and "Outer Braid-Reinforced" Tubings. These tubings are described on page 20 of this brochure. T.' Tubing Bore or Outside Inside Diam. Diameter (Inches) (Inches) Vs Vs Vz Vi Vs K % Vz Vs Vs V Vs Vs Vs Vs 34 Vs Vs Vz Vs . | 1 l1 1 | 1l I | 1' Vs 34 34 Vs Vs Yz i Vs Vs Vs Vs > Vz lVs Vs K Vs xVs % Vs Vs Vs K Vz Vs Vs Vs Vs Vs nVs 34 K % H lsVs Vs 'I> uVs lVs V. 1 Vs Ws 1 l 134 Ws Ws l 34 W i Vz !Vs Vs Vs H% lVs 1 % lVs Vs lVs 1 lVs % Ws \ 1 Ws iy$ Wz > IK Ws 1) Wz Ws K 134 1 1 134 l K IK i Wz 2 IK 234 ) 2 234 234 2K 1 i 234 3 I 3 334 1 2 234 j 234 334 f 3 334 ) 2 3) 34 45 mmmmmmr Maximum Suggested Wall Working Pressure Thickness at Room Temp. (Inches) (Lbs.) 75 70 65 65 He 55 55 50 45 40 30 65 60 60 50 34 45 40 40 35 30 75 70 70 60 50 45 Vs 45 40 40 35 30 25 25 20 60 55 50 56 45 35 35 30 50 40 Vs 35 35 30 55 45 45 40 34 40 35 35 30 25 40 Vs 35 30 50 Vz 40 30 FBW-294 l. skj Physical properties of standard Tygon Tubing formulations averaged on the basis of repeated tests made from normal production runs over a given time period. Unless otherwise noted, all tests were at room temperature. | | i Tensile, psi......................... Elongation, Percent............ Durometer Hardness, Shore A....................... Low Temperature Flex. Brittle at..................... Flex, at....................... Maximum Recommended Operating Temperature R-3603 1450-1500 400 60-04 --50F. --20F. 165F. High Temp. Resistance: Dry Heat..................... Steam......................... Color.................................. Odor.................................. Taste................................. Toxicity.............................. Flameproofness.................. Aging Characteristics.......... 200F. Fair Clear Slight None Non-toxic Burns Excellent Non-oxidiring Chemical Resistance: Strong Adds................ Weak Adds................. Strong Alkalies............ Weak Alkalies............. Solvents...................... Good Excellent Fair Excellent <2> B44-3 2200-2300 400 63-75 --40F. 0F. 180F. S-50-HL 2200 400 68 --40F. 0F. 1S0F. R-2807 1800-1900 375 67-70 --68F. --50F. 140F. 215F. 30 min. at 15 lbs. Clear None None Non-toxic (D Excellent Non-oxldixing 215F. 30 min. at 15 lbs. Clear None None Non-toxic (b Excellent Non-oxidizing 150F. Poor Black Slight None (3) Burns Excellent Non-oxidizing Good Excellent Fair Excellent (2) Fair Excellent Poor Fair (2) Good Excellent Good Excellent (2) (1) Self-extinguishing. (2) Depends upon types of solvents. (3) Not to he used in contact with foods, beverages, drugs. R-2400 3000-3100 250 95-97 40F. 60F. 180F. R-3400 2000-2100 350 68-72 10F. 30F. 165F. R-4000 2000 400 55 --20F. 10F. 180F. 215F. 30 min. at 15 lbs. Black Slight Slight (3) (1) Excellent Non-oxidizing 200F. 30 min. at 15 lbs. Black Slight Slight (3> (1) Excellent Nan-oxidizing 215F. Fair Transparent Yellow Slight Slight (3) Burns Excellent Non-oxidizing Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent (2) Excellent Excellent Good Excellent (2) Fair Good Poor Fair Good (2) 1 J : \ i . MH ^t j " CHART 2 Physical properties of standard Tygon Tubing formulations as reflected by American Society of Testing Materials test methods. Unless otherwise noted, all tests were made at room temperature. ASTM Method Durometer Hardness, Shore A........... DS76-58T Tensile Strength, psi.......................... D412-51T Ultimate Elongation, Percent............. D412-51T Permanent Set, Percent.................... D412-51T Tear Resistance, Ibs./in.................... 0624-54 Abrasion Resistance, Wear Factor.... Taher (MG. Lost/1000 Cycles) Compression Set Const. Dell, Percent D395-55 Compression Set Const Load, Percent D395-55 Brittle Point....................................... D746-57T Specific Gravity................................. D792-50 Burning Rate, ln./min....................... D635-56T Water Absorption, Percent................ D570-57T R-3603 60 1500 400 35.0 190 4.0 66.0 11.0 --50F. 1.183 22 0.12 B44-3 68 2200 400 55.0 300 7.0 S-50-HL 68 2200 400 71.0 300 7.0 67.0 11.0 --40F. U69 Selfextinguishing 025 67.0 11.0 --40F. 1205 Selfextinguishing 020 R-2807 67 1900 385 25.0 200 20.0 622 9.0 -S8'F. 1215 2.1 0.36 R-2400 95 3000 250 149.0 600 30.0 R-3400 70 2000 350 53.0 230 7.0 58.0 5.0 40F. 1.331 Seif extinguishing 0.10 64.0 9.0 10F. 1234 Setfextinguishlng 0.18 R-4000 55 2000 400 32.0 185 n 63.0 9.0 --20F. 1258 2.0 0.61 i FBW-295 TTGON TUBING FORMULATIONS fiMW*".-2-4*T C^... 3 Effect of Heat and Age on Tensile Strength, Durometer Hardness, and Elongation. Tensile, psi. Original................................................ Tensile, psi. Aged 72 hrs. at 25C............................. Tensile, psi. Aged 72 hrs. at B2C............................. Elongation, Percent, Original..................................... Elongation, Percent, Aged 72 hrs. at 25C.................. Elongation, Percent, Aged 72 hrs. at 82CC.................. Durometer Hardness, A, Original......................... Durometer Hardness, Aged 72 hrs. at 25C............... Durometer Hardness, Aged 72 hrs. at 82C............... ASTM Method None None None None None None None None None R-3603 two 1500 1500 400 400 400 60 60 62 B44-3 2200 2050 2000 400 410 400 66 68 60 R-2807 1900 1900 1800 375 380 380 67 67 68 R-2400 3000 3100 3000 250 250 250 95 95 95 R-3400 2000 2100 2000 350 300 300 70 70 70 R-4000 2000 1950 1950 400 350 350 55 55 55 piEMICAL RESISTANCE CHARACTERISTICS OP Based on the results of both laboratory and field tests, the ratings contained in the ac companying chart reflect the relative abilitiesof five standard Tygon Tubing Formulations to withstand a specific corrosive. Though we believe it to be thoroughly reliable, no guar antee is expressed or should be implied. As previously noted throughout this manual, the various Tygon Tubings vary in their ability to resist chemical attack. The table shows, for example, that whereas all formu lations may be used with dilute sodium hydroxide, reports indicate that only Formu lations R-3603, R-2400 and R-3400 have proven satisfactory for use with concentrated sodium hydroxide. Again, Formulations R-3603, R-2400 and R-3400 are" shown as suitable for handling both wet and dry chlorine gas, while R-2807 will handle only wet chlorine gas. It is important to remember that all ratings are based on room temperature. Higher tem peratures may affect the ability of Tygon Tubing to withstand the attack of some chemicals, particularly those rated "C". Tygon Tubing Formulations B-44-3 and B-44-4X meet or surpass every practical physical, chemical and sanitary requirement for handling liquid foods and beverages (B-44-3) and processed milk and milk prod ucts (B-44-4X). Both of these formulations are completely harmless and non-toxic, comply fully with the FDA's "Food Additive Amendment". In addition, Formulation B-44-4X meets all criteria in the 3-A Plastics Standard. Both B-44-3 and B-44-4X are odor less and tasteless -- will not affect even the most flavor-sensitive products. However, a few alcoholic and carbonated beverages, if they remain in prolonged contact with Tygon (as standing overnight in lines), may lose a portion of their original bouquet. Conse quently, we recommend that tests be con ducted prior to such use. Code X--Satisfactory. C--Use only after test in your own plant. N--Not suitable. Formulations k u *5S *u u 8 M N ta o u ?n osrwrsem in 2 cc ek ee ce Acetaldehyde.......................... . Acetates (low mol. wt)........... . Acetic acid (less than 5%).... . Acetic Kid (more than 5%)... . Acetic anhydride.................... . .Acetone................................. .Acetyl bromide....................... .Acetyl chloride....................... NNNNN NNNNN XXXXX XXXXC C C C NN NNNNN NNNNN NNNNM Air......................................... . X X X X X Alcohols................................. . X X X X X Aliphatic hydrocarbons........... . X X X X X Aluminum chloride................. . X X X X X Aluminum sulfate................... . X X X X X Alums.................................... . X X X X X C cAmmonia (tas-tiquid)............. . XXX Ammonium acetate................ . X X X X X Ammonium carbonate............ . X X X X X Ammonium chloride............... . X X X X X C cAmmonium hydroxide.......... . XXX Ammonium nitrate.................. . X X X X X Ammonium phosphate............ . X X X X X Ammonium sulfate................. . X X X X X N N H N NAmyt acetate.......................... . Amyl alcohol.......................... . Amyl chloride......................... . Aniline................................... . .Aniline hydroehlofide............. Animal oils............................. . Antimony salts....................... . .Aqua rejla............................. XXXXX ccccc CCCNN C CC N H XXXX0 XXXXX NNNNN Aromatic hydrocarbons.......... . Use R4000 (See Note .Arsenic salts.......................... X X X X X Barium salts.......................... . Benisldehyde........................ . Beiuene................................,. Benzene sulfonic Kid............ .. Benzoic Kid......................... .. Benzyl alcohol.......................... Blnching liquors.................. Boric Kid............................. .. Bromlnei.............................. Butane................................. Butanol................................. Butyl acetate........................ Butyric Kid.......................... XXXXX NNNNN C XXC N CCCCN XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX CCCCN XXXXX NNNNN Use R4000 i FBW-297 STANDARD TYGON TUBING FORMULATIONS P Formulations SIS S | t 09 B U CB ?lls| ^ r) <n ro N B K C CB K Calcium salts........ Carbon bisulfide.... Carbon dioxide .... Carbon tetrachloride Chloracetic acid___ Chlorbenzene......... Chlorine (wet)........ Chlorine (dry)....... Chloroform............. Chlotsulfonic acid... Chromic acid.......... Chromium salts___ Copper salts............ Cresol..................... Cyclohexanone........ X X XXX N NNNN XXXXX C C CCC N N NN N N N NNN CXXXX CXXXM CCCCC ccccc XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX C N.N N N N N NN N Essential oils............. Ethers........................ Ethyl acetate.............. Ethyl alcohol.............. Ethyl bromide............ Ethyl chloride............ Ethylamine................. Ethylene chlorohydrin. Ethylene dl-chlorlde... Ethylene glycol.......... Fatty Kids....... Ferric chloride. Ferric sulfate... Ferrous chloride Ferrous sulfate. Fluoborate salts Fluohoric acid.. Fluo-silicic acid. Formaldehyde... Formic acid....... Freon................ C XX X c c cc c c N NN N N C CC C C N NN N N N NN N N N NN N N N NN N N N NN N N X XX X X CXXXc XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX NNNNN Gasoline (non-aromatic) ......... Use R-4000 Gasoline (high aromaticity). ... the R-4000 (See Note >) Glucose................. X N N XX Glue........................................ X X X X X Glycerine................................. X X X X X Hydrlodlc acid......................... Hydro-bromic acid`................. Hydrochloric acid (dil.)............ Hydrochloric (med. cone.)........ Hydrochloric (cone.)................ Hydrocyanic acid..................... Hydrofluoric acid..................... Hydrogen peroxide (dil.).......... Hydrogen peroxide (cone.)....... Hydrogen sulfide..................... Hypochlorous acid................... X X X XX X X X XX X X X XX X X X XX C X X XX X X XXX C X X XX X X X XX See note * X X X XX X X XXX !odin> and solutions) XXXXX Kerosene Ketones. Use R-4000 HNNNH Formulations till* c* 03 SO ZS 03 w C C <" K j?r 5 ?N 8n SN a a: e a e lacquer solvents................... . N N N N N lactic acid........................... . C X X X c Lead acetate......................... X X X X X XLinseed oil............................ . XXXX XMagnesium chloride.............. X X X X Magnesium sulfate................ X X X X X Malic Kid............................. X X X X X Manganese salts................... . X X X X X Mercury salts........................ . X X X X X Mired Kid (40% sulphuric. 15% attric)......... . c c X c c Naphtha................................ . c c c c N Natural gas........................... . X X X X X Nickel salts........................... X X X X X Nttrie Kid (dl.).................... X X X X X Nitric Kid (med. ccnc.)......... XXXX Nitric Kid (cone.)................. . c c X c X Nitrobenzene......................... . N N N N N Nitrogen oxides..................... . X X X X X XNitrous Kid.......................... . XXXX Oils, mimal .......................... Use R-4000 Oils' mineral ........................ Use R-4000 Oils, vegetable...................... c N N c N Oleic acid.............................. N X X c C . XOxalic acid............................ X X X X X Oxygen (gas)......................... XXXX Perchloric acid........................ Phenol.................................... Phosphoric acid (ortho.).......... Phthalic acid........................... Plating solutions...................... Potassium carbonate............... Potassium chiorate.................. Potassium hydroxide............... Potassium Iodide)................... Pyridine.................................. N C X X X X X C X H N N NN C C CC XX XX XXXC XXXX XXXX X X XX XXXX XXXX N NNN SBver nitrate........................... X X X X X Soap solutions........................ X X X X X Sodium bicarbonate................. X X X X X Sodium bisullate..................... X X X X X Sodium bisulfite...................... X X X X X Sodium borate........................ X X X X X Sodium carbonate................... X X X X X Sodium chlorate...................... X X X X X Sodium chloride...................... X X X X X Sodium lerroeyanide................ X X X X X Sodium hydrosulfite................. X X X X X Sodium hydroxide (dB.)........... X X X X X Sodium hydroxide (med. cone.) C X X X X Sodium hydroxide (cone)........ C X X X C Sodium hypochlorite................ X X X X X Sodium nitrate........................ X X X X X Sodium silicate........................ X X X X X Sodium sulfide........................ X X X X X Formulations 3 AS JC X 8* C* QO CD 25 BQ as XSodium Sulphite................ .... X X X X XStearic add,..................... .... X X X X Sulfur chloride.................. .... C c c c c XSulfur dioxide................... .... X X X X X Sulfur trioxlde.................. .... XXXX Sulfuric Kid (dil.)............ .... X X X X X Sulfuric Kid (med. cone.).. .... X X X X X Sulfuric Kid (cone.).......... .... c c c c c XSuffurous Kid.................. .... X X X X XTannieacid....................... .... XXXX Tanning extracts............... .... X X X X X Tartaric xid..................... .... X X X X X Tin salts........................... .... X X X X X Titanium salts.................. .... X X X X X Toluol............................... .... N N N N N Trichloracetic acid............ .... N N N c c Tri-sodium phosphate........ .. . X X X X X Turpentine........................ .... X X X X c Urea................................. .... X X X X X Uric Kid........................... .... X X X X X Water............................... .... X X X X X Water (brine)................... .... X X X X X Xylol................................ .... N N N N N XZinc chloride..................... .... X X XX FOOD PRODUCTS B44-3 Alcohol................................................................... C Beer....................................................................... C Brandy.................................................................... C Butter........................................ X Carrot..................................................................... X Certo...................................................................... X Chocolate Syrup...................................................... X Citric Add............................................................... X Fish........................................................................ X Fruit Juices............................................................. X Karo Syrup.............................................................. X Mayonnaise............................................................ X Milk................Use B-44-4X .................................. JC Milk of Magnesia............................................... X Molasses................................................................. X Sauerkraut.............................................................. X Sea Foods............................................................... X Sugar...................................................................... X Tomato................................................................... X Vegetable Oil.......................................................... X Vinegar................................................................... X Whiskey.................................................................. C Wines..................................................................... C May absorb small quantities and impart characteristic color to tubing. >A special Tygon Formulation R-3S04 is (salable for tse wtth concentrated hydrogen penride. *Use only alter test in your own plant. ' \.V ipbtafS' s FBW-298 %9 TYGON TUBINGS FOR SPECIAL PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS -I*,.'r: ;Vr M KES5223^?*S& TYGON "INNER-BRAIDED TUBING Tygon Tubing, Formulation B-44-4X, is available in 9 sizes with tough Dacron* braid embedded in a diamond pattern within its walls. Designated Tygon "Inner-Braided" Tubing, its maximum working pres sures are, size for size, about four times greater than those of conventional Tygon B-44-4X Tubing. Despite the braid, Tygon "Inner-Braided" Tubing re tains all the advantages of visual inspection and control of flow, and its flexibility remains virtually unchanged from that of regular Tygon. Tygon "Inner-Braided" Tubing is completely odor less, tasteless and non-toxic. Because the braid is within the walls, its outer surface is smooth and sanitation problems inherent in tubings with exterior braid reinforcing are eliminated. R*fl. T.M. -- E. I. DuPont d* N*mour* Co. (Inc.) pf"lNNES-MAIDED" - -MAX. RECOMMENDED TUBING SIZE WORKING PRESSURE, ESI*. -BURST PRESSURE, PSI* '! . - -on. u WALL CC73"F :-180"F 73 F 180F hw 3/8" :l 1/16" ;.3/8" -1/2" - 1/16" 3/2" 11/16" 3/32" p5/S" 7/8" - 1/8" - 3/4" . 1" H "1/8" Sjl" -1-I/4"-: i/s".; 321/2".- :2". -;k 1/4" ' m* ;-ve 24/4". 3/8" 34/4".; 3/8". i f aio ' ^iOO -- '=* -155 :~.:.-V55 " '180 '-,-65 -. - iso : -v40 ' ' :;----.135 ' ""~.75 *, VS40 . - 'M05 y iso :;/ - ,s;s2o "j; 850 630 710 590 530 355 415 315 175 400 210 255 205 290 150 165** 125** 70'* Not* safety factor of 4 to ! ratio of Bunt Preuur* to Working Pressure. Preliminary tests only os of this printing. FBW-299 TYGON "OUTER BRAID-REINFORCED'' TUBING Tygon Tubing can also be furnished with an outer reinforcing braid of either plastic or stainless steel. Either can also be supplied with an oversheathing of Tygon when exterior cleanliness is important. "Braid-Reinforced" Tygon Tubing is stocked in Formulation B-44-3 with plastic braid in the following sizes (I.D., 0. D. measured over outer braid, and Wall Thickness): 1/4" x 7/16" x 3/32"; 3/8" x 9/16" x 3/32"; 1/2" x 11/16" x 3/32"; 3/4" x 1-1/16" x 5/32"; and 1" x 1-5/16" x 5/32" ... and with stain less steel braid in these sizes: 1/4" x 13/32" x 5/64"; and 3/8" x 19/32" x 7/64". Size 1/4" x 7/16" x 3/32" is also stocked in Formulation R-3400. On special order, when volume is sufficient, we can also provide other sizes and formulations with either plastic or stainless steel braid reinforcing. I A word about Fittings i i L. Selecting fittings for use with Tygon "Inner-Braided" Tubing or 'Outer Braid-Reinforced" Tubing is as simple as choosing them for rubber hose. Although we do not produce fittings, we will be glad to recommend manufacturers of fittings that are suitable. _J c .i J~-.' TYGON VACUUM TUBING Tygon Tubing, Formulation R-3603, is available in certain bore sizes with extra heavy walls for use as vacuum tubing. Each size will withstand full vacuum at normal room tem perature and up to 27 inches of mercury at 140F. Chemically inert, the tubing can be used in corrosive atmospheres, will not swell closed if vacuum pump oil should happen to back up into it. Because of its low vapor pressure -- a maximum of 3 x 10-2mm of mercury at 140C and 1 x 10-7mm at 21 C -- Tygon Vacuum Tubing will not affect the results of any analytical tests made on gases or vapors transported through it under vacuum. (A vapor pressure chart for Tygon R-3603 Tubing is available and will be sent free on request.) Crystal clear and not wetted by mercury (it has a convex meniscus), lengths of Tygon Vacuum Tubing are ideally suited for use in making manometers. Six sizes are available: I.D. (In.) O.D. (In.) WAU THICKNESS (In.) 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 9/16 5/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 2 3/16 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 3/8 1/2 When ordering, please specify `Tygon Vacuum Tubing" and give I.D., O.D. and Wall Thickness. TYGON PARA-TUBE Tygon Para-Tube consists of up to ten lengths of tubing, of the same or different diameters, joined side by side. It can be supplied, when desired, with each of the tubings of a different color to provide a convenient means of color coding as to use. If required, Tygon Para-Tube can be furnished such that indi vidual tubings can be quickly and easily separated or detached. Available only on special order, Para-Tube can be supplied in any Tygon formulation and in any standard Tygon Tubing size or combination of sizes. ^ :,- ? r r - r PUTTING TYGON TUBING INTO SERVICE Tygon Tubing is quickly and easily installed . . . readily moved to meet changing needs. Because of its flexibility, it will curve around comers, snake around obstructions, occupying a mini mum of space. Because it is available in con tinuous lengths, Tygon Tubing requires few joints or couplings. Putting Tygon Tubing into service requires only the simplest of tools and equipment. It is readily cut with any sharp knife. When working with large bore and/or thick-walled tubing, cutting is made easier by lubricating the blade with a soapy water solution. A small amount of solvent or a means of softening the tubing ends with heat is also required if Tygon-to-Tygon couplings are' necessary. -fee -0 COUPLINGS Two lengths of Tygon Tubing are easily joined together, either by heat-sealing or solvent-sealing. In the former method, a soldering iron or heated knife can be used to soften the Tygon at the ends to be coupled. A little ex perimentation will soon show the proper temperature (approx. 210F.) . . . high enough to make a positive connection, yet not so hot that the Tygon will become charred. A good method of making a tight Tygon-to-Tygon coupling is to utilize a "sleeve" of Tygon Tubing whose inside diameter is the same as the outside diameter of the two lengths to be joined. After making sure that the ends of these latter two are cut square, dip them into a solvent of the ketone type, such as our Tygobond 50, leaving them immersed for about a minute to allow the tubing ends to soften. Then, slip these two ends inside the "sleeve" until they touch (illustration). After a few hours drying time, the joint will be as strong as the tubing itself. c CONNECTIONS TO METAL OR GLASS FITTINGS Tygon's natural tack will sometimes make it difficult to slip the tubing over metal, glass or other fittings in making a connection. If this should happen, simply dip the end of the tubing into soap and water, or one of the synthetic wetting agents. This will have the effect of lubricating the Tygon. allowing it to slip on easily. 9 * -Ce;- * gr-i~ - si*-- "Y" FITTINGS For set-ups requiring branch lines and multiple con nections, "Y" fittings made of Tygon are available. Eight sizes are manufactured, with inside diameters approximating the outside diameters of standard tub ing sizes. When a permanent connection is desired, "Y" fittings are easily and quickly joined to the tubing by using a ketone-type solvent such as our Tygobond 50. Table of "Y" fitting sizes is given on page 26. Stand ard Tygon "Y" fittings are available only in gray color. Special colors are readily available on request. CLAMPS Selecting a clamp for use with Tygon Tubing is as simple as picking one for use with rubber hose. Generally, a simple collar clamp will serve very satisfactorily. Stainless steel fittings are usually preferred in food handling applications. An added con venience is afforded by clamps furnished with thumb screws for hand tightening. It need hardly be mentioned to avoid clamps with sharp or ragged edges, since these may cut the tubing as the clamp is tightened. We'll gladly furnish the names of manu facturers of clamps and fittings upon request. FBW-302 ,, tiB E T WE E N' ^ry JONFACT - a.-; . r.K'g ^..-`Svwr jyiA^Ef^IAlJS \V r-^ i3Mf'affecr&e ph^cal or .chemical l?3iJects ,nqr is "iffiedted by-pther?mai&di|^|^&| ___ jTygonin any 'W*ji'Tygon;may ^j^TKith prolonged contact.;It is cxtrqpafibfe'jffi^S^^s- n!i0^^erdi when in nontact at high term ^flSThermo-plastics except polystyrene land ^ ~n coppgj- of`high carbon steel. l`f^t''''can'4-be':-iised safely -rwith/i.alljSi'eriEwsj .i^e^te|plastici2ers used jn.Tygon Tubing j^ylas&cs and Yesiris.' Though it is'rxnnpat^te types of .-fiiushes, care should ^^th^natSM and synthetic on-Tubing isdn. contact',~4 Jsj.^bsOTb ^sbme-of -the color frdmjrubberl^ lacquered, yarnished. or enamel! |vc6ldre<l $ith -organic'dyes. idr5vlnMstal-surfaces. is|g^ is.rvT\"*:r5..:r "V 'Tr CARE, CLEANING ST CLEANING With a greater surface smoothness than rubber and most stainless steels, Tygon Tubing's smooth, dense bore mini mizes the accumulation of minute particles which might contaminate following solutions. In addition, Tygon's rela tively low surface tension facilitates complete drainage. Thus, for most applications a simple flushing with soap and water, followed by a clear water rinse, is ample. However, Tygon Tubing will withstand virtually all commercial clean ing agents and bactericides without danger of corrosion (as in metals) or oxidation (as in rubber). In using these preparations, do not increase the temperature or the con centration of the solution beyond the manufacturer's recom mendation. If the tubing shows excessive swelling during cleaning, reduce pressure and temperature as quickly as possible. Transparent formulations of Tygon Tubing are ideally suited for cleaned-in-place piping because they show at a glance the condition of the line. In addition, because the tubing can be cleaned with the same methods applied to other parts of the equipment, much time and work is saved this way. However, care must be exercised to hold pressure, temperature and concentration of the solution within recom mended limits. c _____ _________ _ ^yerrcpiicretev lie ""^fe^'Stp'sfarong sufii| formulations 'SC'-^rafeSiC&rf. 22* STEAM STERILIZATION Tygon Formulation S-50-HL, B-44-3 and B-44-4X may be safely sterilized by auto claving at 15 lbs. of steam for 30 minutes. The "open end" method of sterilization should be used. A preferred method is to place the tubing, coiled loosely and wrapped in gauze or placed c i wood or other non-metallic support, in an autoclave. It must not be kinked or under internal pressure. Although the tubing may appear fogged immediately after sterilization, it will regain its natural clarity as it cools and dries. The clearing may be accelerated by forced drying for approximately 1 hour at 125F. dry heat. Following the initial sterilization, a shrinkage of 2% to 4% may be noted. How ever, no further shrinkage should occur with subsequent sterilizations. CHEMICAL AND GAS STERILIZATION Tygon's exceptional chemical resistance characteristics ideally suit it to sterilizing with any of a large number of germicides. It can also be sterilized in a gas sterilizer using gases based on ethylene oxide. Operation of the gas sterilizer should follow the manufacturer's recommended procedures. STANDARD STOCK SIZES Of tygon tubing Tygon Tubing is available in the sizes and lengths shown below in standard packages for "off-the-shelf shipment. However, other lengths of standard tubing sizes can be supplied promptly from the factory. Such special orders will be packaged in the most convenient manner. Special, non-stock sizes from .005" I.D. through 6" I.D. can also be supplied on special order. "PACKETTE CARTON" FIBRE BOARD CARTON METAL REEL ssrc^'* -V- - .-Sfej^j-:-.. J~Sp.y :^8".',N5V ,;()&' -"f'rc.*'.' r* Inside Diameter (inches) 1/16 1/16 3/32 3/32 1/8 1/8 5/32 5/32 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8 7/16 7/16 7/18 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/16 9/16 9/16 5/8 Outside Diameter (inches) 1/8 3/16 5/32 7/32 3/16 1/* 7/32 9/32 1/4 5/18 3/8 7/16 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 7/16 1/2 9/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 9/16 5/8 11/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 13/16 Wall Thickness (inches) 1/32 1/16 1/32 1/16 1/32 1/16 1/32 1/16 1/32 1/16 3/32 1/8 1/32 1/16 3/32 1/8 1/16 3/32 1/8 1/16 3/32 1/8 1/16 3/32 1/8 1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/32 STANDARD PACKAGES Metal 50' 100' Fibreboard Reel Packette Packette Carton 2000' 1500' 2000' 1000' 1500' 500' 1000' 500' 500' 500' 500' 500' 500' Inside Diameter (inches) 5/8 5/8 11/16 11/16 11/16 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1- 3/4 2 2 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 4 Outside Diameter (Inches) 7/8 15/16 7/8 15/16 1 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/8 1-3/16 M/4 1-5/16 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 2 2- 1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 2-3/4 3 3- 1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4 4 5 Wall Thickness (inches) 1/8 5/32 3/32 1/8 5/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 1/8 5/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 1/8 3/16 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/4 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 STANDARD PACKAGES Metal 50' 100' Fibreboard Reel Packette Packette Carton 1-100' length 1-100' length 1-100'length 1-100' length 1-100' length 1-100'length 1-100' length 1-100' length 1-100' length 1-100' length 1-100' length 1- 50' length I- 50' length 1- 50'length 1- 50' length - 5S&7 ig&i 1- 50'length 1- 50'length 1- 50' length 1- 50'length 1- 50'length 1- 50'length See Note 1 1- 50'length See Note 1 1- 50'length 1- 50'length See Note 2 ip Wfe-S3h- . - Nof* 7. Because of the relatively thin wall this size is stocked in SC lengths, packed flat on a fibre rim. Not 2. This size is packed in a SC length in a wooden crate. Packaging in lengths other than shown above, available on request. Spotial Colon: On sufficiently large orders, any of the clear Tygon formulations can be supplied in virtually any desired color. VACUUM TUBING SIZES -- See page 21 "INNER-BRAIDED" AND "BRAID-REINFORCED" TUBING SIZES -- See page 20 FBW-305 STANDARD "Y" FITTING SIZES Inside Diameter (inches) 3*16, 1/a, 3/8, 1/2, S', 8, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 Packaged in bulk loti of 6 or mor* of o size (minimum p*r orderh STANDARD STOCK SIZES TYGON SOLID CORD (All Formulotiom) Diam*Ur (inch**) 1 /16, 1/8,3/16, 1/4, 3/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2 i OTHER TYPES OP TUBING In addition to Tygon, Norton Plastics and Synthetics Division produces various other tubings to meet difficult or critical requirements. One, for example, is Fluran F-5000 Tubing. Made of Norton's modified fluoroelastomer, Fluran F-5000 Tubing provides maximum operating temperatures ranging from +400F. in continuous service to + 600F. in intermittent use, a low temperature brittle point near --40F., and an extremely broad range of resistance to corrosives, solvents, 1 .' oil and fuels. Another widely used type is Tygothane polyurethane tubing, with the greatest abrasion resistance, as well as the highest gum tensile and tear strength, of any synthetic elastomer. Whatever your problems involving fluid or gas transmission, call on Norton. We'll be happy to put our extensive experience to work for you. \ OTHER CORROSION-RESISTANT 1 TYGON PRODUCTS * I '-3< TYGON GASKETING % Tygon is widely used as gasketing, particularly in ap plications where corrosion destroys ordinary gasket materials and where products must be protected from contamination. Though the various standard and special Tygon formulations offer a wide range of physical, chemical and electrical properties, Formulations R-3400 and R-2807 are generally used when corrosion is a factor. Formulation R-4000 is recommended for use with fuels, oils and lubricants. B-44-3 or B-44-4X should be used in applications involving foods or beverages or when a clear gasket is desired. Tygon gaskets can be cut from calendered, extruded or press-polished sheeting, available in thicknesses of from 1/64" to 1/2". Small ring gaskets and sealing grommets may be sliced, to the proper thickness, from tubing of the appropriate diameter. Larger ring gaskets can be simply made from Tygon Tubing or solid cord by cutting to the proper length and joining the ends together by heat- or solvent-sealing. Norton can also supply Tygon molded gaskets of almost any size, shape and degree of intricacy. Tygon reinforced with fiberglass or fabric and Tygon- :] filied materials can also be supplied upon special order. For more information on Tygon Gcskeiir2, write for free Bulletin. TYGON LININGS Tygon Lining material provides outstanding chemical resistance. It is tough, semi-hard, wear-resistant, smooth, non-oxidizing and non-conductive. It is ideal for lining tanks and equipment and for use as an impermeable membrane with corrosion-resistant ma sonry construction. Available 3/32" or 3/16" thick in standard gray or non-toxic white, Tygon Linings are . applied by licensed applicators in their shops or in the field. For mor* information on Tygon Uningt, write for free Bulletin. FBW-306